>f^S

iliili;:

:'te;!i;;;: ■/ ■••^■

|i^|;;;ii::;;>;;;i:it;;;i;:;;i ;:';■■

CARNEGIE INSTITUTION

WASHINGTON

YEAR BOOK

No. 10

1911

PUBLISHED BY THE INSTITUTION

WASHINGTON, U. S. A.
JANUARY 1912

WASHINGTON, D. C.
PRESS OF JUDD & DETWEILER, INC.

.^34 f

OFFICERS FOR THE YEAR 1912

President of the Institution
Robert S. Woodward

Trustees

John S. Billings, Chairman
Elihu Root, Vice-Chairman
Cleveland H. Dodge, Secretary

John S. Billings
Robert S. Brookings
John L. Cadwalader
Cleveland H. Dodge
Simon FlExner
William N. Frew
Lyman J. Gage
Henry L. Higginsox

Charles L. Hutchinson
Seth Low
S. Weir Mitchell
Andrew J. Montague
William W. Morrow
Wm. Barclay Parsons
Henry S. Pritchett
Elihu Root

Martin A. Ryerson
William H. Taft
Charles D. Walcott
Henry P. Walcott
William H. Welch
Andrew D. White
George W. Wickersham
Robert S. Woodward

*John S. Billings
♦Cleveland H. Dodge
S. Weir Mitchell

Seth Low, Chairman

Executive Committee

William H. Welch, Chairman
Wm. Barclay Parsons
Elihu Root
Charles D. Walcott

Finance Committee
Henry S. Pritchett

William H. Welch
*Robert S. Woodward

Henry L. Higginson

* Ex-officio member.

in

CONTENTS.

Page
Articles of Incorporation ix-xii

By-Laws of the Institution xiii-xvi

Minutes of the ninth and tenth meetings of the Board of Trustees 1-4

Report of the President of the Institution 5-29

Report of the Executive Committee 31-37

Financial statement 34-37

Report of the Auditor 38

Bibliography of publications relating to work accomplished by Grantees

and Associates 39-46

Reports on Investigations and Projects:

Department of Botanical Research 49-68

Department of Economics and Sociology 69-77

Department of Experimental Evolution 78-87

Geophysical Laboratory 88-106

Department of Historical Research 107-119

Department of Marine Biology 120-156

Department of Meridian Astrometry 157-162

Solar Observatory 163-182

Nutrition Laboratory 183-197

Department of Terrestrial Magnetism 198-207

Other Investigations :

Archeolog}' :

American School of Classical Studies at Athens 209

American School of Classical Studies in Rome 209

Miiller, W. Max 210

Van Deman, Esther B 211

Astronomy :

Schlesinger, Frank 212

Bibliography :

Fletcher, Robert 212

Chemistry :

Acree, S. F 213

Bancroft, Wilder D 214

Baxter, Gregory P 215-216

Jones, Harry C • 216-218

Morse, H. N 218-221

Noyes, Arthur A 221-222

Richards, Theodore W 222-224

Geology :

Chamberlin, T. C 224

Moulton, F. R 224-223

Geophysical Research :

Adams, F. D 225

Classics of International Law:

Scott, James Brown 226

V

VI CONTENTS.

Reports on Investigations and Projects — continued: Page

Mathematics :

Morley, Frank 226

Literature :

Sommer, H. Oskar 227

Meteorologj' :

Bjerknes, V 227

Nutrition :

Osborne, Thomas B 227-230

Paleontology :

Case, E. C 231

Philolog>' :

Hempl, George 232-233

Physics :

Barus, Carl 233-234

Howe, Henry M 234-236

Nichols, Edward L 236-238

Physiology :

Reichert, E. T 238

Political Science :

Rowe, Leo S 238

Psychology :

Franz, Shepherd Ivory 239-240

Zoology :

Castle, W. E 240-241

Crampton, Henry E 241

Naples Zoological Station 241

Lists of Names of Persons Engaged in Various Activities of the Carnegie

Institution of Washington 243-257

List of Publications, with Index of Authors 259-282

LIST OF ILLUSTRATIONS.

Facing page

Plate i. Buildings of Desert Laboratory, Tucson, April 13, 191 1 48

Plate 2. Fig. i. Photograph taken on Goose Island, showing Peck's Ledge light-
house, etc 84

Fig. 2. Photograph of Goose Island, at low water 84

Plate 3. The "Anton Dohrn" at Tortugas, Florida, July 4, 191 1 120

The "Anton Dohrn" July 191 1 120

Plate 4. Figs, i to 4 show year-old Corals. Figs. 5 to 6 show one year's growth of

McEandra areolata 156

Plate 5. Figs, i to 4 show one year's growth of Mceandra areolata. Figs. 5 to 8

show a year's growth of specimens of Porites 156

Plate 6. Figs, i to 4 show a year's growth of specimens of Porites 156

Plate 7. Fig. i. Upper end of 75-foot spectrograph in the 150-foot tower telescope. 166
Fig. 2. The Cassegrain spectrograph attached to the 60-inch reflector... . 166

Plate 8. The 100-inch disk on the grinding machine, ready for polishing 182

Plate 9. The magnetic work of the department of Terrestrial Magnetism, 1905-11.

Projected cruise of the Carnegie, November 1911 to June 1913- • 208

vn

ARTICLES OF INCORPORATION.

The Carnegie Institution was originally organized under the law governing
the organization of corporations in the District of Columbia. Owing to
certain limitations in the law, the Trustees deemed it desirable to obtain
articles of incorporation from the Congress. Accordingly, articles of incor-
poration were prepared, submitted to the Congress, amended by the Congress,
and enacted into statute by the Congress and the signature of the President.

Organization under the new articles of incorporation was effected on May
i8, 1904. Resolutions were passed electing the same Executive Committee
and officers as those of the Carnegie Institution organized in 1902 and con-
tinuing all instructions and authorizations given to the Executive Committee
by the old organization.

Public No. 260. — An Act To incorporate the Carnegie Institution of
Washington.

Be it enacted by the Senate and House of Representatives of the United
States of America in Congress assembled, That the persons following, being
persons who are now trustees of the Carnegie Institution, namely, Alexander
Agassiz, John S. Billings, John L. Cadwalader, Cleveland H. Dodge, William
N. Frew, Lyman J. Gage, Daniel C. Oilman, John Hay, Henry L. Higginson,
William Wirt Howe, Charles L. Hutchinson, Samuel P. Langley, William
Lindsay, Seth Low, Wayne MacVeagh, Darius O. Mills, S. Weir Mitchell,
William W. Morrow, Ethan A. Hitchcock, Elihu Root, John C. Spooner,
Andrew D. White, Charles D. Walcott, Carroll D. Wright, their associates
and successors, duly chosen, are hereby incorporated and declared to be a
body corporate by the name of the Carnegie Institution of Washington and
by that name shall be known and have perpetual succession, with the powers,
limitations, and restrictions herein contained.

Sec. 2. That the objects of the corporation shall be to encourage, in the
broadest and most liberal manner, investigation, research, and discovery,
and the application of knowledge to the improvement of mankind ; and in
particular —

(a) To conduct, endow, and assist investigation in any department of
science, literature, or art, and to this end to cooperate with governments,
universities, colleges, technical schools, learned societies, and individuals.

(b) To appoint committees of experts to direct special lines of research.

(c) To publish and distribute documents.

(d) To conduct lectures, hold meetings and acquire and maintain a library.

IX

X CARNEGIE INSTITUTION OF WASHINGTON.

(e) To purchase such property, real or personal, and construct such build-
ing or buildings as may be necessary to carry on the work of the corporation.

(f) In general, to do and perform all things necessary to promote the
objects of the institution, with full power, however, to the trustees herein-
after appointed and their successors from time to time to modify the condi-
tions and regulations under which the work shall be carried on, so as to
secure the application of the funds in the manner best adapted to the con-
ditions of the time, provided that the objects of the corporation shall at all
times be among the foregoing or kindred thereto.

Sec. 3. That the direction and management of the affairs of the corpora-
tion and the control and disposal of its property and funds shall be vested
in a board of trustees, twenty-two in number, to be composed of the follow-
ing individuals: Alexander Agassiz, John S. Billings, John L. Cadwalader,
Cleveland H. Dodge, William N. Frew, Lyman J. Gage, Daniel C. Oilman,
John Hay, Henry L. Higginson, William Wirt Howe, Charles L. Hutchinson,
Samuel P. Langley, William Lindsay, Seth Low, Wayne MacVeagh, Darius
O. Mills, S. Weir Mitchell, William W. Morrow, Ethan A. Hitchcock, Elihu
Root, John C. Spooner, Andrew D. White, Charles D. Walcott, Carroll D.
Wright, who shall constitute the first board of trustees. The board of trus-
tees shall have power from time to time to increase its membership to not
more than twenty-seven members. Vacancies occasioned by death, resigna-
tion, or otherwise shall be filled by the remaining trustees in such manner as
the by-laws shall prescribe ; and the persons so elected shall thereupon become
trustees and also members of the said corporation. The principal place of
business of the said corporation shall be the city of Washington, in the
District of Columbia-

Sec. 4. That such board of trustees shall be entitled to take, hold and
administer the securities, funds, and property so transferred by said Andrew
Carnegie to the trustees of the Carnegie Institution and such other funds
or property as may at any time be given, devised, or bequeathed to them,
or to such corporation, for the purposes of the trust; and with full power
from time to time to adopt a common seal, to appoint such officers, members
of the board of trustees or otherwise, and such employees as may be deemed
necessary in carrying on the business of the corporation, at such salaries or
with such remuneration as they may deem proper; and with full power to
adopt by-laws from time to time and such rules or regulations as may be
necessary to secure the safe and convenient transaction of the business of
the corporation ; and with full power and discretion to deal with and expend
the income of the corporation in such manner as in their judgment will best
promote the objects herein set forth and in general to have and use all powers
and authority necessary to promote such objects and carry out the purposes
of the donor. The said trustees shall have further power from time to time

ARTICLES OF INCORPORATION. XI

to hold as investments the securities hereinabove referred to so transferred
by Andrew Carnegie, and any property which has been or may be transferred
to them or such corporation by Andrew Carnegie or by any other person,
persons, or corporation, and to invest any sums or amounts from time to
time in such securities and in such form and manner as are permitted to
trustees or to charitable or literary corporations for investment, according
to the laws of the States of New York, Pennsylvania, or Massachusetts, or
in such securities as are authorized for investment by the said deed of trust
so executed by Andrew Carnegie, or by any deed of gift or last will and
testament to be hereafter made or executed.

Sec. 5. That the said corporation may take and hold any additional dona-
tions, grants, devises, or bequests which may be made in further support of
the purposes of the said corporation, and may include in the expenses thereof
the personal expenses which the trustees may incur in attending meetings or
otherwise in carrying out the business of the trust, but the services of the
trustees as such shall be gratuitous.

Sec. 6. That as soon as may be possible after the passage of this Act a
meeting of the trustees hereinbefore named shall be called by Daniel C. Gil-
man, John S. Billings, Charles D. Walcott, S. Weir Mitchell, John Hay,
Elihu Root, and Carroll D. Wright, or any four of them, at the city of Wash-
ington, in the District of Columbia, by notice served in person or by mail
addressed to each trustee at his place of residence ; and the said trustees, or a
majority thereof, being assembled, shall organize and proceed to adopt by-
laws, to elect officers and appoint committees, and generally to organize the
said corporation ; and said trustees herein named, on behalf of the corporation
hereby incorporated, shall thereupon receive, take over, and enter into pos-
session, custody, and management of all property, real or personal, of the
corporation heretofore known as the Carnegie Institution, incorporated, as
hereinbefore set forth under "An Act to establish a Code of Law for the
District of Columbia, January fourth, nineteen hundred and two," and to all
its rights, contracts, claims, and property of any kind or nature; and the
several officers of such corporation, or any other person having charge of
any of the securities, funds, real or personal, books or property thereof, shall,
on demand, deliver the same to the said trustees appointed by this Act or
to the persons appointed by them to receive the same; and the trustees of
the existing corporation and the trustees herein named shall and may take
such other steps as shall be necessary to carry out the purposes of this Act.

Sec. 7. That the rights of the creditors of the said existing corporation
known as the Carnegie Institution shall not in any manner be impaired by
the passage of this Act, or the transfer of the property hereinbefore men-
tioned, nor shall any liability or obligation for the payment of any sums due
or to become due, or any claim or demand, in any manner or for any cause

XII CARNEGIE INSTITUTION OF WASHINGTON.

existing against the said existing corporation, be released or impaired ; but
such corporation hereby incorporated is declared to succeed to the obligations
and liabilities and to be held liable to pay and discharge all of the debts,
liabilities, and contracts of the said corporation so existing to the same effect
as if such new corporation had itself incurred the obligation or liability to
pay such debt or damages, and no such action or proceeding before any
court or tribunal shall be deemed to have abated or been discontinued by
reason of the passage of this Act.

Sec. 8. That Congress may from time to time alter, repeal, or modify this
Act of incorporation, but no contract or individual right made or acquired
shall thereby be divested or impaired.

Sec. 9. That this Act shall take effect immediately.

Approved, April 28, 1904.

BY-LAWS OF THE INSTITUTION.
Adopted December 13, 1904. Amended December 13, 1910.

Article I.

THE TRUSTEES.

1. The Board of Trustees shall consist of twenty-four members, with
power to increase its membership to not more than twenty-seven members.
The Trustees shall hold office continuously and not for a stated term.

2. In case any Trustee shall fail to attend three successive annual meetings
of the Board he shall thereupon cease to be a Trustee.

3. No Trustee shall receive any compensation for his services as such.

4. All vacancies in the Board of Trustees shall be filled by the Trustees
by ballot. Sixty days prior to an annual or a special meeting of the Board,
the President shall notify the Trustees by mail of the vacancies to be filled
and each Trustee may submit nominations for such vacancies. A list of the
persons so nominated, with the names of the proposers, shall be mailed to the
Trustees thirty days before the meeting, and no other nominations shall be
received at the meeting except with the unanimous consent of the Trustees
present. Vacancies shall be filled from the persons thus nominated, but no
person shall be declared elected unless he receives the votes of two-thirds of
the Trustees present.

Article II.

MEETINGS.

1. The annual meeting of the Board of Trustees shall be held in the City
of Washington, in the District of Columbia, on the first Friday following the
second Thursday of December in each year.

2. Special meetings of the Board may be called by the Executive Com-
mittee by notice served personally upon, or mailed to the usual address of,
each Trustee twenty days prior to the meeting.

3. Special meetings shall, moreover, be called in the same manner by the
Chairman upon the written request of seven members of the Board.

Article III.

OFFICERS OF THE BOARD.

I. The officers of the Board shall be a Chairman of the Board, a Vice-
Chairman, and a Secretary, who shall be elected by the Trustees, from the
members of the Board, by ballot to serve for a term of three years. All
vacancies shall be filled by the Board for the unexpired term ; provided, how-
ever, that the Executive Committee shall have power to fill a vacancy in the
office of Secretary to serve until the next meeting of the Board of Trustees.

XIII

XIV CARNEGIE INSTITUTION OF WASHINGTON.

2. The Chairman shall preside at all meetings and shall have the usual
powers of a presiding officer.

3. The Vice-Chairman, in the absence or disability of the Chairman, shall
perform his duties.

4. The Secretary shall issue notices of meetings of the Board, record its
transactions, and conduct that part of the correspondence relating to the
Board and to his duties. He shall execute all deeds, contracts or other instru-
ments on behalf of the corporation, when duly authorized.

Article IV.

EXECUTIVE ADMINISTRATION.

The President.

1. There shall be a President who shall be elected by ballot by, and hold
office during the pleasure of, the Board, who shall be the chief executive
officer of the Institution. The President, subject to the control of the Board
and the Executive Committee, shall have general charge of all matters of
administration and supervision of all arrangements for research and other
work undertaken by the Institution or with its funds. He shall devote his
entire time to the affairs of the Institution. He shall prepare and submit to
the Board of Trustees and to the Executive Committee plans and suggestions
for the work of the Institution, shall conduct its general correspondence and
the correspondence with applicants for grants and with the special advisers
of the Committee, and shall present his recommendations in each case to the
Executive Committee for decision. All proposals and requests for grants
shall be referred to the President for consideration and report. He shall
have power to remove and appoint subordinate employees and shall be ex
officio a member of the Executive Committee.

2. He shall be the legal custodian of the seal and of all property of the
Institution whose custody is not otherwise provided for. He shall affix the
seal of the corporation whenever authorized to do so by the Board of Trus-
tees or by the Executive Committee or by the Finance Committee. He shall
be responsible for the expenditure and disbursement of all funds of the Insti-
tution in accordance with the directions of the Board and of the Executive
Committee, and shall keep accurate accounts of all receipts and disbursements.
He shall submit to the Board of Trustees at least one month before its annual
meeting in December a written report of the operations and business of the
Institution for the preceding fiscal year with his recommendations for work
and appropriations for the succeeding fiscal year, which shall be forthwith
transmitted to each member of the Board.

3. He shall attend all meetings of the Board of Trustees.

BY-LAWS. XV

Article V.

COMMITTEES.

1. There shall be the following standing Committees, viz, an Executive
Committee and a Finance Committee.

2. The Executive Committee shall consist of the Chairman and Secretary
of the Board of Trustees and the President of the Institution ex oiUcio and,
in addition, five trustees to be elected by the Board by ballot for a term of
three years, who shall be eligible for re-election. Any member elected to fill
a vacancy shall serve for the remainder of his predecessor's term : Provided,
however, that of the Executive Committee first elected after the adoption of
these by-laws two shall serve for one year, two shall serve for two years, and
one shall serve for three years; and such Committee shall determine their
respective terms by lot.

3. The Executive Committee shall, when the Board is not in session and
has not given specific directions, have general control of the administration of
the affairs of the corporation and general supervision of all arrangements
for administration, research, and other matters undertaken or promoted by
the Institution; shall appoint advisory committees for specific duties; shall
determine all payments and salaries ; and keep a written record of all trans-
actions and expenditures and submit the same to the Board of Trustees at
each meeting, and it shall also submit to the Board of Trustees a printed or
typewritten report of each of its meetings, and at the annual meeting shall
submit to the Board a report for publication.

4. The Executive Committee shall have general charge and control of all
appropriations made by the Board.

5. The Finance Committee shall consist of three members to be elected by
the Board of Trustees by ballot for a term of three years.

6. The Finance Committee shall have custody of the securities of the cor-
poration and general charge of its investments and funds, and shall care for
and dispose of the same subject to the directions of the Board of Trustees
and of the Executive Committee. It shall consider and recommend to the
Board from time to time such measures as in its opinion will promote the
financial interests of the Institution, and shall make a report at each meeting
of the Board.

7. All vacancies occurring in the Executive Committee and the Finance
Committee shall be filled by the Trustees at the next regular meeting.

8. The terms of all officers and of all members of committees shall con-
tinue until their successors are elected or appointed.

Article VI.

FINANCIAL administration.

I. No expenditure shall be authorized or made except in pursuance of a
previous appropriation by the Board of Trustees.

XVI CARNEGIE INSTITUTION OF WASHINGTON.

2. The fiscal year of the Institution shall commence on the first day of
November in each year.

3. The Executive Committee, at least one month prior to the annual meet-
ing in each year, shall cause the accounts of the Institution to be audited by
a skilled accountant, to be appointed by the Board of Trustees, and shall
submit to the annual meeting of the Board a full statement of the finances
and work of the Institution and a detailed estimate of the expenditures for
the succeeding year.

4. The Board of Trustees, at the annual meeting in each year, shall make
general appropriations for the ensuing fiscal year; but nothing contained
herein shall prevent the Board of Trustees from making special appropria-
tions at any meeting.

5. The securities of the Institution and evidences of property shall be
deposited in such safe deposit or other corporation and under such safe-
guards as the Trustees and Executive Committee shall designate; and the
moneys of the Institution shall be deposited in such banks or depositories as
may from time to time be designated by the Executive Committee,

Article VII.

AMENDMENT OF BY-LAWS.

I. These by-laws may be amended at any annual or special meeting of the
Board of Trustees by a two-thirds vote of the members present, provided
written notice of the proposed amendment shall have been served personally
upon, or mailed to the usual address of, each member of the Board twenty
days prior to the meeting.

MINUTES

OK THE

Ninth and Tenth Meetings of the Board of Trustees

ABSTRACT OF MINUTES OF NINTH MEETING OF BOARD OF TRUSTEES.

A special meeting was held in New York, N. Y., at the Hotel Belmont, on
Saturday, February i8, 191 1, and was called to order at 12 o'clock noon by
the chairman, Mr. Billings.

Upon roll-call by the secretary, the following members of the Board were
found to be present : John S. Billings, Robert S. Brookings, John L. Cad-
w^alader, Cleveland H. Dodge, \\'illiam N. Frew, Simon Flexner, Henry L.
Higginson, S. Weir IMitchell, Andrew J. Montague, Henry S. Pritchett,
Elihu Root, Charles D. Walcott, Henry P. Walcott, William H. Welch,
Andrew D. White, George W. Wickersham, Robert S. Woodward.

The minutes of the eighth meeting were approved as printed in abstract.

Mr. Root read Mr. Carnegie's letter of gift, dated January 19, 191 1, and
it was

Resolved, That in accepting the gift from Mr. Carnegie of an increase of
Ten IMillion Dollars to the Endowment of the Carnegie Institution of Wash-
ington the Board of Trustees desire to record their grateful appreciation of
this additional expression of the Founder's wisdom in the advancement of
research and of this additional testimony of confidence in the efforts of the
Trustees and investigators of the Institution to increase the stock of funda-
mental knowledge and to render it available and useful to all mankind.

Provision was made for the opening of a Reserve Fund Account of the
Institution, an additional appropriation of $30,000 was made available for
use at the Mount Wilson Solar Observ'atory, and a contingent appropriation
of $50,000 was authorized for expenditure at the discretion of the Executive
Committee. The secretary read a detailed report submitted by the Finance
Committee with respect to the securities held by the Institution.

The Board adjourned at i o'clock p. m.

ABSTRACT OF MINUTES OF TENTH MEETING OF BOARD OF TRUSTEES.

The meeting was held in Washington, in the Board Room of the Adminis-
tration Building, on Friday, December 15, 191 1, and was called to order at
10 o'clock a. m. by the chairman, Air. Billings.

Upon roll-call by the secretary, the following Trustees responded: John S.
Billings, Robert S. Brookings, John L. Cadwalader, Cleveland H. Dodge,
Simon Flexner, William X. Frew, Henry L. Higginson, Charles L. Hutchin-
son, Seth Low, S. \\"eir Alitchell, Andrew J. Montague, William W. Mor-
row, Wm. Barclay Parsons, Elihu Root, jMartin A. Ryerson, Charles D.
Walcott, Henry P. A\'alcott, William H. Welch, Andrew D. White, George
A\\ Wickersham, Robert S. Woodward.

The minutes of the ninth meeting were approved as printed in abstract
and submitted to members of the Board of Trustees.

3

4 Carnegie; institution of Washington.

The reports of the President, the Executive Committee, the auditor, di-
rectors of departments, and grantees of the Institution, and a special report
of the Finance Committee were presented and considered.

The following general appropriations for 1912 were authorized :

Administration $50,000

Publication 60.000

Division of Publications 10,000

Departments of Research 631,000

Minor Grants 109,900

Index Medicus 12,500

Insurance Fund 23,000

Reserve Fund 250,000

Contingent Fund 50,000

1,196,600

Provision was made for the permanent establishment of an Insurance
Fund and for the yearly addition of appropriate sums thereto.

General questions of a financial nature were referred to a joint committee,
consisting of the members of the Executive Committee and the Finance
Committee, for consideration and report at the next meeting of the Board.

Messrs. Root and C. D. Walcott were elected to succeed themselves as
members of the Executive Committee for a term of three years.

The Board adjourned at 1:30 p. m.

REPORT OF THE PRESIDENT

OF THE

CARNEGIE INSTITUTION OF WASHINGTON

FOR THE YEAR ENDING OCTOBER 31, 1911.

REPORT OF THE PRESIDENT OF THE CARNEGIE
INSTITUTION OF WASHINGTON.

In conformity with Article IV of the By-laws of the Carnegie Institution
of Washington, I have the honor to submit the following report on the his-
tory and on the progress of the work of the Institution for the fiscal year
ending October 31, 191 1, along with recommendations of appropriations for
the ensuing year and with sundry suggestions concerning other matters of
general or special interest.

This report is the tenth annual report of the Institution and is presented
under the following principal heads:

1. Work of administration.

2. Resume of investigations of the year.

3. Publications.

4. Recommendations of budget for 1912.

ADMINISTRATION.

The most important event in the history of the Institution during the past
, . vear is that of a new gift by the Founder of $10,000,000 to be

Increase in ' .,,... ^^. . . . .

Institution's added to the endowment of the Institution. Ihis gift was made
Endowment, j^nown by the following letter, which, although given to the
press in February last, is here reproduced for more permanent record :

Nrw York, January ip, ipii.
Dear Mr. Pre;side;nt:

So great has been the success of the Institution that I hav de-
cided to increas its resources by adding Ten Millions of Five Per
Cent Bonds, value Eleven and a Half Millions, which will ultimately
giv you Five Hundred Thousand Dollars a year increast revenue. I
stipulate as a condition of this gift that, unless expressly relieved
therefrom by me, you shall set apart annually for the next ten years
a sum not less than Two Hundred and Fifty Thousand Dollars in
cash each year to be held in a reserv fund as against losses, emer-
gencies, reduction in income, and the diminishing purchasing power
of money. This will also giv the Board more time to study sugges-
tions submitted to it and avoid the danger of premature action.
Better that new ideas should be tested upon a small scale before
going deeply into them.

I hope the work at Mount Wilson will be vigorously pusht, be-
caus I am so anxious to hear the expected results from it. I should
like to be satisfied before I depart, that we are going to repay to the

o CARNEGIE INSTITUTION OF WASHINGTON.

old land some part of the det we owe them by revealing more clearly
than ever to them the new heavens.

Congratulating you and your fellow-members upon the undouted
success of your labors,

Very gratefully to one and all of you,

(Signed) Andrew Carnegie
Dr. Robert S. Woodward,

President, Carnegie Institution,
Washington, D. C.

The Executive Committee authorized the acceptance of this gift at a
special meeting held January 24, 191 1. The bonds representing the amount
were received by the Institution January 26, and on February 18 the Board
of Trustees, at a special meeting called for the purpose, took such action as
was necessary to give effect to the terms and conditions of the gift. Includ-
ing the amount of $10,000,000 given at the time of foundation, January 29,
1902, and the addition of $2,000,000 given December 4, 1907, the total en-
dowment of the Institution is now $22,000,000, yielding an annual income of
$1,100,000.

In view of existing economic conditions, to which repeated reference has
been made in previous reports, the requirement that half of the income from
the recent addition to the endowment be set aside as a reserve fund for a
period of ten years appears to be both wise and timely ; for, although the
Institution has fallen somewhat short of popular expectations in the rapidity
of its growth and in the distribution of its income, it has nevertheless grown
very rapidly in comparison with similar establishments and has already rec-
ognized the dangers of that pressure of poverty which is sometimes held to
be a normal condition of educational institutions. But now that the prelimi-
nary stages of organization and development in the Institution have been
passed, it is plainly evident that efficiency of research in the future may be
most advantageously secured by means of more carefully laid plans and by
less urgent procedure.

In close connection with the event just related, it is a special source of
pleasure to record that the Institution was enabled to secure, early in the
year, an excellent portrait of the Founder, painted by Or-
^'^'^ofthe vfaT"*^ ^^"^° Rouland, of New York. This portrait was designed,
by the advice of Messrs. Carrere and Hastings, architects
of the Administration Building, to fit the panel over the mantel in the Board
Room, and was there installed on April 17, 1911.

Two other events of the year are worthy of special mention here, namely,
the completion of the meridian work of the Department of Meridian Astrom-
etry at the temporary observatory at San Luis, Argentina ; and the construc-
tion of a capacious and efficient boat for the Department of Marine Biology.

It will be recalled that work of observing was begun at San Luis, Argen-
tina, in April, 1909. This work was completed in January, 1911, and the
party of observers returned with their instruments to the Dudley Observa-

1<£;P0RT OF THE PRESlDliNT, IQII. 9

tory, Albany, N. Y., during the months April to June. The amount of work
accomplished in this brief space of time is quite unparalleled in the annals
of astronomy. This signal success is attributable chiefly to the carefully
matured plans of the Director of the Department and to the highly trained
corps of observers who carried out those plans. Great credit is due to Prof.
R. H. Tucker, astronomer in charge of the corps, for his rapid and effective
accomplishment of so arduous an enterprise. It is fitting, also, in this con-
nection, to again acknowledge our indebtedness to the officials of the Argen-
tine Government for uniform courtesy and for very substantial aid in the
complex business incident to the expedition. In illustration of this admira-
ble spirit and of the cosmopolitan appreciation of astronomical science, it is
likewise worthy of record that, on the completion of the work in question,
the citizens of San Luis gave a dinner in honor of Professor Tucker and
presented to him a gold medal happily designed to commemorate the scien-
tific and the humanistic importance of the event. As an additional memento
of the occasion and as a more general expression of appreciation and good-
will, the seventy-seven participants at the dinner signed an address to the
Institution and commissioned Professor Tucker to bring it to the office of
administration. A translation of this address is printed herewith :

San Luis, April 2, igii.
The President oe the Carnegie Institution,
Dr. R. S. Woodward,

Washington, D. C, U. S. A.

The City of San Luis has been honored by the installation, at the
foot of its mountains, of one of the historic telescopes of the world,
for the purpose of recording a chapter in advanced science. The
horizon of our pampa, parting its curtain of clouds, has freely al-
lowed to be pictured the beautiful constellations of its sky.

It is most gratifying to us to recognize the excellence of the work
done at the Observatory of San Luis, and its great usefulness for
the advancement of astronomy.

The plan of Professor Boss of Albany, Director of the Depart-
ment of Meridian Astrometry, has been executed with complete
efficiency by the staff' of the Observ^atory : Messrs. R. H. Tucker,
A. J. Roy, W. B. Varnum, M. L. Zimmer, R. F. Sanford, P. T.
Delavan, J. M. Fair, M. I. Roy, L. Z. Mearns, and H. Jenkins.

The Carnegie Institution has in this manner linked the name of
San Luis with posterity, and our people, thus distinguished, have
expressed their spontaneous feelings towards Prof. R. H. Tucker,
by offering him a gold medal and a public banquet on this occasion.

The citizens of San Luis, with these sentiments, send their most
cordial greetings to the honored President of that Institution, rec-
ognizing its noble mission of stimulating the cultivation of the Sci-
ences which most honor the progress of humanity.

For reasons set forth in my report of a year ago, the construction of a
vessel specially designed to meet the pressing needs of the Department of
Marine Biology, at a cost of $25,000, was authorized by the Executive Com-
mittee at its meeting of October 18, 1910. Accordingly a bid of $15,000,

lO CARMEGIE; institution of WASHINGTON.

from the ^liami Yacht and Machine Company, of Miami, Florida, for the
construction of the hull and upper works of such a vessel in conformity with
designs carefully worked out by this company in collaboration with the Direc-
tor of the Department, was accepted October 31, 1910. The equipment of the
vessel, including- engines, dredging, and other auxiliary apparatus, was sup-
plied by the Director by purchase in open market at an aggregate cost of

$10,000.

A description of this craft, along with a photographic illustration of her at
sea, will be found in the annual report of the Director of the Department in
the current Year Book. It may suffice here, therefore, to state that she is a
70-foot, twin-screw motor-boat, very staunchly built, and capable of cruising
anywhere in the Gulf and adjacent tropical waters. An agreeable feature of
the experience in the construction of this boat, in all respects similar to that
met in the construction of the non-magnetic ship Carnegie, was the high pro-
fessional standard sought by the designers and builders, Messrs. Peck and
Lundblom, of the Miami Yacht and Machine Company. Every effort on
their part was made to meet the requirements and to secure the highest effi-
ciency. This new boat has been called the Anton Dohrn, in honor of the
distinguished founder of the Stazione Zoologica, under whose direction, for
more than thirty years, the Marine Laboratory at Naples has been one of the
most fruitful international centers for biological research. In graceful recog-
nition of this honor, Dr. Reinhard Dohrn, who has succeeded his father as
Director of the Stazione Zoologica, has presented to the vessel an admirable
bronze relief of Anton Dohrn, by Adolf Hildebrand.

With the end of the current calendar year the Institution may be said to
have completed the first decade of its history. This history is partly re-
corded, in a condensed form, in the Year Books, in the
A Retrospective miscellaneous publications of the Institution, and in the
printed but unpublished proceedings of the Board of Trus-
tees and of the Executive Committee. A large part of this history is recorded
only in the voluminous correspondence entailed by the productive work of
the Institution, while no inconsiderable portion is filed in the more volumi-
nous but tentative, unproductive, or fruitless correspondence incident to so
novel an enterprise. The epoch for a comprehensive view of this history has
not yet arrived. A decade is the smallest convenient unit of time by which
the succession of events in such an establishment may be reckoned, and it
will be essential to await the development of a series of units before just esti-
mates may be drawn and adequate conclusions reached with respect to the
early growth and the complex activities which have engrossed the attention
and absorbed the income of the Institution during the first decade of its ex-
istence. On the other hand, without seeking to anticipate the verdict of our
successors, or of our contemporaries, it appears appropriate at this time to
recall in a summary way the salient facts of this history and to indicate in
some instances the lessons which may be drawn from the extensive experi-
ence already acquired.

re;port of the president, 191 1. II

Looking backward from the end of the decade in question, the most strik-
ing fact in evidence appears to be the rapidity of early growth, although,
paradoxical as it may seem, that growth has been disappointingly slow in meet-
ing popular expectations and demands. The first formal meeting of the in-
corporators of the proposed institution was held January 4, 1902, and articles
of incorporation in conformity with the laws of the District of Columbia
were filed for record in the office of the Recorder of Deeds on the same day.
The name designated for the establishment in the first of these articles of
incorporation was Carnegie Institution. At this first meeting, also, twenty-
seven Trustees were elected to administer the afifairs of the Institution. Of
this body five, namely, the President of the United States, the President of
the Senate, the Speaker of the House of Representatives, the Secretary of
the Smithsonian Institution, and the President of the National Academy of
Sciences, were designated as ex-officio members. The first meeting of these
Trustees was held January 29, 1902, when the Founder's deed of trust con-
veying the original endowment was received, when a code of by-laws was
adopted, a formal organization under the title Board of Trustees effected,
and the first President of the Institution elected. During the following year
some questions arose as to the adequacy of the original act of incorporation
under the laws of the District of Columbia, and at the stated meeting of the
Board of Trustees held December 8, 1903, it w^as decided to apply to the
Congress of the United States for a more comprehensive charter. Accord-
ingly, new articles of incorporation were granted by the Fifty-eighth Con-
gress in "An x\ct to Incorporate the Carnegie Institution of Washington,"
approved April 28, 1904. By the terms of these new articles the scope and
limitations of the Institution are clearly defined, no members of the Board
of Trustees are such ex officio, and the corporate title is changed from Car-
negie Institution to Carnegie Institution of Washington. At a special meet-
ing of the Board of Trustees held May 18, 1904, the formal steps essential
to transition from the original to the present corporate organization were
taken and ratified. At the stated meeting of the Board of Trustees held De-
cember 13, 1904, new by-laws, since unchanged except for minor amend-
ments, were adopted. The first article of these by-laws specifies that "the
Board of Trustees shall consist of twenty-four members, with power to in-
crease its membership to not more than twenty-seven members, and that
Trustees shall hold office continuously and not for a stated term."

In the meantime, Avhile the foundations of organization were being laid,
the Trustees, the Executive Committee, and numerous advisory committees
were actively engaged in devising ways and means to carry out the compre-
hensive provisions of the trust. The amount of work of this kind accom-
plished during the first three years of the existence of the Institution appears
truly surprising in view of the novelty of the enterprise and in view of the
great diversity of expert opinion with respect to many fundamental, and to
most subsidiary, questions which had to be considered. Special credit should
be given in this connection to the unselfish labors of the advisory committees ;

12 CARNKGIE institution of WASHINGTON.

for, although their recommendations contemplated aggregate annual expendi-
tures far in excess of available income, their deliberations helped in a signal
manner to fix attention on practicable projects and on conditions essential to
effective research. In the meantime, also, the actual expenditures under this
income rose rapidly from (using round numbers) $32,000 in 1902 to $512,000
in 1904, reaching an amount of $702,000 in 1907, a maximum of $769,000 in
1909, and a total of $4,791,000 by the end of the year 1910. It is an inter-
esting circumstance, likewise, worthy of special study at some later date, that
along with this rapid growth of the work proper to the Institution there arose
equally rapidly a wave of excessive popular expectations as to the possibili-
ties of the new establishment, and especially as to the extent and the capacity
of its income. No vagaries of fiction could surpass the realities of the un-
realizable ideals and of the dreams of avarice developed in this wave, which
culminated in 1905-6, and is only now slowly subsiding.

Three principal agencies to forward the objects of the Institution were
developed early in the decade in question. The first of these involved the
formation of departments of research, within the Institution itself, to attack
larger problems requiring collaboration of several investigators, special equip-
ment, and continuous effort. The second provides means whereby individuals
may undertake and carry to completion investigations not less important but
requiring less collaboration and less special equipment. The third agency —
namely, a division devoted to the editing and printing of books — aims to pro-
vide adequate publication of the results of research coming from the first
two agencies, and to a limited extent, also, for worthy works not likely to be
published under other auspices. Ten of the larger departments of research
referred to have been thus far established. These, in the order of their au-
thorization as shown by the dates assigned, are the following:

Department of Experimental Evolution December, 1903

Department of Marine Biology December, 1903

Department of Historical Research December, 1903

Department of Economics and Sociology January, 1904

Department of Terrestrial Magnetism April, 1904

Solar Observatory December, 1904

Geophysical Laboratory December, 1905

Department of Botanical Research December, 1905

Nutrition Laboratory December, 1906

Department of Meridian Astrometry March, 1907

Along with these larger divisions of the research work proper, there may
be not improperly classed, for the present purposes of historical summary,
the divisions of administration and publication, for they also have made many
researches in order to meet the requirements of their complex relations with
the departments, with Research Associates, with collaborators, and with a
host of correspondents. Originally evolved as part of the work of admin-
istration, the editorial and publication work grew to such necessary pro-
portions that it was given a separate existence, under the title "Division of
Publication," in July, 1909.

Of the work carried on by these departments and divisions and by the
numerous Research Associates and collaborators, only a few statistical items

REPORT OF THE PRESIDENT, IQII. 13

may be indicated here. In a second edition, now in press, of a semi-popular
pamphlet, issued on the occasion of the dedication of the Administration
Building, in December, 1909, there may be found further historical details
with respect to the organization, present status, and character of the work of
the departments of research. In an appendix to the Year Book for 191 1
there will be published, also, complete lists of the names of Trustees, mem-
bers of departmental staffs. Research Associates, collaborators, and of all
other persons hitherto connected with the Institution. From these lists it
appears that upwards of fifteen hundred individuals have participated, dur-
ing this first decade, in the work already accomplished or in that now under
way. Summaries indicating the extent of the researches and of the publica-
tions of the Institution have been given in previous reports. Bringing these
down to date, it may be said that a complete list of the fields of research to
which contributions have already been made would include a plurality of the
fields, ranging alphabetically from archeolog}' and astronomy through law,
linguistics, and literature up to thermodynamics and zoology. In answer to
the perennial question, raised by a multitude of correspondents, why other
fields have not been likewise entered, it seems fitting to remark here that this
fact is due neither to lack of interest on the part of the Institution in these
other fields nor to neglect on the part of the public in pressing their impor-
tance, but to the more obvious reasons arising from the limitations of in-
come, time, and accessibility. Researches of one kind or another under the
auspices of the Institution have been carried on in nearly every country, and
the publications already issued have been placed in nearly all of the leading
libraries of the world, and especially in those of colleges and universities.
Up to date these publications have been issued under 156 different titles and
in 201 separate volumes. A total of 90,730 volumes has thus far been dis-
tributed, chiefly by gifts to libraries and to authors, but to a noteworthy ex-
tent also by sales to the increasing number of individuals and institutions
preferring to acquire books by purchase. In addition to these works which
have been published by the Institution itself, about fifteen hundred papers,
giving results of investigations made under its direct or indirect auspices,
have appeared in current journals, in proceedings of societies, and other con-
temporary media. For the larger undertakings in research, two astronomical
observatories, five laboratories, and a non-magnetic ship have been built and
equipped, and a total inventory of property under this head includes sixty
buildings, ten vessels, and thirteen j^arcels of land. A considerable aggregate
of property in apparatus and equipment has been provided, also, by grants to
individual investigators, who are connected mostly v»^ith colleges and univer-
sities. The total of expenditures of the Institution to date is $5,452,687.21.
Of this amount, $1,682,437.53 ^^^ represented in land, buildings, equipments,
and publications in stock; $416,978.39 have paid the costs of administration
and miscellaneous expenses incident thereto; S3 18.804. 13 have been spent
in the work of publications ; and $4,008,540.38 have been applied directly to
the prosecution of research.

14

CARNEGIE INSTITUTION OF WASHINGTON.

The rapid march of events in the early life of the Institution and the rela-
tively small part an individual can play in the aggregate of its history are
emphasized especially by an impressive death-roll of members of the Boards
of Trustees in the original and in the present corporation. Of a total of
forty-three individuals in these two boards, thirteen are deceased, including
the Chairman of the first Board of Trustees. Abram S. Hewitt, and the first
President of the Institution, Daniel C. Gilman. But these colleagues were
all as ripe in years as in usefulness, and the recollection of their devotion to
the interests of the Institution may serve to give zeal and confidence to their
successors in a continuity of endeavor "to encourage, in the broadest and
most liberal manner, investigation, research, and discovery, and the applica-
tion of knowledge to the improvement of mankind."

The sources of funds available for expenditure during
the past fiscal year, the allotments for the year, the revert-
ments made during the year, and the balances unallotted
at the end of the A'ear are shown in detail in the following statement :

Financial Statement

for Fiscal Year

1910-1911.

Object of appro-
priation.

Large grants ....

Minor grants. . , .

Research associ-
ates and assist-
ants

Publications . . . .

Administration. .

Total

UnaUotted

Oct. 31,

1910.

17,620.16
14,553.80

22,173.96

Appropria-
tion, Dec. 13,
1910.

Revert-
nient<5 Oct.
31, 1910, to
Oct. 31, 191 1.

^82,797. 00 $10,000.00
97,124.03 2,190.10

24,200.00
60,000.00
45,000.00

3,712.07
6,463.22

Total.

15492,797.00
99,314.13

24,200.00
71,332.23
66,017.02

Aggregates

of
allotments I
and amounts j
transferred. '

709,121.03 I 22,365.39 753,660.38

1492,797.00
94,314.13

24,200.00
56,007.90
45,455.80

712,774.83

Balances

unallotted

Oct. 31,

1911.

|5,ooo.oo

15,324.33
20,561.22

40,885.55

The following list shows the departments of investigation to which the
larger grants were made by the Trustees at their last annual meeting and the
amounts allotted from these grants by the Executive Committee during the
year :

Department of Botanical Research $36,680

Department of Economics and Sociolog}- 10,000

Department of Experimental Evolution 33,734

Geophysical Laboratory 54,480

Department of Historical Research 23,500

Department of Marine Biology 32,980

Department of Meridian Astrometry 31,480

Nutrition Laboratory 30,378

Division of Publication 9,000

Solar Observatory 136,055

Department of Terrestrial Magnetism 94.5^0

492,797

REPORT OF THE PRESIDENT, I9II.

15

The fields of investigation to which minor grants were assigned, the names
of the grantees, and the amounts of the grants are shown in the following
list:

Details of minor grants.

Field of investigation.

Names of grantees.

Amount of
grants.

Archeology Bandelier, Adolf F $2,

Bibliography j Index Medicus j ^2

I f Bancroft, W. D i

I I Acree, S. F I

Chemistry -<i Baxter, G. P i

1 I Osborne, T. B I 8

L Jones, H. C i

Geophysics Adams, F. D

History Osgood, H. L

Literature Sommer, H. Oskar 2

Mathematics Morley , Frank ' i

Meteorology Bjerknes, V i

Paleontology Wieland, G. R

j ( Howe, Henry M

Physics Is Barus, Carl

I (Nichols, E. L..
„, • 1 ! rCathcart, E. P.

Physiology iReichert, E. T.

Political Science Rowe, Ivco S. . .

Zoology. -' Castle. W. E.

\ Naples Zoological Station i

000.00
500.00
,500.00
,500.00
,000.00
,000. CO
,000.00
800.00
500.00
,000.00
,200.00
,800.00
200.00
500.00
5C0.00
,ooo.co
000.00
,500.00
,500.00
000.00
,000.00

Transferred.

44,000.00

f Large grants 1,000.00

\ Administration 3,600.50

i Unappropriated fund 45i7i3-63

! 94,314-13

The following table shows the fields of investigation of research associates
and the amounts of their grants :

Field of investigation.

Astronomy. .
Archeology.

Names of research associates.

f Kapteyn, J. C. =

\ Gale, Henry G i

/ American School of Classical Studies in Rome. ... 2

1 Van Daman, E. B i

Botany Huntington, Ellsworth i

f Richards, Theodore W 2

fs, _. , I Morse, H. N i

^^^^'^^^y i Jones, Harry C i

[ Noyes, A. A 3

] Chamberlin, T. C 4

\ Moulton, F. R 2

Loew, Elias A i

Geology

Paleography.

Transferred to unap-
propriated fund.

Amount of
grants.

,000.00
,000.00
,000.00
,200.00
,500.00
,500.00
,800.00
,200.00
,000.00
,000.00
,000.00
,500.00

i6

CARNEGIE INSTITUTION OE WASHINGTON.

The following grants for publication were authorized during the year ;

American Ethnological Society. $900.00

Barus, Carl 800.00

Baxter, G. P 307-82

Benedict, F. G., and E. P. Slack 550.00

Bjerknes, V 2,900.00

Bolton, H. E 1,600.00

Campbell, D. H 308.90

Case, E. C 3,000.00

Case, E. C 2,000.00

Castle, W. E., and J. C. Phillips. 250.00

Churchill, William 348.20

Churchill, William 300.00

Day, A. L., and R. B. Sosman. . 1,000.00

Decker, Floyd F 159-33

Howard, L. O 5,000.00

Jones, H. C, and W. W. Strong 2,600.00

King, Arthur S 600.00

Learned, M. D 1,500.00

Lehmer, D. N $2,350.00

Mark, E. L., and J. A. Long.. . 43.12

Mayer, A. G 1,400.00

Moulton, F. R 4,500.00

Nichols, E. L., and E. Merritt. . 2,000.00
Osborne, T. B., and L. B. Mendel 600.00
Osborne. T. B., and L. B. Mendel 850.00
Papers from the Tortugas Lab-
oratory 740.53

Parker, D. W 1,800.00

Republication of the Classics of

International Law 10,000.00

Russell, H. N 1,600. 00

Sommer, H. 0 3,000.00

Stager, H. W 1,600.00

Wright, F. E 1,400.00

Total 56,007.90

The sources and amounts of the revertments from November i, 1910, to
October 31, 191 1, inclusive, are shown in the following list:

Large grants :

Transferred from Insurance $4,000.00

Transferred from Insurance S,ooo.oo

Transferred from Minor grants 1,000.00

$10,000 . 00

Minor grants :

Goss, W. F. M., Grant No. 425 94.73

Carhart, H. S., Grant No. 151 95 . 37

Smith, Edgar F., Grant No. 588 2,000.00

■ 2,190.10

Publication :

Bjerknes and Sandstrom, Grant No. 466 247. 14

Goss, W. F. M., Grant No. 642 5/6.34

Benedict and Joslin, Grant No. 655 133.24

MacDougal and Spalding, Grant No. 662 50.30

Papers from Tortugas Laboratory, Grant No. 654 97-57

Jones and Strong, Grant No. 653 4i i - 57

Lutz, F. E., Grant No. 666 10.96

Adams, W. S., Grant No. 657 122.24

Allison, W. H., Grant No. 656 68.63

Fish, C. R., Grant No. 644 371-40

Castle and Phillips, Grant No. 670 62. 14

Cannon, W. A., Grant No. 651 553-17

Lloyd, F. E., Grant No. 660 352.23

Osborne and IMendel, Grant No. 714 261 .22

Churchill, William, Grant No. 721 65. 19

Parker, D. W., Grant No. 671 5-94

Barus, Carl, Grant No. 713 322 . 79

3,712.07

Administration :

Shipping expenses (25 per cent sales of publications) $2,723.06
Shipping expenses (reprints from Solar Observatory) 102.71

Shipping expenses (expressage) i ■ 57

2,827.34

Refund, express charges 3-35

Refund, light and telephone 29.53

Refund, office petty expenses 2 . 50

Transferred from Minor grants 3,600.50

6,463 . 22

22,365 . 39

REPORT OF THE PRESIDENT, I91I,

17

The aggregate receipts from interest on endowment,

^ andE^enctoel^'^fi'O"^ interest on bond investments, from interest on de-

of the Institution posits in banks, from sales of publications, from refund

*° ^'^" on grants, and miscellaneous items to date is $5,929,390.37,

as shown by the following table :

Interest.

Sales of
publications.

Refund on
grants.

Miscellane-
ous items.

Year ending
Oct. 31—

Endowment.

Bonds and
bank deposits.

Total.

1902

1903

1904

1905

1906

1907

1908

1909

1910

1911

$250,000.00
500,000.00
500,000.00
500,000.00
500,000.00
500,000.00
550,000.00
600,000.00
600,000.00
975,000 00

$9-70
5,867.10

$1,825.52
101.57

$251,835.22
508,254.83
536,439-36
529,088.48
534,068.84
531,683.93
623,698.88
731,806.14
676,944.77

1,005,569.92

«2.286.t6

33,004.26 ^"2, 436.07

25,698.59 3,038.95
27,304.47 4,349-68
22,934.05 6,026.10

17,761-55 1 7,877-51
14,707.67 1 11,182.07
10,422.78 10,470.25
14,517.63 10,892.26

I999-03
200.94

2,395-25
2,708.56
25.68
2,351-48
1,319.29
4,236.87

150.00

19.44

15.22

48,034.14

103,564.92

54,732-45
923.16

5,475,000.00

172,227.80 58,55905

14,237.10

*209,366.42

5,929,390.37

* of this amount, $200,250 were received from the sale of bonds in igo8, 1909, and 1910.

The purposes for which funds have been appropriated by the Board of
Trustees of the Institution may be summarily classified under five heads,
namely : ( i ) investments in bonds and on account of Administration Build-
ing; (2) large projects; (3) minor projects, special projects, and research
associates and assistants ; (4) publications; (5) administration. The actual
expenditures under these heads for each year since the foundation of the
Institution are shown in the followinsr table :

Year
ending
Oct. 31—

Investments
in bonds and
on account
of Adminis-
tration
Building.

Large
projects.

Minor pro-
jects, special
projects, re-
search asso-
ciates and
assistants.

Publications.

Administra-
tion.

Total.

I Q02

$4,500.00

137,564.17

217,383-73

149,843.55

93,176.26

90,176.14

61,282.11

70,813.69

73.464.63

63,048.80

$27,513.00
43,627.66

36,967-15
37,208.92
42,621.89
46,005.25
48,274.90
45,292.21
44,011.61
45,455.80

$32,013.00
282,605.36
511,949 88

530,753-73
623,216.80
7' 2,534.39
676,163.01
769,460.94
662,373.79
661,616.31

iq03 (!tioo.47';.oo

I938.53
11,590.82
21,822.97

42,431-19
63,804.42

49,991-55
41,577-48
49,067.00
37,580.17

1904

19-35. --.
1906

1907

1908

1909

1910

1911

196,159.72

51,937-50

63,015-09

2,000.00

68,209.80

116,756.26
57,889.15
51,921.79

$49,848.46
269,940.79
381,972.37
500,548.58
448,404.65
495,021.30
437,941.40
463,609.75

Total . .

708,364.31

3,047,287.30

961,253.08

318,804.13

416,978.39

5,452,687.21

l8 CARNEGIE INSTITUTION OF WASHINGTON.

On account of site for and construction of the Adminis-
Investments in tration Building of the Institution, and on account of real
estate, buildings, and equipments of departmental estab-
lishments, the following sums have been expended :

Administration :

Building, site, and equipment $319,220.67

Publications :

Stock on hand and outstanding accounts (Oct. 31, iQii) 186,639.28

Department of Botanical Research (Sept. 30, 191 1) :

Buildings, office, and operating appliances $34,634.02

Laboratory equipment 7,259. 53

41393 -55

Department of Experimental Evolution (Sept. 30, 191 1) :

Buildings, office, and library 39,887 . 04

Laboratory apparatus 4,527.02

Operating appliances and grounds 16,000.68

60,414.74

Geophysical Laboratory (Sept. 30, 191 1) :

Building, library, operating appliances 113,310.81

Laboratory apparatus 60,361 .47

Shop equipment 10,742.20

184,414.48

Department of Marine Biology (Sept. 30, 191 1) :

Vessels 31,674.95

Buildings, docks, furniture, and library 10,055.88

Apparatus and instruments 2,515.82

44,246.65

Department of Meridian Astrometry (July 31, 1911) :

Buildings and operating appliances 13,518.90

Apparatus and instruments 2,394. 34

15,913-24

Nutrition Laboratory (Sept. 30, 191 1) :

Building and office 109,591.73

Laboratory apparatus 10,893.89

Shop equipment 1,923 • 33

122,408.95

Solar Observatory (Aug. 31, 1911) :

Building, grounds, road, and telephone line 120,464.79

Shop equipment I9,304-6S

Instruments 315,463 • 67

Furniture and operative appliances 50,746.90

Hooker lOO-inch reflector 49,965 -91

555,945-92

Department of Terrestrial Magnetism (Sept. 30, 191 1) :

Office 4,697.42

Instruments 25,214. 13

Vessel and ocean equipment 117,019.48

Land equipment 4,409 • 02

151,340.05

1,682,437.53

REPORT OF THE PRESIDENT, I91I. I9

RESUME OF INVESTIGATIONS OF THE YEAR.

The past fiscal year has been, on the whole, the most fruitful year on record

for the ten specially organized departments of research in

^'^'"ofResTa^rch"^"'^ ^^^^ Institution. Although some of these are not yet fully

equipped, they are all so well organized and provided for

that their energies may now be chiefly directed to the attainment of definite

results.

A development of much interest in connection with these departments is
that of cooperative effort coming through Research Associates and collabora-
tors. The departmental facilities are already in considerable demand from
capable investigators, and many of them are found desirous of using these
facilities, not only to forward their own researches, but to collaborate in the
researches proper of the departments. The favorable experience which has
accrued in recent years in these matters indicates that it may be advantage-
ous in the future to seek to secure an additional number of investigators
who, by reason of their eminence, may collaborate effectively in this manner.

Each of these departments has now under way such a variety and com-
plexity of work that it is difficult to summarize. Reference must be made,
therefore, for matters of detail, to the reports of the directors of the depart-
ments, published in full in the current Year Book. Hence such allusions in
the following paragraphs as are made to the progress of the year are neces-
sarily brief and can deal only with the more salient aspects of departmental
affairs and researches.

The activities of this department now necessarily cover a wide range, since

any successful attempt to solve the problems of the origin, development,

migration, and modification under varying climatic condi-

Department of tions of plant life must require extensive field observa-

DOtanical Kesearch. . ^ ^ . . . .

tions, much laboratory expenmentation, and mcreasmg
application of the sciences of chemistry and physics. It is natural and proper,
therefore, that the staff and collaborators of the department should include
many specialists, and that they should approach the problems to be investi-
gated from many points of view. Thus it happens that the investigations of
the past year have embraced, among others, studies of the evaporation, the
increasing salinity, and the changes in vegetation following close after the
receding shores of the Salton Sea ; of the influences of temperature, rainfall,
sunlight, soil-moisture, etc., on plant organisms; of the effects following
transplantation from low to high altitudes and from arid to humid localities ;
of the variations in water and acid content of plants ; of the chemical effects
induced in plant tissue by light and heat ; and of the physiological functions
of leaves in plant life.

One of the most interesting investigations under way during the year is
that of Dr. Ellsworth Huntington, Research Associate of the department, on
the secular variations of climate of the southwest desert area in recent geo-

20 Carnegie: institution of Washington.

logic time. From this work it is believed that some of the salient fluctua-
tions in climate during the past two or three thousand years may be clearly
made out. Another noteworthy investigation of the year is that of the respi-
ration of cacti, undertaken by Prof. H. M. Richards in collaboration with the
department. This has developed the remarkable fact of a definite diurnal
periodicity in the acid content of the sap of the cacti under observation. The
progress and status of many other instructive investigations are set forth at
length under the twenty subdivisions of the Director's report, to be found in
full in the current Year Book. From this it appears that, in addition to the
regular and associate members of the staff of the department, about an equal
number of individual investigators have collaborated in the researches under
way. Special attention may be here invited to the detailed account given in
one of the subdivisions of this report by Professor Tower in reference to his
further experiments on the evolution of chrysomelid beetles, the results of
his early work in this line under the auspices of the Institution having been
issued as publication No. 48.

It is a well-known fact that important generalizations in science usually

leave a multitude of details to be worked out. Indeed, advances often raise

_, more questions than they settle. Such has been the won-

L/epartment .

of Experimental dcrfully fruitful effect of the doctrine of evolution pro-
Evolution, pounded by Darwin, Spencer, and Wallace a half century
ago. It should not be surprising, therefore, that the program of the Depart-
ment of Experimental Evolution presents a considerable variety of investi-
gations related to the highly complex problem of heredity chosen by the
Director as the principal object of research. Thus the work of the year
includes investigations of heredity in plants, insects, birds, animals, and man.

One of the most promising investigations of the year is that of the Direc-
tor in reference to the heredity of epileptics. Through his connection with
the Eugenics Record Office, he has collaborated with Dr. David F. Weeks,
of the New Jersey State Village of Epileptics, and secured a large quantity of
accurate statistical data bearing directly on this disorder. From these data
it appears not improbable that important practical deductions may be pres-
ently, if not already, drawn. Another investigation continued during the
year, which involves prime utilitarian application, is that of Dr. Shull on the
effects of self-fertilization in maize, or Indian corn. His earlier conclusions,
published in 1908, have been confirmed by the later studies. A striking result
from the latter is that, other conditions being the same, the yield of cross-
fertilized plants proved fifty per cent greater than that of the self-fertilized
plants. Observational and experimental work has been carried on also along
many other lines. The total number of zoological individuals under study
exceeded 2,000, while the range of plants observed included nearly 500 spe-
cies and upwards of 40,000 individuals.

REPORT OF THE PRESIDENT, I9II. 21

The diversified work of this department has proceeded during the year in

accordance with the plan approved by the Executive Committee in May, 19 lo,

j^ which contemplated completing the researches then under

Economics way as well as might prove practicable under the limita-

and Sociology. tions of the balance of appropriations previously made to
the department. A full statement of these appropriations, of the expendi-
tures under them to date, and of the present available balance, will be found
in the section of this report devoted to the proposed budget for the ensuing
year.

As explained at length by the Chairman of the department in his report,
to be found in the current Year Book, progress in the work under way is
necessarily slow, since the heads of the divisions of research and most of
their collaborators are primarily engaged in other occupations. But in spite
of this handicap, inherent in the organization, much work has been accom-
plished, and the Chairman reports that several of the heads of divisions are
now engaged on their final reports.

The eighth annual report of this department, and the sixth of the present

Director, is an instructive record of effective progress along all lines of work

thus far undertaken to discover and to render available the

Department of sourccs of American history. Members of the department

Historical Research. ^ •' . ^ _

have been engaged during the year searching the archives
of Great Britain, France, Spain, and Mexico, as well as those of the United
States, for all accessible data, and these are being rapidly put in form for
publication in convenient manuals. Three such works have been published
by the Institution during the past year, namely, "Guide to the Materials for
American History in Roman and other Italian Archives"; "Inventory of
Unpublished Material for x\merican Religious History in Protestant Church
Archives and other Repositories" ; and "Calendar of Papers in Washington
Archives relating to the Territories of the United States." The following
are now in press : "Guide to the Manuscript Material relating to American
History in the German State Archives" and "Guide to Materials for the His-
tory of the United States in the Principal Archives of Mexico."

It is worthy of remark that the results of this department's activities have
received very general commendation from professional historians in Europe
as well as in America. The ten manuals thus far issued are already much
in demand in foreign countries, and they seem destined to become as impor-
tant in aggregate usefulness abroad as at home. It is hoped that the Institu-
tion may be thus enabled to render adequate acknowledgment for numerous
courtesies extended to the department by officials of governments, archives,
libraries, and other establishments.

22 CARNEGIE INSTITUTION OE WASHINGTON.

The signal success already attained by this laboratory leaves no reason
for doubt as to the practicability of continued advances toward solution of
that large and difficult group of chemical and physical
Geophysical Lab- problems presented by the materials of the earth's crust.
o'a °^- /jvj^g current report of the Director reviews twenty-six

papers which have been issued by members of the staff of the laboratory dur-
ing the year. Among these papers is a noteworthy contribution to general
physics, in which the scale of precise thermometry is extended by 1250° C.
This extension was an essential incident to the studies of mineral fusion,
crystallization, etc., carried on in the laboratory, but it is of equal impor-
tance to other branches of physical research. Another noteworthy paper is
a preliminary contribution to the long-standing question of the constitution
of Portland cement. The complexity of this substance proves to be far
greater than hitherto supposed ; but its general characteristics have been de-
termined and the resources of the laboratory are adequate to complete the
remaining quantitative details of the investigation.

International appreciation of the work of the Institution is now shown in
many ways. The merits of the researches of the Geophysical Laboratory
have been more promptly recognized, indeed, than its projectors anticipated.
Thus nearly all of the preliminary papers issued by members of the staff
of the laboratory have been published in German as well as in English, and
arrangements have been made during the past year to have all such papers
appear contemporaneously in both of these languages.

Of numerous investigations under way at the laboratory, attention may
be called here to some preliminary studies of an active volcano, which indi-
cate that the phenomena of vulcanism are within range of practicable deter-
mination and that progress in this direction is only a question of time and
adequate effort.

In addition to the research work proper carried on by the Director of this
department during the year, much of his time and attention have been de-
voted to the construction of a new vessel and to the recon-
Department of struction of the laboratory at Dry Tortugas. Referenne to

Marine Biology. . j j &

this vessel, named the Anton Dohrn, has been made in a
previous section of this report, and a description of her characteristics and
equipment will be found in the current report of the Director. It may suffice
here, therefore, to state that this adjunct gives the department independent
and adequate transportation facilities and greatly enlarged opportunities for
marine research.

Mention was made in my report of a year ago of the probable damage done
to the Tortugas Laboratory by the destructive hurricane which swept the
Florida Keys October 17, 19 10. An inventory of the wreckage was made as
soon as practicable, and it was found that an expenditure of $4,000 would be
essential to renew the establishment in a safe and effective manner. Accord-
ingly, an allotment of this amount from the insurance fund of the Institution

REPORT 0]? THE PRESIDENT, IQII. 23

was made by the Executive Committee at its meeting of November 17, 1910,
and the wrecked buildings have been replaced during the past summer by
structures at once more secure and more commodious.

On account of lack of quarters the Director has been able to afford facili-
ties for research at the laboratory to only eight investigators. Nevertheless,
the year has proved fruitful in important advances. One of these, attained
by Mr. G. H. Drew, of Cambridge University, relates to the role of certain
bacteria in depriving surface sea water of nitrogen and in precipitating the
vast deposits of chalky mud (oolite) of the Florida-Bahama region; another,
by Dr. T. W. Vaughan, records definite progress in his quantitative deter-
minations of the growth of corals and coral reefs ; while the Director and his
collaborators have published twenty-one papers, mostly included in volumes
Nos. 132 and 133 of the publications of the Institution,

As already explained in a preceding section of this report, the meridian
determinations of stellar positions at the temporary observatory at San Luis,
Pj - Argentina, were finished in January, 191 1. This comple-

Meridian tion in an unexpectedly short time of the more formidable

Astrometry. p^^.^ q£ ^j^^ Undertaking of the department in the southern
hemisphere leaves only the minor task in photometry of measuring the mag-
nitudes (or brightness) of those stars for which this property has not been
hitherto measured. This task, requiring only two observers and light equip-
ment, will be subject to small expense.

In the meantime the deductions of stellar positions and motions are pro-
ceeding expeditiously in the computing section of the department at the Dud-
ley Observatory; so that the final catalogue, giving precise positions of all
stars up to the seventh magnitude inclusive, may be expected to appear in due
time. As often happens in such extensive scientific investigations, many by-
products are arising of hardly less importance than the primary ends in view.
One of these, deduced from the Director's preliminary Star Catalogue, pub-
lished by the Institution about two years ago, shows the mean velocities rela-
tive to the solar system of stars of different spectral types. The values de-
rived from the "proper motions" of the catalogue are in striking agreement
with those derived for the same stars by Prof. W. W. Campbell from direct
measurements of the motions of these stars in the line of sight. The remark-
able result which is thus brought out from independent investigations is that
the speed of a star through space increases with its age. Attention is here
invited to the Director's interesting summary of this by-product in his cur-
rent report, the investigation in full having been published in the Astronomi-
cal Journal, April 3, 1911. It is of interest to note in this connection that the
independent investigations of Campbell, referred to above, were also carried
out by aid of grants made by the Institution.

24 CARNEGIE INSTITUTION OF WASHINGTON.

Allusion has been made frequently in previous reports to a prime charac-
teristic in the progress of all of the more highly developed sciences. This
consists in the passage from the stage of observation and
Nutrition Laboratory, experiment to the stage of measurement and calculation,
or in the transition from the stage of qualitative to that of
quantitative knowledge. It is marked by the introduction of the meter, the
balance, the thermometer, the telescope, the microscope, etc., and the definite
methods of chemistry and physics. The development of the work of the
Nutrition Laboratory affords a capital illustration of this characteristic mode
of procedure, and therein we find also the best justification for confidence in
the enterprise.

The staflf of the laboratory has been occupied during the year in the con-
struction of new apparatus, in the improvement of apparatus already in use,
in numerous researches on pathological and normal subjects, and in the prep-
aration and publication of reports on results already attained. The year has
shown also a remarkable increase of interest in the work of the establishment
coming especially from members of the medical profession at home and
abroad. Several of these have collaborated very effectively in the experi-
ments under way, and the widely general approval of the objects and methods
of the laboratory insures the heartiest cooperation from experts in the closely
allied fields of physiological and pathological research.

The numerous investigations in progress and the publications issued dur-
ing the year are reviewed in interesting detail in the Director's report. Of
the nine publications issued, one (No. 155 of the Institution) gives the results
of an important study of the variations of temperature in different parts of
the human body. Of equal popular and technical interest also are the results,
recorded in another paper, of experiments on men to determine the effects of
breathing air rich in oxygen content.

By reason of the absence on leave of Professor Hale, the varied work of

this Observatory has been in general charge of Mr. Walter S. Adams, who,

as Acting Director, has prepared the report of progress

The Solar £qj. ^^^ g^ fiscal year as well as that for the year lOOQ-

Ubservatory. ^ -^ j ^ ^

1910. Quite fortunately the affairs of the Observatory
have proceeded without serious delay during Professor Hale's absence, and it
is gratifying to announce that his health was so far restored as to permit him
to return to his duties October i, 191 1.

Although the construction and equipment of the Observatory are still in-
complete, the members of the staff are making rapid progress with their
programs of solar, stellar, and physical observation and of computation and
deduction. Thus the attainment of tangible results proceeds along with the
development and installation of equipment. Attention is invited to a list of
such results, attained during the year, cited in interesting detail by Mr.
Adams in his report, but too long for an abstract in this place. It need only

REPORT OF the; preside;nt, 191 i, 25

be said of them here that they justify expectations and that they increase con-
fidence in the capacity of the establishment to advance astrophysical science.

The Observatory has now, nearly fully equipped and in use, four highly
effective telescopes : the Snow, horizontal, 30-inch reflector ; the two tower-
telescope refractors; and the 60-inch reflector mounted equatorially. The
1 50- foot tower telescope, together with its auxiliary apparatus, constitutes the
most important addition of the year in the way of equipment. Varied use of
the 60-inch equatorial proves it to be alike effective in visual, photographic,
and spectroscopic work. It is especially penetrating in its capacity to reveal
the characteristics of globular star clusters and spiral nebulas.

In view of the repeated failures of the contractors of St. Gobain, France,
to cast a perfect disk for the 100-inch "Hooker telescope," it was determined
to try the imperfect disk furnished by these contractors, but not accepted,
four years ago. Accordingly an agreement was entered into with the makers
to try shaping the disk, and to pay therefor in case it proves sufficiently stable
after adequate trial. This work was begun early in the year, and good prog-
ress has already been made, although some delay must result by reason of the
illness of Professor Ritchey and his chief assistant in this delicate and
laborious task. In the meantime the glass-founders of St. Gobain are unre-
mitting in their efforts to secure a perfect disk.

It is with deep regret that the Observatory and the Institution are called
upon to record the unexpected death, on May 24, 191 1, of Mr. John Daggett
Hooker, to whom the enterprise of the 100-inch telescope owes its inception.
His intelligent interest in and appreciation of the work of the Mount Wilson
Solar Observatory led him to make a gift of $50,000 in 1906 for the pur-
chase of a disk and for the shaping of it for a lOO-inch reflecting telescope.
Unfortunately the difficulties in the way of casting so large a disk of glass,
together with his untimely death, have prevented him from realizing his de-
sire to see this telescope in use. But if the enterprise succeeds, as now seems
quite hopefully probable, the Observatory and the Institution will be glad to
link the constancy of his faith in scientific investigation to the constancy of
the stars by means of diligent applications of the "Hooker telescope" to as-
tronomical research.

The magnetic survey of the globe undertaken by this department is pro-
ceeding effectively on both land and sea. Observations of the magnetic ele-
De rt t f ments of declination, dip, and intensity have been made at
Terrestrial numerous poiuts ou the continents of Asia, Africa, Aus-
Magnetism. tralia, Europe, South America, and on the Polynesian
Islands ; while the non-magnetic ship Carnegie has secured a large quantity
of data of immediate practical utility to navigation and of still greater im-
portance, doubtless, in their relations to the general problem of terrestrial
physics.

26 CARNEGIE INSTITUTION OF WASHINGTON.

At the end of the previous fiscal year the Carnegie was en route from the
mouth of the Amazon to Rio de Janeiro. After visiting the ports of Rio de
Janeiro, Montevideo, Buenos Aires, and Cape Town, she arrived at Colombo,
Ceylon, June 7, 1911. Having started on her present circumnavigation cruise
June 20, 1910, her arrival at Colombo marked the end, approximately, of the
first year out. During this year she traversed upwards of 23,000 nautical
miles, measuring magnetic declinations at 252 different points, and dip and
intensity at 172 different points at sea. In addition to this work, correspond-
ing complete determinations were made on land at seven ports and intercom-
parisons of magnetic instruments were made at three ports.

Unexpectedly large errors have been found almost everywhere, except in
the South Atlantic Ocean, in the best compass sailing charts now in use.
This is especially the case in the Indian Ocean, for which some recently
issued charts are in error as much as 4° to 6° in the "compass variations"
assigned. To meet the pressing needs of mariners for more trustworthy
charts, the data obtained by the Carnegie are promptly furnished to the hydro-
graphic establishments of the world engaged in the publication of magnetic
charts. It appears from the investigations of the department that the chief
source of the errors in existing charts lies in a lack of knowledge of the secu-
lar variation of the magnetic elements. It is worthy of note, also, in this
connection that observations of atmospheric electricity and atmospheric
refraction have been carried on during this voyage of the Carnegie. The
importance of precise navigation in recent times gives special interest to
the outstanding uncertainties due to atmospheric refraction.

Expeditions for land determinations of magnetic data have been made to
many countries and to many islands. The most extended of these are that
carried out by Mr. Stewart in traversing the length of the Amazon River and
that by Mr. Sligh in Asia Minor, Turkey, Arabia, Greece, Tripoli, Tunis,
and Algeria. The Director of the department, on his way to meet the Car-
negie at Colombo, made observations at Tau Island, of the Samoan Group,
on the day of the total solar eclipse, April 28, 191 1 ; and also at six other
island stations in the course of his voyage.

The office work of computation and compilation of results and of the con-
struction and testing of instruments has proceeded simultaneously with the
operations on land and sea. A complete collection of the data obtained since
the establishment of the department, including those of the cruises of the
Galilee and Carnegie, will be ready for publication by the end of the present
calendar year. Three portable magnetometers have been completed and four
others are under construction, while various improvements to instruments
and apparatus in use have been made, along with all current repairs, in the
construction and repair shop of the department.

REPORT OF THE PRESIDENT, IQII. 27

Between fifty and sixty Research Associates have carried on investigations
under the auspices of the Institution during the year, either by aid of grants

made directly to them or for the purpose of publishing re-
Investigations of gyj^g ^f ^hgjj. investigations. Several of these Associates

have been connected with the departments of investigation.
Many collaborators have also participated in the researches carried on under
this head, and the fields of investigation are numerous and of very diverse
kinds. An idea of the extent and variety of this work can be best gained by
consulting the reports, in the current Year Book, of the individual investiga-
tors, by reference to the annual list of publications of the Institution, and the
general bibliography of the year. As indicating the diversity of these inves-
tigations, attention may be called to two remarkable publications in widely
different fields. One of these is a treatise on Dynamic Meteorology and
Hydrography, by Prof. V. Bjerknes, of the University of Christiania, and
marks a noteworthy advance in this difficult branch of mathematical physics.
Part I of this work has been issued and Part II is now in press. It is inter-
esting to note, also, that permission has been given to a foreign publishing
house to bring out an edition of this work in the German language. The
other work referred to is entitled "The Polynesian Wanderings," by Mr.
William Churchill. It attempts to trace the migrations of the Polynesians in
the Pacific Ocean by means of a critical examination of the philological con-
tents of their language. Mention may also be made in this connection of
progress in the publication of the Classics of International Law, one work of
which — namely, that of Richard Zouche — having been completed.

PUBLICATIONS.
The publication of twenty-five volumes* has been authorized by the Execu-

Publications Author ^^^'^ Committee during the year at an aggregate estimated
ized and Issued cost of $44, ICO. The following list gives the titles and
during the Year, names of the authors of the publications issued during the

year. It includes 30 volumes, with an aggregate of 5,062 octavo pages and

1,670 quarto pages.

List of Publications issued during the year.

Year Book No. 9, 1910. Octavo, xvi + 258 pages, 5 plates.

Index Medicus, Second Series, vol. 8, 1910. Octavo, 1420 pages.

No. 27. Smith, Erwin F.^ Bacteria in Relation to Plant Diseases. Vol. II. History,

General Considerations, Vascular Diseases. Quarto, viu + 368 pages, 20

plates, 148 text figures.
No. 74. Sommer, H. Oskar. Vulgate Version of the Arthurian Romances. Edited

from MSS. in the British Museum. Quarto. Vol. IV. Le Livre de Lancelot

de Lac, Part II, 399 pages.
No. 88. Bjerknes, V., and J. W. Sandstrom. Dynamic Meteorology' and Hydrography.

Part I, Statics. Quarto, 146 + 10-36^, 1&-30&, and ic-221: pages.

*A list of these volumes is given in the financial statement on page 16.

28 CARNKGIE institution of WASHINGTON.

No. 120. Decker, Floyd F. The Symmetric Function Tables of the Fifteenthic. Quarto,
21 pages.

No. 127. Goss, W. F. M. Superheated Steam in Locomotive Service. Octavo, v + 144
pages, 6 plates, 88 text figures.

No. 128. Fish, C. R. Guide to the Materials for American History in Roman and other
Italian Archives. Octavo, ix + 259 pages.

No. 130. Jones, Harry C, and W. W. Strong. A Study of the Absorption Spectra of
Solutions of Certain Salts of Potassium, Cobalt, Nickel, Copper, Chromium,
Erbium, Praseodymium, Neodymium, and Uranium, as affected by Chemical
Agents and by Temperature. Octavo, ix + 159 pages, 98 plates. (See Pub-
lications Nos. 60, 80, no, and 160.)

No. 131. Cannon, William A. The Root Habits of Desert Plants. Octavo, 96 pages, 23
plates, 17 text figures.

No. 132. Papers from the Tortugas Laboratory of the Carnegie Institution of Washing-
ton. Octavo, 152 pages, 37 text figures, 18 plates.

No. 133. Papers from the Tortugas Laboratory of the Carnegie Institution of Washing-
ton. Octavo, III + 185 pages, 17 text figures, 43 plates.

No. 134. Churchill, William. The Polynesian Wanderings : Tracks of the Migration
deduced from an Examination of the Proto-Samoan Content of Efate and
other Languages of Melanesia. Octavo, viii + 516 pages, 2 plates.

No. 137. Allison, William H. Inventory of Unpublished Material for American Relig-
ious History in Protestant Church Archives and other Repositories. Octavo,
VII -|- 254 pages.

No. 138. Adams, Walter S., assisted by Jennie B. Lasby. An Investigation of the Rota-
tion Period of the Sun by Spectroscopic Methods. Quarto, in + 132 pages,
2 plates, 5 text figures.

No. 139. Lloyd, Francis E. Guayule: A Rubber Plant of the Chihnahuan Desert.
Octavo, VIII + 213 pages, 46 plates, 20 text figures.

No. 140. Campbell, Douglas H. The Eusporangiatse : The Comparative Morphology of
the Ophioglossaceae and Marattiacese. Quarto, vi + 229 pages, 13 plates, 192
text figures.

No. 141. MacDougal, D. T., and E. S. Spalding. Water Balance of Succulent Plants.
Octavo, IV + "jy pages, 8 plates, 16 text figures.

No. 142. Long, J. A., and E. L. Mark. The Maturation of the Egg of the Mouse.
Octavo, IV + 72 pages, 7 plates, 7 text figures.

No. 143. Lutz, Frank E. Experiments with Drosophila ampelophila, concerning Evolu-
tion. (Paper No. 16, Station for Experimental Evolution.) Octavo, iii + 40
pages, 53 text figures.

No. 144. Castle, W. E., and J. C. Phillips. On Germinal Transplantation in Vertebrates.
(Paper No. 17, Station for Experimental Evolution.) Octavo, 26 pp., 2 pi.

No. 145. Case, E. C. A Revision of the Cotylosauria of North America. Quarto, 122
pages, 14 plates, 52 text figures.

No. 147. Russell, Henry Norris. Determinations of Stellar Parallax, based upon photo-
graphs taken at the Cambridge Observatory by Arthur R. Hinks and the
writer; with Magnitudes and Spectra determined at the Harvard College
Observatory under the direction of Prof. E. C. Pickering. Quarto, vi + 142
pages.

No. 148. Parker, David W. Calendar of Papers in Washington Archives relating to the
Territories of the United States. Octavo, 476 pages.

No. 149. Barus, Carl. The Production of Elliptic Interferences in Relation to Inter-
ferometry. Octavo, vi + TJ pages, 33 text figures.

No. 154. Churchill, William. Beach-la-mar: The Jargon or Trade Speech of the West-
ern Pacific. Octavo, 54 pages.

No. 155. Benedict, Francis G., and Edgar P. Slack. A Comparative Study of Tempera-
ture Fluctuations in Dift'erent Parts of the Human Body. Octavo, vi + 73
pages, 38 figures.

No. 156. Osborne, Thomas B., and Lafayette B. Mendel. Feeding Experiments with
Isolated Food-Substances. Octavo, 53 pages, 22 text figures.

No. 157. Dav, Arthur L., and Robert B. Sosman. High Temperature Gas Thermometry.
With an Investigation of the Metals by E. T. Allen. Octavo, v + 129 pages,
t8 figures.

Classics of International Law. Zouche, Richard. Juris et Judicii Fecialis sive Juris
inter Gentes et Quaestionum de Eodem Explicatio. Vol. I. xvi + 220 pages.

REPORT OF THE PRESIDENT, I9II.

29

e , , n 1 1- - The following table shows the amounts received from

bales of Pubhcahons .. it, tvti- r 1 r ^r

and Value of Those subscriptions to the index Medicus, from sales of Year
on Hand. Books, and from sales of all other publications for each

year since the foundation of the Institution :

Table shoiving sales 0/ publications.

Year.

Index Medicus.

Year Book.

Miscellaneous
Books.

1903
1904

1905
1906
1907
1908
1909
I910
I911

Total. .

12,256.91

2,370.47
2,562.76

2,970.56
3,676.71
3,406.19
4,821.85
4.470.50
4,440.21

$29.25
52.85
44.75
37.60
56.50
9965
73.01

ICO. 70

85.50

il2.75
431-44
1,341-52
2,292.89
4,371.67
6,287.21
5,899-05
6,366.55

30,976.16

579-81

27,003.08

At the end of the fiscal year just closed there are on hand 78,114 volumes
of miscellaneous publications and Year Books, having a sale value of $173,-
158.20. There are also on hand 2^,2,77 numbers, or the equivalent of about
2,100 volumes, of the Index Medicus, having a sale value of $12,594. The
total value of publications on hand is therefore $185,752.20.

In connection with the above statement it is fitting to add that since the
foundation of the Institution there have been distributed, chiefly by gifts to
libraries and to authors, but to a noteworthy extent, also, by sales, a total of
90,730 volumes of publications of the Institution.

REPORT OF THE EXECUTIVE COMMITTEE

31

REPORT OF THE EXECUTIVE COMMITTEE.

To the Trustees of the Carnegie Institution of Washington:

GentIvEmen : Article V, Section 3, of the By-laws provides that the
Executive Committee shall submit at the annual meeting- of the Board of
Trustees a report for publication, and Article VI, Section 3, provides that
the Executive Committee shall also submit, at the same time, a full state-
ment of the finances and work of the Institution and a detailed estimate of
the expenditures for the succeeding year. In accordance with these pro-
visions, the Executive Committee herewith respectfully submits its report
for the year 1910-1911.

During the fiscal year ending October 31, 191 1, the Executive Committee
held nine meetings, including a special meeting on January 24, 191 1, for the
purpose of accepting the Founder's gift of an addition of $10,000,000 to the
Endowment Fund of the Institution. Printed reports of these meetings
have been sent to the members of the Board of Trustees.

Upon the adjournment of the Board of Trustees on December 13, 1910,
the members of the Executive Committee met and organized by the election
of Mr. Welch as Chairman for 191 1, and by voting that Mr. Gilbert, Assist-
ant Secretary of the Institution, act as Secretary of the Committee for the
same period.

The President's report gives in detail the results of the work of the Insti-
tution for the fiscal year 1910-1911, together with itemized financial state-
ments for the same period and a summary of receipts and expenditures of
the Institution to date. The President also submits various recommenda-
tions and suggestions and an outline of suggested appropriations for the
year 19 12. The Executive Committee hereby approves the report of the
President, and his recommendations, as the report and recommendations of
the Committee.

In accordance with the wishes of the Founder, as expressed in his letter
of January 19, 1911, accompanying his most recent gift to the Institution,
and in accordance with the instructions of the Trustees, formulated at their
meeting of February 18, 191 1, the Executive Committee has opened an
account with the United States Trust Company of New York, to be known
as the Reserve Fund Account, and the sum of $250,000 has been credited to
this account for the year 191 1.

The question of the disposition of the income of the Reserve Fund was
considered at the meeting of the Executive Committee on October 19, 191 1,
and, with the concurrence of Messrs. Low and Pritchett of the Finance
Committee, it was voted to recommend to the Board of Trustees that the
income of the Reserve Fund be credited to the principal of said fund.

3-YB 33 -

34 CARXEGIE INSTITUTION OF WASHINGTON.

The Board of Trustees at its meeting of December 13, 1910, appointed
The American Audit Company to audit the accounts of the Institution for
the fiscal year ending October 31, 1911, and the report of this company is
herewith submitted as a part of the report of the Executive Committee.

There are also submitted a financial statement and a statement of receipts
and disbursements for the year, together with a statement of aggregate
receipts and disbursements since the organization of the Institution, on
January 28, 1902.

There are no vacancies in the Board of Trustees, but the terms of office of
Messrs. Root and Walcott as members of the Executive Committee expire
with the coming annual meeting.

WiLUAM H. Welch, Chairman.

John S. Bilungs.

Cleveland H. Dodge.

S. Weir Mitchell.

Wm. Barclay Parsons.

Elihu Root.

Charles D. Walcott.

Robert S. Woodward.
December 14, ipi i.

Financial Statement^ October ji, igii.

ASSETS. LIABILITIES.

Endowment $22,000,000

Sundry Reserve Funds :

Reserve Fund and accrued interest 251,632. 12

Insurance Fund and accrued interest 29,051 .74

Profit from sale of bonds 1,893.75

Bonds :

Endow^ment :

U. S. Steel Corporation, Reg. 50 yr. 5 per cent

gold bonds, Apr. i, 1951 $22,000,000

Reserve fund $251,632. 12

Cash U. S. Trust Company(see page 36) 201,755.72

$50,000 N. P.-Gt. North'n joint C B.

& Q. col, July, 1921 49,876.40 . *49,876.40

Investment :

$50,000 A., T. & S. Fe R. Co. 4 per cent 100-year

gold bonds, Oct. i, 1995 *50,056.25

$50,000 L. S. & Mich. S. Ry. 4 per cent debenture

bonds, Sept. i, 1928 *48,222.22

$50,000 C. Pacific First Refunding gold 4 per cent

bonds, Aug. i, 1949 *5i,937-50

Carried forward 22,210,092.37 22,282,587.61

* Purchase value.

REPORT OF THE EXECUTIVE COMMITTEE.

35

Brought forward

Real Estate, Equipment, and Publications :
Administration :

Building, site, and equipment

Publications :

Stock on hand and outstanding accounts (Oct.

31, 1911)

Department of Botanical Research (Sept.
30,1911):

Buildings, office, and operating $34,634.02

Laboratory equipment 7.259.53

Department of Experimental Evolution
(Sept. 30, 1911) :

Buildings, office, and library 39,887.04

Laboratory apparatus 4,527.02

Operating appliances and grounds 16,000.68

$22,210,092.37 $22,282,587.61
319,220.67
186,639.28

41.893-55

Geophysical Laboratory (Sept. 30, 191 1) :

Building, library, operating appliances.. 113,310.81

Laboratory apparatus 60,361 .47

Shop equipment 10,742 . 20

Department of Marine Biolog}' (Sept. 30,
1911) :

Vessels 31.674.95

Buildings, docks, furniture, and library. 10,055.88

Apparatus and instruments 2.515.82

Department of Meridian Astrometry (July
31,1911):
Buildings and operatmg appliances.... 13,518.90
Apparatus and instruments 2,394.34

Nutrition Laboratory (Sept. 30, 191 1) :

Building and office equipment 109.591 .73

Laboratory apparatus 10,893 .89

Shop equipment 1,923-33

Solar Observatory (August 31, 1911) :

Buildings, grounds, road, and tele-
phone line 120,464 . 79

Shop equipment 19.304

Astronomical instruments 315.463

Furniture and operative appliances.... 50,746
Hooker loo-inch reflector 49,965

Department of Terrestrial Magnetism (Sept.
30, 1911) :

Office 4,697 . 42

Instruments 25,214. 13

Vessel and ocean equipment 117,019.48

Land equipment 4,409.02

Property Investment (aggregate cost) . .
Grants :

Large

Minor

Research Associates and Assistants.

Publication

Administration

Cash:

In banks (see page 36)

Stamps and petty cash fund

Unappropriated Fund

60,414.74

184,414-48

44.246.65

15,913-24

122,408.95

555.945-92

151,340.05

476.703.16
300

1,682,437.53

149,188.44

27,727.47

8,945-38

92,012.99

20,561.22

96,082 . 42

24-359,533-06 24,359,533.06

36

CARNEGIE INSTITUTION OF WASHINGTON.

00 o
moo

I^ ri wvD

t^ t^ t^ c^

r^ lo o\ On

\r) r^ '^i^

O W M 0)

O O i-H

M 01

« . o

^ 4j +j .t; ,/
^ 2 5 c

. . 5 '-

o

c
o

o

o

M

ID OV

o

Q

w

VO

o

o

o

o

o

m

W

u

rt

rt

4)

>H

bo bo

c

c

•o-o

3

3

<J

o

c

C

Qi

a £)

'■o

C>1

<n

M O lO

vo

cq lii in

9.^

g

n

o r^

O m\0

o

O '-I

Z'^^

o o

o

o

irv O

1/1 M

M

c^

w W

-i vo"

I^

o\

V)-

o -, ox; 5

• • .^- 2 ^ ^ 5

< 3

S S b ^

►J

<

O) O m 't O 0) w
CJ t^ Os Cn 01 I- 01

HrO'*'-iiOOiO\i-<
^00 lO lO 01 00 t^OO

PS .

CO

Q rt
w

t/} ex Qj •<;

O rt

bCC
c o

U2 *^ O

5°

C

3

gw ^

C^ On

lo r^

o

CQ

REPORT OF the; executive; committee.

04 0\ 1

00
5

IT)

m

rt

>

2

o ■*
'^ o

rx i^ ui

00 o ^

^•in o
O t^ 0)

"5 ^.5 ??
O

N

r^ M On t^oo ■<* t^V3 lo ID m o m too qo i
t^iorCd'tNlrit-Ci-'" woo" of t? i-T uo i-T

0)

a, 3

O <U.;3 C

CU <

C Ji (u oj bfi bo
^ „ rt g c bc.C.C

"1 tS C3

Si u rt

O. tn ^

<u criS o ^ ^ ^

o

a c

(In

O C -

<u o

Oh ii

1) ra

t-H

VO

M

tH

r^

(T)

00

o

o

t^

01

VO

m

l^

Tj-

^

1/1

,Vi .y

1 2

w

O o

i' Si
a. ^

M

be b4

2

C c

<

•O "O

W

s s

o

&i

^

w
o

w

as

to

09-

O oo lO O
OCO IT) o

q_ -^ q q^
to d\ -^ cf

t>x 0) 0) r-l

o o\

(«

o c --a

o (LI ° 4^,y

•• -cJ ^ rt 2

in 5

h-IP

On t-^
in ro
IT) 04

\0 On ro
1^ t^ Q

On lO O

o"

rO

O)

< 3
'-'.id

§1

O S

<

C/1

OJ NO lO Tj- O to tONO VO OO

to cOnO lOOO 1-1 tN, -rfvO to

lO On tONO 0) 1-1 0) t^OO 0) t^OO On

o) NO to t^NO 01 to 00 Ti" 1-1 w 0)

tn O
o a'

^ 5 «

tn 9* "3 tn bfi tn
"^ S o E CO

o. 5

. a.'O t« h o. 5 <-> 3

j_i kd c-t^ a!.S?Ou2 tn

^ t^.S o

'-O 03"

C <U

„ , M^ tn «.5^

«

o

o

VO O 1

t^ lO 1

s

^

h-l

^7 (J

i^tii;

JO

lo*

►-r
<:

REPORT OF AUDITOR.

Washington, D. C, November 28, ipii.
The Executive Committee,

Carnegie Institution of Washington, Washington, D. C.

Gentlemen : The books and accounts of the Carnegie Institution of
Washington have been audited by us from November i, 1910, to October 31,
191 1, by authority of the Chairman of the Board of Trustees.

We did not, however, audit the books of the various departments, as that
is done by the Bursar and his associates, but we did verify the totals as car-
ried from the subsidiary books to the general books.

The income from the Endowment Fund and from Investments has been
duly accounted for, and the expenditures have been regularly authorized
and are supported by proper vouchers.

On Tuesday, November 24, 191 1, the undersigned, Mr. Otto Luebkert, in
company with the Hon. Seth Low, Chairman of the Finance Committee,
and Dr. Henry S. Pritchett, attended at the vaults of the Hudson Trust
Company, Hoboken, New Jersey, and examined the bonds of the Endow-
ment Fund, amounting to $22,000,000, finding same on hand and in proper
order.

On the same day, Mr. Luebkert, in company with Mr. Low, visited the
United States Trust Company, New York, and examined and found correct
the bonds comprising the Reserve Fund, amounting to $50,000.

On Friday, November 17, 191 1, Mr. Luebkert, in company with the Bursar,
Mr. John L. Wirt, and the Assistant Secretary, Mr. W. M. Gilbert, visited
the vaults of The American Security and Trust Company, Washington, D. C,
and examined and found correct and in good order the securities comprising
the Investment Account, amounting to $150,000.

Respectfully submitted.

The American Audit Company,
By Otto Luebkert, Resident Vice-President.

Approved :

F. W. Lafrentz, President.

[Seal of the American Audit Company, New York.]

Attest :

A. F. Lafrentz, Asst. Secretary.

38

BIBLIOGRAPHY OF PUBLICATIONS. 39

BIBLIOGRAPHY OF PUBLICATIONS RELATING TO WORK ACCOMPLISHED
BY GRANTEES AND ASSOCIATES.

Under this heading it is sought to include titles of all publications bearing
upon work done under grants from the Carnegie Institution of Washington,
exclusive of the regular publications. A list of the latter which have appeared
during the year will be found in the President's Report (pp. 2"], 28). The
following list for the year 1911 has been made as complete as possible, and
in some cases titles may be included which have only an indirect connection
with grants from the Institution :

Abetti, Giorgio, and Ruth Emily Smith. Photographic observations of prominences.
(Astrophys. Jour.)

Agree, S. F. See Loy, S. K.

. See LooMis, N. E.

. See Desha, L. J.

Adams, Frank D. An experimental investigation into the flow of rocks. (Reports of
the nth International Geological Congress, Stockholm.)

Adams, Walter S. Some results of a study of the spectra of Sirius, Procyon, and Arc-
turus, with high dispersion. (Astrophys. Jour.)

-, and Henry G. Gale. The spectrum of the spark under pressure and an applica-
tion of the results to the spectrum of the chromosphere. (Read at the 55th meeting
of the Physical Society.)
See Gale, Henry G.

AuLT, J. P. Daylight observations on Venus. (Bull. Amer. Geog. Soc, v. 43, No. 10,

pp. 767-770. Oct. 191 1.)
Babcock, Harold D. The Zeeman effect for chromium. (Astrophys. Jour.)

. The Zeeman effect for vanadium. (Astrophys. Jour.)

: Note on the grouping of triplet separations produced by a magnetic field.

(Astrophys. Jour.)
Barcroft, Joseph. See Higgins, H. L.
Barus, Carl. Elliptic interferences with reflecting gratings. (Phil. Mag., London.)

. Elliptic interferences. (Science, v. xxxiii, p. 113. Jan. 20, 1911.)

. Interferometry with the aid of the grating. (Phil. Mag. (London), v. xxi, pp.

411-434. 1911.)
. Independence of coronas of the thickness of the fog layer. (Amer. Jour. Sci.,

v. XXXI, pp. 564-566. 1911.)

. The grating interferometer. (Phys. Rev., v. xxxi, pp. 591-598. 1910.)

-, and M. Barus. On an adjustment for the plane grating, etc. (Amer. Jour. Sci.,

V. XXXI, pp. 85-95. 191 1- )

Barus, M. See Barus, Carl.

Bauer, L. A. The physical theory of the earth's magnetic and electric phenomena. No.
II: a, Introductory note; b, On the non-simultaneity of magnetic disturbances.
(Terr. Mag., v. xv, No. 4, pp. 219-232. Dec. 1910.)

. The physical theory of the earth's magnetic and electric phenomena. No. Ill :

The external electric currents and the earth's magnetization. (Terr. Mag., v. xvi.
No. I, pp. 33-52. Mar. 191 1.)

. The physical theory of the earth's magnetic and electric phenomena. No. IV:

On the origin of the earth's magnetism. (Terr. Mag., v. xvi, No. 2, pp. 1 13-122.
June 1911.)

. The total solar eclipse of April 28, 191 1. Preliminary communication. (Sci-
ence, v. xxxiv. No. 865, pp. 105-106. July 28, 191 1.)

. Zur Theorie der Sakularvariation des Erdmagnetismus. (Physik. Zs., v. xii.

No. II, pp. 445-448. Leipzig. June i, 191 1.)

. The work of the Magnetic Commission of the International Meteorological

Committee, 1896-1910. [Editorial Review.] (Terr. Mag., v. xv, No. 4, pp. 193-206.
Dec. 1910.)

. Translation. Schmidt, Adolf : Proceedings of the Berlin meeting of the Com-
mission on Terrestrial Magnetism and Atmospheric Electricity of the International
Meteorological Committee. Schmidt, Adolf : Proceedings of the Berlin meeting of
the Commission on the Magnetic Survey of a Parallel of the International Associa-
tion of Academies. (Terr. Mag., v. xv. No. 4, pp. 177-192. Dec. 1910.)

40 CARNKGIE; institution OI^ WASHINGTON.

Bauer, L. A. Life and work of Robert Were Fox, 1789-1877. (Terr. Mag., v. xv, No.

4, pp. 207-208 with pi. V. Dec. 1910.)

. The broader aspects of research in terrestrial magnetism. [Address as retiring

vice-president and chairman of section B, Physics, Amer. Assoc. Adv. Sci., given at
Minneapolis, Minn., Dec. 29, 1910.] (Science, v. xxxiii, No. 837, pp. 41-54. Jan.

13. 19"-)

. Terrestrial magnetism. (American Year Book, pp. 577-579. 1910.)

. The scientific results of the first cruise of the "Carnegie" in magnetism, elec-
tricity, atmospheric refraction, and gravity. [Abstract of paper before Physical
Society, New York. Oct. 15, 1910.] (Phys. Rev., v. xxxi. No. 5, pp. 611-616.
Nov. 1910.)
. On gravity determinations at sea. [Read before Phil. Soc. of Washington, Nov.

5, 1910.] (Amer. Jour. Sci., v. xxxi, No. 181, pp. 1-18. Jan. 1911.)

. On the simultaneity of abruptly beginning magnetic storms. (Nature, v.

Lxxxv, No. 2149, pp. 306-308. Jan. 5, 191 1.)

. The magnetic survey of Australia. (Terr. Mag., v. xvi. No. 3, pp. 215-217.

Sept. 1911.)

. Data for abruptly beginning magnetic disturbances, 1906-1909, No. I : Reports

from Greenwich, Agincourt, Stonyhurst, Uccle, Potsdam, Wilhelmshaven, Miinchen,
Ekaterinburg, Pola, Helwan, Porto Rico, Cheltenham, Baldwin, Sitka, Honolulu,
Bombay, and Val Joyeux. (Terr. Mag., v. xvi, No. 2, pp. 85-108. June 1911.)

• . Data for abruptly beginning magnetic disturbances, 1906-1909, No. II : Reports

from Batavia-Buitenzorg; Kew; Mauritius; Eskadalemuir ; Dehra Dun, Kodai-
kanal, Barrackpore, and Toungoo ; Tortosa ; Samoa ; Falmouth ; De Bilt ; Rude
Skov ; Pilar ; and additional data for Potsdam ; Agincourt ; Porto Rico ; Cheltenham ;
Baldwin; Sitka; and Honolulu. (Terr. Mag., v. xvi, No. 3, pp. 163-204. Sept. 191 1.)
-, and W. J. Peters. Magnetic chart errors and secular changes in the Indian

Ocean. (Terr. Mag., v. xvi. No. 3, pp. 133-136. Sept. 1911.)
Baxter, Gregory Paul. A revision of the atomic weights of silver and iodine. Second

paper: The ratio of silver to iodine. (Jour. Amer. Chem. Soc, v. 32, pp. 1593-1602.

Dec. 1910. Zeit. fiir anorg Chemie, v. 70, pp. 34-44.)
, and Harold Canning Chapin. A revision of the atomic weight of neodymium.

(Proc. Amer. Acad. Arts and Sci., v. 46, pp. 213-244. Nov. 1910. Jour. Amer.

Chem. Soc, v. 33, pp. 1-30. Zeit. fiir anorg. Chemie, v. 70, pp. 1-32.)
, and Thorbergur Thorvaldson. A revision of the atomic weight of iron.

Fourth Paper : The atomic weight of meteoric iron. (Jour. Amer. Chem. Soc, v.

33. PP- 337-340. Mar. 1911. Zeit. fiir anorg. Chemie, v. 70, pp. 348-352.)
, Thorbergur Thorwaldson, and Victor Cobb. A revision of the atomic weight

of iron. Third Paper : The analysis of ferrous bromide. (Jour. Amer. Chem. Soc,

V. 33, pp. 319-336. Mar. 191 1. Zeit. fiir anorg. Chemie, v. 70, pp. 325-348.)
-, and Truman Stephen Woodward. The ultra-violet absorption spectrum of

aqueous solutions of neodymium chloride. (Jour. Amer. Chem. Soc, v. 33, pp. 270-

272. Mar. 1911.)
Benedict, F. G. and H. L. Higgins. Effects on men at rest of breathing oxygen-rich

gas mixtures. (Amer. Jour. Physiol., v. xxviii, p. i. 191 1.)
, and John Homans. A respiration apparatus for the determination of the car-
bon dioxide produced by small animals. (Amer. Jour. Phvsiol., v. xxviii, p. 29.

1911.)
, L. E. Emmes, and J. A. RichE. The influence of the preceding diet on the

respiratory quotient after active digestion has ceased. (Amer. Jour. Physiol., v.

xxvii, p. 383. 1911.)

. See Emery, A. G.

See Higgins, H. L.

Boss, Benjamin. Systematic proper-motions of stars of type B. (Astronom. Jour.,

No. 620. Dec. 5, 1910.)
Boss, Lewis. Precession and solar motion. Third paper : Relation of systematic

motions to spectral types. (Astronom. Jour. Nos. 623-624. April 3, 191 1.)
Bray, W. C, and F. L. Hunt. The conductance of aqueous solutions of sodium

chloride, hydrochloric acid, and their mixtures. (Jour. Amer. Chem. Soc, v. 33,

pp. 781-794. June 1911.)
Brown, W. H. Evaporation and plant habitation in Jamaica. (Plant World, v. xill,

pp. 268-272. 1910.)

. See Livingston, B. E.

Burgess, L. L. See Richards, Theodore W.
Carpenter, J. L. See Morse, H. N.

BIBLIOGRAPHY OF PUBLICATIONS. 4I

Carpenter, T. M. The increase in metabolism due to the work of typewriting. (Jour.

Biol. Chem., v. ix, p. 231. 1911.)
, and J. R. Murein. The energy metabolism of mother and child just before and

just after birth. (Archives Internal Medicine, v. 7, p. 184. 1911.)
CasteE, W. E. Double-mating of silk-worm moths. (Science, n. s., pp. 15-21. July 7,

1911.)
. On sex-chromosomes in hermaphroditism. (Amer. Nat., 45, pp. 425-430. July

^911-)
. On "soma influence" in ovarian transplantation. (Science, n. s., v. xxxiv, pp.

II3-IIS- July 28, 1911.)
. Heredity in relation to evolution and animal breedings. (D. Appleton & Co.,

N.Y., 184 pp., illustr.)

and C. C. LiTTEE. On a modified Mendelian ratio among yellow mice. (Science,

n. s., V. XXXII, pp. 868-870. Dec. 16, 1910.)

Chapin, Harold Canning. See Baxter, Gregory Paul.

Clark, W. M. See Morse, H. N.

Cobb, Victor. See Baxter, Gregory Paul.

Coble, A. B. Reduction of the sextic equation to the Valentiner form-problem. (Math.
Annal, V. Lxx. 1911.)

. An application of More's cross-ratio group to the solution of the sextic equa-
tion. (Trans. Amer. Math. Soc. July 1911.)

The rational plane quartic as derived from the norm-curve in four dimensions

by projection and section. (Amer. Jour. Math. July 191 1.)
Davenport, C. B. Heredity in relation to eugenics. (H. Holt & Co., New York.)
. The transplantation of ovaries in chickens. (Jour, of Morphology, xxii, pp.

111-122. Mar. 1911.)

. Imperfection of dominance. (Rept. Amer. Breeders Assn., vi, pp. 29-32.)

. Report of committee on eugenics. (Rept. Amer. Breeders Assn., vi, pp. 91-93.)

. Characters in mongrel vs. pure-bred individuals. (Rept. Amer. Breeders

Assn., VI, pp. 339-34I-)
, and G. C. Davenport. Elements of zoologv. 2d ed. 508 pp., Macmillan, New

York.)
, H. H. Laughlin, David E. Weeks, E. R. Johnstone, and H. H. Goddard.

The study of human heredity, methods of collecting, charting, and analyzing data.

(Eugenics Record Ofiice : Bull. No. 2. May 1911.)

and David E. Weeks. A first study of heredity of epilepsy. (Jour, of Nervous

and Mental Disease. Nov. 191 1.)
Davenport, G. C. See Davenport, C. B.
Desha, L. J., and S. E. AcreE. Difficulties in the application of the hydrogen electrode

to the measurement of the concentration of hydrogen ions in the presence of organic

compounds. (Amer. Chem. Jour. Dec. 1911.)
DoDERLEiN, L., and R. Hartmeyer. Westindische Seeigel und Seesterne (Tortugas

echinoderms). (Zoologische Jahrbiicher, Suppl. 2, Heft 2, pp. 145-156. 1910.)
Emery, A. G., and F. G. Benedict. The heat of combustion of compounds of physio-
logical importance. (Amer. Jour. Physiol., v. 28, p. 301. 1911.)
EmmES, L. E., and J. A. Riche. The respiratory exchange as affected by body position.

(Amer. Jour. Physiol., v. xxvii, p. 406. 191 1.)

. See Benedict, F. G. _

Falk, K. G. Transference experiments with thallous sulphate and lead nitrate. (Jour.

Amer. Chem. Soc, v. 32, pp. 1555-1571. Dec. 1910.)

. See NoYES, A. A.

Path, E. A. The spectra of spiral nebulse and globular star clusters. (Astrophys.

Jour., v. xxxiii, pp. 58-63. 191 1.)
Ferguson, William Scott. Hellenistic Athens. (Macmillan & Co. 191 1.)
Fisk, H. W. Review — Hazard, D. L. : Directions for magnetic measurements. (Terr.

Mag., V. xvi. No. 3, pp. 218-220. Sept. 191 1.)
Fleming, J. A. Comparisons of magnetic observatory standards by the Carnegie Insti-
tution of Washington. (Terr. Mag., No. I : v. xvi, No 2, pp. 61-84 with pi. rv.

June 1911. No. II: v, xvi, No. 3, pp. 137-162. Sept. 1911.)
. Two new types of magnetometers made by the Department of Terrestrial

Magnetism of the Carnegie Institution of Washington. (Terr. Mag., v. xvi, No. I,

pp. 1-12. Mar. 1911.)

Mean values of the magnetic elements at observatories. (Terr. Mag., v. xvi.

No. 3, pp. 209-214. Sept. 191 1.)
Franz, Shepherd Ivory. On the functions of the post-central cerebral convolutions.

(Jour, of Compar. Neurol., v. 21, pp. 115-137. 1911.)

. The functions of the cerebrum. (Psychol. Bull., v. 18, pp. 111-119. 1911.)

. On the functions of the cerebrum : Concerning the lateral portions of the

occipital lobes. (Amer. Jour. Physiol., v. 28, pp. 308-317. 1911.)

42 CARNEGIE INSTITUTION OF WASHINGTON.

Frazer, J. W. C. See Morse, H. N.

Free, E. E. Studies in soil physics. (Plant World, v. xiv, pp. 29, 59, no, 164, i86. 1911.)

Gale, Henry G., and Walter S. Adams. The pressure shift of the arc and spark lines

of titanium. (Read at 56th meeting of American Physical Society.)

. See Adams, Walter S.

GiBBS, R. C. Fluorescence and absorption of canary glass at low temperatures. (Phys.

Rev., V. XXX, p. zil- Mar. 1910.)
. The effect of temperature on fluorescence and absorption. (Phys. Rev., v.

XXXI, p. 464. Oct. 1910.)
Gill, E. E. See Morse, H. N.
GoDDARD, H. H. See Davenport, C. B. _
GoodalE, H. D. Some results of castration in ducks. (Biol. Bull., v. xx. Dec. 1910.)

. On blastopore closure in Amphibia. (Anat. Anz., Bd. xxxviii. 191 1.)

. Sex-limited inheritance and sexual dimorphism in poultry. (Science, n. s., v.

xxxiii. June 191 1.)

The early development of Spelcrpcs bilineatus (Green). (Amer. Jour. Anat.,

V. 12. Sept. 1911.)
GoRTNER. Ross Aiken. Studies on Melanin. I : Methods of isolation. The effect of

alkali on melanin. (Jour. Biol. Chem., viii, pp. 341-363. 1910.)
. Studies on melanin. II : The pigmentation of the adult periodical cicada

{Tibiccn scptcndeciin). (Jour. Biol. Chem., x, No. i, pp. 89-95, i plate. Aug. 1911.)
. Studies on melanin. Ill : The inhibitory action of certain phenolic compounds

upon tyrosinase. A suggestion as to the cause of dominant and recessive whites.

(Jour. Biol. Chem., x. No. 2, 10 pp. Sept. 191 1.)
. A new decomposition product of keratin which gives Millon's reaction. (Jour.

Biol. Chem., ix, pp. 355-357- IQH-)

On the decomposition of alloxan. (Jour. Amer. Chem. Soc, xxxii, p. 85. 191 1.)

Grey, J. S. See Jones, Harry C.

Guest, H. H. See Osborne, T. B.

Harris, J. Arthur. On the selective elimination occurring during the development of

the fruits of Staphylea. (Biometrika, vii, pp. 452-504. 1910.)
. A neglected paper on natural selection in the English sparrow. (Amer. Nat.,

XLV, pp. 314-318. 1911.)
. The measurement of natural selection. (Pop. Sci. Mo., lxxviii, pp. 521-538.

1911.)
. The biometric proof of the pure line theor}^ (Amer. Nat., xlv, pp. 346-363.

. Further observations on the selective elimination of organs in Staphylea.

(Zeitschr. f. ind. Abst.- u. Vererbungsl, v. pp. 273-388. 191 1.)

. Francis Galton. (Pop. Sci. Mo., lxxix, pp. 171-190. I9ii.)_

. A coefficient of individual prepotency for students of heredity. (Amer. Nat.,

xlv, pp. 471-478. 1911.)

. Seed weight in Staphylea and Cladastris. (Torreya, xi, pp. 165-169. 1911.)

. On the correlation between somatic characters and fertility : Illustrations

from the involucral whorl of Hibiscus. (Biometrika, viii, pp. 52-65. 1910.)
. Teratological fruits of Ptelea. (Bull. Torr. Bot. Club, v. 38, pp. 385-387, pi. 17.

On the formation of correlation and contingency tables when the number of

combinations is large. (Amer. Nat., v. 45, pp. 566-571. 191 1.)

Data, dialectics, and other digressions. (Amer. Nat., v. 45, pp. 636-638. 1911.)

Hartmever, R. See Doderlein, L.

Harvey, E. Newton. The mechanism of membrane formation and other early changes
in developing sea-urchin's eggs as bearing upon the problem of artificial partheno-
genesis. (Jour. Exper. Zool., v. 8, No. 4, pp. 355-376. July 1910.)

• •. Studies on the permeability of cells. (Jour. Exper. Zool., v. 10, No. 4, pp.

507-556 3 figs- Mayi9ii.)

Hempl, George. The solving of an ancient riddle: The Phsestos disk. (Harper's Mag.
Jan. 1911.)

. Early Etruscan inscriptions. Fabretti 2343-2346. (Matzke Memorial Volume

of Stanford University. 191 1.)

HiGGiNS, H. L., and F. G. Benedict. Some energy factors of the urine excreted after
severe muscular exercise. (Amer. Jour. Physiol., v. 28, p. 291. 191 1.)

, and Joseph Barcroft. The determination of the constants of the differential

blood-gas apparatus. (Journ. of Physiol., 191 1, v. XLii, p. 512.)

. See Benedict, F. G.

BIBLIOGRAPHY OF PUBLICATIONS. 43

Holland, VV. W. See Morse, H. N.

HoMANS, John. See Benedict, F. G.

HoNiGSCHMiD, O. See Richards, Theodore W.

Howe, Henry M. Cell-size; a function of time and temperature. (Proc. Amer. Soc.

for Testing Alaterials, ii. 191 1.)
. The life history of cells and grains in steel. Eng. Record, v. 64, p. loi. 191 1.

Iron Trade Review, v. 49, p. 159. 1911. Internationale Zeitschrift fiir Metallo-

graphie. 191 1.)
Hunt, Franklin L. The conductance and ionization of certain salts at 18° and 25°.

(Jour. Amer. Chem. Soc, v. 33, pp. 795-803. June 1911.)

. See Bray, W. C.

Huntington, Ellsworth. The lost wealth of the kings of Midas. (Nat. Geog. Mag.,

V. XXI, p. 831. 1910.)
• . The Karst region of Southern Asia Minor. (Bull. Amer. Geog. Soc, v.

XLiii, p. 91. 1911.)
. The burial of Olympia : A study in climate and history. (Geo. Jour., v. xxxvi,

pp. 657-686. London. 1910.)

. The first Americans. (Flarper's Mag., v. cxxii, Feb. 191 1.)

. The Desert Laboratory. (Harper's Mag., v. cxxii, April 1911.)

. The greenest of deserts. (Harpers' Mag., v. cxxiii, June 1911.)

• . Palestine and its transformation. (Houghton, Mifflin & Co., pp. 442. 1911.)

. Geographic environment as a factor in the present condition of Turkey. (Jour.

of Race Development, v. i, pp. 460-481. 191 1.)

The fringe of verdure around Asia Minor. (Nat. Geog. Mag., v. xxi, p. 761.

1910.) ....

Johnston, H. F. Review — Atmospheric electricity observations taken on the "Belgica"

in 1907 during the Duke of Orleans' Arctic cruise. [Bull. Soc. Beige Astron., Oct.

1910; communicated by G. Siideling.] (Terr. Mag., v. xvi. No. i, p. 54. Mar.

1911.)
Johnstone, E. R. See Davenport, C. B.
Jones, H.a.rry C. Jacobus Henricus van't Hoff. (Amer. Chem. Jour., v. XLV. April

1911 ; Proc. Amer. Phil. Soc, v. i. No. 199. May-June 1911.)
. Im hiesigen Laboratorium wiihrend der vergangenen zwolf Jahre erhaltene

Anhaltspunkte fiir die Existenz von Solvaten in Losung. (Zeitschrift phys. Chemie,

V. 74, pp. 325. 1910.)
. Sur la Position de la Theorie des Solvates. (Jour, de Chemie phys., v. ix, p.

217. May 20, 191 1.)
, and H. Kreider. The dissociation of electrolytes in non-aqueous solvents as de-
termined by the conductivity and boiling-point methods. (Amer. Chem. Jour., v.

XLV, pp. 242. Mar. 1911.)
, and J. S. Grey. Conductivity and viscosity in mixed solvents containing glyce-
rol. (Amer. Chem. Jour., v. xlvi, pp. 131. Aug. 1911.)
, and W. W. Strong. Selective oxidation. (Amer. Chem. Jour., v. xliv, pp. 36.

Jan. 1911.)
, The absorption spectra of certain salts of cobalt, erbium, neodj'mium,

and uranium as affected by temperature and by chemical reagents. Part II. (Amer.

Chem. Jour., V, xliv. Feb. 1911.)
, . The absorption spectra of certain salts of cobalt, erbium, neodymium,

and uranium as affected by temperature and by chemical reagents. (Amer. Chem.

Jour., V. XLIV. Jan. and Feb. 191 1.)
-, and E. P. Vightman. A study of the conductivity and dissociation of organic

acids in aqueous solution between 0° and 35°. (Amer. Chem. Jour., v. xlvi, pp. 56.
Julyi9ii.)

— , and A. P. West. The conductivity, dissociation and temperature coefficients of
conductivity at 35°, 50°, and 65° of aqueous solutions of a number of salts. (Amer.
Chem. Jour., v. xliv, p. 508. Dec. 1910.)

and L. G. Winston. Electrical induction in chemical reactions. (Amer. Chem,

Jour., V. XLV, p. 547. June 191X.)
King, Arthur S. The effect of pressure upon electric furnace spectra. (Read at 56th

meeting of American Physical Society.)

. The effect of pressure upon electric furnace spectra. (Astrophys. Jour.)

. The influence of a magnetic field upon the spark spectra of iron and titanium —

summary of results. (Astrophys. Jour.)
KriedEr, H. See Jones, H.\rry C.
Lasby, Jennie B. Spectroscopic observations of the rotation of the sun. (Pop. As-

tronom.)

44 CARNEGIE INSTITUTION OE WASHINGTON.

Laughlin, H. H. See Davenport, C. B.

LiDDLE, L. M. See Osborne, Thomas B.

LiTTEE, C. C. The "dilute" forms of 3'ellow mice. (Science, n. s., v. xxxiii, pp. 896-897.

June 9, 191 1.)

. See Castle, W. E.

Livingston, B. E. Relation of soil moisture to desert vegetation. (Bot. Gaz., v. i, pp.

241-256. 1910.)
. A radio-atmometer for measuring light intensities. (Plant World, v. xiv, pp.

96-99. 1911.)
. The relation of the osmotic pressure of the cell sap in plants to arid habitats.

Plant World, v. xiv, pp. 153-164. 1911.)

: Light intensity and transpiration. (Bot. Gaz., v. Lii. Sept. 1911.)

. A study of the relation between summer evaporation intensity end centers of

plant distribution in the United States. (Plant World, v. xiv. 191 t.)
. Paper atmometers for studies in evaporation and plant transpiration. (Plant

World, v. XIV. 1911.)

and W. H. Brown. Relation of the daily march of transpiration to variations

in the water content of foliage leaves. (Bot. Gaz., v. lii. 1911.)
LoEW, Elias a. The Naples MS. of Festus; its home and date, (Berliner Philolo-

gische Wochenschrift, v. xxxi, No. 29, col. 917-918. 191 1.)
. Studia Palseographica : A contribution to the history of early Latin Minus-
cule and to the dating of Visigothic MSS. (Sitzungsberichte der k. bayerischen
Akademie der Wissenschaft. 1910.)
Lombard, R. H. See Noyes, A. A.

LooMis, N. E., and S. F. AcrEE. A study of the hydrogen electrode, the calomel elec-
trode, and of contact potential. (Amer. Chem. Jour. Dec. 1911.)

, . The application of the hydrogen electrode to the measurement of the

hydrolysis of aniline hydrochloride and the ionization of acetic acid in the presence
of neutral salts. (Amer. Chem. Jour. Dec. 1911.)
LoY, S. K., and S. F. AcrEE. On the reaction of iodoacetonitrile with silver nitrate.

(Amer. Chem. Jour. Mar. 1911.)
MacDougal, D. T. Environic response. (Amer. Nat., v. xlv, p. 5. 1911.)

. Environment and heredity. (Sci. Amer., Sup., v. lxxi, p. 122. 191 1.)

. Organic response. (Science, n, s., v. xxxiii, pp. 94-101. 1911.)

. Alterations in heredity induced by ovarial treatments. (Bot. Gaz., v. li, p.

241. 1911.)

. Climatic selection in a hybrid progeny. (Plant World, v. xiv, p. 129. 191 1.)

. An attempted analysis of parasitism. (Bot. Gaz., v. lii. Oct. 1911.)

-. The inheritance of habitat effects by plants. (Plant World, v. xiv, p. 53.

1911.)

. Hugo DeVries. (Sci. Amer., v. 105, p. 423. 1911.)

Induced and occasional parasitism. (Bull. Torr. Bot. Club, v. xxxviii. Oct.

iQii.)

Mackay, G. M. J. Transference experiments with mixtures of potassium chloride and
sulphate in aqueous solution. (Jour. Amer. Chem. Soc, v. 33, pp. 308-319. Mar.
1911.)

MacMillan, W. D. See Moulton, F. R.

]NL\THEws, J. H. See Richards, Theodore W.

Mayer, Alfred G. Alexander Agassiz. (Pop. Sci. Monthly. Oct. 1910.)

. Alpheus Hyatt. (Pop. Sci. Monthly. Feb. 1911.)

Mears, B. See Morse, H. N.

Merritt, Ernest. See Nichols, E. L.

Morse, H. N., W. W. Holland, J. W. C. Frazer, and B. Mears. The relation of os-
motic pressure of temperature. Part I : The manufacture of cells. (Amer. Chem.
Jour., V. XLV, p. 91. Feb. 191 1.)

, W. W. Holland, and J. L. Carpenter. The relation of osmotic pressure to

temperature. Part H : The manometers. (Amer. Chem. Jour., v. xlv, p. 237. Mar.
1911.)

, W. W. Holland, and E. G. ZiEs. The relation of osmotic pressure to tempera-
ture. Part HI: The regulations of temperatures. (Amer. Chem. Jour., v. xlv, p.
383. Apr. 1911.)

, W. W. Holland, E. G. Zies, C. N. Myers, W. M. Clark, and E. E. Gill The

relation of osmotic pressure to temperature. Part V: The measurements. (Amer.
Chem. Jour., V. XLV, p. 554. June 1911.)
-, W. W. Holland, and C. N. Myers. The relation of osmotic pressure to tempera-

ture. Part IV: The membranes. (Amer. Chem. Jour., v. xlv, p. 517. :May 1911.)

BIBLIOGRAPHY OF PUBLICATIONS. 45

MouLTON, F. R. The straight line solutions of the problem of n bodies. (Annals of

Math., V. 12, No. I, pp. 1-17. Oct. 1910.)
. The influence of astronomy on mathematics. (Science, v. xxxiii, pp. 357-364-

Mar. 191 1.)
-, and W. D. jMacAIillan. On the solutions of certain types of Hnear differential

equations with periodic coefficients. (Amer. Jour. Math., v. xxxiii, No. i, pp. 63-

96. Jan. 191 1.)
MuRUN, J. R. See Carpenter, T. M.
Myers, C. N. See Morse, H. N.
Nichols, E. L. Some recent advances in fluorescence and phosphorescence. (Science,

V. XXXIII, p. 696. May 5, 191 1.)
. The effects of temperature on phosphorescence and fluorescence. (Proc. Amer.

Phil. Soc, V. XLix, p. 267. 1910.)
, and Ernest Merritt. On fluorescence and phosphorescence between + 20° and

— 190°. (Phys. Rev., v. xxxii, p. 38. Jan. 1911.)
, . The absorption of alcoholic solutions of eosin and resorufin. (Phys.

Rev., V. xxxi, p. 376. Oct. 1910.)

The distribution of energ>' in fluorescence spectra. (Phys. Rev., v. xxx,

p. 328. Mar. 1910.)
, . Further experiments on fluorescence absorption. (Phys. Rev. v. xxxi,

p. 500. Nov. 19 10.)
, . The specific exciting power of different wave-lengths of the visible spec-
trum in the case of the fluorescence of eosin and resorufin. (Phys. Rev., v. xxxi,

p. 376. Oct. 1910.)
NoYES, A. A., and K. G. Falk. The properties of salt solutions in relation to the ionic

theor}'. II: Electrical transference numbers. (Jour. Amer. Chem. Soc, v. xxxiii,

pp. 1436-1460. Sept. 191 1.)
, and R. H. Lombard. The conductivity and ionization of a penta- and hexa-ionic

salt. (Jour. Amer. Chem. Soc , v. xxxiii, pp. 1423-1436. Sept. 191 1.)
, and M. A. Stewart. The ionization relations of sulphuric acid. (Jour. Amer.

Chem. Soc, v. xxxii, pp. 1133-1162. Oct. 1910.)
Osborne, T. B. The chemistry of the proteins. (Harvey Lecture, New York, 1911.)
, and L. M. LiddlE. The separation and estimation of aspartic and glutaminic

acids. (Amer. Jour. Physiol., v. xxvi, pp. 420-425. 1910.)
, and H. H. Guest. Hvdrolvsis of casein. (Jour. Biol. Chem., v. ix, pp. 333-353.

1911.)
, . Analj-sis of the products of hydrolysis of wheat gliadin. (Jour. Biol.

Chem., V. ix, pp. 425-438. 191 1.)
See Wells, H. G

Peters, W. J. See Bauer, L. A.

Pierce, C. A. The distribution of energy in the luminescence spectrum of Sidot blende.

(Phys. Rev., v. xxx, p. 663; xxxii, p. 115. June 1910 and Jan. 191 1.)
Reid, E. E. The hydrolysis of acid amides. (Amer. Chem. Jour. Apr. 1911.)
Richards, Theodore W. The possible solid solution of water in crystals. (Jour.

Amer. Chem. Soc, v. xxxiii, p. 888. 191 1.)
. The fundamental properties of the elements (Faraday Lecture). (Jour. Chem.

Soc, London, Trans.; also Proc, v. xxvii. June 191 1.)
^, and O. Honigschmid. A revision of the atomic weight of calcium. I: Analj'-

sis of calcium bromide. (Jour. Amer. Chem. Soc, v. xxxii, p. 1577. Dec. 1910.

Sitzungsb. der k. Akad. d. Wissenschaften in Wien., 119, lib, i. July 1910.)
, • Revision of the atomic weight of calcium. II: Analysis of calcium

chloride. (Jour. Amer. Chem. Soc, v. xxxiii, p. 28. 191 1. Sitzungsb. der k.

Akad d. Wissenschaften in Wien. 119, lib. Oct. 1910.)
, and J. H. Mathews. A method for determining heats of evaporation as ap-
plied to water. (Proc. Amer. Acad., 46, 511. 191 1. Jour. Amer. Chem. Soc, v.

xxxiii, 863. 191 1.)
-, A. W. RowE, and L. L. Burgess. The adiabatic determination of the heat of so

lution of metals in acids. Second paper. (Jour. Am.er. Chem. Soc, v. xxxii,
1 176-1 186. Oct. 1910.

Riche, J. A. See Benedict, F. G.

. See Emmes, L. E.

Rose, J. N. Studies of Mexican and Central American plants: No. 7. (Cont. U. S.
Nat. Herb., v. xiii. Part 9.)

RowE, A. W. See Richards, Theodore W.

RowE, L. S. Recent educational progress in Mexico. (Report U. S. Comm. of Edu-
cation.)

. The national university of Mexico. (Pub. Univ. of Penn. Nov. 1910.)

46 CARNEGIE INSTITUTION OF WASHINGTON.

ScHLESiNGER, Frank. Photographic determinations of stellar parallax made with the

Yerkes refractor. (Astrophys. Jour., v. xxxii, No. 5; v. xxxiii, Nos. i, 2, 3, 4, 5;

V. XXXIV, No. I. 1910-1911.)
Shepherd, W. T. On some mental processes of the Rhesus monkey. (Psychol. Rev.

Monograph supplement, No. 52, pp. 66. Nov. 1910.)
ShrevE, Forrest. The rate of establishment of the giant cactus. (Plant World, v.

XIII, pp. 235-240. 1910.)

. Studies on Jamaican Hymenophyllacese. (Bot. Gaz., v. u, pp. 184-209. 1911.)

. The influence of low temperatures on the distribution of the giant cactus.

(Plant World, v. xiv, pp. 135-146. 191 1.)
Shull, G. H. The genotypes of maize. (Amer. Nat., 45, pp. 234-252, i fig. Apr.

1911.)
. Defective inheritance-ratios in Bursa hybrids. (Verhandl. d. naturforsch. Ver.

Briinn, 49. 12 pp. 6 pis. 191 1.)

Reversible sex-mutants in Lyclmis dioica. (Bot. Gaz. Oct. 1911.)

Smith, Ruth Emily. See Abetti, Giorgio.
SpoEhr, H. a. The relation between photosynthesis of carbon dioxide and nitrate re-
duction. (Science, v. xxxiv, p. 63. 191 1.)
Stewart, M. A. See Noyes, A. A.
St. John, Charles E. Motion and condition of calcium vapor over sun-spots and other

special regions. (Astrophys. Jour.)
Strong, W. W. See Jones, Harry C.
Thorwaldson, Thorbergur. See Baxter, Gregory P.
Treadwell, Aaron L. Polychsetous annelids from the Dry Tortugas. (Bull. Amer.

Mus. Nat. Hist., v. xxx, pp. 1-12, 29 figs. 1911.)
ViGHTMAN, E. p. See Jones, Harry C.
Waggoner, C. W. Some phosphorescent salts of cadmium with sodium. (Phys. Rev.,

V. xxxi, p. 358. Oct. 1910.)
Watson, John B. Further data on the homing sense of noddy and sooty terns.

(Science, v. xxxii, pp. 470-473. Oct. 7, 1910.)
Weeks, David F. See Davenport, C. B.
Wells, H. G., and T. B. Osborne. The biological reactions of the vegetable proteins.

I: Anaphylaxis. (Jour, of Infectious Diseases, v. viii, pp. 66-124. 191 D
West, A. P. See Jones, Harry C.

WiELAND, G. R. On the Williamsonian Tribe. (Amer .Jour. Sci., pp. 34. Dec. 1911.)
. A study of some American fossil cycads. Part V : Further notes on seed

structures. (Amer. Jour. Sci., v. xxii, 4th ser., pp. 133-155. Aug. 1911.)
— . Notes on the armored Dinosauria. (Amer. Jour. Sci., v. xxi, 4th ser., pp.

112-123. Feb. 191 1 )

Recent contributions on Cycadophytans (Amer. Jour. Sci. p. 3, 2 text figures.

Dec. 1911.)
Winston, L. G. See Jones, Harry C.

Woodward, Truman Stephen. See Baxter, Gregory Paul.
ZellER, C. a. The short-time phosphorescence of certain compounds. (Phys. Rev., v.

XXXI, p. 367. Oct. 1910.)
ZiES, E. G. See Morse, H. N.

REPORTS ON INVESTIGATIONS AND PROJECTS

The following reports and abstracts of reports show the
progress of investigations carried on during the year, in-
cluding not only those authorized for 191 1, but others on
which work has been continued from prior years. Reports
of Directors of Departments are given first, followed by
reports of recipients of grants for other investigations, the
latter arranged according to subjects.

47

Q

«

DEPARTMENT OF BOTANICAL RESEARCH *

D. T. MacDougal, Director.

Definite progress may be reported in the attainment of experimental
results concerning environic response and physical relations of plants and
animals, in the determination and calibration of photosynthetic and other
photochemical activities of green plants, in the coordination of data which
establish some major conclusions as to climatological history during recent
time, and in the accomplishment of systematic observations v^hich yield con-
clusions of importance as to the origin and fate of plant population in the
course of such climatic alterations. The recession of Salton Lake has now
reached an anticipated stage in which a general summarization of its conse-
quences may be profitably made, and the preparation of a volume dealing
with the principal physical and biological phenomena disclosed by several
collaborators has been begun. It is gratifying to record that it has been
possible to put into effect and continue cooperative arrangements of sub-
stantial importance with research associates and workers representing many
different kinds of scientific effort and several institutions.

THE SURFACE GEOLOGY AND VEGETATION OF SALTON BASIN.

The observations upon Salton Lake and its effect upon the vegetation of
the basin in which it lies have noAv been carried on for six years. The origi-
nal maximum depth of the water of 84 feet has been reduced by an evapora-
tion of about 72 inches yearly. Of this theoretical total, however, amounting
to 310 inches, 12 feet have been replaced by inflow of precipitated water,
underflow from the mountain drainage, and waste from artesian wells and
the irrigation systems which have been developed in the southern parts of
the basin around the towns of Brawley, Imperial, El Centro, Holtville,
Heber, and Calexico.

The recession of the margin of the lake has resulted in uncovering an area
of about 100 square miles. The horizontal movement has of course depended
directly upon the gradient. This was gentlest at the northwestern and south-
eastern ends of the lake, and in places the water does not come within 3
miles of the limits reached in 1907.

The lowering of the level of the lake has of course not proceeded regu-
larly. Extended periods have been noted during which the level remained
fairly constant by reason of the lowered rate of evaporation and the volume
of the inflow. This fact, together with the seasonal action of the vegetation
in maturing seeds and propagative bodies, has furnished some phenomena
of reoccupation of exceptional interest.

♦Situated at Tucson, Arizona. Grant No. 674. $35,680 for investigations and
maintenance during 191 1. (For previous reports see Year Books Nos. 2-9.)

4— YB 49

50 REPORTS ON INVESTIGATIONS AND PROJECTS.

The salt-content of the water was over 0.25 per cent at the maximum
level in 1906. This has now increased to 0.72 per cent. The investigation of
various problems connected with the making and desiccation of the lake has
now proceeded far enough to make some interpretation and correlation of
results profitable and possible. The more important features will therefore
be discussed in a manuscript now in course of preparation.

Jlie Composition of the Water of Salton Lake, by Dr. IV. H. Ross.

In accordance with the practice of previous years, a large sample of water

was on June 3 taken from near the surface over the deepest part of the lake,

under the personal supervision of Dr. Ross. The preliminary data from the

analysis of this sample may be given as follows : Parts per

100,000.

Total solids dried at 110°,. plus water of occlusion and hydration 718.00

Chlorine, CI '. 339-00

Nitrates, NO3 none

Nitrates, NO2 none

Free, CO2 o. 72

Bicarbonic, HCO3 I7- 14

Carbonic, COs (in evaporated residue of the water) 5.78

Oxygen consumed 0.63

The total solids plus the water of occlusion and hydration have increased
by 18.9 per cent over that found for last year, while the chlorine has in-
creased by 20.8 per cent ; the corresponding percentage increases of last year
were 16.2 and 16.6. The bicarbonates in the water show a decrease, as noted
in the report of the previous year. A number of samples were taken from
the bottom of the lake and from localities widely separated from the surface,
and the analysis of these samples shows that the whole body of water is re-
markably uniform. This implies that the leaching from the beds covered by
the water has removed the salts from the upper layers, so that diffusion goes
on very slowly, and that the increasing salt-content of the lake is due almost
wholly to the inwash of surface deposits around the lake and to the losses
by evaporation. Although, as noted in a previous paragraph, a very con-
siderable amount of fresh water is brought into the lake through the Alamo
and New rivers, as well as from artesian wells, yet the wind action keeps the
body of the water in the lake constantly stirred.

The Behavior of Unicellular Organisms in Condensing Brines, by
Prof. G. J. Peirce.

The study of the micro-organisms in the brines of the salt works on the
shore of the San Francisco Bay has been continued by weekly collections
and by pure cultures of some of these organisms. The great range of con-
centration, from rain-diluted sea-water in winter to a brine containing 30
grams of solid matter in 100 c.c. in late summer, demands an extraordinary
adjustment of the organisms to the changing environment. The organisms
respond to the environmental changes by differences in the modes of repro-
duction as well as in vegetative ways. A quantitative chemical analysis of

DEPARTMENT OF BOTANICAL RESEARCH. 51

the concentrated brine shows a solution of remarkable composition as well
as concentration. In these two respects it forms an extraordinary habitat
for living organisms and presents problems of great physiological interest.
The difficulties of the investigation are so great that progress is necessarily
slow. In spite of this, enough definite results have been reached to encour-
age the student in further work.

A chromogenic bacillus has been isolated which has some economic impor-
tance. In addition to the existence of these micro-organisms in brine, they
are found also on the crude salt produced in these salterns. As this salt is
sometimes used without purification, they may be transferred to the material
with which the salt is mingled and thus come into another and quite different
environment. In this only the chromogenic bacteria have attracted attention.
It is unlikely, however, that the others disappear or are entirely inactive, and
further effort will be made to determine their fate.

Geological, Climatic, and Vegetational Features Presented by the Otero
Basin, by Mr. B. B. Free.

Some information — interesting, especially in comparison with the Salton —
has been obtained by a reconnaissance of the Otero Basin in south central
New Mexico. Geologically this basin is a long, narrow, dropped block be-
tween two outward-tilted mountain ranges: the White and the Sacramento
mountains on the east, the Organs and San Andreas on the west. As usual
in arid basins, the valley has been deeply filled with alluvial material washed
in from the surrounding mountains. The topography of the floor is also
quite typical : a fairly steep bajada on alluvial slopes at the foot of the moun-
tains merging into a flat and featureless plain which sinks very gently to a
central playa.

In recent geologic time the basin has been occupied by a very variable lake
fluctuating in response to changes in climate, overflowing in wet periods, re-
treating in dry, and leaving the records of these climatic vicissitudes in the
deposits of its bottom and the topography of its borders. Of these deposits,
the earliest whose history can be read with any surety are the beds of reddish
gypsiferous, calcareous, and sometimes saline clay exposed in many places
lo to 30 feet under the surface of the basin, and which are almost certainly
the deposits of this old lake during its last period of great expansion and
overflow and during the first part of the following period of contraction and
concentration. These so-called ''red beds" are covered nearly everywhere
by beds of granular, somewhat consolidate gypsum which are believed to be
materials deposited at the borders and on the final dry playa of this evapo-
rating lake and afterward whipped into dune form by the arid winds. This
gypsum is so widespread in the basin that one must assume for its formation
a long and intense period of aridity and of dune movement. This arid period
was followed by a period of greater rainfall and of expansion of the lake,
with resultant fixation, planation, and consolidation of the gj'^psum dunes.

52 REPORTS ON INVESTIGATIONS AND PROJECTS.

This rainy period was both shorter and less intense than the preceding and
was followed, in turn, by another but shorter period of aridity and the for-
mation of g}'psum dunes ; a short period of relatively higher rainfall, when
these dunes were covered and fixed by vegetation, and a later period of re-
newed aridity, which is still in progress and during which the present series
of moving dunes of gypsum, known as the "white sands," have been formed.
Even this last period has not been a unit, having been broken not very long
ago by a short period of slightly greater rainfall and of dune vegetation and
fixation. The records of this cycle of climatic change and of varying geo-
logic action can be read in terraces, arroyos, lake strands, etc., as well as in
the gypsum dunes, but are best exhibited in the latter, it being not infrequent
to find the four successive series of dunes superposed, the one on the other.
These features, as well as the general aspects of the vegetation, afford
invaluable comparative data in the interpretation of the phenomena afforded
by the Salton. A small number of beach plants or succulents characteristic
of saline soils are to be found in both places. Outside of this the species are
different, but in their general association they offer landscapes quite like
those of the Salton. Succulent desert plants are a small constituent of the
floras, and the woody perennials do not reach any notable size. Emphasis is
to be laid upon the fact that very few if any species are known which appear
to be indigenous to either basin or to have originated there. It is evident
that the wide variations in the soil conditions in both basins must operate
against the survival of any species unless it is quickly disseminated beyond
the borders of the basin, in which case its genetic connection with the locality
would be lost.

REPORTS OF INVESTIGATORS.
Changes in Climate, by Prof. Bllsivorth Huntington.

Dr. Huntington, as a research associate of the Institution, has found it
profitable to carry on the major part of his work on variations in climatic
factors in cooperation with this department. March and April were devoted
to an examination of terraces, ruins, salt lakes, and other material in New
Mexico furnishing critical data concerning the course of climate. May and
June were spent in California making measurements of cross-sections of
giant redwood trees {Sequoia gigantea), for the purpose of ascertaining to
what extent possible variations might have been registered by the rate and
manner of growth resulting in the annual rings.

The work in New Mexico began in company with members of the staff
of the Desert Laboratory in the Otero Basin, in the southern part of the
State, where about three weeks were spent. The two main lines of investi-
gation were ruins in the midst of what is now an uninhabitable desert, and a
series of gypsum sand dunes and old lacustrine strands which seem to indi-
cate climatic fluctuations of some severity since the Glacial period. This was
followed by visits to some of the more noted prehistoric sites in the central,

DEPARTMENT OF BOTANICAL RESEARCH. 53

northern, and northwestern parts of New Mexico. The purpose of these
visits was to obtain a first-hand knowledge of some of the areas where arche-
ologists are most actively at work, in order that the results of archeological
and geographic studies may be brought into harmony. In this work Dr.
Huntington received the cordial cooperation of the American Archeological
Institute through the curator of its museum at Santa Fe, Mr. Kenneth M.
Chapman. The last piece of work in New Mexico was a visit to the so-
called prehistoric dam of colossal size which has been reported by various
travelers in the extreme southwestern corner of the State. The dam proved
to be unquestionably the work of nature, not of man. It is merely an old
lake strand, although it has been described by other investigators in detail as
the work of human hands. A number of ruins were found in the region,
however, proving that a fairly abundant population once existed even in this
out-of-the-way corner.

The two months spent by Dr. Huntington in California were devoted to
minute measurements of the thickness of the rings of annual growth of giant
redwood trees, which have been cut for lumber during the past generation.
In this he was assisted by H. E. Miller, of Elk Grove, California, and D. B.
Cohen, of Oakland, California. About 200 stumps were measured, varying
in age from 2,300 to 3,150 years; 42 of these trees began their growth more
than 2,000 years ago, and three more than 3,000 years ago. The thickness of
the growth was measured for each decade from the beginning to the present.
The 40,000 numbers thus obtained are being examined, and from them it
will be possible to prepare a curve showing, with considerable clearness, the
main climatic fluctuations for at least 2,000 years. Preliminary partial com-
putations indicate that this curve will show close resemblance to the climatic
curve computed from evidence of a totally different character obtained in
Asia. In order to test the matter more fully, trees of other species are being
used, not only in California, but in various parts of the United States. For
this purpose the United States Forest Service, through Mr. H. S. Graves,
Forester, has placed at the disposal of the Institution all its thousands of
stem analyses, many of which were taken from trees 2 to 1,200 years of age.
The curves derived from all of these will be published with those of the
sequoias in the report on the ancient climate of America, which is in prepa-
ration by Dr. Huntington,

Inductive Influence of Climatic Complexes upon Organisms, by
Dr. D. T. MacDougal.

The comparative culture of a number of selected species in the desert,
maritime, and montane plantations are already yielding some facts of wide
interest as to possibilities in geographic movements in addition to the envi-
ronic reactions, the determination of which is the prime purpose of the in-
vestigation. Thus perennial forms native to the lowlands of eastern Amer-
ica (with a growing season of 168 to 170 days and a winter with extended

54 REPORTS ON INVESTIGATIONS AND PROJECTS.

exposures below the freezing-point) endure the climate of the montane plan-
tation in Arizona at 8,000 feet, where the growing season is scarcely over
100 days, in which alternations of aridity and humidity are rapid and fre-
quent .and the winter conditions severe. Next it is seen that such plants as
Scrophiilaria (or fig^vort) and fragoria (wild strawberry) from New York,
which thrive at the montane plantation, together with plants taken from this
elevated region, survive and exhibit a most luxuriant growth at the maritime
plantation. A comparison of climatic data from the montane plantation (at
8,000 feet in southern Arizona) with instrumental records at the maritime
plantation at Carmel shows that the temperature conditions on the mountain,
which range between about 47° F. and 85° F. during the growing season,
are practically duplicated during the entire year at the maritime plantation,
a most unexpected similarity and one which it is believed has not before been
recognized by naturalists. The replacement of the summer rains on the
mountain by a season of fogs at the maritime plantation gives sufficient dif-
ference to yield some highly pronounced experimental results. Among these
may be mentioned suppression of reproduction in some species, stimulation
in others, atrophies of stems and leaves in some, exaggeration of vegetative
organs and multiplication and divergence of floral organs in others, accord-
ing to habit and physiological qualities.

Species indigenous to the region of the montane plantation survive when
taken to the foot of the mountain, although never successful in making such
descent unaided, with two possible exceptions. Species from the arid re-
gions may survive in the equable maritime climate, but the fleshy succulents
from this region quickly perish when taken to the desert, demonstrating the
wide difference between the succulents of the desert (such as cacti) and the
fleshy plants of beaches.

From the mass of detail included in the experimental records may also be
extracted the surprising fact that spineless or nearly spineless cacti (Opun-
tias) from Arizona develop and retain a decided armature when grown at
the maritime plantation. None of the attempts hitherto made to perfect a
theoretical conception which would be useful in interpreting the mechanism
of environic responses have had anything more than the most limited use-
fulness. The stimuli of climatic and many other agencies do not imply the
introduction of any strange or new substances into the bodies of the organs
affected. These agencies might change the dissociations in such a manner as
to modify the relative number of free ions and thus alter the molecular com-
plex of the living matter in a very important manner. The intricate play of
enzymatic action might also be altered, and any modification of the relative
reaction velocities of the more important processes might result in material
and permanent change, especially in those cases in which external agencies
interfere directly with the action of the germ-plasm.

It is to be noted that the experimental results obtained at the plantations
reach their full value only when parallel analytical cultures are made in
inclosed chambers in which all of the environic factors may be fully con-
trolled and exactly calibrated.

DEPARTMENT OE BOTANICAL RESEARCH. 55

The Hibernation of a Desert Beetle (Leptinotarsa decemlineata), by
J. K. Breitenbecker.

The extensive cultures of Leptinotarsa, which have been carried on chiefly
for the purpose of obtaining results in connection with Prof, W. L. Tower's
researches upon the influence of environment on heredity, have furnished
opportunities for an experimental study of the habits of these beetles in the
desert climate of Tucson, which runs a course generally parallel to that of
the original habitat in southern Mexico. Two generations are produced annu-
ally, and the later one each year usually goes down into the soil to a depth
of a few centimeters to a point where the optimum water and air content
is found and remains dormant until awakened by certain climatic combina-
tions. The hibernating period may vary from a few months to several years.
Experimental arrangements show that either generation may be induced to
hibernate, and also that hibernation may be eliminated for an indefinite num-
ber of generations by hybridization and controlled climatic conditions.

The fundamental activities of this beetle, as well as those of many desert
organisms, are directly conditioned by its water-content or water-balance.
The water-content of the beetle is determined by the evaporating capacity of
the air, the leaf-moisture content of its food-plants, soil-moisture, and tem-
perature. Variation in any of these factors may influence not only the hiber-
nation, but other habits and reactions.

Vital Statistics of Desert Plants, by Dr. Forrest Shreve.

Work has continued on the vital statistics of the giant cactus (Carnegiea) ,
palo verde (Parkinsonia) , and ocotillo (Fouquieria). Detailed weekly ob-
servation of a small area has been made, resulting in an exact record of the
germinations and deaths of the above species, together with which has been
secured a record of the conditions of atmospheric and soil moisture, upon
which the death-rate of seedlings depends. The continuation of this work
has emphasized the differences of behavior in establishment that character-
ize the different types of desert succulents and sclerophylls. It also empha-
sizes the extreme slowness with which even the most typical desert species
are able to establish new individuals. Observations will be continued on the
same area, henceforth at longer intervals, in order to observe the influence
of good and poor seed crops on germination-rate and the eft'ect of the annual
variations in amount and incidence of seasonal rainfall on the death-rate of
individuals of all ages.

Additional work has been done on natural populations of palo verde in
several localities, in which the rate of establishment for the past 300 years
has been determined, by converting the trunk-diameter measurements for
the whole population into ages, known through averaged counts of annual
rings. While the results for the seventeenth and eighteenth centuries are
subject to errors that will necessitate much additional work, the curves for
the nineteenth century indicate a decrease in the establishment rate. This is

56 REPORTS ON INVESTIGATIONS AND PROJECTS.

in harmony with resuUs secured with the giant cactus by similar methods,
and seems to point to an increasingly unfavorable incidence of the rainfall
of the germinating season, without regard to its amount.

Vegetation in the Santa Catalina Mountains, by Dr. Forrest Shreve.

The work which has been under way for several years on the climate and
vegetation of the Santa Catalina Mountains has been actively prosecuted
during the past summer and brought to a close. The instrumentation has
been made more complete than in previous years. Records of rainfall have
been secured at six stations separated by vertical intervals of i,ooo feet, and
at each of these stations a record of evaporation-rate for the growing season
has been secured for both southern and northern exposures. Hygrographs
were operated at 4,000 and 7,000 feet altitude, and a daily record of maxi-
mum and minimum temperatures at 8,000 feet was secured through the
cooperation of Mr. J. G. Brown. Determinations of soil moisture for north-
ern and southern slopes at the six stations were also made at critical times in
the growing season. The conditions of atmospheric and soil aridity prevail-
ing in the desert during the dry foresummer have been found to extend, with
far less amelioration than was supposed, to the heavily forested altitudes;
the midsummer rainy period, however, being one of great differentiation at
the several elevations.

Data are now in hand to work out a number of features of correlation
between the distribution of vegetation and that of the chief environmental
factors.

Climatic Control of Groivth Activities, by Dr. Forrest Shreve.

Field work has been carried on with a view to determining the growth-
rate and establishment-rate of the Arizona yellow pine (Pinus arisonica) at
four elevations, 1,000 vertical feet apart, within its natural range in the
Santa Catalina Mountains. Observations have been made on areas of i hec-
tare in typical localities with southern exposure, and have been taken so as
to show total population, diameter of all individuals, height of individuals
less than 3 meters high, and the age of selected individuals of all ages, as
determined by ring count. These data make it possible to determine the
curve of average growth-rate for the pine at different ages, and its curve of
average growth-rate during the past 100 years. These two curves, secured
for each of the several altitudes, show graphically the greater activity at the
higher elevations, in both growth and establishment. When these data are
viewed together with those on the climate of the Santa Catalina Mountains,
they form an addition to our knowledge of the correlation between distribu-
tion of climatic conditions and the activities of the same species under these
distinct conditions.

DEPARTMENT OF BOTANICAL RESEARCH. 57

Influence of Low Temperatures on Giant Cactus, by Dr. Forrest Shreve.

Experimental evidence has been secured going to show that the giant
cactus (Carnegiea) is capable of withstanding below-freezing temperatures
for periods of i6 to 20 hours, but is not able to survive such exposure for
30 to 40 hours. In the desert valleys of southern Arizona freezing tempera-
tures never persist over an entire day, the longest single period of frost
recorded for Tucson being 19 hours. The distributional limit of the giant
cactus is so situated as to indicate that its inability to withstand a duration of
frost of 30 to 40 hours is the factor responsible for the limitation of its
northward extension and of its vertical range in the desert mountains. These
results suggest the importance of winter-cold factors in limiting the distribu-
tion of desert species on the slopes of the larger desert mountains and at the
more elevated or more northerly edges of the American Desert, and would
appear to account for the inability of some of the desert species to migrate
into regions of more favorable moisture conditions, out of which "compe-
tition of better adapted species" has been supposed to keep them.

Evolution of the Chrysomelid Beetles of the Genus Leptinotarsa, by
Prof. W. L. Tower.

The present report is a very brief resume of the chief operations and of
the results thus far obtained at the Desert Botanical Laboratory during the
seasons of 1910 and 191 1. Throughout the two years the conditions have
been, so far as these animals are concerned, unusually severe, even for these
desert areas, and the labor of maintaining the experiments has therefore
been greatly increased. Many new and minor problems have arisen, which
demand time and attention in order that the major objects of the investi-
gation might not suffer. The immediate care and oversight of the experi-
ments have been in the keeping of Mr. J. K. Breitenbecker during both years,
and to his enthusiastic aid much of our success is due. Many of the minor
problems that were presented at the beginning of the work at Tucson have
been eliminated, especially the question of supply of food ; no further diffi-
culty is anticipated in maintaining the necessary food supply with the mini-
mum expenditure of time and energy. The measurement of the conditions
under which the different experiments are carried on has consumed consider-
able time, and there are now available long series of determinations and
measurements of the natural conditions surrounding the cultures and of the
effect of the cages in damping or intensifying any of the factors of the natu-
ral environment. An unusually complete picture of the physical conditions
in these experiments is now available. It is usual in work of this kind to
employ the records of the nearest Weather Bureau station, or some other
convenient meteorological records. But the measurements made in the last
two years at our stations A, B, and C show marked and permanent daily,
monthly, and annual differences, although these locations are so near one
another that they would ordinarily have been called one. It is therefore

58 REPORTS ON INVESTIGATIONS AND PROJECTS.

demonstrated that special observations must be made for the purposes of
experiments of this kind.

During 1910 and 191 1 the introduction of species of Leptinotarsa from
different regions of the American continent has been continued. At Tucson,
with its typical subtropical desert, all introductions thus far made act in the
same manner ; that is, the ability of the introduced race to survive is not a
question of food or enemies, but the attainment at some time during the year
of the proper complex which will allow the introduced form to breed and
permit the progeny to attain their growth. It is found that the different
introduced species, coming from a wide range of original habitats, are alike
in this respect, and food, enemies, and relation to other activities are minor
in importance ; most vital is the ability to breed, and secondly to pass the dry
or winter season in successful suspension of active metabolism, in partial or
complete hibernation. The breeding activity is in reality the central factor in
determining the survival of the introduction, and this depends entirely upon
the physical environment, and at this station the water relation is the chief
efficient factor in the complex. In all of these organisms there is a very
exact and permanent balance for each species ; and, while all are in principle
the same, the response to the water-content of the physical environment is a
narrowly fixed minimum, characteristic and exact for each species. This is
also a fully inherited character, which is alternative in its behavior in crosses.
This relation in the introduced species often causes curiously irregular be-
havior. They may have to wait for some months, or even for a year or
more, before the proper complex is reached, and while a close approach to
the proper state will often produce the beginnings of reproductive activity,
these are not completed unless the proper state is attained. Many of these
false starts are made in some cultures only to result in partly developed eggs
and sperm, which then are resorbed, or frequently produce derangements
fatal in effect.

Nearly as important in determining the fate of these introductions are the
relations to the water-content needed for the passing of the winter or dry
season, which often causes the elimination of a large part of the population,
or sometimes all of it. At Tucson the water relation, as might be expected,
is the chief factor in the hibernation activities, and is of vital importance to
the organism in directing the outcome in the struggle for existence ; but this
relation would not of necessity be an efficient modifying factor in the further
evolution of the race. The fact that the breeding activities of the race do
not take place until a certain condition of the environment is attained would
in many introductions destroy all chance of evolution due to changed envi-
ronment, so that the mere fact of introduction into a new environment is
not always a factor of evolutionary importance.

Direct evidence that changed conditions of existence do produce inherit-
able modifications in animals, both in nature and in experiments in the labora-
tory, was most clearly shown in a series of experiments brought to a focus
in the past two years. A pure stock of L. diversa was taken as the basis ; a

DEPARTMENT OF BOTANICAE RESEARCH. 59

fraternal group of well-pedigreed cultures was divided into three portions ;
one was sent to Tucson and reproduced under the conditions of the moist
midsummer of 1910; a second was placed under experimental conditions at
Chicago, which duplicated in average intensity and daily range the chief
environmental factors at Tucson ; a third was kept in the normal conditions
to which the strain had been accustomed for many years. The result was
the production of identical modifications in the experimental cultures at Tuc-
son and at Chicago, and the non-modification of the group which was allowed
to breed under normal conditions. The culture at Tucson passed the winter
of 1910-1911 in hibernation and the count of the material in the spring of
191 1 showed 66 unmodified and 115 modified. In the Chicago portion of
the experiment essentially the same proportion of the culture was changed,
and these on further breeding have proven to be inheritable variations. Dur-
ing this time the main stock, as well as the control culture, has not shown the
least trace of the modifications produced in the two experiments. It is of
interest to obtain in the same homogeneous material the same results in
experiments, in nature and in the laboratory.

One of the first lines of investigation started at Tucson was the effort
to create and maintain a race which should mutate in the manner of O.
lamarckiana, and then to determine the relation of the extent and frequency
of the mutations to the variation of the environmental conditions of the cul-
ture. It developed early that apparently similar races could be produced if
freely inbreeding species were allowed to inbreed at liberty, and that the out-
come was, in the huge majority of instances, the production of a stable race
that at intervals gave sports, which were the reappearance of the attributes
entering into the original combinations. Several such combinations were
made at Tucson in the beginning, and in the earlier years these speedily
settled down to a stable type with the normal fluctuating variability. These
combinations are no more prone to wide variation than are the natural spe-
cies, and under fairly constant conditions continue to breed true at Tucson
and at Chicago, whence some of them have been taken to be tested.

In the years 1910 and 191 1 some of these cuhures have been tested to
determine the role that changing or intensified conditions would have in the
production of rh3'thmic mutability. In the tests each culture was divided,
and part was tested and part kept under normal conditions. In all of the
cultures it has thus far been the experience that the experimented culture
has given an increased variability and in all cases a greater or less array of
mutants. One of these tested cultures has given, under the intensified condi-
tions, an increased mutability, generation after generation, in much the same
manner that O. lamarckiana does. One of the most interesting of the cul-
tures has given, in the two generations of 191 1, types that are recombinations
of the attributes that went into the original combination, and some of these
had not been present in the hybrid combination or in the parent stock for
ten or more generations. The general outcome of these experiments at Tuc-
son and in other locations indicates that we are dealing with a potent means

6o re;ports on investigations and projects.

of evolution, especially in the formation of specific types through the syn-
thetic recombination of existing attributes. The behavior of these stable
races, produced through these experiments, is precisely that of many species
in nature, and some of them (in their permanent dimorphism or polymorph-
ism) are in all respects similar to dimorphic and polymorphic species in
nature; and their activities (especially in analytical experiments) leads me
to believe that the numerous instances of dimorphism and polymorphism
probably have a similar origin in nature. The present cultures of this type
will be continued and an increased array of investigations of this sort will be
initiated in the future. During the years 1910 and 1911 there have been
introduced into the cultures at the laboratory a considerable number of stable
hybrid combinations which were produced in the laboratories at Chicago,
many F^ hybrids, and a considerable number of new creations from the same
source. These are being tested as to their capacity to survive under the
desert conditions, the possibility of being further modified by changed en-
vironment, and the possible reversion to the original condition. Thus far
not the slightest trace of reversion in the Darwinian sense has been dis-
covered. The season of 1911 marks the close of four years of operations
at this station, and during these years a considerable body of data has been
collected, from which some of the broader lines of investigation, with the
conclusions thus far derived, are here indicated. These years have been,
however, more in the nature of a preparatory period in the perfection of
methods and the ability to handle the natural environmental complex for
experimental purposes to the best advantage. These methods of work, the
results obtained, and the determinations of the physical environment that
have been made will be ready for publication in the near future.

Certain of the experiments now under way at the laboratory will be brought
to an end this year and in their place new and more complicated investiga-
tions are being organized. For that portion of my work requiring a desert
location, none better than that found at the Desert Botanical Laboratory
could be desired. The advantageous location, the interest taken by the Di-
rector of the Laboratory in facilitating this work, and the liberality of the
Carnegie Institution of Washington in providing anything that has been
needed in the investigation have contributed much to the rapid progress
which it has been possible to make in the four years of operations.

Botanical Features of Algerian Deserts, by Dr. W. A. Cannon.

Dr. Cannon started from Algiers in October 1910, and followed a route
in the desert which carried him across the Tell, the High Plateau, and the
Atlas Mountains nearly directly southward to Laghouat and Ghardaia, then
to Touggourt by way of Ouargla. From Touggourt the return was made
by the Oued Rirh to Biskra, thence to the starting-point. The entire jour-
ney included over 1,000 miles of desert travel by diligence, motor cycle, and
camel train. A brief trip was made also up the Nile as far as Assouan to

DEPARTMENT OF BOTANICAL RESEARCH. 6l

obtain comparative data, and then a return was made in March to Biskra for
the purpose of completing certain exact observations.

The reduction and compilation of results has not yet been made, but the
following general characterization of the vegetation and surface conditions
may be presented at this time. It is to be noted that the region traversed
offered a surface covered chiefly with stones, comparatively little sand being
encountered. Gypsum is an important constituent of the soil, a hardpan is
present, and water may be found (at varying depths) 3 or 4 feet below the
surface at Ouargla, and over 400 feet below in the region of the "dayas"
south of Laghouat. At Ouargla the superficial water is heavily charged with
salts. The rainfall at Biskra averages about 9 inches annually and is con-
siderably more than in the region farther to the south.

The region traversed is treeless, except in the "dayas" south of the Saharan
Atlas Mountains. The plains bear inconspicuous shrubs of such meager-
ness as to give very little character to the landscape, although as many as
400 individuals might be counted in an area of 50 square feet. Some peren-
nials bear small fleshy leaves, the roots of Citrullns are much thickened, and
a small Euphorbia, also with roots somewhat fleshy, is rather common; yet
distinct succulents or plants with a large water-balance are not components
of the flora. The horizontal and superficially disposed root-systems such as
are furnished by the cacti are not seen here and but few species have a
deeply penetrating tap-root. The greater number of plants have a diffused
or "generalized" root-system which, on the plain, penetrate to a depth of
3 feet or less, and in the oueds sometimes to 6 feet and possibly more. The
physical relations of plants to the soils promise some close adjustments, as
a number of species were seen at Ghardaia in November in leaf and flower,
although no rain had occurred for a year.

Perhaps nowhere else in the world may such interesting results of the
attacks of grazing animals on vegetation be seen. The gazelle (Gazelle
dorcas) was doubtless very abundant in this region during the periods in
which it has not been occupied by man, and the species is frequently encoun-
tered at the present time. Southern Algeria has been inhabited by Arabs
for 800 years and large numbers of sheep, goats, and camels graze every-
thing very closely. Although the vegetation on certain protected areas is
more abundant than on the open plains, it is not certain that any species has
been exterminated, although the form, number, and distribution of the spe-
cies eaten has been greatly modified.

The Water-relations of Halophytes and Sclerophylls, by Prof. F. E. Lloyd.

Data were obtained for the determination of the absolute, relative, and
cuticular transpiration of such beach plants as Abronia latifolia, A. umbel-
lata, Cakile americana, and of trees and shrubs from neighboring slopes,
including Quercus agrifolia and Rhanimis purshiana. A method was de-
vised for observing the actual condition of stomata on living leaves by the

62 re:ports on investigations and projects.

use of strong illuminations and the higher powers of the microscope. The
following tentative conclusions were reached :

(i) Little variation in the actual amount of water in the leaves was ob-
served, and the rate of loss was low in the cool air and high humidities of
the Carmel region in which the work was performed.

(2) The beach plants or halophytes showed a lively stomatal activity — a
remarkable readiness to wilt and desiccate. In this particular such plants
are widely different from the fleshy plants of the desert.

(3) The osmotic pressures of the thick leaves of beach plants are equiva-
lent to 0.2 to 1.3 potassium nitrate, or 7.5 to 48 atmospheres. The pressure
in the roots is notably lower, as in other plants.

(4) The amount of water-vapor which any of these plants may absorb
from the air is small and of little significance in the life of the plant.

Irritability of the Stigma of Diplacns (Moitkcy-flozcer), by Prof.

P. E. Lloyd.

The abundance of living material around the laboratory at Carmel led to
the testing of the irrito-motile movements of the stigmas of Diplacns, which
is one of a group in which the lips of the stigma are capable of pronounced
movements on contact. These movements seem to take place only in cells
actually pressed or deformed by the contact of a hard object, and no trans-
mission of impulse occurs. The application of pollen does not constitute a
stimulus and an interpretation of the phenomenon in question as an adaptive
function is difficult to make.

The Water-balance of Succulents, by Dr. D. T. MacDougal.

Earlier results as to the amount, variation, and physiological value of the
great balances of water accumulated by cacti have been brought out in Pub-
lication No. 141. A continuation of this work has yielded some further
results of importance. The rate of daily loss of water by transpiration
from massive cacti was seen to be as high as i in 300 of their total weight in
Bchinocactiis (a globose form) and i in about 700 in Carnegiea (a cylindri-
cal form). The lowest daily rate was i in 40,000 Bchinocactiis and i in
9,000 in Carnegiea.

Contrary to accepted generalizations, the rate of loss of water is not pro-
portional to the degree of succulence or proportion of water present. A fair
illustration is offered by an Bchinocactiis which transpired at a rate between
10 and 29 grams daily in 1908. A year later, when it had suffered a deple-
tion of its water-balance amounting to 7 per cent, the rate fell to 4 to 15
grams daily, a decrease of more than 50 per cent. The decrease is not refer-
able to heightened concentration of the sap, but must be due in the main to
alterations in the character of the membranes and to changes in position of
the surface folds, chiefly the first-named cause.

DEPARTMENT OF BOTANICAL RESEARCH,

63

The great water-reserves of desert plants have value in making for en-
durance of arid seasons, yet it is notable that many species may not carry
on growth or reproduction if the water-balance is depleted very much. The
total losses and fate of a number of massive plants taken from the soil and
placed on suitable supports in a laboratory and in the open are given below.

^fis?^

Total loss.

Propor-
tion.

Period.

Echinocactus :

No. I ' 42.743 kg. .

No. 2 5.136 kg

Per ct.
4.583 kg.... 11
1.724 kg.... 33

0.643 kg.... 54

3-7i3kg....' 13
4.248 kg.... i II
23.850 kg... 1 48

11.250 kg....! 28
10-535 kg... 1 23
17.745 gm.. 64.7

27.435 gm . . 59

143 gra ' 27

15 mo.; shaded room; died.

18 mo.; shade and open air; liv-
ing.

36 mo.; died.
30 mo.; shade; living.
Do.

13 mo.; open; living.

12 mo.; open air; shade; living.

16 mc; open air; living.
102 days; shade; 4 dead.

96 days ; shade ; young corms
fovmed.

19 mo.; shade; sending shoots
up annually.

14 mo.; shade; annual shoots.

Do.
4 mo.; shade; died.

No. 4 1. 192 kg

No. 6 1 28.573kg....

No. 7 1 35.818kg...

No. 13.. . . Aq.iqo ke

Carnegiea : |

No. 1 ' 40.000 kg. . .

No. la 45.325 kg...

20 seedlings ; 27.244 gm..

Brodisea : 36 resting
conns ' 46.700 gm .

Ibervillea : ;

No. 0. ' 530 gm

No. 4 1.424kg....

No. 5 1.026 kg

Tumamoca: Tuber. 125 gm

1

164 gm

278 gm

34-4 gm ....

II. 5

27

17.5

Alterations in Heredity Induced by Ovarial Treatment, by Dr. D. T.

MacDougal.

The cultures in which progeny derived from treated ovaries are being
tested through three and four generations now include Bchinocereus fend-
leri, Echinocactus wisliseiii, Brodicca capitata, Fouquieria splendens, Sphce-
ralcea pedata, Penstemon wrightii, Phytolacca decandra, Opuntia discata,
Carnegiea gigantea, Amsinckia spectahilis, and Solanum elecegnifolium. Of
these, lots from successive seasons are under observation from two species,
in which some species are represented by two or more different treatments.

The announcement was made in 1908 that some divergent characters were
seen in a treated progeny of Cereiis. The plant in question, by the inces-
sant changes of nomenclature, is known at the time of this writing as
Bchinocereus fendleri. The progeny is coming into bloom, and while one
of the individuals diverges widely beyond the observed range of fluctuating
variability, it can not yet be definitely stated whether or not the characters
displayed are permanently heritable or not. This is to be determined by the
behavior of the descendants of the second and third generations.

The derivative of Oenothera biennis, first obtained in 1905, has now been
tested to the fifth generation, hybridized with the parental form, and culti-
vated under the most diverse conditions. No reasonable doubt as to its
character remains.

Experimental studies such as are here described lead the investigator into
the consideration of two phases of the subject. One is concerned with the
demonstration of induced hereditarv alterations and the studv of their be-

64 REPORTS ON INVESTIGATIONS AND PROJECTS.

havior in pedigreed strains, in hybridizations, and under various environic
conditions. The other includes a consideration of the mechanism by which
an environic agency affects the physical bearers of heredity. Both com-
prise important and interesting possibilities in evolutionary science.

Evaporation and Soil Moisture, by Dr. B. B. Livingston.

The study of the evaporating capacity of the air as a controlling factor in
determining plant transpiration has been continued ; the preliminary survey
of this subject by quantitative methods, as originally planned, is now near-
ing completion, so that the various phases of the problem may soon be
brought together. A newly investigated factor in the control of transpira-
tion is the diurnal variation of the moisture content of leaves when subjected
to normal sunlight. It has been found that as the day advances the water-
loss from such leaves is relatively decreased by the drying of the tissues, a
process which would lead to wilting if continued. This phenomenon has
been termed incipient drying, and it promises to become an important topic
in plant physiology. The influence of sunshine upon water-loss has been
quantitatively studied for a number of plants.

A study of the relations between the absorption of water and the general
activities of the plant has been begun. It has been experimentally shown
that the lower limit of available soil-moisture (commonly termed the wilting-
point) is not the constant for a given soil plant that it has often been assumed
to be, but that it depends primarily upon the evaporating power of the air.

Another factor upon which this supposed critical point depends has been
experimentally shown to be the water retentivity of the soil. Dr. W. H.
Brown, of the Michigan Agricultural College, very efficiently assisted in the
experimental work along these lines during the summer of 1910. Prof. J. S.
Caldwell, of the University of Nashville, has been employed as assistant in
this work for the summer of 1911.

Studies on the relation of climatological conditions to the distribution of
vegetation in the United States, a collaboration between Dr. Livingston and
Dr. Shreve, have been in progress throughout the year. The discovery of
several new methods for handling the existing climatological data, in order
to arrive at approximate climatological descriptions of the various vegeta-
tional areas, has brought about delay in the preparation of the manuscripts
and charts, but the work should be ready for publication in a short time.

The Influence of Atmospheric and Soil Conditions on the Transpiration,
Water-content, and Anatomical Structure of the Palo Verde {Parkinsonia
microphylla), by Mrs. Bdith B. Shreve.

The daily curve of transpiration of young and full-grown trees at differ-
ent seasons of the year has been found and compared with that of hothouse-
grown young plants, record being kept of soil-moisture, humidity, air-
temperature, evaporating power of the air (as measured by the porous-cup

DEPARTMENT OE BOTANICAL RESEARCH. 65

atmometer), leaf-temperature, and stomatal movement. Water-content de-
terminations were made on young hothouse-grown plants, on outdoor
seedlings, and on tips, branches, and trunks of trees, and the results are to
be compared with the transpiration curve.

In connection with this work, methods have been developed for (i) meas-
urement of transpiration of outdoor plants in situ under controlled conditions
in shade and in sunshine; (2) measurement of leaf temperature; (3) prepa-
ration of the leaf as a whole for stomatal examination.

Chemical Effects of Radiant Energy in Plant Processes, by Dr. H. A. Spoehr.

Extensive experiments in photochemical reactions supposedly similar to
those occurring in plants have been carried out in the Kent Chemical Labora-
tory of the University of Chicago during the past year. It has been found
that aqueous solutions of potassium and calcium nitrates are reduced by
means of ultra-violet light, sunlight, and even diffuse light, to the correspond-
ing nitrites and ammonia, with the liberation of oxygen and the production
of alkalinity in the solution. Schimper has shown that the disappearance of
nitrates in the leaf takes place especially in the sunlight. If, therefore, the
above reaction is actually the one taking place in the leaf, not only would the
proper conditions for carbohydrate synthesis be established, but the nitrogen
would also be produced in the best form and in the most available place for
protein synthesis. That this is the actual fate of nitrates in the plant has not
yet been proved, but it seems highly probable on theoretical grounds.

The production of an alkaline locus in the plant leaf has further impor-
tance, since from theoretical considerations it is highly probable that carbonic
acid is reduced in the form of the potassium hydrogen salt in the early stages
of photosynthesis.

The role of organic acids in the plant leaf and the relation of these sub-
stances to protein synthesis are under investigation. It has been found that
the hydroxy-acids, under the influence of ultra-violet light, are decomposed,
yielding CO2 and aldehyde-like substances. These, of course, may be very
important in the further synthesis of compounds of importance to the organ-
isms. The effects in question may concern both photosynthesis as indicated
and may also be associated with respiratory changes in the acids as dis-
covered by Richards and described in another section of this report.

Some other remarkable reactions of organic substances under ultra-violet
light will be discussed later.

The admirable conditions of sunlight at Tucson will be useful for the
further study of these photochemical changes, and it is hoped also to devise
some practical method of determining the phases of the energy of light which
have special importance to vegetation.

66 REPORTS ON INVESTIGATIONS AND PROJECTS.

Respiration in Cacti, by Prof. H. M. Richards.

The first step to be taken in an investigation of respiration in cacti was, of
course, to obtain some definite knowledge of the acidity of the juices. It at
once developed that there was a striking diurnal periodicity in the acid con-
tent of the sap and a series of determinations was undertaken to determine
definitely the course and (in so far as possible at present) the causes of this
regular variation. Of all the forms of cacti experimented with, Opiintia
versicolor proved the most satisfactory and was chiefly employed, but the
same general phenomena were observed in Mamillaria grahami and others.

In general the acidity curve in plants exposed to normal conditions of day
and night was nearly the reverse of the diurnal temperature variation. The
low point of acidity was reached at about 4 p. m., or slightly later than the
maximum temperature, while the maximum of acid content, averaging twice
and in some instances four times that of the minimum, occurred at about
5 a. m., when the temperature is nearly at its lowest. Other series of experi-
ments made (kept wholly in the dark and at different and constant tempera-
tures) showed an accumulation of acid at from 45° to 60° F., while at higher
temperatures, ranging to 100° F., the characteristic lessening of acid was
observed. On the other hand, plants exposed to full sunlight but kept cool,
at a temperature not above 75° F., maintained during the whole course of
the day the higher acidity of the early morning hours. Increased or dimin-
ished partial pressure of oxygen seemed to affect the results very little.

At the present state of the investigation it would seem, then, that tempera-
ture was the controlling external factor in this manifestation.

While the relation which this phenomenon bears to the respiratory func-
tions of the tissues is unquestionably the most direct, and must be definitely
determined by a careful comparison of an extended series of parallel obser-
vations, there should also be borne in mind the possible bearing of photo-
synthetic and anabolic processes on the question.

The Analysis of the Condition of Parasitism, by Dr. D. T. MacDougal.

The completion of the major experiments upon this subject and their de-
scription in Publication No. 141 left a number of parasitic arrangements in
an active condition and these have been made the subject of some further
analysis. In the earlier work the conclusion was reached that dependent
nutritive couples were possible only between a host with a low osmotic pres-
sure in the sap and an eligible parasite with a higher osmotic activity. Not
all such pairs of plants might come into nutritive contact, however, and no
explanation could be offered for the failure. Acidity was thought to be
without influence in the matter. The estimations of acidity were made of
material taken without regard to time of day and temperature. The recent
researches of Richards have shown, however, that cacti contain twice as
much acid in tlie morning as late in the afternoon. This changing acidity
may exert a very important effect upon the absorptive capacity of the muci-

DEPARTMENT 01? BOTANICAL RESEARCH. 6/

lages and other colloids, as well as upon the condition of the cell-walls. The
analysis of this action may be expected to offer explanation of the remaining
cases of xeno-parasitism which failed to survive.

FIELD OPERATIONS.

A large share of the problems under investigation by the members of the
staff and associates require the examination of material in widely separated
localities. A camp in charge of Prof. J. G. Brown, of the University of
Arizona, was maintained at the plantations in the Santa Catalina IMountains
in Arizona at elevations of 6,000 to 8,000 feet during June, July, and August,
191 1. This camp served as a base for several members of the staff.

Early in the year a few series of observations were carried out from the
Desert Laboratory in several directions along radii of 15 to 25 miles by
motor transportation. The conditions of civil war in [Mexico caused the
cancellation of all plans for fieldwork to the southward in Sonora, as well as
in the Delta of the Colorado River adjacent to the Salton Basin.

The Otero Basin of New ^Mexico was reached by rail, and in March a
party followed a network of routes across it and the San Francisco Moun-
tains. Both teams and motors were employed in this work. The great inte-
rior valley of California and an arm of the Mojave Desert were traversed
in June ; some travel in accordance with the method of previous years was
made by boat and wagon on and around the Salton Lake in late summer.

The work of Dr. W. A. Cannon in Algeria carried him into regions in
which the distributional features of desert vegetation have not hitherto been
considered by botanists. Details are to be found in another section.

EQUIPMENT.

The structural additions to the facilities of the department include a plas-
tered brick addition to the adobe laboratory to be used as an office for the
Desert Laboratory, a concrete-lined stone reservoir of a capacity of 6,000
gallons for service to the shop, and experimental cultures and several cages
and shelters for beetles and plants. Various articles of camping and packing
outfit have been purchased. A heavy cart suitable for carrying material up
the heavy grade of Tumamoc Hill has been secured. A motorcycle, origi-
nally purchased to be used by Dr. W. A. Cannon in the Algerian deserts,
has been brought to Tucson and refitted for messenger use from the office.
A i2-horsepower runabout which served the office has been used as part pay-
ment on a 20-horsepower motor, with which short field trips may be most
expeditiously made to places within 20 miles of the laboratories. The larger
machine is reserved for more serious expeditions with heavy equipment, and
this vehicle has now carried parties one or more times over a region extend-
ing from Port Lobos on the Gulf of California in Sonora to San Francisco,
over many stretches of country scarcely practicable for loaded wagons. A
small tract of garden land has been acquired at Carme! for use in the accli-

68 REPORTS ON INVESTIGATIONS AND PROJECTS.

matization experiments, and it may be found advantageous to enlarge this by
the purchase of an additional tract already in use. The apparatus and instru-
mental equipment of the laboratories has been enlarged only by conventional
types and no new designs have been brought into use during the year.

Quarters and facilities for the photochemical work of Dr. H. A. Spoehr
have been furnished from the regular equipment of the Kent Chemical
Laboratory of the University of Chicago, by the courtesy of the officers of
the chemical department of that institution. The greatest efficiency in deal-
ing with some of the problems of photochemistry of direct importance in
physiological research may be reached in localities offering the least inter-
ruption to daily exposure to sunlight and with adequate sources of power
for controllable illumination. Some further experience will be necessary
before plans for the final equipment may be made.

DEPARTMENT OF ECONOMICS AND SOCIOLOGY *

Henry W. Farnam, Chairman.

No changes have been made during the past year in the staff of collabora-
tors, and all are aiming to complete the work of their respective divisions at
the earliest possible moment. Two have been especially handicapped by
other demands upon them : Dr. Clark, who is still working for the Census
Bureau in the Sandwich Islands, and Mr. Stone, who is managing his plan-
tation in Dunleith, Mississippi; but both have given as much time as they
could command to the work of the Carnegie Institution of Washington.
Professor Gardner has obtained a leave of absence from academic duties for
the year 1911-12, and Professor Willcox expects to obtain one for the year
1912-13, in order to secure time for the work of the Institution; Professor
Willcox, Dr. Clark, Professor Meyer, Professor Johnson, Professor Com-
mons, Mr. Stone, and the writer have begun the preparation of their final
reports.

As explained in previous reports, the present organization of this Depart-
ment is peculiar in that the work is conducted, not by scholars who receive
a regular living salary to devote themselves to its interests, but by those who
are already otherwise occupied, and can as a rule give but a part of their
energies to the Department, in many cases taking no compensation for time
spent, in others receiving but a small amount. This method has the advan-
tage of economy, but the disadvantage that it is not easy to push the work,
especially when the collaborators are in frequent demand for public and
semi-public service. Thus, in the course of the past year, Dr. Clark has
been engaged in census work, Professor Meyer has been appointed to the
Interstate Commerce Commission, Professor Dewey has undertaken the
editorship of the American Economic Review, and Professor Commons has
accepted a position on the recently formed Wisconsin Industrial Commission.

Upon the death of Colonel Wright, in the spring of 1909, we were given
clearly to understand that the current income of the Institution was already
fully appropriated, and that we could not expect additional grants. We have
therefore been using our best endeavors to bring the work to a conclusion
under the appropriation originally made in December 1903.

We had on the first of September 191 1 the following balances to our
credit :

Administration Fund $4,944. 12

Index 17,911.02

General Research Fund 34.552 . 19

Total 57,407.33

♦Address, Yale University, New Haven, Connecticut. (For previous reports see Year
Books Nos. 3-9.)

69

70 re;ports on investigations and projects.

The balances of the twelve research divisions vary considerably, accord-
ing to the magnitude of the subject to be treated and the rapidity with which
the work has been conducted. Several of them have almost exhausted their
appropriations; others have contracts outstanding which will absorb the
greater part of their available funds ; a few will probably be able to finish
their work under the present grant ; but it hardly seems possible that all of
the work can be completed rapidly, unless we can pay at least several of the
collaborators and some of their assistants a sufficient salary to enable them
to take a leave of absence from their academic work, in order to devote
themselves exclusively to the completion of their studies for the Carnegie
Institution of Washington. In a number of cases (as in several mentioned
by Mr. Parker in the report of his division) the assistants to whom elaborate
pieces of work have been assigned have been obliged to devote all of their
funds to the payment of subordinates and have had no compensation what-
ever for their own labor.

As the collaborators are in the habit of holding their annual meeting in
October, we have had no general conference since a year ago, and the writer
can not, therefore, present a definite budget ; but from the best estimates that
he can make, after consulting with individuals, he believes that with an addi-
tional appropriation of $25,000, to be spread out over two years, the work
can be completed successfully, while without additional funds certain parts
of it are sure to be much delayed and curtailed.

It should not be forgotten that the present series of contributions to the
American Economic History is in the nature of preliminary work, as ex-
plained by the writer in a special report to the Executive Committee made
April 18, 1910. The terms of the articles of incorporation of the Institution
would seem to imply a Department of Economics and Sociology as one of its
permanent divisions, whose importance and usefulness may be expected to
grow with the increasing complexity of our economic and social life and the
multiplication of our economic and social problems. A few of the possible
lines of work were sketched in the special report referred to above. Such a
department, when established on a permanent basis, should receive an annual
grant of at least $25,000.

I respectfully request that, in making their plans for the future, the Trus-
tees allow for an appropriation of $25,000 a year for a reorganized Depart-
ment of Economics and Sociology and that in the meantime half of this
amount, or $12,500, be made available for each of the years 1912 and 191 3
in addition to the balance still undrawn of the original appropriation.

The following account of the work done during the past year is based
upon reports of the heads of the several divisions.

DEPARTMENT OF ECONOMICS AND SOCIOEOGY, 7I

Division I.— POPULATION AND IMMIGRATION.

During the past year Mrs. Louise Seymour Houghton has pubUshed in the
"Survey" parts of her study on the "Syrians in the United States" under the
following titles and dates :

I. Sources and Settlement, July i, 191 1.
II. Business Activities, August 5, 191 1-

III. Intellectual and Social Status, September 2, 191 1.

IV. The Syrian as an American Citizen, October 7, 191 1.

Professor Willcox has been at work with a secretary upon his final report.
Regarding the prospects for the completion of this work, he says :

I should say that this depends largely upon my obtaining a leave of absence
for the academic year 1912-13, and spending it in writing the report. I sin-
cerely hope and expect that that plan can be carried out, but beyond that I
can not go at present. If it is, I should hope to have my report substantially
finished by the end of that year.

Division II.— AGRICULTURE AND FORESTRY.

President Kenyon L. Butterfield reports that the gentlemen in charge of
the different sections of his subject are all making good progress, though in
some cases they have been delayed by other calls upon their time. Of those
who have made detailed statements. Prof. F. W. Blackmar, of the Univer-
sity of Kansas, reports that he has completed the parts relating to the "agri-
culture of the Indians and the early colonists," as well as that relating to
cotton and tobacco, and has made progress with other sections.

Prof. H. C. Taylor, of the University of Wisconsin, has devoted the past
summer to the monograph on "Land tenure in the United States," and hopes
to complete it by the end of the present academic year. His work on the
"History of agricultural production" has been delayed by the demands of
the United States Census upon himself. Dr. Coulter, and Dr. Gray. The
latter has, however, made good progress on his study of the plantations prior
to the civil war, and his connection with the census has enabled him to gather
much information during a three months' trip through the South.

Division III.— MINING.

No publications have been made in this division during the past year.
Reports by Dr. David T. Day on quicksilver, nickel, cobalt, platinum, etc.,
have been completed.

Reports which are still incomplete are those relating to iron ore, copper.
the quarrying industry, and mining laws. Mr. E. W. Parker reports as
follows regarding these subjects :

The iron-ore industry: Prof. C. K. Leith, who has charge of the prepa-
ration of the history of iron-ore mining, has found, as the work developed,
that it was a much larger field than was at first supposed, and that it was
practically impossible to complete it within the original allotment of $1,000
or within the time first set for its completion. He and his assistant, Mr.

']'2 REPORTS ON INVESTIGATIONS AND PROJECTS.

R. J. Holden, have devoted nearly all of their spare time to the work of this
history. This is particularly true of Mr. Holden. I have had to increase the
allotment of Professor Leith in order to have this work satisfactorily com-
pleted, as he had exhausted the amount of the original allotment without
considering any compensation for himself or Mr. Holden. Professor Leith
is hoping that he may be able to complete the work during the present calen-
dar year.

The copper-mining industry: Mr. L. C. Graton has not been able to report
much progress during the year, except that he has nearly completed some
other work which had precedence over the work for the Institution. How-
ever, he has promise of securing an important mass of material on the history
of the copper industry, which has already been prepared by Dr. James Doug-
las, that has never been published. Mr. Graton's work is in such shape that
he has not been able to prepare a definite plan of treatment.

The quarrying industry: Mr. F. B. Laney reports that the work on the
quarrying industry is fairly well done, the literature has been carefully can-
vassed, and an outline of the latter work has been made and some parts have
been written. At the present time, however, there is little more than a lot of
fairly well classified notes, which along some lines are reasonably complete,
but along others are rather meager. The time which Mr. Laney has at his
disposal is limited, and he advises me that he will be compelled to employ
some clerical assistance. He tells me that with the help of a good assistant
for two or three months during this winter he can deliver an official report
by March 191 2. To do this, however, will require some additional money,
and I have promised Mr. Laney that, if possible to secure it, an additional
allotment would be made to him. He will need at least $250 in order to
complete the work. All the money that Mr. Laney has received so far has
gone for actual expenses and for clerical help. He has not received any
compensation on his own account.

Mining lazv: Mr. William E. Colby, of San Francisco, hopes to have his
chapters on the history of the origin, growth, and development of mining
law in the United States completed by the end of the present calendar year.

Division IV.— MANUFACTURES.

Dr. Victor S. Clark is still engaged in census work in the Hawaiian Islands,
but has taken what time he could for the work of his division, having had
his accumulated material shipped to Honolulu. He has been at work upon
the first volume on manufactures, and he says regarding it :

All the work done in this division has been done by me personally, and in
my very limited morning hours before going to the office, and with frequent
interruptions, one of them of nearly three months in Mexico and Cuba.

Division V.— TRANSPORTATION.

Prof. B. H. Meyer has employed as his assistant during the year Miss
C. E. MacGill, and she has been engaged in digesting the material already
collected. The work of the Interstate Commerce Commission required his
attention during the winter, but he has been at work during the vacation
upon the revision of his report. Professor Meyer writes :

DEPARTMENT OF ECONOMICS AND SOCIOLOGY. 73

I have spent considerable time this summer getting the manuscript for the
first volume of the final report into shape. Much of it is practically ready.
There are still several uncompleted essays for the second volume.

It is expected that all of these will be completed before the close of the
year.

Division VI.— DOMESTIC AND FOREIGN COMMERCE.

Prof. Emory R. Johnson makes the following report of the progress of
the work of his division during the past year :

No works have been published during the year ending September 1911.

The "History of the foreign trade of the United States," written by Prof.
S. S. Huebner and Dr. G. G. Huebner, is completed but not yet published.
It is hoped that arrangements for its publication may be made during the
ensuing year.

The "History of American coastwise commerce," by Assistant Prof.
Thomas Conway, jr., is nearly completed. This is the last work assigned to
collaborators, and it is hoped that this may be all ready for publication within
a few months.

During the past year I have been giving some attention to the direction of
the work done by collaborators and have outlined the final volume to be
written by myself. One-third of this volume has been written and during
the past year I have written two chapters. The pressure of my university
duties and of certain expert work for the United States Government pre-
vented me from giving as much time to the work of the Carnegie Institution
as I had anticipated giving. It will be necessary for me to employ an assist-
ant to help me during part of the next two years if I am to complete the
work within that time, unless I should be able to secure a year's leave of
absence from the university. That, however, I can not do on pay, and ac-
cordingly it will probably be necessary for me to employ assistants in writing
the final volume.

Division VII.— MONEY AND BANKING.

Prof. Davis R. Dewey has submitted the following report regarding the
work of his division :

No monographs have been published since September i, 1910. The fol-
lowing monographs have been received :

The free banks and the free-banking system of Indiana. By Charles B. Austin.
History of the national banking system. By Glover D. Hancock.

The following monographs are still unfinished :

Relation of the Treasury to the New York money market. By J. W. Crook.

Banking in Kentucky. By Elmer G. Griffith.

History of banking in Louisiana. By Theodore H. Jack.

Relation of the crop movement to the money market in the West. By F. L.

McVey.
History of the greenback movement in Iowa and the Northvirest. By C. C. Rug-

gles.
History of banking in Tennessee. By St. G. L. Sioussat.

I have made some progress during the past year in my own studies, and
have the material now in shape so that I hope to be able to bring the work to

74 REPORTS ON INVESTIGATIONS AND PROJECTS.

completion within no long period. The greatest difficulty is in securing un-
interrupted leisure in order to mass the material which has thus far been
accumulated. I feel more confident in regard to finishing the work in a satis-
factory form than ever before.

Division VIIL— LABOR MOVEMENT.

Professor Commons has completed the publication of his "Documentary
history of American industrial society," in eleven volumes, which contains a
vast amount of material collected by him with the financial assistance of the
Bureau of Industrial Research and of the Carnegie Institution of Washing-
ton. He has been lecturing on labor history during the past two years, and
expects to continue the course during the coming year, though he has re-
signed his professorship in the University of Wisconsin in order to take up
the work of the recently created Wisconsin Industrial Commission. He is
employing, as his assistant, Mr. Selig Perlman, and is having monographs
on a number of subjects prepared, as indicated in the following list:

Socialism and anarchism. By Selig Perlman.

Trade unionism from 1825-1837. By Helen L. Sumner.

Trade unionism from 1847-1863. By H. E. Hoagland.

Labor movement and land reform from 1835-1854. By John R. Commons.

The American Federation of Labor. By E. E. Witte.

The Knights of Labor. By David J. Saposs.

Hours of labor. By Lorian P. Jefferson.

The labor movement in California. By Ira B. Cross.

Division IX.— INDUSTRIAL ORGANIZATION.

In accordance with the policy explained in previous reports, Prof. J. W.
Jenks, in order not to duplicate material, is awaiting the completion of the
work of some of the other divisions before resuming work on his own.

Division X.— SOCIAL LEGISLATION.

Since the last annual report the following monograph has been handed in :
The land legislation of Texas. By Reuben McKitrick.

The following studies are still unfinished :

Anti-trust legislation of Wisconsin, Minnesota, Iowa, and Nebraska. By C. L.

Waldron.
The labor legislation of Maryland. By H. Wirt Steele.
The labor and rural credit policy of the Southern States. By D. L. Peacock.

The writer has been engaged during the past year in work on the material
already gathered by him, filling in numerous gaps by individual study, and
with the aid of an assistant paid by himself. He has utilized part of the
material in lectures delivered in the Graduate School of Yale University,
and expects to further elaborate and, if possible, complete his study during
the coming winter.

departme;nt oi? economics and sociology. 75

Division XL— FEDERAL AND STATE FINANCE, INCLUDING TAXATION.

According to the report of Prof. Henry B. Gardner, the following publi-
cations have been made during the past year in this division :

The State debt of Ohio. By Prof. E. L. Bogart. Journal of Political Economy,

April, May, and June 1911.
State finances of Texas during the civil war. By Mr. E. T. Miller. Texas State

Historical Association Quarterly, vol. xiv, No. i.
State finances of Texas during reconstruction. By Mr. E. T. Miller. Texas State

Historical Association Quarterly, vol. xiv. No. 2.

The following monographs have been completed but not published :

The financial history of Connecticut (First Part). By Dr. Henry F. Walradt.
The financial history of Ohio. By Prof. E. L. Bogart. (Published in part in the

Journal of Political Economy, see above.)
The financial history of Alabama. By Prof. William O. Scroggs.
The financial history of Oregon. By Prof. F. G. Young. (Completed.)

Professor Gardner furnishes the following list of studies still in progress.

Studies partially completed :

The financial history of California: By Prof. C. C. Plehn, University of
California, Berkeley, California. He has the work well advanced, but does
not promise completion at any definite time.

Comparative study of the financial development of certain of the larger
cities of the country: By Mr. Oliver C. Lockhart, Ohio State University,
Columbus, Ohio. A part of the work has been submitted, and considerable
progress has been made. There were prospects that the work might be com-
pleted this fall, but Mr. Lockhart has been very ill this summer, and this
will delay completion.

License taxes of Southern States : By Prof. H. A. Millis, Leland Stan-
ford, Jr., University, California. Discontinued for the time being.

The financial history of Michigan : By Dr. Wilbur O. Hedrick, Michigan
Agricultural College. Work well advanced towards completion.

The financial history of New Jersey: By Mr. Edgar Dawson, Normal
College of the City of New York, Park avenue and Sixty-eighth street, New
York. Interrupted by other work. No immediate prospect of completing it.

The financial history of Tennessee : By Prof. St. George L. Sioussat, Uni-
versity of the South. Will have the study completed by fall.

The financial history of Texas: By Mr. E. T. Miller, Instructor in the
University of Texas. Extracts published under the titles, "The State finances
of Texas during the civil Avar," and "The State finances of Texas during the
reconstruction," in the Texas State Historical Association Quarterly, vol. xiv,
Nos. I and 2. Expects to complete the work during the present year.

The financial history of Virginia : By Mr. Edgar Sydenstricker, formerly
graduate student at the University of Chicago. Expects to submit the entire
work in the near future.

76 REJPORTS ON INVESTIGATIONS AND PROJECTS.

The financial history of Connecticut : By Dr. Henry F. Walradt, graduate
student at Yale University. Part I completed ; hopes to complete Part II by
the end of the calendar year.

Studies in active process of completion, but no part of which has been
submitted :

The financial history of Illinois : By Mr. R. M. Haig, graduate student at
the University of Illinois. Mr. Haig can get most of his material together
by the fall, but is going to Columbia University, and has been granted an ex-
tension of time in order to write it up under Professor Seligman's direction.

The financial history of Minnesota : By Dr. R. V. Phelan, University of
Minnesota. No definite time promised as date of completion.

The financial history of New York: By Mr. Don C. Sowers, graduate
student at Columbia University. He hopes to complete the work by April
1912 ; has made substantial progress.

The financial history of North Carolina : By Prof. W. K. Boyd, Trinity
College, Durham, North Carolina. He expects to submit part of the work
in the winter.

The financial history of Pennsylvania: By Mr. Clyde L. King, graduate
student at the University of Pennsylvania. He undertook work in April
19 II and has been getting it in hand this summer.

The financial history of South Carolina: By Mr. George McCutchen,
University of South Carolina. No reply to recent letter.

Studies in which apparently little progress is being made :

The financial history of Indiana: By Prof. W. A. Rawles, Indiana Uni-
versity.

Prof. F. I. Herriott has given up his study of the financial history of Iowa.

Professor Gardner has secured a leave of absence for the academic year
1911-12, and hopes to utilize it for work on his final volume, though it is
hardly expected that all of the monographs will be finished by that time.

Division XII.— THE NEGRO IN SLAVERY AND FREEDOM.

Mr. Alfred Holt Stone reports from Dunleith, Mississippi, that he has
been at work upon his first volume, and expects to continue upon it during
the winter. No monographs have been published or submitted in his division
since last year, but the following are being prepared :

The economic transition from slavery to the free labor system. By Prof. W. L.

Fleming.
The free negro in South Carolina. By Prof. Yates Snowden.

DSPARTM^NT OF ECONOMICS AND SOCIOLOGY. 'jy

INDEX OF STATE DOCUMENTS.

Miss Adelaide R. Hasse makes the following report of her work on the
Index of State Documents :

Work on the "Index of economic material in documents of the States of
the United States" was unfortunately retarded during the past year, owing to
the removal of the New York Public Library into its new building. Through
the courtesy of the director of that institution, desk-room and the use of its
collection of State documents are tendered the Department, as well as such
services of the compiler as do not conflict with her duties as an employee of
the library. For many months previous to the removal of the library, Miss
Hasse was entirely occupied with preparations for the transfer of the De-
partment under her charge. This explanation is made to account, in part,
for the delay in the appearance of the Ohio index.

A further cause of delay was a change in the construction of the index.
On the request of Miss Hasse, she was allowed to introduce, as an experi-
ment, the personal names of authors of articles, reports, etc. Some progress
had been made on the index before this additional feature was undertaken,
the work already done having therefore to be gone over again. It is believed
that this identification of the names of men such as Thomas Worthington,
Peter Hitchcock, /Alfred Kelly, Charles Reemelin, Charles Hammond, John
Brough, John Klippart, and Norton S. Townshend with the several public
services rendered by them, will add enough to the value of the index to have
justified the delay referred to. A peculiar source of gratification connected
with the Ohio index is the large number of early and unrecorded documents
found by the compiler, as well as the recording of the unrecognized fact that
for several years during the early fifties all of the State documents were
printed in two editions. Of the 1850 report of the Department of Agricul-
ture the compiler found five editions. All of these variants are carefully
described in the index.

The volume to follow Ohio is Pennsylvania, fair progress on which has
been made. Probably one of the completest available files of the Pennsyl-
vania House and Senate Journals in German was destroyed in the burning
of the State Library at Albany.

The following is a complete list of States published, with the year of
publication :

California iQoS [ New Hampshire 1907

Delaware iQio

Illinois 1909

Kentucky 1910

Maine 1907

Massachusetts 1908

New York 1907

Rhode Island 1908

Vermont 1907

Ohio (in press).

DEPARTMENT OF EXPERIMENTAL EVOLUTION *

C. B. Davenport, Director.
GENERAL STATEMENT OF RESULTS.

The principal developments of the year are (i) the initiation, at Cold
Spring Harbor, in cooperation with this Department, of the Eugenics Record
Office for the study of human heredity and the application of the laws of
heredity to human affairs; (2) the discovery of the method of heredity of
epilepsy in man, with clear indications of how it is reproduced and how its
recurrence in later generations may be prevented; (3) the termination of
Dr. Shull's work at Santa Rosa and the approach to completion of his book
on Burbank's work ; (4) the publication of Dr. Harris's statistical compari-
son of the fruits of Staphylea that develop with those that fail, showing the
much greater symmetry of the former; (5) the publication of the researches
of Dr. Frank E. Lutz, who bred fruit-flies for 43 generations, secured varia-
tions in the wing venation unlike anything known in nature in the group of
Diptera (flies), found that despite long disuse of wing in these flies there
was no evidence that this disuse affects their size, and discovered that when
the flies are allowed to choose they tend to select normal consorts; (6) the
discovery of two types of melanin and a clearer definition of the pigment-
forming processes; (7) the publication of the demonstration by Castle in
guinea-pigs and by myself in fowl of Guthrie's error in concluding that the
germ-plasm is affected by the soma.

DETAILED REPORTS ON SCIENTIFIC WORK.

HEREDITY IN POULTRY,

Rumplessness. — Progress was made during the year in perfecting two
strains of rumpless (tailless) fowl. These have been continued, not only to
demonstrate their purity, but also to furnish material for the study that was
begun last year by Miss Elizabeth S. Lum and continued by her during six
weeks of the present summer. The study of the caudal vertebrae in a series
of fowl, both with and without a uropygium, reveals a striking variation in
their number. But in the rumpless fowl the number is invariably much
smaller than in the tailed form and the bones are more or less fused together.
The whole circulation and innervation of the region is rudimentary.

Control of the Form of Characters hy Sex. — A special quantitative study
is being made of various organs, such as the Y-comb and booting, to deter-

* Situated at Cold Spring Harbor, Long Island, N. Y. Grant No. 676. $33,734 for
investigations and maintenance during 1911. (For previous reports see Year Books
Nos. 3-9.)

78

DEPARTMENT OF EXPERIMKNTAL EVOLUTION. 79

mine the degree to which their development is influenced by sex and in how
far they differ in reciprocal crosses.

Heredity of Double Horn in Sheep. — A 4-horned ram presented by Mr.
Alexander Graham Bell was used for the first time, both with two 4-horned
ewes that he presented and also with other (even hornless) races. All males
and all females showed to a striking degree the influence of the double horn,
which appears to be dominant ; i. e., due to a special determiner.

Independence of Soma and Germ-plasm. — During the year the Director
issued a paper entitled "The transplantation of ovaries in chickens." This
paper gives the details concerning six experiments in which the ovaries were
removed from each of two races of fowl and an exchange of the ovaries
made from the body of one to the other. In opposition to the conclusions of
Guthrie, it appeared first that the engrafted ovary did not enter into vital
connection with the tissues of the host, but on the contrary became encysted.
On the other hand, the tissue at the site of the removed ovary produced a
new ovary by regeneration. It was shown that Guthrie's results are capable
of the same interpretation. Therefore his results yielded no data as to the
effect of the soma on the germ-plasm. It is proposed to extend the experi-
ments with the aid of Mr. H. D. Goodale.

Reciprocal Crosses in Relation to Sex. — A series of experiments has been
under way for several years on sex-limited characters in poultry. Some of
these bring a confirmation from the breeding side of current cytological
theories. Thus in a cross between a red-laced and a white-laced race, made
reciprocally, it appears that all sons, in whichever way the cross is made, are
white-laced, while daughters follow the sire in respect to the coloring of the
lacing. This would indicate that the odd, or sex-differentiating, chromosome
must, in poultry, be found in the female. Mr. H. D. Goodale, recently at-
tached to this station, is extending researches into this subject, using ducks
as well as fowl.

HEREDITY OF EPILEPSY IN MAN.

In connection with the Eugenics Record Office the Director cooperated
with Dr. David F. Weeks, of the New Jersey State Milage for Epileptics,
in the study of over 200 families with one or more epileptics as children.
The data concerning the families had been gathered with great care and at
much expense by the field workers of the Eugenics Record Office and the
State of New Jersey. Their studies of the product of certain selected human
matings have much the value of experimental data. It appeared from this
study that epilepsy behaves in inheritance as though it were due to the ab-
sence of some unit-character that makes for neural strength, and is an
equivalent in inheritance of "feeble-mindedness." Thus if both parents are
without the character that makes for neural strength, all of the children lack
it; and if both parents, though neurally strong themselves, belong to weak

8o REPORTS ON INVESTIGATIONS AND PROJECTS.

Strains, one-fourth of their children will be nervously undeveloped. The
consideration of the pedigrees shows that in the families studied the propor-
tion of mental defectives has in each of the last two generations been doubled
from what it was in the preceding generation.

CONSANGUINEOUS MARRIAGE AND ITS EEEECTS.

During a vacation of ten days the Director visited a series of islands off
the coast of Maine for the purpose of making a reconnaissance of a suitable
locality for studies upon consanguineous marriage and its effects. Visits to
both Hancock and Washington counties showed several places in which such
consanguineous marriages are unusually frequent, chiefly on account of the
barrier of water, and it is proposed, with the voluntary assistance of the
people, to see in how far the results have or have not been deleterious. The
study will be made by the Eugenics Record Office.

HEREDITY OF SEX IN A DICECIOUS HERMAPHRODITE PLANT.

Now that sex is generally regarded as controlled by a sex-determiner in
the nucleus, the absence or presence of which results in one sex or the other,
peculiar interest attaches to the behavior of sex-inheritance in a partially
hermaphrodite species. Suitable material for this study is afforded by the
cockle. Lychnis, and for several years past Dr. ShuU has had about an acre
of these plants under cultivation. This year his studies on Lychnis have
dealt more particularly with the character of the vestigial organs of the one
sex in individuals of the opposite sex, in order to learn to what degree the
gap between each sex and the hermaphrodite condition is bridged by varia-
tions in the development of such vestiges. Only one individual in an aggre-
gate of over 7,500 females and hermaphrodites permitted a doubt whether it
should be classified as a female with exceptional development of staminodes
or a hermaphrodite with aborted stamens. The gap between males and
hermaphrodites is closed by the occurrence of every degree of development
of female organs, from a minute bristle which is the usual condition in the
male to a fully developed and functional ovary; but the number of these
intergrading forms is very small relative to the number of normal males.
Some evidence has been secured indicating that the eggs of the hermaphro-
dites may carry the hermaphrodite character, though heretofore hermaphro-
ditism has seemed to be borne only by the sperms, A special series of crosses
has been made to test this matter.

HEREDITY OE EEOWER COLORS.

Lychnis. — The study of the inheritance of the color of the flowers of
Lychnis has been continued. The search for homozygous or pure-bred
purple-flowered strains has been rewarded with success in the blue-flowered
series, but not in the red. In the latter, failure has again resulted, because
in each of the small number of crosses made for this purpose, one of the

DEPARTMENT OF EXPERIMENTAL EVOLUTION. 8l

chosen parents proved to be heterozygous. A wild strain, known in Germany
as Melandrium riihrum, has been found homozygous for the red color ; but
this form is not wholly satisfactory for experimental purposes, because of
its fixed biennial habit. The effort to secure a homozygous red-flowered
strain among the annual forms has therefore been continued. New features
in the color-inheritance of Lychnis are the discovery of a "dominant white,"
which has given an F^ mainly white-flowered when crossed with a homozy-
gous red-flowered individual, and an all purple-flowered F^ when crossed
with a recessive white. A new Mendelian unit-character has been demon-
strated by the unexpected appearance of a type of Lychnis having yellowish-
green foliage, which is hypostatic to the full dark green of the usual type.
Several sorts of variegation and several bud-sports are being investigated.

Poppies. — The problem of analyzing the hereditary factors which serve to
differentiate the many garden derivatives of Papaver rhocas from each other
and from their wild prototype has been resumed. The orange-red body-
color of the petals in the wild form is epistatic to all the shades and tints
displayed by the garden forms, but the presence of a distinct margin and of
doubling often found in the cultivated strains are epistatic to the self-colored,
single form of the wild poppy. Interesting phenomena of "repulsion" and
inhibition of characters have been discovered and appropriate crosses have
been made for further study.

AN ABERRANT INHERITANCE RATIO AND ITS INTERPRETATION.

On the principle of segregation of the determiners of characters, the char-
acters should appear in the offspring of hybrids in certain definite ratios.
An exceptional case appeared in breeding two kinds of shepherd's purse in
the ratio of the two forms of seed-capsules and some leaf-characters that re-
appeared in the second hybrid generation. After several years of work Dr.
ShuU has reached a nearly complete explanation of the aberrant ratios, as
follows: (a) There are two independent genes determining the triangular
capsule, thus leading to the expected ratio 15:1 in the F2 and both 15:1 and
3 : I in the F3 ; (&) the heegeri individuals are less successful in the embry-
onic stages than the bursa-pastoris individuals, so that the ratio 15: i be-
comes about 22: I, and 3: i becomes 4.67: i ; (c) that there is a variation in
the relative potency of the genes determining certain features of the rosette-
leaves which has led to the classification of a portion of the heterozygotes
with the negative homozygotes. Further data are being sought bearing on
these points.

THE INJURIOUS EFFECTS OF SELF-FERTILIZATION OF CORN.

Dr. Shull has continued his researches, which have revealed the great
complexity of the population of any cornfield. Self-fertilization, as is well
known, yields seed that develop into inferior individuals, while outcrossing
usually gives vigor. Dr. Shull has been working on the hypothesis that the

6 — YB

82 REPORTS ON inve;stigations and projects.

depauperate inbred strain represents a "pure line." If this is so, then cross-
fertilization within the limits of the same pure-bred family ought not to
result in the increased vigor that cross-fertilization at random does. Now,
comparisons made between the effect of self-fertilization and crossing within
the limits of the same pure-bred family and within the same Fi showed in
each case a very slight difference in favor of the crosses. This difference
was so slight that the belief is entertained that it was due wholly to the fact
that some of the families used were not yet completely homozygous, but
there are other possibilities and these are being investigated. The Fi hybrids
between self-fertilized strains yielded on the average 68.07 bushels per
acre as compared with only 44.62 bushels yielded by the corresponding Fg
families, a fact of great potential consequence to the practical grower. The
conclusions derived from these investigations and published in 1908 have
been still further strengthened by these results. These conclusions are (a)
that the plants in an ordinary field of corn are generally very complex hy-
brids representing the combination of numerous elementary species or bio-
types; (b) that none of these pure biotypes is sufficiently vigorous to be
profitably grown in the pure state; (c) that the high physiological vigor of
the ordinary maize-plant is the result of a stimulating effect produced by the
union of unlike elements from the two parents; (d) that self-fertilization
decreases the vigor by gradually reducing the strain to a pure-bred state,
and not because there is any injury produced by self-fertilization or inbreed-
ing per sc. Comparisons are now being extended to the third and later gen-
erations, and tests are also being made to determine the effect of combining
a number of dift'erent pure-bred strains into a single hybrid strain.

VARIATION AND MUTATION IN EVENING PRIMROSES.

Since the beginning of our work we have continued the studies of the
evening primroses along th.e lines of Professor de Vries's work and with seed
largely derived from his cultures. In the past year the particular directions
of study, by Dr. Shull, have been the effects of cross and self fertilization.
Families have been grown from seeds of a number of new forms which
originated in the cultures of the preceding year. Some of these progenies
have bred true to their new characters, others have split up into several
types, and some have seemingly returned to typical Oenothera lamarckiana.
Reciprocal crosses have been made among several biotypes of O. cruciata,
and between each of these biotypes and O. lamarckiana.

THE THEORY OE PURE LINES.

This is quite the most hotly discussed of all topics in heredity to-day:
Does selection proceed by the isolation of minute units or by shoving the
character along a sliding scale ? It is not clear whether there is any real con-
trast between these views, since if the steps of a flight be taken fine enough
they will approach as close as possible to an inclined plane. Dr. Harris has

DEPARTMENT OF EXPERIMENTAL EVOLUTION, 83

been testing the pure-line theory by the use of beans — the same kind of
plants that Johannsen used in his fundamental experiments. Many of Dr.
Harris's records go back to 1905, and they afford excellent material for a
critique of the pure-line theory. We may expect an early publication of
these data.

QUANTITATIVE STUDIES OE SELECTIVE ELIMINATION.

An outline of these studies, which are being made by Dr. Harris, appeared
in Year Book Xo. 9. Since that report it has been shown that the elimination
of ovaries demonstrated in Staphylea is probably not due to the combination
of such simple factors as a differentiation of the ovaries associated with their
position on the inflorescence and a proportionally higher but random failure
of the ovaries situated in the more distal regions of the inflorescence. It
seems, therefore, that failure to develop must depend upon some innate
unfitness with which definite structural peculiarities are associated.

Dr. Harris has instituted several studies to obtain further light upon these
questions. Tests with other species are being made to determine whether
the results found for Staphylea are at all general. Other criteria of func-
tional unfitness are being sought. But the problem is so complex — involving
so many factors which may often screen each other's influence — that it can
not now be discussed in greater detail.

INFLUENCE OE BECOMING FERAL ON DEVELOPMENT OF THE NERVOUS
SYSTEM OF A DOMESTIC ANIMAL.

The acquisition of Goose Island has permitted this Station to begin an
important experiment on the changes that a domesticated species undergoes
in becoming feral. Last year, as already reported, in cooperation with Prof.
H, H. Donaldson and the Wistar Institute of Anatomy and Biology, an at-
tempt was made to kill oft' the brown rats and to colonize the island with
white rats (June 21, 1910). On July 21 of this year Dr. Hatai, of the
Wistar Institute, visited the island, set two dozen spring traps, mostly along
the western bank, where there are many holes. Not a single albino rat was
caught, but, instead, 8 brown rats {Miis novegicus) of various sizes. Thirty-
four albino rats, each having its ears marked for future identification, were
then liberated on the island.

On July 17 Dr. Hatai and myself visited Goose Island to see if the albino
rats had established themselves. Two female albinos with marked ears were
found dead from severe wounds, as though bitten to death by rats. At this
time, in broad daylight, no living albino rats appeared on the island ; and
this is the more noteworthy since the liberated rats were very tame. Dr.
Hatai then set four traps, two along the western bank, where most of the
Norway rats had been caught, and two behind the house at the southern end
of the island.

84 REPORTS ON INVESTIGATIONS AND PROJECTS.

Dr. Hatai reports :

Toward evening I saw one albino rat running swiftly in front of the
house, picking up some particles of food which I had thrown out. Later I
found several more albino rats running about at the back [south side] of the
house. The next morning I found one albino rat, whose ears were marked,
trapped at the back of the house, and one large female Norway rat along the
bank. During the night I heard several times the screaming of the rats in
front of the house, but could not determine which kinds of rats they were.

It now remains to be seen if the white rats can survive the winter on the
Island.

ADJUSTMENT TO CAVE UEE.

The subject of adjustment to darkness is one that requires a long period
for its full elucidation. At the outset many special difficulties have had to be
met and overcome. We have had the difficulty of carbon-dioxide in the
water, of solution of lime from the concrete tanks, and of the growth of
fungi in the darkness of the cave. The difficulty of carbon-dioxide in the
water of the artesian well will require the construction of a settling basin
containing growing plants. Such a basin will be advantageous also, inas-
much as it will form a natural breeding-spot for the small organisms that
can be used by the cave fishes. Dr. Banta spent two months last winter in
the cave region of southern Indiana collecting materials and working on
problems connected with cave-life. In order that parallel experiments may
be run with cave animals in the light, a vivarium was constructed at the
north end of the main building to provide conditions like those of the arti-
ficial cave except for light. It is provided with hot water pipes for winter
heating, and being on the north side of the building will be largely sheltered
from the summer sun.

Already the amphibia reared in the cave have yielded interesting results.
The tadpoles of Amhlystoma tigriniini, the common salamander of our
ponds, when reared in the light are black, but in the cave are "white" or
nearly so. The light is necessary for the production of the body pigment in
the developing tadpole.

A part of Dr. Banta's work is the light reactions of animals of which
related species or individuals live in the cave and in the open. While in
Indiana he worked on the light reactions of the amphipod Bucrangonyx
gracilis of Mayfield's cave and on the outdoor forms of the same species that
live abundantly in the surface streams of the same region. Studies have
also been made on the feeding and breeding habits of Asellns and other
invertebrates which it is desired to propagate in the cave.

The following non-cavernicolous species are now kept in the cave : Hydra,
Copepoda, Asellus communis, Oniscus asellus, Armadillidium vulgare, Por-
cellio scaher, Porcellio rathkei, Bucrangonyx gracilis (surface form), Gam-
marus fasciatus, Camharus bartoni, Meta menardi and other spiders, Thy-
sanima, Ceuthophilus, Planorhis, Limnea, goldfish, sunfish. Umbra limi,

Fig. 1. Photograph taken on Goose Island, at its south end, looking northward through its long
axis. Peck's Ledge lighthouse (from which fig. 2 was taken) is seen in the central
background. In the foreground, right, is the shelter. At the left a wall can be seen running
into the sea (low water). This is the south face of the 70-foot wharf. Sumach growing
in foreground. Connecticut shore in the distance. Nov. 1911.

Fig. 2. Photograph of Goose Island, at low water, from lighthouse, looking south. Taken with rear
combination of Zeiss viia lens, giving telephoto effect. Shelter built by Mr. Dodge in center
of island. The wharf lies on the Harbor side, on the right, between the two long bars.

DSPARTMUNT OF EXPERIMENTAL EVOLUTION. 85

Amblystoma tigrinum (larvae), Rana sylvatica (larvae) and other frog
larvae.

These cave forms are in daylight : C(Bcidotea stygia, Biicrangonyx gracilis,
Cambarus pellucid us, Sinella cavernarum.

RELATION BETWEEN THE HEREDITARY AND THE CHEMICAI, ACTION OP

PIGMENTS.

The studies of heredity of animal coloration quickly opened up questions
upon which it seemed probable light could be thrown only by chemical
studies. Accordingly a chemical laboratory was fitted up two years ago and
Dr. R. A. Gortner put in charge of it. The first problem which he attacked
was that of the melanins — their nature and behavior. To both these subjects
he has made substantial contributions. He reports as follows :

The investigations as to the chemical nature of the animal pigments are as
yet in a very preliminary state owing to the unusual difficulties in purifying
these compounds. There appear to be two types of melanins, which are
differentiated by their solubility or insolubility in dilute acids. Those
melanins which are soluble in dilute acids are of a protein nature and do not
appear as granules under the microscope, but rather they appear to be a part
of the keratin structure and the coloration is diffuse as though the pigment
were dissolved in the keratin. Such a pigment is found in auburn Caucasian
hair.

The granular pigments are, apparently, insoluble in dilute acids and the
nature of the molecule is still unknown. These melanins occur both alone
(in negro hair, brown Caucasian hair, some black feathers, etc.) and in com-
bination with the acid-soluble pigment or melano-protein (in black wool and
horse hair).

In the study of these pigments there have been isolated 70 preparations,
which are divided as follows :

No. of
preparations-
Black wool 35

White wool 2

Silky feathers 1

Black Minorca feathers 3

Black rabbit hair i

White rabbit hair i

No. of
preparations.

Dominant white feathers 4

Light brown horse hair 5

Dark brown horse hair 5

Brown Caucasian hair 6

Auburn Caucasian hair i

Other keratin structures 6

A considerable number of these preparations have been analyzed more or
less completely, but much work is still necessary before the data can be
correlated.

The formation of the animal pigments appears to be caused by an oxida-
tion induced by the presence of an oxidizing enzyme. The origin of the pig-
ment has been investigated in some of the insects : in the integuments of the
meal worm (Tenebrio molitor), in the cuticula of the periodical cicada
(Tibicen septendecim) , and in the elytra of the Colorado potato beetle
(Leptinotarsa decemlineata) ; the same general chemical reaction was found

86

REPORTS ON INVESTIGATIONS AND PROJECTS.

in each, and in every case there was an active oxidizing enzyme (tyrosinase)
which acted upon some unknown chromogen and produced the pigmentation.
It was found that the color-pattern in the elytra of the potato beetle is due to
the localized secretion of the oxidizable chromogen.

STATISTICAL SUMMARY.

Poultry. — There were maintained 52 breeding-pens and 2,214 chicks were
hatched. Further data were gathered on reciprocal crosses, sex control of
characters, syndactyl and polydactyl, nailless, combless, horned, rumpless, and
triple-combed strains. Selection experiments on plumage color were con-
tinued.

Finches. — These showed a return to normal fecundity and 65 young were
reared from about 88 hatched.

Sheep and Goats. — Twenty-nine sheep and 2 goats were born. Important
data on inheritance of the double-horned condition and on a new kind of
coat color were gained.

Plants. — The range of species and number of individuals bred in Dr.
Shull's experiments are shown in the following table :

Name of species.

No. of
families.

No. of in-
dividuals.

Name of species.

No. of
families.

No. of in-
dividuals.

Argemone hispida

Agrostemraa githago...

Bursa bursa pastoris

Bursa bursa pastoris X

heegeri

Chrysanthemum leu-

canthemum

I
I
I

24
2

I
5

I

I

4
4
10
I

I
6

22
2

6
16

64

4.709
120

33
252

lOl

204

12,127

455

7

420

456

808

35

177

1,607

1,191
119

Papaver bracteatum

Papaver coraniutatum...

Papaver croceuni

Papaver glaucum

Pajjaver nudicaule.

Papaver orientale

Papaver pilosuni

Papaver rhceas

2
2
2

2
I

3

I

66

10

8
III

213
350
233
100
50
304
107
8,618
30S

333
50
85
50

50
50
50

21

18

6,751

Eschscholtzia califor-
nica

Papaver somniferura —
Papaver spp. and hy-
brids

Lactuca canadensis

Lych nis cceli-rosa

Lychnis coronaria

Lychnis dioica

Silene antirrliina

Silene vulgaris

Lychnis haageana

Lychnis noctiflora

Oenothera cruciata

Oenothera gigas

Oenothera laniarckiana.
Oenothera lata

Solanum guineeuse

Solanum guineense X
villosum.

Solanum nigrum

Solanum villosum

Tagetes lemmoni

Vaccaria vaccaria

Zeamays

Oenothera nanella

Oenothera rubrinervis...
Oenothera spp. and mu-
tants

Total

488

40,748

Papaver alpinun

STAFF.

Miss Anne M. Lutz, who has been associated with our work from the
beginning, first as secretary and later as cytologist, resigned in February
and is continuing her studies on the cytological differences of the Oenotheras
in Belgium. A full report of her prolonged studies here has been nearly
completed.

DEPARTMENT OF EXPERIMENTAL EVOLUTION. S?

Mr. Hubert Dana Goodale, formerly with Mr. B. B. Horton, at his experi-
mental farm "Oakwood," Stamford, Connecticut, has been appointed to
carry out various breeding experiments with poultry.

During the past summer Dr. Shull was ably assisted by Mr. Eugene E.
Barker, who recorded data and made crosses, especially in maize and poppies.

CONSTRUCTION AND EQUIPMENT.

Since the last report of this Department there have been built at Goose
Island a small shelter of stone in concrete and a stone pier. These were
erected upon the suggestion of Air. Cleveland H. Dodge, who also furnished
the funds. The windows are barred with steel rods and the outer doors are
of iron. The shelter is furnished with two cots, a few chairs, a collapsible
boat, and a kitchen outfit, so that it can be used by one or two persons who
need to spend the night. It was so used during the summer by Dr. Hatai.
The pier is 70 feet long by 6 feet wide and is built of the stones of the outer
beach, partly laid in cement.

A glass-covered extension on the north side of the main building was com-
pleted during the winter and spring. This affords a means of comparing
the development of animals in the light and dark under otherwise similar
conditions. Concrete tanks were installed on the floor of this extension.

For some time in the main building we have been crowded for room. It
became absolutely necessary to have a building that could be used for
chemical studies on mammals and for operating upon them, and it was
finally decided to move all breeding animals to a new building, relieving the
main building of the dirt that is inseparable from their culture and allowing
expansion in it of the space available for records and their study. Plans
were drawn by Mr, Robert W. Gardner, architect, for such a building, but
from lack of funds a beginning has been made upon only a small portion.
It is hoped that we may be able to complete the building during the coming
year.

GEOPHYSICAL LABORATORY *

Arthur L. Day, Director.

In view of the near approach of the tenth anniversary of the founding of
the Carnegie Institution of Washington, it is appropriate to cast a retro-
spective glance over the plans originally projected for a geophysical labora-
tory and the results which have been achieved under those plans, the natural
questions being: Has the work undertaken proved practicable? Do the
results satisfy the demand which was made for a geophysical laboratory?

The first Year Book of the Institution contains two proposals for geo-
physical research : one by a joint committee of physicists and geologists, who
considered the problem in a preliminary way at the request of the Trustees ;
the second, a definite project for a geophysical laboratory offered by Dr.
G. F. Becker, of the U. S. Geological Survey. The two plans were very
comprehensive, but were necessarily general in character and gave considera-
tion to but few of the details which must be confronted in the working out
of so extensive a project. Neither plan was adopted at that time.

During the following year, aided by an appropriation provided for that
purpose by the Trustees of the Institution, a somewhat more detailed study of
the project and of the geophysical problems which had been formulated by
different geologists and physicists was undertaken by President Van Hise, of
the University of Wisconsin, and by Dr. Becker. A group of leading Ameri-
can petrologists also devoted much thought to the general subject and to the
details of attack in case geophysical research should be seriously taken up.
The reports of these more detailed studies are contained in the second Year
Book of the Institution, and to these we may now profitably look back for a
moment if we would arrive at an opinion upon the practicability or success
of geophysical research under the plan then proposed.

President Van Hise, in his examination of the field, sought specifically to
ascertain "the nature of the problems which geologists regard as most press
ing and which chemists and physicists regard as capable of being successfully
attacked." The questions which to him appeared to oft'er promise of success-
ful solution, he divides into four groups, as follows :

1. The relations of liquid and solid rocks.

2. Minerals and rocks from aqueous solutions.

3. The deformation of rocks.

4. The constants of rocks.

In the first class he mentions the following specific problems :

"They [the geologists] want to know the melting-points of rocks, the tem-
peratures at which rocks crystallize from the magma, the relative specific
gravities of melted and crystallized rocks, the effects of slow cooling upon

* Situated in Washington, D. C. Grant No. 677. $54,480 for investigations and
maintenance during 191 1. (For previous reports see Year Books Nos. 3-9.)
88

GEOPHYSICAL LABORATORY, 89

the crystallization of rocks with and without pressure, the solution of one kind
of rock in another, and, in short, all the phenomena which concern the trans-
formation of magma to crystallized rock and crystallized rock to magma."

We can perhaps best render an account of our stewardship by reviewing
this group of problems as it appears from the laboratory viewpoint after the
lapse of eight years.

It is first of all to be noted that the need of the geologists which is voiced
by Professor Van Hise is all for measured facts and accurately defined rela-
tions, not for additional theories or mere indications. It obviously aims to
make of geology an exact rather than a descriptive science. It is proposed to
measure melting temperatures, crystallizing temperatures, specific gravities,
conditions of equilibrium, pressures, and in general accurately to define the
conditions surrounding rock formation exactly as the physicist and chemist
have done in the development of their sciences, which now find universal
application.

When such problems are placed in the hands of the research student who
is familiar with the laboratory viewpoint, he at once goes to the heart of the
matter with questions like these : Can apparatus be developed which will
measure the temperature of liquid rocks without courting its own destruc-
tion? Can the rocks* themselves be chemically defined and separated into
groups containing one mineral, two minerals, or three minerals each, and no
others? Can the proposed pressures be applied at the temperatures where
these rocks form? Will it prove practicable to measure specific gravities at
extremely high temperatures ; and, if so, what standards of comparison can
be employed, etc. ?

Although at that time none of these things had been very satisfactorily
done, the tremendous possibilities of such research made it appear well worth
while to risk much in an attempt to attain such powerful instruments of
scientific investigation.

Without entering upon unnecessary detail, the attempt has now been made
to control and measure the temperatures of rock formation with appropriate
accuracy, to obtain (by making them in the chemical laboratory) rocks* which
contain but one or two or three minerals and wholly free from the disturbing
impurities commonly found in nature, to make accurate determinations of
the density of these mineral and rock types, just before and just after crys-
tallization, and finally, to experiment with such rock specimens under accu-
rately measured pressures.

Furthermore, solutions have been formed of one mineral in another under
conditions where all the minerals which crystallize out can be carefully
studied. In cases where these crystals have proved minute in size, new
methods of identification have been developed to enable us to meet that con-
dition also. The effect of adding a third component to such a mixture of
two has also been studied at all the temperatures where changes occur.

* The word "rocks" is here used in a somewhat broader sense than the historic
geological definition, but the meaning will be readily understood.

90 REPORTS ON INVESTIGATIONS AND PROJECTS.

In a word, then, some essential phase of every one of the proposed prob-
lems in Group i has been undertaken and a sufficient number of such meas-
urements made in each instance to demonstrate with convincing certainty
the practicability of the general plan.

In a similar manner, though not to the same extent, the problems suggested
under Group 2 (minerals and rocks from aqueous solutions) have been taken
up and proved to be within the reach of laboratory resources, provided only
that adequate time can be given to such studies. It happens that apparatus
of a novel kind and difficult to build is required for such research, besides
which the reactions themselves proceed with exasperating slowness.

The problems of Group 3 (the deformation of rocks) were undertaken in
a separate plant in charge of Professor Adams, of Montreal, and are not
properly included within this report.

Group 4 (the constants of rocks) has also been taken up in the Geophysi-
cal Laboratory to the extent of the facilities at its disposal. Temperatures,
pressures, and densities have been studied, as already mentioned in connec-
tion with Group i. Measurements of conductivity and of expansion coeffi-
cient have not yet been attempted upon actual rocks because of the fact that
the plant thus far available did not include facilities for it ; but there is not
the slightest reason to believe that such measurements will prove as difficult
as many of those already undertaken. Specific heat and the latent heat of
fusion and inversion have been successfully measured for several typical
minerals at the temperatures of rock formation.

The problems suggested by the distinguished group of petrologists (Adams,
Cross, Iddings, Kemp, Lane, Pirsson, Washington, and Wolff, in Year Book
No. 2) include all of those already mentioned, some others to which these
are an indispensable preliminary, and some which are still beyond the reach
of the present resources of chemistry and physics. Nine of these have been
touched upon in the work of the Geophysical Laboratory hitherto.

Of chief interest in reviewing this work just at this time is perhaps the
fact that no single problem of those so far attempted has miscarried. Al-
though the resources of physics and chemistry have been severely strained
to meet these extraordinary conditions offered by the igneous rocks, it has
proved practicable to put the plan in operation and to test its productiveness
over a considerable portion of the field which was mapped out.

The time involved in developing new methods and adapting old ones has
been considerable, but that was to be expected.

In most cases there has been opportunity for the measurement of but a
single typical substance or group of substances in order to elaborate and con-
firm the method of procedure and establish the conclusion. The broad appli-
cation to minerals in general and rocks in all their multitudinous complexity
still remains to be made, and is a herculean task for a single laboratory to
undertake unaided. Our procedure has been mapped upon a kind of skeleton
plan which has served to demonstrate the practicability of satisfactory studies
of the minerals and rocks through reasonably complete measurements upon

GEOPHYSICAL LABORATORY. 9 1

a few types, but it has not been able to include many applications to other
mineral or rock species, even when nearly related to the type studied, or to
exhaust the possibilities of any portion of the field. Such studies must await
a cooperative effort among the university or other laboratories interested,
and some extension of existing facilities. The success of such studies, when-
ever and wherever they may be undertaken, is already assured.

It seems a proper time to call attention to another branch of activity upon
which considerable emphasis was laid by the joint committee of distinguished
physicists and geologists whose report is contained in the first Year Book of
the Institution. I refer to the study of vulcanism by direct application of
laboratory (quantitative) relations and methods. This problem was also one
of three specially designated by Dr. Becker in his project for geophysical
research, which is contained in Year Book No. i. In the development of
geophysical research in the laboratory since that time, it has seemed wise to
postpone the serious consideration of so broad and important a subject until
the methods and equipment should be developed to a point where such con-
sideration might be expected to yield something more than mere speculation.
During the past year, however, an opportunity was afforded the Laboratory
to make a preliminary study of an active volcano. The occasion was an ex-
pedition organized by Professor Jaggar, of the Massachusetts Institute of
Technology, to visit the active crater of Kilauea, in the Territory of Hawaii,
one purpose of which was to stretch a cable across the crater and to make an
accurate measurement, for the first time in the history of volcanic study, of
the temperature in the middle of the active lava basin. The Laboratory was
invited to make plans for appropriate apparatus for measuring this tempera-
ture, and to send a representative to carry out the measurements at the crater.
The invitation was accepted, and in pursuance thereof specially designed ap-
paratus was built, tested, and j\Ir. Shepherd, of this Laboratory, spent two
months of the past summer measuring the temperature in the midst of a boil-
ing lava basin i,ooo feet or more in diameter. Of the result it may be said
that although three sets of apparatus were destroyed by the lava, an accurate
measurement of the temperature in the most active portion of ^the crater was
obtained. The temperature was 1000° C.

The participation of the Laboratory in the enterprise projected by the
Massachusetts Institute of Technology ends with the successful accomplish-
ment of the work for which it assumed the responsibility, and nothing fur-
ther need be said of it in this place. But it afforded an opportunity for a
member of our own staff, experienced in the laboratory study of the relations
of the minerals, to examine into the character of the problems offered by an
active volcano and the possibility of oft'ering a positive answer, through labor-
atory study, to some of the vital questions about the formation of the earth.

Without entering too intimately upon details, the result of this preliminary
examination makes it appear entirely practicable to learn something of the
sources of volcanic energ}' through laboratory study of the reactions going
on in an active crater.

92

REPORTS ON INVESTIGATIONS AND PROJECTS.

THE PUBLISHED WORK OF THE YEAR.

The results of the laboratory work of the year just past are contained in
the following reviews of the papers published by members of the laboratory
staff:

(i) Preliminary report on the ternary system CaO-AUOs-SiOz. A study of the consti-
tution of Portland cement clinker. E. S. Shepherd and G. A. Rankin. With
optical study by Fred. E. Wright. J. Ind. Eng. Chem., 3, i. 191 1.

Two earlier papers from this Laboratory* having prepared the way for a
systematic study of the ternary systems, the present paper presents the
results thus far obtained with the interesting oxides, lime, silica, and
alumina.

In the earlier work with mixtures of pure lime and silica, two compounds,
the metasilicate (CaO.SiO,) and the orthosilicate (2CaO.Si02), were defi-
nitely established, but no trace of the hitherto generally accepted tricalcic
silicate (3CaO.Si02) could be found in mixtures of pure lime and pure silica.
In the three-component system, on the other hand, the tricalcic silicate ap-
pears promptly with the addition of alumina to mixtures of appropriate lime-
silica concentration, and after a long and difficult experimental investigation,
involving the study of about 1,000 heat treatments of various compositions,
many of which required to be studied at temperatures between 1800° and
1900° C, it has finally been prepared pure, excepting for a small excess
(between i and 2 per cent) of orthosilicate or lime or both.

Tricalcic silicate appears to be unstable at its melting temperature, and so
does not form from a melt of this composition. For the same reason, it does
not form eutectics with the adjacent compounds, calcium orthosilicate and
lime. Neither is there any evidence that the tricalcic silicate takes up calcium
orthosilicate or lime in solid solution.

In addition to the tricalcic silicate, a new and probably unstable form of
the orthosilicate has been discovered which may prove to be of importance
in Portland cement.

The general boundaries of the different phases occurring throughout the
entire diagram (for diagram cf. original paper) of the ternary system CaO-
AlaOg-SiOo, have been established, together with the course of the boundary
curves. From these it is possible to predict the compounds which will crys-
tallize out of a lime-silica-alumina cement of any composition, provided only
that the compounds are intimately mixed and the heat is sufficient to bring
the mixture to equilibrium during formation. The exact location of the quin-
tuple points, with the exception of points 13 to 17 and the isotherms, remains
to be established. The location of these quintuple points is as follows :

*_"The lime-silica_ series of minerals." Arthur L. Day, E. S. Shepherd, and F. E.
Wright. Am. J. Sci. (4), 22, 265 (1906). "The binary systems of alumina with silica,
lime, and magnesia." E. S. Shepherd, G. A. Rankin, and F. E. Wright. Am. J. Sci. (4),
28, 293 (1909).

GEOPHYSICAL LABORATORY. 93

Portland-cement clinker within the concentration limits set by Richardson,
when in equilibrium, may exist in the following combinations, depending
primarily upon relatively small changes in the quantity of lime present :

I. II. III. IV. V.

CaO.

SCaO.SiOa.

aCaO.SiOs

2CaO.SiOo.

2CaO.Si02.

3CaO.Si02.

2CaO.Si02.

sCaO.AloOa.

5CaO.3Al.2O3.

2CaO.Al2O3.SiO2.

aCaO.AlsOs.

SCaO.AloOs.

SCaO.sAljOs.

CaO.AlaOs.

CaO.AlsCs.

Richardson's typical cement corresponds to class II. The relative cement-
forming value of the above mixtures has yet to be determined. The more
intimate the mixture of the raw material, and the more uniform the heat
treatment, the closer will be the approach to equilibrium and therefore to
constant relations and the more uniform the behavior of the final product.
Classes III and IV are predicted from the general direction of the boundary
curves and the quintuple points 14 and 15 (cf. diagram). Class V will occur
in cements low in lime and will differ only in the relative amounts of the
different phases from pure slag cements whose compositions lie below the line
joining the calcium orthosilicate and 2Ca0.x\lo03.Si02 compositions. Type V
is dependent on the nature and location of point 13 and is to be regarded as
tentative.

If solid solutions are formed they are very limited in extent and are not
sufficient to affect the optical properties of either silicate, the lime or the
aluminate. This fact serves to give greater definiteness to the problem and
an unexpectedly clear field for studies of the cement-forming quality of
clinkers of nearly related composition but different chemical constitution.
It therefore seems inevitable that such studies will lead to more reliable
standards in cement practice.

The diagram indicates that the constitution of slag cement will be seriously
affected by relatively small differences of composition in the neighborhood of
the line joining the compounds calcium orthosilicate and 2CaO.Al203.SiO^.
It is, however, unwise to draw positive conclusions about the character of
this portion of the diagram until it has been more carefully studied.

Incidentally, it has been observed that Fe.O., appears not to form solid
solutions with CaO, 2CaO.SiOo, or 3Ca0.x'\i263. It does appear to react
in some way with 5CaO. 3x^120,, but the nature of this reaction has not yet
been studied. Attention should also be called in passing to the important
fact that FcoO, dissociates at about 1400° with the formation of FegO^ — a
fact which seems to have been overlooked by some investigators.

Finally, too great importance can not be given to the constant use of the
microscope in cement study and practice. It is not improbable that micro-
scopic examination will eventually provide much of the information desired
about the constitution of test samples, with the advantage over chemical
methods of giving immediate results.

It remains to determine the isotherms of the diagram and to determine
whether or not the five typical "clinkers" possess any dift'erences in proper-
ties when hydrated to form cement. The work on the isotherms is well
under way.

(2) Recent investigations into the nature of cement at the Geophysical Laboratory,
Carnegie Institution of Washington. E. S. Shepherd. Eng. News, 65, 350.
1911.

A briefer presentation of No. i above for the use of engineers.

94 REPORTS ON INVESTIGATIONS AND PROJECTS.

(3) Die Rolle des Wassers im Tremolit und gewissen anderen Mineralien. E. T. Allen

und J. K. Clement. Z. anorg. Cheni. 68, 317. 1910.

A German translation of "The role of water in tremolite and certain other
minerals" (Am. J. Sci. (4) 26, loi, 1908). Reviewed in Year Book No. 7,
p. lOI.

(4) Quarz als geologisches Thermometer. Fred. Eugene Wright und Esper S. Larsen.

Z. anorg. Chem. 68, 338. 1910.

A German translation of "Quartz as a geologic thermometer" (Am. J. Sci.
(4), 27, 421, 1909). Reviewed in Year Book No. 8, p. 103.

(5) Die binaren Systeme von Tonerde mit Kieselsaure, Kalk, und Magnesia. E. S.

Shepherd und G. A. Rankin ; nebst optischen Untersuchungen von Fred.
Eugene Wright. Z. anorg. Chem. 68, 370. 1910.

A German translation of "The binary systems of alumina with silica, lime,
and magnesia" (x\m. J. Sci. (4), 28, 293, 1909). In this translation certain
minor changes have been made in the text in consequence of later experi-
mental work and all temperatures are expressed in terms of the new Day
and Sosman high-temperature scale (1910). The original paper is reviewed
in Year Book No. 8, p. 104, the temperature scale in Year Book No. 9, p. 93.

(6) Die genaue Bestimmung von Schwefel in Pyrit und Markasit. E. T. Allen und

John Johnston. Z. anorg. Chem. 69, 102. 1910.

A German translation of "The exact determination of sulphur in pyrite
and marcasite" (J. Ind. Eng. Chem., 2, i, 1910). Reviewed in Year Book
No. 9, p. 97.

(7) The transmission of light through transparent inactive crystal plates, with special

reference to observations in convergent polarized light. Fred. Eugene Wright.
Am. J. Sci. (4), 31, 157. 1911.

Reviewed in Year Book No. 9, p. 100.

(8) Schmelzpunktsbestimmungen. Walter P. White. Z. anorg. Chem. 69, 305. 1911.

A German translation of "Melting-point determination" (Am. J. Sci. (4)
28, 453, 1909) . Reviewed in Year Book No. 8, p. 106.

(9) Schmelzpunktsmethoden bei hohen Temperaturen. Walter P. White. Z. anorg.

Chem. 69, 331. 191 1.

A German translation of "Melting-point methods at high temperatures"
(Am. J. Sci. (4), 28, 474, 1909). Reviewed in Year Book No. 8, p. 104.

(10) The melting points of minerals in the light of recent investigations on the gas

thermometer. Arthur L. Day and Robert B. Sosman. Am. J. Sci. (4) 31, 341.
1911.

When the work of the Geophysical Laboratory was begun, no tempera-
tures above 1150° C. had ever been accurately measured with the nitrogen
thermometer. It had been the custom of the Reichsanstalt to interpret the
readings of a thermo-element above 1150° by first calculating the curve of
temperature and thermal electromotive force of the element for the region
between 400° and 1150°, and then extrapolating this curve. The fixed tem-
peratures commonly printed on high-temperature measuring devices, like
the Siemens and Halske direct-reading galvanometers, are based on this
extrapolation.

The absolute accuracy of the Reichsanstalt scale (400° to 1150°) was
estimated to be about 3° at 1150°, and the extrapolation above 1150° with

G^OPHYSICAI^ LABORATORY. 95

the thermo-element is certainly in error by more than ten times this amount
at the melting-point of platinum. It was therefore deemed necessary to
undertake a new investigation of the high-temperature region with the gas
thermometer, and in particular to extend its range for a considerable interval
above 1150°, in order that a sound basis might be established for the mineral
work of this laboratory.

Accordingly, such an investigation was begun in 1904, and the final results
were published within the past year.* It proved possible not only to attain
higher accuracy in the region between 400° and 1150°, but to extend the
fundamental measurements to 1550°, with an accuracy estimated at 2° at the
latter temperature.

In the meantime, the temperature measurements made in this laboratory
with thermo-elements had been interpreted in the old way, by extrapolating
the curve of temperature and thermal electromotive force. These results
now require to be corrected by the amount of the difference between the old
temperature scale and the new, which makes it necessary to recalculate the
existing temperature data of this laboratory in terms of the new scale. This
paper presents a summary of the values resulting from this recalculation.

Some of the European students of silicate solutions have encountered
difficulties in the determination of mineral melting-points which have led to
the belief that most or perhaps all minerals do not melt at a determinable
"point," but rather that the phenomena of melting extend through a con-
siderable temperature interval. Experimental evidence is here offered, in
the case of two of the typical minerals in question, that this uncertainty was
merely the result of the experimental method employed. This is a matter of
some importance, because the above conclusion, if true, would necessitate a
new system of definitions for melting silicates.

(11) Ein neues petrographisches Mikroskop. Fred. Eugene Wright. Tschermak's Min.

Pet. Mitt. 29, 489. 1910.

A German translation of "A new petrographic microscope" (Am. J. Sci.
(4) 29, 407, 1910). Reviewed in Year Book No. 9, p. 95.

(12) The influence of pressure on the melting points of certain metals. John Johnston

and L. H. Adams. Am. J. Sci. (4) 31, 501. 191 1.

The authors have been engaged in developing methods and apparatus by
means of which it will be possible to investigate the effects of high tempera-
tures and pressures on certain systems and reactions, and especially those in
which water plays an important part. The work has progressed until now
we are able to introduce into the bomb current leads and thermo-element
wires in such a manner that the wires are all thoroughly insulated elec-
trically, and the joint remains absolutely pressure-tight. Thus, it is possible
to heat a substance to somewhat over 400°, under pressures up to 2,000 atmos-
pheres, and to measure both temperature and pressure with precision. More-
over, the whole system, by reason of the special methods of construction
adopted, is absolutely free from pressure leaks, even when the bomb is
repeatedly closed and opened, disconnected from, and reconnected with, the
remainder of the high-pressure system. For instance, on one occasion heat-
ing was continued for 30 hours continuously at a pressure of 1800 atmos-
pheres, without sensible loss of pressure in the whole interval.

* Day and Clement, Am. J. Sci. (4) 26, 405, 1908 ; Day and Sosman, Am J. Sci. (4)
29, 93. 1910. R. B. Sosman, Am. J. Sci. (4) 30, i. 1910.

g6 REPORTS ON INVESTIGATIONS AND PROJECTS.

With this apparatus, the mehing-points of tm, bismuth, cadmium, and lead
were determined, first at atmospheric pressure, and afterward with a gradual
increase of the pressure up to 2,000 atmospheres. The change of melting
temperature with pressure was found to be an accurately linear function of
the pressure.

By substitution in the Clausius-Clapeyron equation of the data of Vicen-
tini and Omodei on the volume-change at the melting-point, and of Person
on the latent heat of fusion, dt/dp was calculated for each of the four
metals. The calculated values are in satisfactory agreement with those
observed. Incidentally, a convenient standard curve for the calibration of
copper constantan thermo-elements at temperatures from o to 425° has also
been computed and included in the paper,

(13) The phenomenon of occlusion in precipitates of barium sudfate and its relation to
the exact determination of sulfate. John Johnston and L. H. Adams. J. Am.
Chem. Soc, 33, 829. 1911.

The occlusion by barium sulphate of other sulphates is a general phe-
nomenon. The amount of this occlusion depends upon (a) the composition
of the original solution; (b) the fineness of the precipitate, which in turn is
conditioned by the degree of solubility of barium sulphate in the particular
medium, the rate of precipitation, and the time and manner of standing
between precipitation and filtration. The phenomenon is therefore in all
probability an absorption at the surface of the grains of the precipitate, since
it is affected by the factors just mentioned.

On the basis of the knowledge gained in this way, attempts were made
to find a direct method for the determination of sulphate which should be
generally applicable, exact, and require only small and easily determined
corrections. The following procedure is suggested: To the solution (300 c.c.
for a precipitate to weigh 2 grams) add 50 c.c. of concentrated hydrochloric
acid, heat to boiling, and precipitate, stirring constantly, with a 10 per cent
solution of barium chloride. This should be added at such a rate that about
four minutes is required in running in the 22 c.c. necessary ; the rate is best
regulated by attaching a suitable capillary tip to the burette containing the
barium chloride solution. Evaporate the whole to dryness on the steam-bath
(this may be done immediately after precipitation), take up with hot water,
filter through paper, wash until the washings are free from chloride, ignite
very carefully (so as to obviate reduction), and heat to constant weight over
a Bunsen burner. The necessary correction is determined by a concurrent
calibration of the method; that is, by dissolving an equivalent weighed
amount of pure dry sodium (or potassium) sulphate in a medium such that
the resulting solution is as nearly as may be of the same composition as the
solution to be analyzed ; the sulphate in this comparison solution is then
determined precisely as above. The difference between the calculated amount
of barium sulphate and that actually found is the correction to be applied to
the weight of the precipitate obtained in the actual analysis.

This procedure, as compared with that advocated by Allen and Johnston,
is easier and much more rapid ; it is, however, not so generally applicable,
but may be used whenever the composition of the solution containing the
sulphate to be determined is known approximately ; and, we believe, will
yield results, accurate to dz 0.05 per cent of the total sulphate present, in
most cases likely to occur in general analytical work.

GEOPHYSICAL LABORATORY. 97

(14) Vorlaufiger Bericht iiber das ternare System CaO-AUOa-SiO:. Eine Unter-

suchung uber die Konstitution der Portlandzement Klinker. E. S. Shepherd
und G. A. Rankin; nebst optischen Untersuchungen von Fred. E. Wright.
Z. anorg. Chem. 71, 19. 191 1.

A German translation of the "Preliminary report on the ternary system
CaO-AlgOs-SiOo. A study of the constitution of Portland cement clinker"
(Jour. Ind. Eng. Chem., 3, i, 191 1). Reviewed under No. i above (p. 92).

(15) Recent advances in high-temperature gas thermometry. Arthur L. Day. Trans.

Faraday Soc. London. Vol. vii, 191 1.

An address before the Faraday Society of London, reviewing the more
important features of the recent work with the gas thermometer conducted
at this laboratory. This work is briefly described under No. 20 (p. 99).

(16) Die Untersuchung von Sihkaten. Arthur L. Day. Z. Elektrochem., 17, 609. 191 1.

An address given at the annual convocation of the Bunsen Gesellschaft,
held at Kiel, Germany, reviewing some of the more interesting phases in the
laboratory investigation of silicates compared with some of the more familiar
fields of physico-chemical research.

(17) The detection of small heat effects at high temperatures. (Abstract.) Walter P.

White. Phys. Rev., 32,604. 191 1.

In calorimetric work at ordinary temperatures, stirring is generally neces-
sary to equalize temperatures. Although the need for it is enormously
greater in the hot electric furnace, where the surrounding temperature
diflferences are much greater, and convection and radiation are far more
active, the difficulty of providing for stirring by means of the few materials
available at high temperatures is so great that stirring has almost never been
tried, and observers have been satisfied to do as well as they could with the
uneven temperatures which prevailed in its absence. This has been made
easier because the work done has dealt largely with melting-points, where
quantitative measurement of heat is not required. Although the results are
far less perfect than can be obtained at low temperatures, they have generally
proved sufficient for the purpose in view. Some experimenters, however,
have applied the melting-point arrangements to the quantitative determina-
tion of heat effects, even claiming more than i per cent accuracy. Others,
on the contrary, have shown a disposition to reject almost all evidence as to
heat quantity based on observations made with the electric furnace. A fair
opinion seems to lie between these two views. Determinations in the electric
furnace usually show an almost surprising reproducibility, which tends
strongly to convey a false impression of accuracy. Large systematic errors,
however, are usually present, especially where only one or two thermo-
elements are used, since the temperature at any given point affords a very
imperfect indication of the average value of the temperature in either fur-
nace or charge, while the distribution in both is liable to change both with
time and with temperature. It follows, then, that where reproducibility is
the main essential, results of high accuracy can often be obtained, but for
absolute results the very greatest patience and thoroughness are needed in
varying the conditions and otherwise eliminating possible systematic errors.

In the detection of slight heat effects, high absolute accuracy is not ex-
pected. Hence, in this direction relatively great success can be obtained.

The general principle of the method is simple and fairly familiar. No
moving bodies are present, and changes in the temperature of the charge are
brought about solely by changing the furnace temperature. The heat effects

7 — YB

98 REPORTS ON INVESTIGATIONS AND PROJECTS.

in the charge are inferred from the changes in its temperature. The tem-
perature of the charge thus depends upon two things: first, the furnace
temperature, and second, the heat efTects in the charge. The manipulation
consists (after the furnace is once loaded) in observing (usually once a
minute) the temperature rise, regulating the furnace current accordingly,
and observing, either directly or indirectly, the temperature difference of
furnace and charge.

The interpretation of the results may, in theory, be made very simple.

The temperature gradient, G, between charge and furnace, serves as the
measure of heat-flow to the charge. The flow actually is proportional to G,
and to the heat-transmittance, F, of the space between furnace and charge.
The exact values of both G and F are usually unknown, and, as already
stated, may vary with time, temperature, rate of heating, etc., so that accu-
rate heat determinations by means of them, though possible, are more diffi-
cult than has sometimes been realized. But in the detection of a small heat
effect we have merely to determine the change in G caused by the addition of
the effect to the heat which is required to change the temperature of the
charge. For instance, a silicate charge (2 grams) of specific heat 0.3, heated
10° per minute, lagged 3° behind the furnace (G' = 3°). Hence 3° in G
corresponds to 3 calories per minute. If an inversion absorbing 3 calories
and extending over 100° should occur, G would be increased o.i, or 0.3° for
10 minutes; if the inversion should take place in one minute, G would be
doubled, or increased 3°, etc. The detection of small heat-effects is easier:
(i) The larger G is, per calorie per minute, (2) the freer G is from other
variations, (3) the quicker the inversion occurs; it is only sluggish inversions
whose detection gives any trouble.

G increases with the furnace-rate ; hence a rapid rate is of the first im-
portance. G also increases with the diameter of the charge, but can be made
steadier in the case of a small charge, and the advantage of the small charge
appears to be greater on the whole. Fluctuations in the furnace rate cause
variations in G; these are partly eliminated by measuring G, not between
charge and furnace, but between the charge and another body ("neutral
body" or "dead body") closely resembling it. For the best results the other
body is used, and the furnace is regulated as carefully as possible, besides.
Runs are also made with both bodies alike, to eliminate effects due to the
thermo-elements or to the lack of symmetry between the two bodies, and, of
course, repetitions eliminate accidental irregularities. The apparatus now
used is small, two platinum crucibles holding i c.c. each, 3 mm. apart, and
surrounded by a wider porcelain tube to increase uniformity of temperature.
A differential thermo-element is also used, which gives directly the tempera-
ture difference of the two bodies at any instant. This not only increases
accuracy, but saves much tedious computation, necessary when the tempera-
tures are read separately. A complete platinum inclosure shields the whole
system from leakage currents out of the furnace-coil. In one set of deter-
minations made on different days with the same set-up, conditions were
reproduced over a 300° interval with a maximum variation of from 0.03° to
0.06° in the different determinations. This was with a silicate charge and
indicates that i calorie distributed over 100° could often be detected. But
this would be a more difficult case than has yet been found in practice. In
one case it was observed that the first heating in each day, which, of course,
occurred immediately after the furnace had been cold, gave results differing
by 0.3° from later heatings, although the furnace was cooled 300° between
all the heatings. This condition reproduced itself at 0.1° on successive days

GEOPHYSICAL LABORATORY. 99

and could, therefore, be largely eliminated, but might prove decidedly decep-
tive if overlooked, and if the heat effect was, as often happens, one occurring
only in the first heating. This circumstance well illustrates the care which
must be taken to avoid systematic errors in this kind of work, and the danger
of assuming too hastily that the precautions in this direction have been
sufficient.

(i8) Die Schmelzpunkte der Mineralien im Lichte nearer Untersnchungen iiber das
Gasthermometer. Arthur L. Day und Robert B. Sosman. Z. anorg. Chem. 72,
I. 1911.

A German translation of "The melting-points of minerals in the light of
recent investigations on the gas thermometer" (Am. J. Sci. (4), 31, 341,
1911). Reviewed under No. lo (p. 94).

(19) Der Einfluss des Druckes auf die Schmelzpunkte einiger INIetalle. John Johnston

und L. H. Adams. Z. anorg. Chem. "jz, 11. ipri.

.\ German translation of "The influence of pressure on the melting-points
of certain metals" (Am. J. Sci. (4), 31, 501, 191 1). Reviewed under Xo. 12
(P-95)-

(20) High-temperature gas thermometry. Arthur L. Day and Robert B. Sosman. With

an investigation of the metals by E. T. Allen. Publication No. 157, Carnegie
Institution of Washington.

It is now something over five years since the Geophysical Laboratory took
up the task of redetermining the absolute temperature scale from 400° to
1100° with the nitrogen thermometer, and of extending it, if it should prove
practicable to do so, to 1600° C, covering the region in which are found
most of the mineral relations which it is the chief purpose of the laboratory
to study. Two preliminary publications have been made during the investi-
gation. One, a brief summary of preliminary work up to 1100°, was given
before the National x\cademy of Sciences and the American Physical Society
in April 1907 ;* the second covered the same ground at considerable length
in 1908. t A final paper J extending the observations to 1550° and a supple-
mentary paper § on the use of thermo-elements throughout the entire range
from zero to melting platinum appeared in 1910 and completed the work
contemplated under the original plan.

The gas-thermometer problem at the present stage of its development has
become primarily a problem for experimental study with two definite pur-
poses, one to increase the accuracy of the measurements, the other to increase
their range. The application of the gas laws is no longer subject to serious
question. The progress of recent years has given us electric heating in place
of gas and the consequent possibility of controlling the temperature with
great certainty and exactness. It has also given us the metal bulb with a
definite and measurable expansion coefficient and capable of holding the
expanding gas w^ithout loss. It has discovered a gas which does not dift'use
through the bulb or react with it chemically, which does not dissociate within
the limits of practicable measurement, and of which the expansion can be
expressed with reasonable certainty in terms of the Kelvin thermodynamic
scale whenever it may prove necessary or desirable to do so. It has also
discovered the source of the errors in the thermo-elements and a way to
avoid them.

* Abstract. Phys. Rev. 24. 531. 1907.
t Amer. Jour. Sci. (4) , 26, 405-463. 1908.
4 Amer. Jour. Sci. (4), 29, 93-161. 1910.
§ Amer. Jour. Sci. (4), 30, 1-15. 1910.

100 REPORTS ON INVESTIGATIONS AND PROJECTS.

In 1904 Professor Holborn, of the Reichsanstalt, increased the range of
this scale as far as 1600° C, the probable error of the new portion being 10°.
Simultaneously with this effort, work was begun at the Geophysical Labora-
tory in Washington with a view to increasing the accuracy of the scale, first
over the existing range (to 1150°), and later as much beyond this point as it
should prove practicable to go.

The errors which have heretofore been present in measurements with the
nitrogen thermometer have been reduced by the present investigation to about
one-fourth their former magnitude, and the certainty of their evaluation is
at least proportionately increased.

The following points have received particular attention :

(i) To provide a uniform temperature about the bulb by a suitable ar-
rangement of electric-heating coils and diaphragms.

(2) To inclose the furnace in a gas-tight bomb in which the pressure out-
side the bulb can be maintained equal to that within for all temperatures.
This offers three distinct advantages: (a) it provides against the deforma-
tion of the bulb through differences of pressure within and without in the
region of highest temperatures, where the bulb material becomes softer; (b)
by using the same gas within and without, there is no tendency for it to
diffuse through the bulb wall; (c) it enables the initial pressure to be varied
within considerable limits, thereby increasing both the scope and sensitive-
ness of the manometer. The sensitiveness in our instrument with this
arrangement was about three times that of the Reichsanstalt.

(3) The expansion of the bulb material was determined with great care
and is probably accurate within 0.5 per cent.

(4) The unheated space between the bulb and manometer has been re-
duced until the total correction in this hitherto uncertain region amounts to
less than 4° at 1100°. An error of 5 per cent in the determination of its
volume or temperature distribution is, therefore, practically negligible.

It is probable that these changes serve to reduce the uncertainty hitherto
prevailing in the correction factors which require to be applied to the gas
thermometer in the region of 1100° to less than one-tenth of its former mag-
nitude. Furthermore, these improvements are equally applicable throughout
the region above 1100° as far as the present measurements have extended
(to 1550°).

The chief source of present uncertainty is the temperature distribution
over the surface of the bulb in an air-bath. It would be possible to eliminate
this error in the lower portion of the scale by substituting a liquid bath which
could be stirred. In fact, this was done for temperatures below 500° in the
earlier work of Holborn and Day, but has not so far been tried in the present
investigation, because of the relatively secondary importance of the lower
temperatures to the ultimate purpose of the investigation (the study of sili-
cates). For the higher temperatures no satisfactory liquid bath has been
found.

The interpretation of these measurements in terms of the melting-points
of readily available substances encounters certain difficulties. The melting-
point of pure salts is not sufficiently sharp and is somewhat difficult of inter-
pretation. The metals which have commonly been used for the purpose,
with the possible exception of nickel and cobalt, are, however, obtainable in
sufficiently uniform purity to guarantee an accuracy within 1° at the higher
temperatures.

GEOPHYSICAL LABORATORY. lOI

Xo effort has been made to prepare metals of exceptional purity in our
own laboratory, for the reason that such metals would not be available for
general use and would therefore be of little service. We have accordingly
adopted metals which are carried permanently in stock by dealers whose
names are given in connection with each, from whom the same metal in a
nominal quality equal to that which we used can be readily obtained. We
have analyzed these with extreme care to show the exact content of the sam-
ple supplied us. We have duplicated the purchases ourselves, and have found
no errors greater than i° in their melting-point determination.

Another difficulty arises from the fact that the melting-points of the purest
metals available for use as constants in reproducing a high-temperature scale
Czinc, silver, gold, copper, and palladium) are distributed in such a way that,
although they may be located upon the gas-thermometer scale with a proba-
ble error not greater than 0.5° at low temperatures or 1° at high tempera-
tures, the calculation of a similar curve passing through these points may not
suffice to reproduce the scale with this accuracy. In the region midway
between zinc (418.2°) and silver (960.0°) the error of interpolation may
amount to 2°, and between copper and palladium to 5°, even with metals of
exceptional purity. Extrapolation is even more uncertain.

In order to facilitate as far as possible the application of these results in
general practice, a typical thermo-element curve has been tabulated in small
10° intervals throughout its entire length from melting ice to melting plati-
num, together with a diagram showing the character and magnitude of the
variation from this curve which may be expected to appear in other thermo-
elements of the same nominal composition (90 parts platinum, 10 parts rho-
dium). With a new platin rhodium thermo-element of undoubted homoge-
neity, but unknown constants, it is quite practicable with this table to prepare
a curve of its electromotive force for any temperature with sufficient accu-
racy for most purposes (say 5° at low temperatures and ± 10° above 1200°)
from a single determination in melting copper. If this accuracy is inade-
quate, additional determinations of its electromotive force at other tempera-
tures of the list below will help to fix it more closely.

There is no sure way to guard against the contaminating influence of
metal-vapors upon a thermo-element in laboratory or industrial practice, al-
though glazed porcelain is usually effective. There are very simple and rapid
means of detecting contamination in an element and determining its distribu-
tion, and with a second element at hand for an occasional comparison there
is little of serious danger from this cause. In any case, the slight inconven-
ience is well worth while wherever considerable accuracy is sought, for there
is no other device yet available, in the region between 1100° and 1600°,
which is comparable with the thermo-element in sensitiveness and general
practicability.

In conclusion, the list of standard melting-points is given in tabular form,
together with an estimate of the degree of trustworthiness to be accorded to
each. Beside it for convenient comparison is the present Reichsanstalt scale.
It may be added that no indication of a limit to the temperature attainable
with the nitrogen thermometer or to its ultimate accuracy was discovered
during the present investigation.

102

REPORTS ON inve;stigations and projects.

List of standard inciting points.

Substance.

Point.

Atmosphere.

Crucible.

Tempera-
ture.

Reichs-
anstalt
scale.

Melting and
freezing.
Do

Air..

Carbon monoxide..
. ...Do

Graphite

o
418.2 + 0.3

629.2 ± 0.5
960.0 ±0.7

1062.4 ± 0.8
1082.6+0.8
1391.3 + 1.5

1452.3 + 2.0

1489.8 + 2.0
1549.2 + 2.0

1549.5 + 2.0

0
419.0

630.6
961-5
1064.0
1084. I

i575-t

Do

Do

Do

Gold

Do

Do

Do

Do . .

..Do

Do

Diopside

(pure).
Nickel

Cobalt

Melting

Melting and

freezing.

Do

Air

Platinum.

Magnesia and mag-
nesium aluminate.
Magnesia

Hydrogen and ni-
trogen.
Do

Palladium.

Do

Air

Pure magnesia

Platinum

Anorthite . ..

Melting

Do

In addition the following temperatures were incidentally obtained :

Substance.

Point.

Atmosphere.

Crucible.

Tempera-
ture.

Reichs-

anstalt
scale.

Cadmium . . .

Aluminum . .
lyioSiOg

Melting and
freezing.

Freezing

Melting

Do.

Air

Graphite

0
320.0 ± 0.3

658.0 + 0.6
1201 ± I
17^1
1755- ±5

0
321-7

657

Carbon monoxide..
Air

Do

Platinum

Do

(21) The methods of petrographic-microscopic research: Their relative accuracy and
. range of application. Fred. Eugene Wright. Publication No. 158, Carnegie
Institution of Washington. (In press.)

During the past six years the work with artificial silicate preparations in
the Geophysical Laboratory has imposed new and difficult problems to be
solved by the microscope. Not only are such preparations very fine-grained,
but the degree of accuracy of each measurement must be definitely known if
it is to be applied without reserve to geophysical problems. To meet these
new conditions, it has been necessary to devise new methods, involving ex-
tensive alterations in the microscope, and also to test the different methods
available for the determination of the optical constants of minerals in the
thin section and to ascertain their relative accuracy and general applicability.
As a result of these tests, the methods best adapted for work with artificial
and all fine-grained preparations are now fairly well established and their
application has become in large measure a matter of routine.

Minerals are determined under the microscope by means of their crystallo-
graphic and optic properties ; the more accurately such properties or constants
can be ascertained for any given mineral, the more reliable and satisfactory
is the determination. The optical properties thus made use of in the practical
determination of minerals under the microscope are, briefly: refractive in-
dices, birefringence, optic axial angle, optical character, extinction angle,
color, and pleochroism. By means of these properties alone, it is not only
possible to ascertain the crystal system to which a given mineral belongs, but
also by a short process of elimination to determine definitely the mineral in
question. This process has been carried to such refinement in certain in-
stances, as, for example, in the isomorphous series of the plagioclase feld-
spars, that by optical properties alone the actual chemical composition of the
particular plagioclase under observation can be obtained with considerable
accuracy.

ge:ophysical laboratory. 103

The optical and crystallographic characters which thus serve in the micro-
scopical examination of minerals can be grouped into two classes, those of
the first class (crystal habit, color, pleochroism and absorption, optical char-
acter of elongation, optical character of the mineral, and dispersion of the
optic axes and bisectrices) being ascertained usually by direct observation
without measurement, while for the second class (cleavage angles, extinction
angles, optic axial angle, refractive indices, and birefringence) numerical
values obtained by actual measurement are required. The properties included
in the first group are used as a general rule only in an essentially qualitative
way in microscopic work and can usually be recognized at a glance. For
these the ordinary petrographic microscope suffices. But in the second group
the quantitative element predominates ; and, as such, demands accurate, pre-
cise measurements. In ordinary petrographic work, however, these proper-
ties are only very roughly measured, and are then expressed in general terms,
as optic axial angle, large ; birefringence, strong, etc., actual numerical data
being rarely given. But with the increased knowledge of rocks and minerals
thus attained, the demand for data which are precise and quantitative in
character, rather than qualitative, has become more imperative, with the re-
sult that at the present time a thorough petrographic investigation should
contain accurately determined optical constants of each of the rock-forming
minerals examined, and, in critical instances, the probable error of each
determination.

The present publication aims to ofi:'er a connected presentation of the entire
investigation of the petrographic microscope so far as it has been carried, in
which the different methods are coordinated and the significance and useful-
ness of each particular method is made to appear in its proper relation. An
effort has been made to establish the limits of accuracy of each method as
ordinarily used, and also the limits of accuracy theoretically attainable in
measurements of this kind.

It may be stated, as a result of experience, that on clear individual grains
measuring from o.oi to 0.03 mm. in diameter, all the optic properties ordi-
narily employed in the petrographic microscopic investigation of minerals
in the thin section can now be determined with a satisfactory degree of
accuracy.

The introductory chapter contains a statement of the general theory of
the microscope and the uses of its individual parts and accessories. Chapter I
includes the application of the microscope in the determination of proper-
ties of the first class (color, pleochroism, absorption, crystal habit, optical,
character, dispersion, etc.), which do not admit of numerical measurement.
The properties of the second class which admit of accurate determination
and numerical expression are treated in the following chapters : Chapter II.
Refractive indices ; III, Birefringence ; IV, Extinction angles ; V, Optic axial
angles.

(22) Melting temperatures of sodium and lithium metasilicates. F. M. Jaeger. Jour.
Wash. Acad. Sci., i, 49. 191 1.

Several carefully made and analyzed preparations of sodium and of lithium
metasilicate were studied in this laboratory with a view to establishing a con-
venient standard melting temperature in the interval between the melting-
point of copper (1082.6°) and that of diopside (1391°).

The melting-point of lithium metasilicate was found to be 1201° ±1°, the
uncertainty depending upon the care with which this synthetic preparation is
made up. Sodium luetasilicate is more viscous and undercools in solidifying
to such an extent that no fixed solidifying temperature can be determined by

104 REPORTS ON INVESTIGATIONS AND PROJECTS.

the usual method of cooHng curves. This fact explains the wide variations
between existing determinations by different observers. The melting tem-
perature is not subject to this limitation, and appears with reasonable prompt-
ness at 1088° with a probable uncertainty of 2°. The densities and some of
the optical constants of the crystals were determined for the preparations
used.

(23) Minerals and rocks of the composition MgSiOs-CaSiOs-FeSiOs. Robert B. Sos-

man. Jour. Wash. Acad. Sci., i, 54. 191 1.

This paper is a partial report on a study from the statistical standpoint of
certain rocks and minerals having a composition corresponding to a mixture
of the metasilicates of magnesia, lime, and ferrous iron. The method of
treatment is already familiar to mineralogists and petrologists through the
publications of Vogt.

(24) The mineral sulphides of iron. E. T. Allen, J. L. Crenshaw, and John Johnston;

with Crystallographic study by E. S. Larsen. (In press.)

The formation of iron disulphide was accomplished (i) by the action of
hydrogen sulphide on ferric salts, or the action of sulphur and hydrogen
sulphide on ferrous salts; (2) by the addition of sulphur from solution to
amorphous ferrous sulphide or pyrrhotite; (3) by the action of soluble poly-
sulphides on ferrous salts ; (4) by the action of soluble thiosulphates on fer-
rous salts according to the equation 4M2S2O3 -|- Fexs = 3M2SO4 + FeSg +
2Mx -|- 3S. The first three methods may be generalized as the action of
sulphur on ferrous sulphide: (i) in acid solutions; (2) in nearly neutral
solutions; and (3) in alkaline solutions, since in (i) we may assume that
ferrous sulphide first forms by the action of hydrogen sulphide on the fer-
rous salt, and in (3) we know that polysulphides first precipitate a mixture
of ferrous sulphide and sulphur. Marcasite was obtained with certainty
only by method (i) ; low temperatures and free acid favor its formation.
A solution containing about i per cent of free sulphuric acid at 100° gives
pure marcasite. Less acid solutions at higher temperatures give mixtures of
marcasite and pyrite. The other methods give pyrite, which, under certain
conditions, may be mixed with amorphous disulphide. It is possible that
some marcasite may be formed by method (4).

Marcasite and pyrite were identified in the above products : (i) by micro-
scopic examination and crystallographic measurement; marcasite crystals
with the proper axial ratio were prepared for the first time : (2) by Stokes's
oxidation method. This method serves also for the analysis of mixtures of
the two minerals.

Marcasite changes to pyrite with evolution of heat. The change proceeds
very slowly at 450° and is not accelerated by pressures even of 10,000 atmos-
pheres. Marcasite is monotropic toward pyrite. This is in accord with the
greater inclination of marcasite to oxidize, its assumed greater solubility, and
the fact that its formation is conditioned by the composition of the solution
from which it crystallizes.

The fact that marcasite never occurs as a primary constituent of magmas,
while pyrite sometimes does, is explained by the fact that marcasite can not
exist above 450°. The formation of pyrite in deep veins and hot springs is
explained by the fact that the waters from which it came contained no strong
acid.^ The marcasite of surface veins was probably formed from cold acid
solutions, while mixtures of marcasite with pyrite were probably conditioned
by higher temperature (up to 300° or 400°), or the presence of less acid, or

GEOPHYSICAL LABORATORY, 105

both. Micro-organisms may have been active in the formation of pyrite and
marcasite by giving rise to hydrogen sulphide.

Pyrrhotite was formed by the decomposition of pyrite or by heating
marcasite, or by heating iron with excess of sulphur. The dissociation of
pyrite into pyrrhotite and sulphur is readily reversible. At 565° (about)
pyrite and pyrrhotite are in equilibrium with the partial pressure of sulphur
in HgS, which here amounts to about 5 mm. (data of Preunner and Schupp) ;
at 550° in hydrogen sulphide, the pyrrhotite passes into pyrite, and at 575°
the reverse action proceeds. At about 665° the evolution of sulphur from
pyrite becomes rapid and a marked absorption of heat results. The pressure
of the sulphur-vapor here reaches one atmosphere.

Pyrrhotite is of variable composition. Its composition at any temperature
depends on the pressure of sulphur-vapor in which it is heated. Though it
has not been found feasible to vary the temperature and pressure inde-
pendently, a series of products were prepared by first decomposing pyrite
and then reheating the resulting material to various measured temperatures
in hydrogen sulphide and then chilling in the same or cooling in nitrogen.
The products lowest in sulphur were obtained in the latter way. These
products all resemble natural pyrrhotite in physical and chemical properties.
Their specific volumes vary continuously with composition and pyrrhotite is
therefore to be regarded as a solid solution of sulphur in ferrous sulphide.
The maximum percentage of dissolved sulphur in synthetic pyrrhotite was
6.04 per cent at 600°. By extrapolation the saturated solution at 565°,
below which point pyrite forms, was estimated to be 6.5 per cent. This
corresponds closely to the maximum percentage of sulphur reported in
natural pyrrhotite.

Equilibria between pyrrhotite and the partial pressure of sulphur in dis-
sociated hydrogen sulphide were determined at ditTerent temperatures, by
sufficiently long heating and then rapid cooling. The dissolved sulphur
varied under these conditions from 6.0 per cent at 600° to 2.0 per cent at
1300°. The curve shows a discontinuity at the melting temperature, at the
beginning of which there is a sudden decrease in the percentage of sulphur.

The melting-point of pure ferrous sulphide could not be exactly deter-
mined, because the compound dissociates at high temperatures into its ele-
ments. By heating it in a vacuum this dissociation was placed beyond doubt,
though the dissociation was so slow that the melting-point could be located
approximately. It may safely be put at 1170° d= 5°. In hydrogen sulphide,
the melting temperature is raised because the solid solution thus formed con-
tains more sulphur than the first portion of liquid to which it melts. The
limits of the melting interval can not be determined as yet, but the maximum
heat absorption falls at 1183°. In one atmosphere of sulphur-vapor this
temperature rises to 1187°.

Crystals of pyrrhotite, the measurements of which are recorded under
the crystallographic study, were repeatedly formed at various temperatures
between 80° and 225° by the action of hydrogen sulphide on slightly acid
solutions of ferrous salt containing some ferric salt. The product usually
contained some crystals of disulphide.

Troilite is only the end-member of the pyrrhotite series and not a distinct
mineral species. Thus far it has not been prepared free from metallic iron.

(25) Studies in ore deposition, with special reference to the sulphides of iron. E. T.
Allen. Mining and Scientific Press, 103, 413. 191 1.

A briefer presentation of No. 24 for the use of engineers.

I06 REPORTS ON INVESTIGATIONS AND PROJECTS.

(26) Quartz and fluorite as standards of density and refractive index. H. E. Merwin.

Am. J. Sci. (4), 31, 429- 191 1-
For checking the accuracy and adjustment of instruments, easily available
standards are desirable. Standards of density correct to ± o.ooi and of
refractive index correct to ±: o.oooi are particularly useful to mineralogists.
Quartz and fluorite in clear colorless varieties appear to be the only minerals
of wide distribution that are uniform enough in composition to serve as
standards of this accuracy. Therefore the density and refractive index of
these minerals at 20° have been investigated. The determined density of
quartz from 12 localities is 2.6495 ± o.ooi ; of fluorite from 9 localities,
3.180 ±0.001. By these standards the Westphal balance may be tested.
The refractive index, WNa, of 5 quartzes, determined by means of the spec-
trometer and a standardized total refractometer, was found to be 1.54425 d=
0.0001; of fluorite, the value found was 1.43385 ± o.oooi. These values
agree sufficiently closely with those of other observers.

(27) A method for determining the density of certain solids by means of Rohrbach's

solution having a standard refractive index. H. E. Merwin. Am. J. Sci.
(4)31,425. 1911.

By means of Rohrbach's solution, so prepared that the relation of its
density to its refractive index is known, the density of suitable solids between
2 and 3.5 can be determined rapidly and accurately on the total refractom-
eter by finding the refractive index of the solution while fragments of the
solid are suspended in it. The solution saturated with mercuric iodide at 20°
and at the density of ordinary ortho rhombic sulphur (2.07) has, for concen-
trations between 2.25 and 3.4, the relation ^ = 5.39^ — 6.0865, where d is
the density and 11 the refractive index.

(28) A micrometer ocular with coordinate scale. Fred. Eugene Wright. J. Wash.

Acad. Sci., 1, 60. 191 1.

This new eye-piece consists essentially of a hollow brass cylinder which
fits into the microscope tube as an ordinary eye-piece, and serves as support
for a positive Ramsden ocular in the focal plane of which a finely divided o.i
mm. coordinate scale is placed. The ocular has been designed to serve three
purposes: (i) that of an ordinary micrometer eye-piece; (2) that of a
coordinate ocular for the geometrical analysis of rock thin sections, either
by the Rosiwal method or by the less accurate method of percentage areas ;
and (3) for the measurement of the optic axial angle of mineral plates in the
thin section, provided that at least one optic axis appears in the field of view.

(29) Neuere Verbesserungen am petrographischen Mikroskop. Fred. Eugene Wright.

Centr. Min., 555. 191 1.

A brief discussion of the principles underlying the design, construction,
and adjustment of the petrographic microscope, together with a description
of recent improvements which have been made for the purpose of facilitating
the accurate measurement of the optical properties of fine-grained mineral
preparations, especially of artificial silicate melts.

(30) Recent progress in Calorimetry. Walter P. White.

I. The real vs. the supposed errors. Met. Chem. Eng., ix, 202. 191 1.
II. Details of apparatus and method. Met. Chem. Eng. ix, 296. 191 1.
III. Temperature measurement and corrections. Met. Chem. Eng., ix, 449. 1911.

A brief review of recent progress in calorimetry for the use of engineers.

DEPARTMENT OF HISTORICAL RESEARCH *

J. Franklin Jameson, Director.

The following report, the sixth annual report of the present Director,
covers the period from November i, 1910, to October 31, 191 1. The regular
staff of the Department has been increased by the addition of Mr. Leo. F.
Stock as a permanent member, and by the appointment of Miss Elizabeth P.
Donnan, heretofore professor of history and dean in Rollins College, Florida,
to take the place made vacant by the resignation of Miss Georgia Sanderlin,
who after five years of most useful and devoted service, has withdrawn on
account of illness. Mr. Leland and Miss Davenport have been in Europe
throughout the year.

The quarters of the Department have remained unchanged. It has occu-
pied the same rooms in the Bond Building, convenient and relatively satis-
factory, but not so advantageous for our work as a separate building nearer
.to the Library of Congress would be. As the year closes, the erection of a
tall building with blank walls, six feet from the windows of the Director's
office, is beginning to make that and one of the other rooms impossible for
want of light. From the middle of June until the middle of September the
office work of the Department was in the main carried on elsewhere than in
Washington, part of the staff working with the Director at North Edgecomb,
Maine, part of it in Cambridge, and part of it in Washington.

For statements respecting the general plans of the Department and the
purposes which its operations are intended to subserve, the Director begs
leave to refer to former reports, and confines the present report to state-
ments respecting the progress of specific publications and other undertak-
ings. The publications of the Department, as has been explained in previous
reports, fall naturally into two classes, the one that of reports, aids, and
guides; the other that of textual publications of documents. Under these
two heads, and a third relating to the miscellaneous activities of the Depart-
ment, the work of the past year and the plans for 1912 will be successively
considered in this report.

WORK OF THE PAST YEAR.
REIPORTS, AIDS, AND GUIDES.

Three volumes falling within this division of the Department's work have
been published during the year. Prof. Carl R. Fish's "Guide to the materials
for American history in Roman and other Italian archives" came from the

*_Address, 500 Bond Building, Washington, D. C. Grant No. 678. $23,500 for investi-
gations and maintenance during 1911. (For previous reports see Year Books Nos. 3-9.)

107

I08 REPORTS ON INVESTIGATIONS AND PROJECTS.

press in March, a volume of 289 pages, the contents and uses of which were
sufficiently described in the last annual report. Historical reviews and Euro-
pean scholars familiar with the Vatican and other Roman archives have
spoken of it since its publication in such a manner as to leave no doubt that
it will fulfill the purposes for which it was intended — to call increased atten-
tion to the value of the Roman archives for important aspects of American
history and to furnish investigators with guidance to the materials there
preserved. Mention may be made of the most accessible of these testi-
monies, the notice of the book in the American Historical Review (xvi, 822),
by Rev. Thomas Hughes, S. J.

Prof. William H. Allison's "Inventory of unpublished material for Amer-
ican religious history in Protestant Church archives and other repositories,"
a volume of 254 pages, was issued in May. Its contents were described in
the last annual report. From the nature of the case, a survey of several
score of depositories which hitherto have been little used for purposes of
historical composition and in many cases have never received systematic
arrangement, must be regarded as a pioneer attempt. Deficiencies will from
time to time be noted, and materials in repositories not known of at the time
of composition of the volume will subsequently become known. But it is
already evident that the book will be useful in stimulating work in American
religious history along lines hitherto insufficiently followed.

In September appeared Mr. David W. Parker's "Calendar of papers in
Washington archives relating to the Territories of the United States (to
1873)," a volume of 476 pages. Its arrangement, as described in last year's
report, is in the alphabetical order of former and present Territories, under
each of which, in a chronological order, appear brief notes of the contents
and place of deposit of letters and other documents, to the number of nearly
10,000 in all, which Mr. Parker has found in the various scattered archives
of Washington and which relate to the constitutional, political, and general
history of the Territories down to 1873. Published so recently, the book has
not yet come to the notice of historical scholars in any extended degree; but
it is believed that it will signalize to them an unexpected wealth of historical
material, in its particular line, in the Washington archives.

The "Guide to the manuscript materials relating to American history in
the German state archives," by Prof. Marion D. Learned, of the University
of Pennsylvania, reached the office of the Department, in its final manuscript
form, in January. Its final preparation for printing took a great deal of
time. This was partly due to the absence of several members of the Depart-
ment from Washington. Of the diminished force remaining there, only such
as had an accurate and quite extensive knowledge of earlier and later Ger-
man as v/ell as of earlier and later American history could profitably work
upon it, and these were abundantly occupied otherwise. That which remained
to do to the manuscript was in part owing to the circumstances of its prepa-
ration, which involved rapid examination of more than 40 archives, in a

DEPARTMENT OF HISTORICAL RESEARCH. IO9

period of time by no means ample. Galley-proofs of the book reached this
Department in July and the earlier part of August, but the author could not
read them at once and they have but just been returned to the printing office.
The book, including the elaborate index which it will require, will apparently
be a volume of about 350 pages. In spite of some unevenness of product in
a preliminary survey attempting to cover so much ground, it will serve many
uses — uses perhaps the more varied on account of the complexity of the
political organization of Germany in the past. Students of the diplomatic
relations between the United States on the one hand and Prussia, Saxony,
and other German States on the other, will find here exact indications of a
large amount of material, especially full and detailed in respect to the first
forty years after the acquisition of American independence. Students of
the Revolutionary War will find indications of material, far surpassing in
quantity anything that has hitherto been known, respecting the German aux-
iliary troops employed by Great Britain during that struggle, and presenting
their observations regarding its events — the evidence of eye-witnesses neither
American nor British, and therefore having an especial value. A'lost of all,
students of the great movement of German migration to the United States,
the source of at least one-sixth of our total population, will in this volume
find guidance to documents illustrating this movement, from every section
of the territories included in the present German Empire. The order of ar-
rangement in the volume presents, first, the seventeen Prussian state archives
in alphabetical order, beginning with Berlin, then the various archives of
Bavaria, then those of the other States of the present Empire, in an alpha-
betical order.

At the opening of the year the manuscript of Professor Bolton's "Guide
to the materials for United States history in Mexican archives" had just
been received. Admirably as it had been prepared, its final preparation for
the press proceeded with disappointing slowness, for reasons similar to those
which have been mentioned in the case of JMr. Learned's book. Now, how-
ever, the manuscript in its final shape has gone to press. It will make a volume
of about 400 pages of print. As little attention has in general been given by
American historical scholars to the Mexican archives, it can be predicted
with confidence that they will be surprised at the richness and variety of
their contents illustrative of the history of the United States. Mr. Bolton's
researches covered, first, the great central depository, knov/n as the Archivo
General y Publico, in the City of Mexico; secondly, the archives of the ex-
ecutive departments and the other archives of the Federal city ; and thirdly,
various archives, civil and ecclesiastical, of those provincial capitals in the
northern part of the Republic upon which portions of the present United
States formerly depended in a political or ecclesiastical sense. In each of
these three sorts of archives great stores of material for the history of Texas,
California, New Alexico, Arizona, and the Southwest in general were found
and listed. The narratives of explorers and missionaries may be instanced as

110 REPORTS ON INVESTIGATIONS AND PROJECTS.

the most interesting portion of the earlier material ; the papers relating to
boundaries and in general to diplomatic relations as the most important for
the period after the securing of independence by the United States and Mex-
ico; while the ^Mexican War and the subsequent developments of mutual
relations between the two Republics are represented by what may literally be
called enormous masses of fresh material deserving of the historian's atten-
tion.

Of the projected books respecting American papers in London archives,
one, a "Guide to the manuscript material for the history of the United States
to 1783, in the British Museum, in minor London archives, and in the Li-
braries of Oxford and Cambridge," by Prof. Charles M. Andrews and Miss
Frances G. Davenport, was issued in 1908. Ideally this book should have
been preceded by one on the materials in the Public Record Office, or chief
London archive, for the same period, and followed by one on the materials
in the various London archives relating to the period of United States his-
tory subsequent to 1783. The obstacles which have stood in the way of this
order of issue have been described in previous annual reports. In the former
case, that of the elaborate survey of Public Record Office materials for the
colonial and revolutionary periods, which has for several years been in the
charge of Prof. Charles M. Andrews, the main difficulty arose from the
extensive reclassification of certain sections of the Public Record Office
involved in the book. Of these, the sections embraced in the first half of the
book are now in their final order of arrangement and Professor Andrews has
during the past summer completed the work of recasting this half into a
permanent shape, corresponding to the present classification. As it is now
intended that his book shall appear in two volumes, the first embracing his
general introduction upon the Public Record Office and his survey of the
American materials in what are technically called the State Papers (State
Papers, Foreign ; State Papers, Domestic ; Home Office Papers ; State Pa-
pers, Colonial, etc.), the second presenting his description of what are tech-
nically called Departmental records (Admiralty, Audit Office, Custom House,
Treasury, War Office, etc.) and the miscellaneous section embracing the
papers of the High Court of Admiralty and various expired commissions
and special collections, the stage of progress now reached may be defined by
saying that volume i is now completed and substantially ready for the press.
Volume II must await the completion of the process of reclassification. The
long delays due to that process are regrettable, but have doubtless borne
fruit in further perfecting of the material, which, as no American student
of the present time or of any past period has ever acquired so large a knowl-
edge of the Public Record Office as Professor Andrews, must, it is thought,
prove invaluable to historical investigators.

The further completing of the Department's inventory of American ma-
terials in London archives consists of a guide to such of those materials as
relate to the period since 1783. This would logically follow after the two

DEPARTMENT OF HISTORICAL RESEARCH. Ill

volumes due to the labors of Professor Andrews and the volume supple-
mentary to them, already published, prepared by him and by Miss Davenport.
Since, however, the work of preparing this volume could be taken up at once,
without impediment from official changes of classification, Dr. Charles O.
Paullin and Prof. Frederic L. Paxson went to London in June 1910 upon a
mission the history of which was partly related in the last annual report.
Toward the close of the period included in that report the manuscript of
Professor Paxson's section of the book, embracing the Foreign Office, Privy
Council Office, and Board of Trade papers, from 1783 to 1837, arrived at
the office of the Department, his labors having necessarily ended in Septem-
ber 1910. Dr. Paullin, to whom the Admiralty, War Office, and Colonial
Office papers had been assigned (manuscripts in the British Museum having
been dealt with jointly), continued in London until January 1911. His
manuscript was received in INIarch. Both sections of the proposed volume
are now ready for press. ]\Ieanwhile, however, an opportunity of extending
them has arisen in such a manner as to make necessary a considerable delay
in publication.

In February 1910 application was made to the British Government,
through the kind offices of the American Secretary of State and of the
American Ambassador in London, for such official permissions as would
allow Dr. Paullin and Professor Paxson to extend the scope of their re-
searches beyond the year 1837. The departmental papers in the Public
Record Office, it may be explained, are freely open to public examination
down to 1837 (to 1850 in the case of War Office papers), though by special
permission several American students have had the opportunity to proceed
as far as 1848 in the Foreign Office papers. The eft'ort to secure the permis-
sion in the general form required by the Department's purposes was kindly
supported by Mr. Reid, American Ambassador, Mr. Bryce. British Ambassa-
dor in Washington, and others. In November consent to carry the exami-
nation of the Colonial Office papers down from 1837 to i860 was accorded,
and Dr. Paullin remained in London long enough to complete this part of
the work upon the same scale as the remainder. Shortly after his return
permission was received to extend the work, under proper official restrictions,
to the same advanced date in the Foreign Office and Admiralty papers.
Similar permission was presently received in the case of the Privy Council
Office.

In view of these new openings, it seemed best to try to complete the work
for the whole period from 1783 to i860 before publishing the data already
acquired. The Department was able at once to avail itself of the aid in London
of Prof. Charles E. Fryer, of McGill University, a gentleman well versed in
the English and American history of the period involved, who could for six
weeks devote himself to the newly opened series, under instructions intended
to secure uniformity of product with that of Dr. Paullin and Professor Pax-
son's labors. The mass of papers to be examined proved unexpectedly large ;

112 REPORTS ON INVESTIGATIONS AND PROJECTS.

Mr. Fryer, at the date in September when he was obliged to conclude, had
covered only the Privy Council papers of the period involved and a portion,
something like one-half, of the Foreign Office series. In October Mr. David
W. Parker was sent to London to complete the work. The materials in the
Public Record Office for the history of America since 1783 being exceed-
ingly voluminous, the method followed throughout the whole of this book,
both by Professor Paxson and Dr. Paullin and by Professor Fryer, has neces-
sarily been that of presenting a somewhat full description of each volume
without attempting to list or to calendar individual papers.

Just before the first of October 1910 Mr. David W. Parker began in
Ottawa the making of a "Guide to the materials for United States history in
Canadian archives." Of this piece of work, much the largest part consisted
in examining and describing materials in the archives of the Dominion of
Canada at Ottawa. This work was interrupted for nearly three months by
an attack of typhoid fever, of which there was an epidemic in Ottawa at the
time. Aside from this interruption in the spring, Mr. Parker's work went
on steadily from October to September. The manuscript was then delivered
to me. Mr. Parker having worked in the office of the Department in Wash-
ington for the better part of two years, and being familiar with its methods
of dealing with manuscripts intended for print, his Ottawa report is practi-
cally ready for the printer at the present time. The remaining portion of
the volume will consist of briefer reports upon the less copious, though in
many cases important and interesting, materials for United States history
preserved in provincial archives. Those of Quebec, especially the archives
of the archbishopric, w^ere examined in June by Prof. Frederick J. Zwier-
lein, of St. Bernard's Seminary, Rochester, New York, who was most kindly
assisted in the work by the custodian of the ecclesiastical archives, Abbe
Lionel St. George Lindsay. Father Zwierlein's report has been presented.
The archives of the provinces of Nova Scotia and New Brunswick, at Hali-
fax and Fredericton respectively, were examined by Mr. Parker in Septem-
ber, and his report upon them has been received. The archives of the prov-
ince of Ontario can not at present be inspected with advantage, nor until they
have been installed in new quarters made necessary by the burning about
two years ago of that portion of the government buildings in Toronto in the
vaults of which they were then stored. The archives of the other Canadian
provinces contain relatively much less for the history of the United States.
Measures have been taken to secure by correspondence brief reports upon
them. Thus the report upon the Canadian archives is nearly finished ; quite
as nearly as circumstances permit.

Mr. Leland's mission in Paris will, by the date at which the present report
is concluded, have been brought nearly to its conclusion. His work during
the past year has, owing to the archive situation in Paris, been divided
between the archives of the various ministries, the Archives Nationales,
and the Bibliotheque Xationale. The latter case is like that of the British

DEPARTMEINT OF HISTORICAL RESEARCH. II3

IMuseum, or of any library into which manuscript materials come casually,
requiring therefore listing or individual treatment. Of the archives of the
executive departments, those of the ]«klinistry of Colonies (largely trans-
ferred of late to the Archives Xationales) and of the Ministry of Foreign
Affairs have been the chief objects of attention. In the latter archive, it may
be well to mention, search was, of necessity, by no means confined to the
series of volumes occupied with the diplomatic correspondence with the
United States. While these formed the staple of the work, American affairs
bulk so large in the series Angleterre, Espagne, Hollande, etc., at various
periods, that a considerable examination of these is likewise necessary.

A merely preliminary report on the French archives would be without
value. So much has been published upon the American, especially the Cana-
dian, materials in French archives, though in no very systematic fashion,
that all the information a preliminary report would be likely to contain could
readily be extracted by the intending investigator from existing catalogues.
Without expecting to describe every volume or carton containing American
materials, Mr. Leland deems it essential, in order to prepare a work thor-
oughly worth while, to come as close as possible to indicating all such vol-
umes, selecting for examination those volumes or cartons which seem espe-
cially likely to give results, and being careful to leave no misleading gaps.
In the endeavor to give effect to this ideal he has been assisted by a small
but competent clerical force, and has received especial advantage from the
skillful and zealous aid of Mr. Abel Doysie.

In recent months it has been possible to accomplish something in a direc-
tion in which, under the conditions prevailing when 'Mr. Leland first went to
France, it was not expected that any success could be obtained, namely, in
the examination of missionary and other ecclesiastical archives in Paris.
These will furnish useful additions to a volume which now abounds in
valuable materials, often hitherto unknown, upon the history of the French
colonies in America, and especially of Canada and Louisiana, the old North-
west and the old Southwest, upon the history of intercolonial wars and of
the American Revolution, upon the diplomatic history of the United States,
and upon that of its commercial and other relations with France during the
period of independence.

In the last annual report of the Department the mission in Spain intended
to be confided to Mr. Roscoe R. Hill was described as well as it was possible
to describe it by way of prediction. Mr. Hill proceeded to Seville in January
and has been occupied ever since, with a small amount of clerical assistance,
in the heavy task of exploiting the materials for United States history in the
section of the Archives of the Indies called "Papeles procedentes de la Isla
de Cuba." The task has proved to be laborious to a degree much beyond
expectation. The unordered condition of this section of the archives as de-
scribed in last year's report made all quantitative estimates respecting the
work precarious. Just before Mr. Hill sailed word was obtained from Mr.

8— YB

114 REPORTS OX INV£;STIGATI0NS AND PROJECTS.

Francis S. Philbrick, of New York, to whose knowledge of the Archives of
the Indies the Department is indebted for many favors in this connection,
of the fact that a Hst of the Papeles existed in the National Archives of
Cuba. A copy was procured, no such list existing at Seville, but arrived
after Mr. Hill's departure. It was clear in Washington from this list, and
still more clear in Seville from Mr. Hill's first month of work, that, the
legajos in this section being exceptionally large and the documents for United
States history much more numerous than had been supposed, the making of
what in strictness could be termed a calendar of them was out of the ques-
tion. There are large portions of which an itemized list can be constructed
with little difficulty from the tables of contents with which at an earlier time
tliey were provided. But in general the method adopted, after such consulta-
tion between Mr. Hill and the Director as was possible, has been to prepare
a description of each Icgajo, devised upon a uniform plan which will reveal
to intending investigators as largely as possible all the points of contact with
American history and with their particular studies which the papers in each
legajo afford. These descriptions can probably be printed in a single volume
of manageable size ; the itemized lists can be held in manuscript for the
present and placed at the service of investigators in various ways. The
favors received by Mr. Hill from the American consul in Seville, Mr.
Charles S. Winans, and from Senor Don Pedro Torres Lanzas, chief of the
archive, deserve especial commemoration. It may be interesting to add that,
upon the occasion of a visit of the King of Spain to the Archives of the
Indies, Mr. Hill had the opportunity to explain to him the nature and bear-
ings of the work upon which he was engaged.

TEXTUAL PUBLICATION OF DOCUMENTS.

The "Letters of Delegates to the Continental Congress relating to its
Transactions" has remained in the charge of Dr. Burnett, who has devoted
to it as much time as possible. The last remaining portion of the known
material, a body of copies from the Laurens papers and other Revolutionary
letters in the possession of the South Carolina Historical Society, at last
arrived, in September. The work of arrangement, comparison, and elimina-
tion having been completed with the exception of this section, the editor's
work during recent months has consisted mainly in the preparation of the
annotations. These are confined within moderate limits, but are intended to
make clear at every point both the origin of the fresh material respecting
Congressional proceedings and the relation of it to the existing data pre-
sented by the formal Journals of the Continental Congress. At the time of
the present report this work of editing has been carried through the year
1780 and a considerable part of it has been done for the years 1782 and 1783,
the intermediate year having been for the time passed over, for practical
reasons.

DEPARTMENT OF HISTORICAL RESEARCH. II5

The process of revision to which Miss Davenport has been subjecting in
London archives the portions of her book of treaties written in first draft in
America does not readily permit nmiierical or quantitative statements of
progress made. It may be said that the book, "Treaties, bearing on Ameri-
can history, concluded by European powers," is completed nearly to the time
of the treaties of Westphalia.

The collection entitled "American proceedings and debates in Parliament,
to 1783," will, as the title suggests, be derived from two sources, on the one
hand from the official journals of the English House of Lords and House of
Commons, of the Scottish Parliament, and of the Irish Lords and Commons,
and on the other hand from the unofficial reports, printed and manuscript,
of debates in these bodies. During the year Mr. Stock has brought to a con-
clusion the page-by-page search for American items in the 39 folio volumes
of the Commons Journals, and has carried to 1676 the search in the Lords
Journals. The extracts noted by him in the Commons Journals have been
copied through half the volumes ; or, more exactly, have been cut from the
printed Journals possessed by the Department, and mounted to serve as print-
er's copy. This process is much cheaper and more satisfactory than copying.
Our facilities for pursuing it have been greatly increased by the generous
action of the American x\ntiquarian Society, which through its librarian, Mr.
Clarence S. Brigham, presented to the Department last spring a series of
duplicate volumes of the Commons Journals, which, with the volumes the
Department already had, make up nearly a complete set. On the debates the
only work done during the year has been to continue at the British Museum
to 1770 (with part of 1774) the collation of the reports of debates in the
Parliament of 1 768-1 774, taken down, partly in longhand and partly in short-
hand, by Henry Cavendish, M. P. This process of collation has consisted in
comparing the text of the earlier debates printed by Wright with the original
manuscripts ostensibly used by him, and, since the divergences proved to be
very wide, in preparing a proper copy of Cavendish's text. This work has
been carried on in London by Miss i\Iary T. ]\Iartin.

MISCELLAXEOUS OPERATIONS.

As heretofore, the editing of the American Historical Review has been
carried on in the office of the Department and by its staff. In Paris Mr.
Leland has continued to supervise the making of the calendar of papers in
the French archives relating to the history of the Mississippi Valley, de-
scribed in the annual report of two years ago. and undertaken by an associ-
ated group of historical organizations in the United States. This work has
taken some of his time, but this has been compensated for by the manner
in which its preparation has fitted in with, and in many particulars aided, the
prosecution of his main task in the Parisian archives. For similar reasons
he has been permitted to assist the Department of Archives and History of
the State of Mississippi by making the necessary arrangements for extensive

Il6 REPORTS ON INVJiSTlGATlONS AND PROJECTS.

copying in the archives of Paris undertaken by that department, and by
supervising its execution.

As in previous years, searches and copies have been made by the Depart-
ment, or under its supervision, for organizations such as the Illinois State
Historical Library, to whose service Mr. Stock was transferred for two
months in the summer, and for many individuals. Letters of inquiry as to
historical papers in Washington and other matters have been answered with
the usual freedom. Their amount is at times burdensome, but it is felt that
they should not be discouraged, partly because when one answers such a
letter from a responsible person he is meeting a real need, and partly because
such correspondence afifords a means of keeping acquainted with the course
of historical thought and work in the country at large. The Director has,
as a matter of course, done what he could in small miscellaneous ways to
further the interests in Washington of the American Historical Association
and of American historical scholars. One such matter which may be instanced
consisted in acting, by semi-official request, as an intermediary between the
Royal Commission on the British Public Records, recently appointed, and
the body of historical scholars in America making frequent use of the Brit-
ish archives ; opinions and suggestions were collected somewhat systematic-
ally from these American scholars and presented to the Commission at the
time when it was taking testimony of an analogous character. Professor
Andrews, being in London during the sessions of the Commission, was in-
vited to give evidence before it as the result of his long-continued searches
on behalf of the Carnegie Institution of Washington.

A considerable part of the Director's time was given, in the spring of 191 1,
to endeavors to promote the erection in Washington of a suitable national
archive building. A movement in that direction has been slowly progressing
for more than thirty years, but the disposition of the present Congress seems
to ofifer exceptional hopes of more rapid advance. The present state of
things with respect to archives is so singularly bad, so strikingly inconvenient
for historical workers — a hundred places of deposit, a hundred mutually
independent custodians, many differing systems, insufficient care, storage in
improper situations difficult of access and dangerous in respect to fire and
damp — that while the Director is concerned with the matter primarily as
chairman of a committee of the executive council of the American Historical
Association on the subject, he can not fail to regard it as also an important
part of his duty as director of a department of historical research, more
important to the future of historical work in America than many parts of
his regular duties, to do all that he can to promote the erection of a proper
national archive building, and ultimately the creation of a better system. If
the archives of the Government in Washington could be housed, arranged,
and managed as similar national collections are housed and administered in
European capitals, a long step forward would have been taken in the pro-
motion of American historical work. During the past (extra) session of

DEJPARTMENT 01^ HISTORICAL RESEIARCH. II7

Congress the Director, by invitation, appeared in this interest before the
Committee on PubHc Buildings and Grounds of the House of Representa-
tives, and, at the request of the chairman of that committee and of a member
of the corresponding committee of the Senate, prepared bills which it is
hoped may form the basis of enactments and appropriations in the next ensu-
ing session of Congress. He has also, at the request of members of these
committees, made active efforts, for which his position has given him excep-
tional advantages, to collect information, applicable to our circumstances,
respecting the most approved archive buildings in European capitals.

PLANS FOR 1912.

. The immediate future work of the Department is not likely to differ essen-
tially in character from that of the past six years, though many improvements
in process and method may be hoped for. Modifications of the departmental
program may perhaps be looked for in two directions. On the one hand,
when all the European archives most important for American history have
been reported upon with sufficient fullness, the amount of effort expended
upon European materials may be lessened and an increased amount bestowed
on materials in America. Yet, on the other hand, the activity of our Ameri-
can historical societies and State historical departments with regard to these
latter sorts of material is all the while increasing, and the efforts which have
been made to persuade Congress to institute a working commission on na-
tional historical publications may at any time take effect. In that case, a
number of domestic tasks which the Department has held in mind would be
felt to lie properly within the field of such a national commission. The con-
tinuance of work upon the materials for American history in foreign archives
might in that case be thought, by such a commission, an appropriate matter
to be left in the hands of this Department. Political considerations would
also make it less likely that certain American fields of work, such as docu-
mentary publications on the history of political parties, or on the history of
slavery and the American negro, would be entered by such a national com-
mission than that they should be left to the freer action of a private institu-
tion. None of these considerations, however, affect the plans made by the
Department for the year 1911-1912.

REPORTS, AIDS, AND GUIDES.

It should be possible before the end of October 1912 to publish Professor
Learned's "Guide to the manuscript materials relating to American history
in the German State archives" and the first volume of Professor Andrews's
"Guide to the manuscript materials for the history of the United States to
1783, in the Public Record Office." Professor Andrews expects to devote
the summer of 1912 to the recasting and final revision in London of his
second volume. It is by no means certain that the official reclassification of
all the materials involved in the latter will have been completed by next

Il8 REPORTS ON INVI=:STIGAT10XS AND PROJECTS.

summer, but it is believed that that process will have come near enough to
its end to enable the manuscript of the volume to be given its final shape.

Dr. Paullin's and Professor Paxson's "Guide to the materials in British
archives for United States history since 1783" must wait for the completion
of their inventory of Foreign Office and Admiralty material, by addition of
the tract extending from 1837 to i860. It is expected that Mr. Parker,
having gone to London in October for this purpose, will have been able by
January to bring the work to a finish. It is hardly expected that the book
can be published within the year, but composition upon it can be begun and
perhaps finished.

The Canadian "Guide" must wait until at least February before it will be
possible to obtain convenient access to the materials for United States his-
tory in the provincial archives of Ontario, and to prepare and add the section
describing them. In the meantime, without sending special missions to places
so remote as Winnipeg, Edmonton, Regina, and Victoria, it should be possi-
ble by correspondence with local authorities to obtain adequate data concern-
ing such materials for the history of the United States as may be contained
in the archives of the provinces of Manitoba, Alberta, Saskatchewan, and
British Columbia. The whole book should be ready for print before next
summer.

Mr. Leland returns to Washington in November, after a year and a half
of heavy labor in Paris. While a part of his time will necessarily be devoted
to other things, such as to his duties as secretary of the American Historical
Association, he will expect to devote most of his time to the preparation
for publication of his "Guide to the materials for American history in the
archives of Paris." It is hoped that this may be completed without his going
to Paris again. He is endeavoring, in the concluding weeks of the year just
reported upon, to give such shape to all remaining portions of the search
that it can be carried to its termination, after his departure, by his clerical
assistants, under the skillful oversight of Mr. Doysie.

Given the amount, as now known, of the materials for American history
in the "Papeles procedentes de la Isla de Cuba," it can be readily predicted
that Mr. Hill's work in Seville must continue on its present lines throughout
the year.

Of new work to be undertaken by the Department during the year, by far
the most important will be the preparations toward an atlas of the historical
geography of the United States. As much as possible of the time of the
regular stafif, and it is hoped the time of various research associates coming
to Washington in various parts of the year, will be devoted to this work.
There is a real and immediate need of such an atlas, but its preparation
ought not to be hurried. There must be much consultation and deliberation
as to inclusions and exclusions. Much research will be necessary among old
maps which it may be thought desirable to reproduce. Many matters in
American historical geography, even in the field of political boundaries and

DEPARTMENT OF HISTORICAL RESEARCH. II9

divisions, are disputed or still obscure. The geography of political, social,
and economic movements — e. g., of agricultural and industrial progress and
of their relation to political history — is almost a virgin field. Explanatory
letter-press should be used more largely than has been customary in such
works, and must be prepared with as much care as any other product of
historical scholarship. Technical questions concerning the execution of the
maps must be considered with great care and with the best advice procurable.
Altogether, it would not be reasonable to look forward to doing more in 191 2
than to define the bounds and details of the enterprise in as many respects as
possible, to submit the table of contents in some manner to criticism by those
entitled to judge or suggest, to fix upon the program of procedure, and to
prepare some of the maps and certain sections of the letter-press.

TEXTS.

If Dr. Burnett is able to spend as large a part of his time in 1912 upon the
"Letters of Delegates to the Continental Congress" as in 1911, it seems not
unlikely that he may be able to complete the work.

Miss Davenport will have all her time free for the book of treaties, and
will bring it a year nearer to completion. The documents themselves, at all
events, as distinguished from the introductions and annotations, will be given
their final form, a photographic or manuscript copy being obtained of what-
ever is in each case the authoritative text.

The extracts required for the volumes of "American proceedings and
debates in Parliament," from the Lords and Commons Journals, the Irish
parliamentary journals, and the Acts of the Parliament of Scotland, will
probably be completed within the year. Some progress will also be made
with respect to the debates, especially with respect to those still remaining in
manuscript, in the British Museum and elsewhere in England.

MISCEEEANEOUS OPERATIONS.

The Department will no doubt maintain in 1912 activities similar in gen-
eral to those described above, under this head, in the report relative to the
last twelve months.

DEPARTMENT OF MARINE BIOLOGY *

Alfred G. INIayer, Director.

During the year our whole scientific outlook has been broadened through
improvements in the equipment of the laboratory. Most important in this
respect has been the building of the new yacht Anton Dohrn, named in honor
of the memory of the founder and director of that greatest of all marine
laboratories, the Stazione Zoologica of Naples. Anton Dohrn's life was a
record of self-sacrificing devotion to altruistic ideals, which his high ability
as an executive enabled him to place in practice to the lasting benefit of
science. Yet, high as his purpose was and successful as his achievements
were, we of America whom he honored by his friendship esteem him even
more for the rare traits of character that distinguished his every thought
and act, for his was an all-embracing culture, and his love of art, poetry,
literature, and of the incomparable beauty of the Neapolitan region, rich in
its historic associations, served but as a setting for his keen, incisive interest
in biology. Above all, he was a German gentleman of the highest type — a
follower of truth wherever truth might lead him, he showed to all men, from
prince to peasant, equal consideration and sympathy.

The Anton Dohrn was constructed by the Miami Yacht and Machine Com-
pany at a cost of $25,000, and is the largest yacht which has as yet been built
in southern Florida. Madeira, a hard, mahogany-like wood found upon the
Florida Keys, and the best yellow pine were used in the construction, it
having been found that these woods resist the attacks of dry-rot even when
subjected to the damp, hot climate of the tropics. To resist the electrolytic
action so powerful in the warm waters of the Gulf Stream region, all fasten-
ings beneath the water-line are of brass or tobin bronze. The yacht is 70
feet over all, 66 feet upon the water-line, with 16 feet beam, and a draft of
5 feet. There are two water-tight bulkheads, one forward and the other
abaft of the engine-room, which occupies the amidship section of the vessel.
The vessel has two bronze propellers and two Eddystone Globe engines of
50 horsepower each. The engines are wholly independent one of the other,
each having its own gasolene tanks, pumps, batteries, etc., so that an accident
affecting one can not impair the efficiency of the other. These engines and
all other machinery of the yacht were installed by our chief engineer, Mr,
John Mills, and it should be said to his credit that from the day of their trial
trip they have run without mishap and with constantly increasing efficiency.
Our own crew worked upon the construction of the Anton Dohrn, the sailing-
master. Captain Lundblom, being president of the Miami Yacht and Machine

* Situated at Tortugas, Florida. Grant No. 679. $16,480 for investigations and
maintenance during 191 1. (For previous reports see Year Books Nos. 3-9.)

■j^^'^fi'MC^'"^;"';''

A

The "Anton Dohrn" at Tortugas, Florida, Jul\- 4, 1911.

The "Anton Dohrn," July 1911.

DEPARTMENT OF AIARINE BIOLOGY. 121

Company, and I have pleasure in expressing my full appreciation of the
thorough excellence of their work.

The Anton Dohrn, when upon long courses, makes an average speed of lo
knots, but is more economically run at 8 knots. Thus her limiting radius at
a speed of lo knots is 875 miles, or 873^2 hours ; whereas at 8 knots her radius
is 1,350 miles, or 169 hours. Her license was granted at Key West, Florida,
on May 31, 191 1, her number being 208,685, signal letters LBVW, 30 net
and 45 gross tons, temporary certificate of enrollment No. 15, Alfred G.
Mayer, master.

On October 17, 1910, a great hurricane passed over the Tortugas. The
storm commenced at 8 o'clock in the morning, the wind being from the east,
and it constantly increased in violence until the center passed over the island
at about 2^ 15™ p. m., by which time the wind had veered to the north. The
central calm lasted about 15 minutes, after which the hurricane set in very
suddenly from the southwest, to die down by nightfall. The aneroid barome-
ter at the lighthouse sank to 27.96, and the wind is believed to have attained
a velocity of about 100 miles per hour. The glass sides of the lighthouse
were shattered, fraginents of seaweed (Sargassum) were lodged upon the
lamp, 160 feet above the sea, and the sand ridges thrown up along the
beaches are higher than those of any previous storm, not excepting the well-
remembered ones of 1846 and 1876.

Of the laboratory buildings, the sailors' dormitory was wholly destroyed
and a portion of the roof of the main building was blown 500 feet to the
southward. The kitchen and aquarium, which are upon the water's edge,
sank 3 feet through the washing away of their foundations, but were other-
wise not seriously injured. The machine-shop, which is 40 feet long and 20
feet wide, was blown from its foundation and moved 5 feet to the south-
ward ; but, being very strongly constructed, by Mr. Mills and our own men,
it suffered no material injury. Our windmills were overturned and nearly
every plant in our garden was destroyed, including all of the Solanum being
cultivated for Professor Tower's experiments. In fact, every leaf of every
plant was torn to shreds by the onrush of sand-filled air and salt spray, which
drove over the entire island.

In viewing the destruction one notable feature was at once apparent : those
structures which had been built by our own men were intact, while the porta-
ble buildings imported from the north were seriously damaged. The Insti-
tution having generously appropriated $4,000 to repair and strengthen the
buildings, we have employed our own men upon this task and they have
accomplished it in the best possible manner. An investigation of conditions
in Key West showed that wooden buildings, if properly constructed, are
better able to withstand hurricane winds than are those of concrete, and with
this in view we have replaced all structures in wood so strongly braced that
we now feel confident the buildings will withstand a storm such as that of
the late hurricane without suffering any material injury. The building which

122 REPORTS OX IXVKSTIGATIOXS AXD PROJECTS.

was destroyed has been replaced by one 87^ feet long and 34 feet wide,
surrounded on the south, east, and west by a veranda 14 feet in width. It
will be used as a laboratory building, especially for researches in physiology,
while our engineers and sailors will be comfortably housed in a newly con-
structed wing designed to strengthen and enlarge the machine-shop.

These improvements enable us to accommodate 14 investigators at one and
the same time instead of 8, as formerly. In fact, the acquisition of so excel-
lent a sea-going vessel as the Anton Dohrn made it imperative that the
laboratory itself should be improved to meet the requirements of this new
era of enhanced efficiency and broader possibilities in oceanographic and
other work initiated by the possession of our new vessel. We now purpose
to conduct studies of the ocean currents of the region and to make voyages
of biological purport to the rich coral reefs of the Bahamas, as well as to
study the geology and zoology of Cuba, Haiti, and Jamaica, and from among
the able young investigators of America and Europe we have already selected
certain of those who hope to conduct researches upon these voyages. No
geographical limits can be set upon research, and an expedition to the Great
Barrier Reef region of Australia has become necessary in order to extend
and render altogether conclusive the researches of Vaughan, Harvey, Gary,
Drew, and Tennent which have been commenced at Tortugas. In fact, the
study of the whole ocean and its life falls within the scope of the Department
of Marine Biology, not merely the bird's-eye view of nature afforded by any
single region. Especially is this true to-day, when biology has become closely
allied to chemistry, medicine, and physics, and the necessity for seeking out
certain few specific forms for experimental study has supplanted the general
collecting and descriptive work of a past generation.

During the past year our sailors have been busily engaged in constructing
the Anton Dohrn and in erecting the new buildings at Tortugas to replace
the old ones destroyed or damaged by the hurricane of 19 10. We have
among our men some of the most highly skilled mechanics in southern Flor-
ida, and the necessity for granting them sufficient time in which to accom-
plish the important work of placing the laboratory upon a new footing has
prevented our extending facilities for research to more than eight investiga-
tions during the year.

Mr. Mills and the sailors remained at Tortugas until October i, engaged
in the reconstruction of the buildings.

In September 1910 the Director went to Torbay, Newfoundland, and to
Halifax, Nova Scotia, to study the Ctenophorae of the northern waters. On
behalf of the Department of Marine Biology he has pleasure in expressing
his sense of gratitude to the Honorable Mr. A. W. Piccott, Minister of
Marine and Fisheries of Newfoundland, for many courtesies and for sub-
stantial aid in providing a boat for these studies.

In February 191 1 Prof. Ulric Dahlgren, of Princeton University, was sent
to Hampton Roads, Virginia, to enable him to collect young stages of Astero-

DEPARTMEXT OF MARINE BIOLOGY. I23

scopus, the "star gazer,"' the eye muscles of which develop into electrical
organs capable of giving a severe shock. Professor Dahlgren is making a
study of the histolog}' of these muscles in various stages of growth, and it is
expected that his work will be pursued for several years before being ready
for publication.

During April and Alay 191 1, the Director, together with G. Harold Drew,
Esq., B. A., of Christ's College, Cambridge, and E. E. Reinke, Esq., of
Princeton University, went to Jamaica and established a temporary labora-
tory at Port Royal, While in Jamaica much kindness was shown us by the
Honorable Mr. Johnstone, Acting Colonial Secretary of the colony, and by
Dr. H. H. Scott, Director of the Hope Laboratory, and on behalf of the
Department I have pleasure in expressing our gratitude to these gentlemen.

Finally, the yacht Anton Dohrn having been completed in a most thorough
and satisfactory manner, we steamed out from ^liami on June 3 and went at
once to Tortugas, whither Messrs. Drew and Vaughan had preceded us. We
remained at Tortugas until August 7, after which the Director went to
Woods Hole and to Halifax, Nova Scotia, to continue physiological studies
commenced this year at Tortugas. In this connection it is a pleasure to
thank Prof. Frank R. Lillie, Director of the Marine Biological Laboratory
at Woods Hole, for kindly placing the facilities of the laboratory at our
disposal.

The following investigators have pursued researches under the auspices of
the laboratory during the year :

Dr. L. R. Carj-, of Princeton University; January 191 1 and June 26 to August 7.

Prof. Ulric Dahlgren, of Princeton University; February 1910.

G. Harold Drew, Esq., B. A., Christ's College, Cambridge ; April 20 to June 30.

Dr. E. Newton Harvey, Princeton University; June 26 to July 28.

Dr. Merkel H. Jacobs, University of Pennsylvania; July i to 28.

Prof. William H. Longlev, collector and investigator, Goucher College; June i to

July 28.
E. E. Reinke, Princeton University; April 20 to May 25.
Dr. T. Wayland Vaughan, U. S. Geological Survey; June i to 30.

In addition to the above. Dr. Stewart Paton came to Florida intending
to study the relations between the earliest movements of the heart and the
correlated condition in development of the nervous system in the embryo of
the loggerhead turtle, C. caretta. Before reaching Key West, however, he
was threatened with illness, which obliged him to forego his research at Tor-
tugas. The material for the research was, however, collected for him by
Dr. Longley, and it is hoped that he may be able to proceed with his studies.

Dr. Cary continued his studies upon the growth of gorgonians, and other
problems which he discusses in his preliminary report published herewith.

G. Harold Drew, Esq., carried out observations which justify the belief
that he has probably discovered one of the most interesting facts yet revealed
through the study of oceanography. He finds that the most abundant ba-
cillus at depths between 10 fathoms and the surface in the ocean off Jamaica
and Tortugas is a form that possesses the capacity to convert all the nitrates

124 REPORTS OX ixve;stigatioxs axd projects.

of the water into nitrites and finally to expel the nitrogen from the sea in the
form of gas, thus depriving the surface waters of the ocean of nitrogen.
This relative scarcity of nitrogen in the tropical ocean accounts for the pau-
city of plant life in warm seas as compared with the conditions seen in tem-
perate regions, where great masses of Fiicus, etc., cover the rocks.

Dr. Drew also showed that the formation of ammonia and final liberation
of nitrogen by this bacterium would leave the calcium free to combine with
the dissolved CO, of the ocean, thus causing a precipitation of calcium car-
bonate. The vast areas of chalky mud of the Bahama-Florida region and in
the coral regions of the tropical Pacific may have been formed in this man-
ner. This denitrifying bacterium appears to grow best in a moderate light
and to be most abundant at a depth of lo fathoms, below which it gives
place to another, non-denitrifying form, which appears to be characteristic
of the deep sea and is readily killed upon exposure to sunlight.

His lucid report herewith presented demonstrates that these studies must
be undertaken with the best possible equipment of apparatus in Arctic, Tem-
perate, and Tropical oceans, and it is our hope that this most suggestive
research may be continued under the auspices of the Department of Marine
Biolog}'.

Dr. E. Xewton Harvey continued his studies of the efficiency of alkalies
in penetrating living cells. He found that in KOH, XaOH, Sr(0H)2 the
muscles and nen'es cease to function before the alkali can penetrate the cells,
whereas in ammonia and the amines the cells are penetrated and lose color
before the muscles and nerves cease to function. With the exception of
trimethyl amine, the amines and inorganic hydroxides destroy nervous con-
duction before the muscles lose their power of contraction. He concludes
that a surface change conditions contraction and conduction.

Dr. Har\-ey also studied the relation between penetration and cytolysis,
and he made an interesting obser^-ation upon the subject of nerve fatigue,
entrapping a contraction wave in a ring of tissue, through which it traveled
457 miles in 1 1 days.

Dr. ]\Ierkel H. Jacobs carried out a study of the physiological reactions
and environmental relations of several species of protozoa which infest the
sea-urchin Diadema setosnm at Tortugas.

Prof. William H. Longley studied the oecologv- of the varied animal life
inhabiting the gulf-weed, Sargassum, and it is to be hoped that he may con-
tinue this interesting subject.

Mr. E. E. Reinke investigated the development and morphological rela-
tionship of the two forms of spermatozoa found in certain prosobranch
mollusks in Jamaica.

Dr. T. Wayland \'aughan met with encouraging success in his studies of
the growth of reef corals, obtaining excellent photographs showing the an-
nual growth of the many colonies he is now rearing under natural conditions.
He also obtained bottom specimens from the quicksands between Rebecca

DEPARTMEXT OF MARINE BIOLOGY. 1 25

Light and the ^^larquesas. His studies of coral reefs and of the life history
and struggle for existence among corals is the most intensive and most
carefully controlled yet undertaken, and it will soon become necessar>' for
him to extend his field of observation to include the Great Barrier Reef re-
gion of Australia in order that his results may become of world-wide signifi-
cance. In April and ^lay 1912 we expect that he may visit the Barrier Reef
of Andros Island, Bahamas, the greatest coral reef of the Atlantic. The
Anton Dohrn, supplem.ented by the Sea Horse and a launch, will constitute
a suitable fleet for such an expedition.

Prof. W. L. Tower's experiments were terminated by the hurricane of
October 1910, but with characteristic pertinacity he expects to replant his
Solanum and begin anew. It is a rare privilege to the laboratory to lend its
aid to him in this difficult investigation. Indeed, it may be said that the
course of a worthy research "never ran smooth." yet it is through just such
studies that discoveries are made.

A. G. Mayer conducted several researches — one upon the reactions to
temperature of animals which extend from arctic or temperate regions to
the tropics. He concludes that in order to sur^-ive in the shallow or surface
waters of the tropics an animal must be able to withstand a temperature of
at least 29° C, whereas to live in the arctic regions a marine animal must
tolerate being frozen into the ice; thus the common Scyphomedusa Aurelli.i
aurita ranges from pole to pole, and is found in all oceans, being especially
abundant in cold seas. At Halifax, Xova Scotia, it pulsates between —1.4°
and 29.7° C, being most active at about 20°, and it survives being frozen
solidly into the ice. The same species of Aiirellia at Tortugas, however, is
active between '.7^° and 38.4° C, being most active at 28°, and being killed
if frozen. Evidently the constitution of the medusa has changed greatly
upon its becoming acclimated to the tropics. Similarly, Pennaria at Woods
Hole, ^Massachusetts, sur\-ives freezing, whereas at Tortugas it is killed.
The rule appears to be that when a cold-water species becomes acclimated
to a tropical sea its optimum temperature, death temperature, and tempera-
ture of maximum activity are raised, while at the same time it loses the
power to withstand cold. Thus apparently some change comes over the
colloids which causes them to congeal at a higher temperature in the tropics.

A typical arctic genus of Scyphomedusae is Cyanea, and C. arctica remains
active until frozen into the ice, and is apparently uninjured by this treatment,
for it recovers as soon as the ice melts sufficiently to permit it to pulsate.
On the other hand, a temperature of 26.5° to 28° is fatal to it, and this
accounts for the absence of this genus in tropical seas.

On the other hand, the rhizostomous medusa Cassiopea frondosa belongs
to a strictly tropical genus. It remains active between 12.1° and 40°, and is
killed if cooled to 8.3° C. Evidently it could not sur^'ive in temperate seas.
The above are only a few of the forms already experimented upon, and the
research will be widely extended and the attempt made to determine whether

126 REPORTS ON INVIvSTlGATlONS AND PROJECTS.

these reaction-changes can be brought about in one and the same individual,
or whether generations must elapse before acclimatization is accomplished.

In another research the Director studied the starvation of Cassiopea xama-
chana. In general, the loss of weight during the day is proportional to the
initial weight at the beginning of the day. Hence the weight of the starving
medusa is represented by the formula y=lV{i-a)'', where y is the weight
upon any given day, W the weight of the medusa when starving began,
W{i-a) the weight at the end of the first day of starving, a being a constant
and X the number of days starving has continued. The medusae, if starved
in diffuse daylight, can survive 41 days and be reduced to 1/142 their origi-
nal weight. They lose weight more rapidly, and do not survive as long in
the dark as in light, and in the dark their parasitic algal cells become greatly
reduced in number, although not entirely killed. Also, in the dark the me-
dusa gives out much more COo than in the light, and it is evident that the
oxygen set free by the algal cells in daylight serves to sustain the medusa,
while the CO2 serves to maintain the plant cells.

Medusae starved in the dark decline in weight in fair accord with the
formula y^=W {\-a)'^ ; but if starved in dififuse daylight their loss of weight
for the first 20 days is slower, and the medusae remain heavier than should
be expected according to the above-mentioned formula. Thus it appears that
the medusa effectually feeds upon its algal cells, which multiply and main-
tain an internal source of food for their host. In the dark, however, these
algal cells do not reproduce, and are soon reduced to a practical zero, thus
failing to sustain the medusa. This probably applies also to the stony corals
and actinians as well as to rhizostomous Scyphomedusse.

In another research the Director investigated the interactions between the
cations sodium, magnesium, calcium, and potassium in producing movements
in marine invertebrates. Calcium can not produce tetanus in the absence of
sodium ; hence the so-called "calcium tetanus" is probably produced by the
chemical combination of calcium and sodium with a proteid. The stupefying
effect of magnesium is cumulative, increasing with the increase of concen-
tration of the magnesium ion ; but this does not apply to calcium, for this
produces almost its normal effect very suddenly upon attaining a certain con-
centration, and increasing the pressure of the Ca ion beyond this has rela-
tively little eft'ect.

Mechanical pressure upon the subumbrella of Cassiopea reduces its sensi-
tiveness to stimuli ; hence a contraction-wave produced by a stimulus travels
from an unpressed, or recently pressed, to a pressed or long pressed place,
whether this be from cathode to anode or from anode to cathode.

Medusae which under normal conditions pulsate about 45 times per minute
maintain a rate of 129 if made into a circuit-ring, and this ring is capable of
responding to 152 induced shocks per minute by 152 pulsations for an indefi-
nite time, or 252 shocks for about 2^^ minutes. Thus the nerves are capable
of transmitting and the muscles of responding by contraction to more than

DEPARTMEXT OF MARINE BIOLOGY. 12/

three times as many stimuli per minute as the sense-organs engender in
nature, and for a short time they can maintain about 5.5 times the normal
rate, although this soon causes fatigue and an inability to respond to so rapid
a stimulation.

Twenty-one scientific papers embodying original work, and two discus-
sions, were published during the year as results of investigations conducted
at Tortugas. Thirteen of these original papers appeared in volumes 3 and 4
of Researches from the Tortugas Laboratory. Publications Nos. 132 and 133,
published by the Carnegie Institution of Washington, the contributors being
Hargitt, Hartmeyer, Harvey, Hooker, Linton. jMcClendon, Mayer, Pratt,
Stockard, Stromsten, Tennent, Tennent and V. H. Keiller, and Vaughan.

Eight additional researches were published elsewhere as follows :

Westindische Seeigel und Seesterne (Tortugas echinoderms) L. Doderlein und R.
Hartmeyer, in Zoologische Jahrbiicher, 1910, suppl. 2, Heft 2, pp. 145-156.

The mechanism of membrane formation and other early changes in developing sea-
urchins' eggs as bearing upon the problem of artificial parthenogenesis, by
E. Newton Harvey, in The Journal of Experimental Zoology, vol. 8, No. 4,
July 1910, pp. 355-376.

Studies on the permeability of cells, by E. Newton Harvey, in The Journal of Ex-
perimental Zoology, vol. 10, No. 4, May 191 1, pp. 507-556, 3 figures.

Medusae of the world, 3 volumes, 728 pp., 76 plates, 427 text-figures, quarto, by
Alfred G. Mayer, Publication No. 109, Carnegie Institution of Washington.

Alexander Agassiz, by Alfred G. Mayer, in Popular Science ISIonthly, October 1910.

Alpheus Hyatt, by Alfred G. Mayer, ibid., February 191 1.

Polychaetous annelids from the Dry Tortugas, Florida, by Aaron L. Treadwell, 191 1.
Bulletin of the American Museum of Natural History, vol. 30, pp. 1-12, 29
figures.

Further data on the homing sense of noddy and sooty terns, by John B. Watson, in
Science, vol. 32, pp. 470-473, October 7, 1910.

In conclusion, I have pleasure in thanking Dr. E. K. Sprague, of the U. S.
Marine Hospital at Key West, who kindly granted the facilities of the hos-
pital to the steward of the Anton Dohrn during an illness, and I also wish
to thank Capt. E. E. Hayden, U. S. Navy, commandant of the naval station
at Key West, for much kindness.

On behalf of the Department of Marine Biology, it is a privilege and
pleasure to acknowledge the gift of a beautifully designed silver table service
to the Anton Dohrn from the Miami Yacht and Machine Company, pre-
sented by Messrs. Lundblom and Peck, of ]\Iiami, Florida.

Prof. Reinhard Dohrn, Director of the Xaples Laboratory, presented a
bronze bas-relief of his father, which occupies an honored place upon the
wall of the cabin of the Anton Dohrn.

Although the year has not been unproductive of discoveries in science, it
should be regarded chiefly as potential in its import, witnessing as it has the
launching of the staunch sea-going yacht, the Anton Dohrn, and the enlarge-
ment of our laboratory facilities upon Loggerhead Key, Tortugas.

128 REPORTS ON INVESTIGATIONS AND PROJECTS.

REPORTS OF INVESTIGATORS.

The Permeability of Living Cells for Alkalies, by B. Nezvton Harvey,
Princeton University.

THE PERMEABILITY OF CEEES FOR ALKALIES.

The use of neutral red as an indicator within the cell affords so delicate a
means of detecting the presence of the hydroxyl ion that I have continued
my studies on the permeability of cells for alkalies, a research begun at Tor-
tugas in 1910. My aim has been to determine the time relation between the
color change of the indicator and the observed change in appearance or in
functional activity of the cell produced by representative alkalies. The mus-
cle-nerve tissue of Cassiopea xamachana, the muscles of Salpa, of the tenta-
cles of Pennaria and marine annelids, the swimming-plates of the ctenophore
Beroe, the ciliated cells of trochopores and larvse, and the eggs of many ma-
rine animals may be employed to determine the above relation. Only a small
amount of alkali can be added to sea-water without precipitating the mag-
nesium, so that a Mg-free sea-water was used to dissolve the alkali. Mg-f ree
sea-water is a fairly well-balanced medium for marine tissues.

Preliminary studies on the permeability relations of marine animals for
ammonia, the amines, and inorganic hydroxides confirmed, in practically
every detail, previous results obtained with plant cells and Paramcecium.
The eggs of H olothuria Horidana, Hipponoe esculenta, Pomatostegus stella-
tus, Toxopneustes variegatus, and Eunice fucata, the gonads and subum-
brella epithelium of Cassiopea xamachana, the tentacles of Sabella, and the
respiratory tree tissues of Holothuria Horidana, if stained in neutral red, are
all entered very rapidly (one-half minute to 5 minutes) by ammonia, methyl,
dimethyl, trimethyl, ethyl, propyl, and isopropyl amines (N/250 to N/500),
but not by tetraethyl ammonium hydroxide, NaOH, KOH, or Sr(OH)2
(>/^ hour). If che tissues are replaced in sea-water after decolorization
in the amines or ammonia, the red color returns, providing the cells are not
so small that the free neutral red base has had time to diffuse out. The color
return is markedly more rapid in ammonia and trimethyl amine. These two
substances are considerably weaker bases than the rest of the amines and
they are correspondingly less toxic, as the following experiments indicate.

If unfertilized Toxopneustes eggs are placed in N/250 solutions of ammo-
nia, the amines, and N(C2H5)40H for two minutes, then returned to sea-
water and fertilized, the eggs in all solutions begin to develop and segment,
some irregularly, although the decolorization is instantaneous in all solutions
(except N(C2H5)40H). If returned to sea- water after 5 minutes only un-
segmented eggs and fragments are found in the dishes of eggs treated with
methyl, dimethyl, ethyl, and propyl amines, a few irregular segmentations in
isopropyl amine, but numerous segmentated eggs in ammonium hydrate, tri-
methyl amine, and N(CoHr,)40H. Eggs left permanently in solutions of
the latter three alkalies cytolyze much less readily than eggs left in solutions
of the remaining amines. N(C2H5)40E[ behaves in every respect like the
inorganic hydroxides and may be taken as a representative of that class in
the above experiment.

The same relations hold good for the epithelio-muscle tissue of the sub-
umbrella surface of Cassiopea xamachana. The granules which stain are
probably mucous globules, although a minute histological examination will be
necessary to determine the exact relations of these granules to the individual
epithelial, nerve, and muscle cells. They are situated in the outer third (away

DEPARTMENT OF MARINE BIOLOGY. 1 29

from the muscle fibrillas) of the epithelio-muscle layer as viewed in a cross-
section of the fresh tissue. When treated with chloroform-saturated sea-
water, practically all of the stained granules are sloughed off in an abundant
mucus. In this mucus the red granules are quickly changed to yellow in the
inorganic alkalies, such as NaOH or KOH. If the living tissue is placed in
N/250 NaOH, KOH, Sr(OH)o, or NCCHJ^OH. the red granules remain
red for a long time (>J^ hour), and in fact only become yellow when they
pass out in the mucus. Mucus formation is induced also by alkali or any
treatment (dilute acid or heat) drastic enough to be eventually injurious.
Nevertheless, the muscles rapidly (2 to 10 minutes in N / 2^0 solution) lose
their poiver of contraction and the nerves their pozver of conduction before
the color change occurs.

In ammonia and the amines, on the other hand, the color change takes
place in <2 minutes in N/250 solution and only aftenvards (2 to 15 min-
utes) do the muscles stop contracting and the nerves conducting.

Contraction and then conduction cease much less rapidly in N/250 N H^OH
and trimethyl amine than in the rest of the amines, in which conduction
generally ceases slightly before the muscles lose their power of contraction
on direct stimulation. So long as the alkalies penetrate readily, the stronger
(more highly dissociated) they are the more toxic they are. But the inor-
ganic alkalies are much less toxic than should be predicated from their de-
gree of dissociation. Observation shows that they penetrate all cells very
slowly, and may produce marked functional changes (cessation of contrac-
tion and conduction) before affecting the neutral red indicator. Therefore
their point of attack must be the surface of the cell. The above observations
on Cassiopca are strong arguments in favor of the view that the essential
conditioning change in contraction and conduction is a surface change.

It is noteworthy, also, that in the inorganic hydroxides, conduction ceases
a considerable time before contraction, an exception to the general rule that
most poisonous substances affect the muscles of Cassiopea before the nerves,
although the nerve network is outermost (nearest the solution). Presumably
the alkali can only diffuse into the tissue through the intercellular spaces, and
so collects about the nerve network near the surface in sufficient concentra-
tion to affect the nerves before the muscles.

It is a general rule, which holds for many kinds of tissue, that NaOH
(taking this as an example of the strong inorganic alkalies) only penetrates
after the cells have been affected. Contraction of the muscle bands of Salpa,
in which there is no question but that the red-stained granules are within the
fibers, ceases before the red is turned to yellow. Movement of the gills and
tentacles of Atnphitrite, of the tentacles of Pennaria, of the ciliated cells of
palolo trochophores and Toxopneustes plutei, and of the swimming-plates of
the ctenophore Beroe ceases in each case before NaOH enters. In NH^OH,
on the other hand, the cilia of palolo trochophores and Toxopneustes plutei
remain beating long after the neutral red within the cells (not in the cilia
themselves) is decolorized. The ctenophore swimming-plate in NH^OH
stops beating after the color change has begun but before it is complete, and
the same is true for movement of the gills and tentacles of annelids and the
tentacles of Pennaria.

The relation between penetration and cytolysis of marine eggs is of special
interest. Every egg thus far tested (including, besides those already men-
tioned, Fissurella, Cumingia, and Chcrtopterus) has proved to be instantly
penetrated by NH^OH, so that the color change always occurs before the
^SS begins to swell or, indeed, before it is injured. The same is true of the
amines. Cytolysis ensues later, after a certain interval.

9 — YB

130 REPORTS ON INVESTIGATIONS AND PROJECTS.

As regards penetration and cytolysis by NaOH, there are four types of
eggs. N/80 to N/500 alkali was used according to the natural resistance of
the egg, which varies greatly.

1. Eggs like those of l^oxopneustes, which may remain in N/80 NaOH
for 6 minutes unchanged, at the end of which time swelling and color change
both begin simultaneously and are completed almost instantly.

2. Eggs like those of the palolo, which may remain in N/80 NaOH for 8
minutes unchanged, at the end of which time the surface becomes irregular
in appearance, the egg begins to swell slowdy and to be decolorized, and in 5
minutes more is completely colorless.

3. Eggs like those of Cumingia, which may remain in N/320 NaOH un-
changed for 6 minutes, at the end of which time they swell suddenly, but the
granules do not become yellow for two minutes after swelling.

4. Eggs like those of Holothuria, which in N/40 to N/80 alkali, color
change and swelling take place simultaneously but gradually (as in the pa-
lolo), but in N/160 to N/640 alkali the eggs become completely decolorized
a considerable time before cytolysis occurs.

In NaOH swelling is practically always coincident zvith or prior to the
color change ; in the amines swelling always follows the color change. In
NaOH cytolysis must be dependent on a change in the surface-layer of the
egg, since it may take place before any appreciable amount of alkali pene-
trates. The probable nature of this change is, among others, an increase in
permeability to the salts of sea-water produced by combination of NaOH
with the surface proteids.

In all the preceding experiments the NaOH was dissolved in Mg-f ree sea-
water. If dissolved in 0.6 M. NaCl instead of Mg-free sea-water, NaOH
enters about six times as rapidly. In pure NaCl, the resisting power of the
surface layer of the egg is greatly reduced, as compared with the balanced
solution (Na, K, Ca mixture), a view advocated by R. S. Eillie and beautifully
demonstrated by the recent experiments of Osterhaut.* In this connection
it is interesting to note that in the medium which most closely approaches
the normal, the condition of the surface is that of greatest impermeability.

Loeb has shown that KCN will prevent or diminish the toxic action of
many substances, including NaOH, for the sea-urchin egg. The question
arises whether it does so by preventing the entrance of the NaOH. The life
of immature eggs of Holothuria Horidana, stained in neutral red, into which
NaOH may pass without producing cytolysis, is prolonged in the presence of
KCN, but the KCN does not influence the rate of penetration of the NaOH.
On the other hand, the life of eggs of Chcetopterus or Cumingia, in which
NaOH only enters after cytolysis is complete, is prolonged by KCN, as is
also the rate of entrance of NaOH. Such a condition is certain to occur in
eggs in which the color change only occurs after cytolysis begins. Whether
NaOH would diffuse into sea-urchin's eggs during a prolonged stay in
weakly alkaline solutions rendered innocuous by addition of KCN, I have
not yet determined.

THE QUESTION OE NERVE FATIGUE.

Several years ago Dr. Mayer discovered that a nerve-impulse may be en-
trapped in a ring of the subumbrella tissue of Cassiopea so as to move around
the ring continuously in one direction. Dr. Mayer was able to maintain the
impulse for 6 days. I have repeated the experiment, in order to determine

♦Science, n. s., xxxiv, p. 187. 1911.

DEPARTMENT OF MARINE BIOLOGY. I3I

how long it is possible for the impulse to move under favorable conditions,
because of its bearing on the question of nerve fatigue. The impulse in one
ring was conducted for 1 1 days with no appreciable slowing in the rate. The
average velocity was 46,472 mm. per minute, or about 67 kilometers per day.
At the end of the 1 1 days, when the impulse stopped suddenly, it had traveled
^2)7 kilometers, or 457 miles.

The muscle tissue fatigued so that after twelve hours the amplitude was
very much reduced. Handling the ring in changing water has no effect on
the rate of conduction, but the contraction is increased. After 8 days the
muscle contraction is hardly visible. On changing the water the impulse is
generally slowed after this time.

During the day the velocity of nerve conduction is greater than during the
night. This fact is possibly due to the variation in oxygen supply conditioned
by symbiotic algae in the subumbrella tissue.

Physiological Studies on the Protozoan Parasites of Diadema setosum,
by Dr. Merkel H. Jacobs, University of Pennsylvania.

The object of these experiments was to determine how far, in the case of
a number of forms of parasitic protozoa, presumably of different origin,
inhabiting the same host, the similarity of their environment has brought
about physiological similarity in the parasites. The method employed was
to determine and compare the resistance of each of the forms in question to
various artificially changed conditions. The protozoa chosen for the purpose
were the ciliates parasitic in the alimentary tract of the large black sea-
urchin, Diadema setosum. They are comparatively unspecialized forms,
which are easy to obtain in large numbers, and are therefore suitable for the
beginning of such a study. The writer intends to extend the results obtained
by a series of similar experiments on some of the more specialized forms
found in other animals.

The protozoan parasites of Diadema are chiefly ciliates, of which four kinds
are by far the most abundant. These four forms are not closely related to
each other and differ widely in size and structure. Since apparently none of
them have been described or named, they are designated in these experi-
ments, for purposes of convenience, by the letters A, B, C, and D. Form B
seems to be present in almost, if not quite, lOO per cent of all adult diademas,
C in about 75 per cent, D in about 40 per cent, and A in about 33 per cent.
The number of individuals present is often very large. The parasites seem
to be confined exclusively to the alimentary tract, and are found chiefly in
the upper coil of the intestine. Very young diademas do not contain them
and slightly older specimens, while sometimes showing forms C and D, and
another form not found in the adult (?), do not seem to contain either A
or B. None of the forms in question was ever found in sea-water nor in
unrelated animals, although a careful search was made for them. In other
genera of sea-urchins, however, they may occur in varying numbers. B was
found rarely in Toxopneiistes and Bchinometra, and C on a number of occa-
sions in Toxopneiistes, while D seems to be present in every adult Toxo-
pneustes, which probably is its true host, and rarely in Bchinometra. A was
never found outside of Diadema. A number of specimens of Hipponoe were
examined for protozoan parasites, without results.

The experiments made to throw light on the physiological resemblances
and differences of the forms in question dealt with the following points:
(i) ability of parasites to live outside the body of the host; (2) ability to

132 REPORTS ON INVESTIGATIONS AND PROJECTS.

live in the body-fluid of other related animals ; (3) ability to live in the body
of the host after the death of the latter; (4) resistance to high temperatures;
(5) resistance to COo; (6) resistance to HoS ; (7) resistance to decompos-
ing proteids ; and (8) resistance to acids and alkalies. The following results
were obtained :

All of the forms experimented on can live for a certain length of time out-
side the body of Diadema, either in the body-fluid of the latter or in sea-
water. Form A lives in sea-water only 2 or 3 hours, D about 24 hours, C a
trifle longer, usually less than 30, while B lives for 2 or 3 days. The diflferent
forms therefore show considerable differences in their resisting powers, B
being about 24 times as resistant as A.

The exclusion of air from a sea-water culture by boiling the water before
using it and keeping the culture in a tightly sealed dish has a favorable effect
on B, increasing its life to as much as a week, which is the longest period for
which any of the four forms have been kept alive in artificial cultures. A, C,
and D are scarcely affected one way or the other by this treatment.

The body-fluid of Toxopneustes seems to be toxic to the parasites of Dia-
dema and vice versa. Placed in a few drops of Toxopneustes body-fluid,
form A from Diadema died in an hour and a half, B in 3 hours, and C was
living after 15 hours, but dead in 24. In the control culture in which the
same forms were kept in the body-fluid of Diadema, both B and C were alive
after 15 hours and B after 24. C therefore lives almost or quite as long in
the body-fluid of Toxopneustes as in that of Diadema, while B lives some-
thing less than one-eighth as long. Form D from Diadema unfortunately
was not available for this experiment. The same form from Toxopneustes
was killed by the body-fluid of Diadema in i to 2 hours. There are good
reasons for believing that mere differences in the concentration of the two
body-fluids can not account for the facts observed, but that chemical rather
than physical factors are involved.

The four parasites behave differently after the death of the host. D dis-
appears as a rule in 12 to 15 hours, A in less than 20, and B and C often live
as much as 24 hours. None of the forms, however, have been found living
after 30 hours ; a diminution in the numbers of all can frequently be detected
in less than 12.

A is killed by a temperature of 39.5° C, while B and C both succumb at
about 40.5°. Figures for D are not available.

The forms in question show their most striking differences in their resist-
ance to chemicals. Experiments were made with a number of substances
which they either might be expected to encounter in nature (COo, HoS. de-
composing proteids), or which were at least representatives of a class of
such substances (HoSO^ and KOH as representatives of acids and alkalies).

Placed in a gas-chamber filled with pure CO,, D is killed in 3 to 4 minutes,
A in 5 to 6, C in about 15, and B in 45 to 60. B is therefore about 15 times
as resistant as D. Water saturated with COo has a similar effect.

Treated in the same way with HoS (which can be detected in the intestine
oi Diadema soon after death), C is killed in i to 2 minutes, D in about 3, A
in 3 to 4, and B in 10 to 15. B is therefore 8 to 10 times as resistant as C.

Of an infusion made by allowing fragments of Diadema tissues to decay
in sea-water for 3 days, 5 drops were added to 10 drops of a culture con-
taining the four forms in question. B was killed almost instantly, certainly
in less than 5 seconds, A in 10 to 60 seconds, D in 20 to 25 minutes, and C
only after about 2 hours. C is therefore 1,500 times as resistant as B.

DEPARTMENT OE MARINE BIOLOGY. 133

Treated with H2SO4 in the proportion, i drop of N/io acid to 5 of culture
fluid, A is killed in about 5 seconds, D somewhere between 5 and 30, the
exact time not being noted. C in about 30 seconds, and B only after an hour
and a quarter. B is therefore 900 times as resistant as A and 150 times as
resistant as either C or D.

The effect of KOH of the same strength is quite different. A is killed in

2 minutes, D in something less than three-quarters of an hour, B in about I
hour, and C in 3 to 4 hours, C being about 100 times as resistant as A and

3 to 4 times as resistant as B.

The general result of these experiments is to show a surprising difference
in the resisting powers of the parasites of Diadema to various changed envi-
ronments. In some cases the most resistant form may live several hundred
times as long as the least resistant. Furthermore, a form which is strongly
resistant to one condition may be only feebly so to another, and vice versa.
For example, B is 8 to 10 times as resistant to HjS as C, but 1,500 times less
resistant to the products of proteid decomposition. C is more resistant to
CO2 than A or D, but less resistant to HgS. A, C, and D are 24 to 450 times
more resistant to KOH than to H2SO4, while B is somewhat less resistant,
etc. These and other similar facts that might be adduced show that each of
the forms in question has certain physiological traits that are almost as char-
acteristic and well-marked as its morphological ones. Furthermore, so far
as the evidence obtained from these experiments goes, there is no reason to
suppose that the similar habit of life in the parasites of Diadema has suc-
ceeded in bringing about physiological similarity, except in such adaptive
characters as are necessary for existence within the same host.

Report upon the Dimorphic Spermatozoa of Marine Prosohranchs, by
B. B. Reinke, Princeton University.

The most accurate and complete description of the development of the
dimorphic spermatozoa found among certain marine and fresh-water proso-
hranchs has been given by Meves in the case of Paludina vivipara. He has
named those spermatozoa which function in the ordinary way "eupyrene"
and the others "oligopyrene," and has described the growth period of the
spermatocyte as showing the earliest differentiation, in their development,
between the two kinds of male sex-cells, while the spermatogonia or their
ancestors are common to both.

This differentiation, however, can be traced further back. I have observed
in the testis of both Paludina and Urosalpinx cinerea, at an early stage of
their seasonal development, that the "Basalkerne" of Platner are in some
cases swollen into tremendous proportions, while in others the already swol-
len nuclei are in various stages of fragmentation. These nuclear fragments
round out into ordinary nuclei and begin to push out from the syncytium in
which they lie into the interior of the lobule of the testis, taking with them
a covering of cytoplasm, which, however, retains a connection with the syn-
cytium. The cells thus formed become pear-shaped and grow rapidly, so
that they can readily be distinguished from the eupyrene spermatocytes by
their greater size. In Paludina the development of the oligopyrene sperma-
tozoa from these cells occurs as described by Meves.

In the summer of 1910 I obtained a few specimens of Littorina nehulosa
from Jamaica ; and, upon sectioning them, I found that although only eupy-

134 REPORTS ON INVESTIGATIONS AND PROJECTS.

rene spermatozoa are present, there is a cell very similar to the oligopyrene
spermatocyte of Paliidina. This develops into a nurse-cell to which sperma-
tozoa become attached and which, together with the latter, moves into the
sperm-duct. It was with the purpose of studying these cells in a live condi-
tion, and also of collecting whatever material I could for the study of oligo-
pyrene spermatogenesis, that I went to Port Royal, Jamaica.

Kingston Harbor abounds with many prosobranchs, among which are at
least three species of Littorina. After a thorough examination I found that
those snails which live above water-mark for any length of time do not have
oligopyrene spermatozoa, and I think it may be held in general to be true
that the dimorphism of the male sex-cells among prosobranchs occurs only
in some of those which live below the surface of the water. Urosalpinx
may constitute an exception, but if it is not covered with water it is under a
moist stone or other object and not exposed to view. Among the snails which
have oligopyrene spermatozoa and are easily obtainable in the vicinity of
Kingston Harbor are Murex sp., Pteroceras sp., and several species of Strom-
bus. My work, however, was confined to Littorina and Strombus.

The contents of the sperm-duct of Littorina nebulosa, when diluted with
sea-water, appear under the microscope as a great number of spheres, to each
of which is attached a tuft of spermatozoa. These spheres are composed of
a number of large granules inclosed in a membrane, and among them is a
very degenerate nucleus ; this may be demonstrated by straining intra vitam
with methylene blue. On one side there is an agglutinous pabulum into which
are inserted the heads of the spermatozoa. The first movement to be seen
is a rhythmical and uniform beating of the entire tuft; this sends the nurse-
cell forward. Presently the tuft spreads and then each spermatozoon beats
independently of the others. In case two or more tufts meet, the spermato-
zoa become entangled with each other and the nurse -cells are drawn together
and held by the sticky substance into which the former are inserted. From
a mass such as this the tails of the spermatozoa will be seen protruding on
all sides and beating like cilia. They will remain alive in this condition for
several hours.

Up to a very late stage in their development these cells retain a connection,
by means of a long stalk, with the wall of the testis. Small granules of yolk
matter pass up the stalk and are dissolved in the cytoplasm of the cell. The
nucleus soon begins to degenerate and various areas of the cytoplasm are
seen to diflferentiate into large granules. These finally fill up the body of
the cell, and the nucleus, which by this time has the appearance of an empty,
crumpled shell, is pushed to one side. Probably as the stalk snaps it draws
up a large number of spermatozoa after it towards the cell-body. Although
at present I can not make the assertion that these cells originate in the same
way as I have described for the oligopyrene spermatocytes of Paludina, the
evidence I have seen seems to indicate that to be the case. As to their func-
tion, they undoubtedly serve as nurse-cells to the spermatozoa while the lat-
ter are in the sperm-duct. Sections of the winter testis of Littorina rudis
show the sperm-duct full of spermatozoa and of nurse-cells which are in a
more or less exhausted condition.

While at Port Royal, with ample material at hand, I had an excellent
opportunity of making a thorough study of the oligopyrene spermatozoon of
Strombus in a live condition. Brock has described and figured it, but not
quite accurately. The spermatozoon in this case is larger and of a more
complex structure than that of either Paludina or Urosalpinx. The head is

DEPARTMENT OF MARINE BIOLOGY. I35

wide and sharply pointed and provided with a long protoplasmic rostrum,
while the tail is narrow and blunt. The cell-body is cylindrical and tapers at
either end, but its breadth is considerably increased by the presence of two
undulating membranes, which pass down from the rostrum on either side
and fuse at the posterior end. The interior of the cell is filled with cubical
bodies, which are larger in the middle and smaller at either end. These
bodies disappear either wholly or in part after the spermatozoa have been
in sea-water about two hours. They seem to go into solution and in their
place is left a brownish semi-fluid, granular substance in which may still be
seen the hexagonal outlines of the bodies.

In sea-water the eupyrene spermatozoa soon come to rest, but the oligo-
pyrene continue active for about two hours. The latter are equipped with
neither cilia nor flagella, and their movement is caused solely by the undu-
lating membranes. At first large, slow waves pass down the membranes
alternately on either side ; later the M'aves become shorter and more rapid
and pass down both sides simultaneously. By this time, however, movement
of the spermatozoon itself has ceased, as it very soon attaches itself by means
of the rostrum. As soon as the cell flattens out a number of overlapping
folds are to be seen in the membranes ; these are due to the fact that the
membranes are not flat but wavy. The reaction of these membranes to salt
solutions isotonic with sea-water are uncertain ; it is not ciliary and it gives
some indication of being neuro-muscular. In NaCl movements of the mem-
branes may be observed at the end of five hours, while in MgClg they were
inhibited if anything.

A subsequent study of the testis of Stromhus has yielded some interesting
facts. In the first place, the oligopyrene spermatocyte develops directly into
the spermatozoon. I have been able to find no indications of a division or
divisions such as occur in Paludina, nor have I seen any two spermatids
which could possibly be construed as daughter cells resulting from such a
spermatocytic division. I have not seen all the stages of the transformation,
but it appears to occur in this way : The nucleus of the large and easily recog-
nizable oligopyrene spermatocyte breaks up into a great number of vesicu-
lated fragments (chromosomes?), which come to lie scattered throughout
the cell-body. The cell then begins to elongate and the nuclear fragments to
degenerate. Later on a thick bundle of fibers is to be seen running through
part of the cell-body and extending beyond the cell-wall as flagella. These
probably arise from a large centrosome, which is visible before the nucleus
breaks up, but whose subsequent fate I have not as yet succeeded in tracing.
At all events, long before the spermatozoon has reached maturity, both the
bundle of fibers and the flagella have disappeared as such, fusing to form the
undulating membranes and the rostrum. The development of the cubical
bodies is very similar to that of the granules in the nurse-cells in Littorina
nebulosa. They begin to appear about the time of the disappearance of the
flagella and are entirely of a cytoplasmic origin.

The evidence furnished by Strombus only goes to strengthen my belief
that the so-called oligopyrene spermatozoa are motile nurse-cells which are
quite comparable to those of the Littorince, if not entirely homologous with
them, but which only function as such in the seminal receptacle of the fe-
male. An examination of the seminal receptacle of Urosalpinx in midwinter
showed it to be full of both kinds of spermatozoa, indicating that the period
of copulation precedes that of oviposition by a considerable length of time.
Granting that in all cases one year's crop of spermatozoa fertilizes the next

136 REPORTS ON INVESTIGATIONS AND PROJECTS.

year's crop of eggs, a premise which I beHeve to be true, then in the case of
Littorina (probably all species) one would expect the period of copulation to
be nearer that of oviposition than it is among those prosobranchs which
have motile nurse-cells (oligopyrene spermatozoa), since here the nurse-cells
function in the sperm-duct for at least the greater part of the winter.

Report of Preliminary Investigations on the Marine Denitrifying Bacteria,
made at Port Royal, Jamaica, and at Tortugas during May and June
ipii, by G. Harold Drew, Christ's College, Cambridge, England.

It appears to be well established that the plankton of tropical and sub-
tropical seas is far less in quantity than that found in colder waters.

The zoo-plankton depends ultimately for its food on the phyto-plankton ;
hence any factor limiting the growth of the phyto-plankton which was capa-
ble of exercising its influence in tropical and not in temperate or arctic waters
might offer an explanation of this phenomenon. It has been shown by vari-
ous investigators that this factor is not temperature, light, or salinity, and it
has been suggested that the explanation may lie in the relative deficiency in
tropical seas of the nitrates or nitrogenous compounds which are so essential
for all plant life. A matter of common observation in support of this view
is the remarkable scarcity of algal growth in the shallow waters of tropical
shores as compared with that in temperate regions, and the fact that in the
Tropics, wherever sewage or other nitrogenous waste is poured into the sea,
a free growth of alg?e is found.

At present no reliable and accurate chemical method of estimating the
combined nitrogen in sea-water exists ; hence the above theory can not be
directly put to the test. On the other hand, the existence of denitrifying
bacteria in temperate waters has long been known, and it would seem a fair
deduction that should this bacterial destruction of nitrates take place with
greater intensity and completeness in tropical than temperate waters, an ex-
planation of the relative scarcity of phyto-plankton in the former would be
offered. It was with the object of investigating this question that the pres-
ent work was undertaken.

In Jamaica a measurement was made of the rate of denitrification in fluid
culture media inoculated with samples of sea-water, but isolation of the
bacteria on solid media was not attempted. The following method was
employed :

Samples of sea-water were collected in sterilized stoppered bottles, from
the surface and from depths of 3 and 6 fathoms, from positions about 5
miles from shore, where, from a consideration of the wind and tide, the
water was probably under truly oceanic conditions and unaffected by the
neighboring land. 10 c.c. of these samples were added to 1,000 c.c. of a
modification of Gran's medium (see "Studien iiber Meeresbacterien," by
H. H. Gran, Bergens Museums Aarbog, No. 3, 1901). This culture fluid
was sterilized in glass flasks, and has the following composition :

Potassium nitrate (KNO3) 0.5 gram.

Sodium phosphate (Na2HP04, 12H2O) 0.25 gram.

Calcium malate (C2H3(OH) i<QQQ>Ca) about 5.0 grams.

Sea-water 1,000 .0 c.c.

Calcium malate is only slightly soluble in water, so can be added in excess.

The reduction of the nitrate to a nitrite was tested for by the addition of

5 c.c. of 10 per cent sulphuric acid and 2 c.c. of a i per cent solution of meta-

DEPARTMENT OF MARINE BIOLOGY. 137

phenylene diamine hydrochloride to 25 c.c. of the culture. The production
of a brown coloration (due to the formation of Bismarck brown) is an mdi-
cation of the presence of a nitrite, and is an extremely delicate reaction.

The formation of ammonia was similarly tested for by the addition of 5
c.c. of 10 per cent potassium hydrate and 5 c.c. of Nessler's reagent; the
white precipitate formed on the addition of the potassium hydrate does not
appreciably interfere with the test, though it renders it somewhat less deli-
cate.

The cultures were kept in a moderate light, and the room temperature
varied from 25° to 31.5° C. The average temperature during the growth of
each culture was noted.

In a typical culture made from surface-water, and for which the average
temperature was 29° C, the first indication of the formation of a nitrite, as
given by the metaphenylene diamine reaction, appeared after 27 hours ; after
38 hours the brown color produced in this reaction was very intense, the cul-
ture became cloudy, and, on testing with Nessler's reagent, slight ammonia
formation was apparent. After 48 hours the culture became very cloudy
and a scum of bacterial growth developed. The nitrite and ammonia reac-
tions remained unaltered. After 63 hours the nitrite reaction was somewhat
less marked, the ammonia reaction was unaltered, and bubbles of gas began
to appear. After ']2 hours many bubbles of gas were being produced, and
the nitrite and ammonia reactions were very slight. After 86 hours the bub-
bling had ceased, and no nitrite or ammonia was present in the culture.
Testing the culture for nitrates by the brucine and diphenylamine reactions
then showed that no nitrate was left in the solution.

In the absence of a gas-analysis apparatus the nature of the gas evolved
could not be determined, but considering that it was non-inflammable, did
not turn lime-water milky, and that the nitrate originally present had been
destroyed, it seems strongly probable that this gas was pure nitrogen. Thus
in 86 hours 0.5 gram of potassium nitrate had been decomposed by bacterial
growth. If a further 0.5 gram of potassium nitrate were then added it was
rapidly decomposed, and this could be repeated many times until the other
constituents of the culture medium were used up.

It was found that the rate of denitrification varied somewhat with the
temperature, and that in cultures kept at a temperature of between 10° and
12° C. no growth or denitrification occurred. The denitrification was always
more rapid in cultures from water taken from a depth of 3 or 6 fathoms
than from the surface. It was also more rapid with samples taken from
the thick muddy water of a mangrove swamp, where organic matter was
plentiful.

The bacteria present in the cultures were very minute, actively motile
bacilli with rounded ends.

The results of similar experiments performed with samples of water taken
from the English Channel near Plymouth, in the autumn of 1909, show that
there the process of denitrification is very much slower, and was never com-
plete at the room temperature. The first trace of the formation of a nitrite
in cultures in the modified Gran's medium, as detected by the metaphenylene
diamine reaction, occurred about the fifth day, and a large proportion of
nitrite always remained, even in the oldest cultures.

Samples of water taken from the neighborhood of the Tortugas showed
about the same rate of denitrification in cultures as those from Jamaica.

138 REPORTS ON INVESTIGATIONS AND PROJECTS.

Cultures were made on various solid media, and pure cultures were iso-
lated. The chief media employed were:

1. Potassium malate (C2H=OH<gQQg->) i.o gram.

Sodium phosphate (NasHPOi, 12H2O) 0.25 gram.

Potassium nitrate (KNO3) O-S gram.

Sea-water 1,000.0 c.c.

Agar-agar 12.0 grams.

The medium was only filtered through glass wool, so that a very slight
floccular precipitate of calcium phosphate was retained.

2. Petone 2.0 grams.

Potassium nitrate (KNO3) 0.5 gram.

Sea-water 1,000.0 c.c.

Agar-agar 12.0 grams.

By plating samples of surface-water from various positions round Tortu-
gas as far as possible removed from influence of the land, and collected on
sunny days, an average of 14 colonies per i c.c. sea-water was obtained.
These colonies appeared to be of two kinds when grown on peptone agar,
one much more plentiful than the other. Subcultures made from these colo-
nies in Gran's medium showed that the bacteria forming the most common
type of colony produced an active denitrification, while the others grew very
slowly in this medium and produced no denitrification.

The characteristics of the denitrifying form are as follows:

On the potassium malate or peptone agar media colonies are visible as
minute white specks after 6 to 8 hours when the room temperature averages
29.5° C. After about 18 hours the colonies are well developed. They are
white in color ; circular, but with finely irregular outline, and have a granu-
lar appearance. Superficial colonies are much elevated at first, but, as growth
proceeds, spread rapidly over the surface of the agar. Deep colonies remain
small, circular, and discrete.

Growth is somewhat more rapid on peptone agar than on the potassium
malate agar, and the older colonies develop a brownish tinge in the center
when growing on the former medium. On gelatin peptone (0.5 per cent
peptone in sea-water and kept at between 20° and 25° C. to insure the
medium remaining solid) growth was very slow. In stab cultures growth
proceeded slowly from the surface downwards, leaving a funnel-shaped
depression of liquefied gelatin.

Acid formation occurs in dextrose, levulose, mannite, and cane sugar, but
not in lactose media.

Growth is inhibited at a temperature of 10° C, but takes place slowly at

Growth is much retarded by exposure to bright sunlight, but the bacteria
are not killed by a 10 hours' exposure.

The bacteria are facultative anaerobes, but growth under anaerobic condi-
tions is very slow.

In Gran's medium growth is rapid, but no growth occurs if the potassium
nitrate be omitted, or if the calcium malate be replaced by calcium carbonate.
Growth in a pure solution of peptone in sea-water is very slight, but becomes
abundant if potassium nitrate be added, when denitrification quickly ensues.
The most rapid growth was produced in sea-water containing 0.2 per cent
peptone, o.i per cent potassium malate, and 0.5 per cent potassium nitrate,
and in this clear medium a slight floccular precipitate, presumably of calcium
salts derived from the sea-water, was soon formed. Growth was also rapid.

de;partme;nt of marine bioi^ogy. 139

at first in a solution of 0.5 per cent potassium malate, and 0.05 per cent
potassium nitrate in sea-water, but in this medium growth apparently ceased
after a few days and denitrification was never complete. A slight precipita-
tion occurred, and the solution was found to have very definitely increased
in alkalinity. It was this increase in alkalinity and consequent cessation of
growth of the bacteria that led Gran to employ a calcium instead of a potas-
sium salt in his culture medium, as in this way the calcium carbonate formed
by the bacteria from the organic calcium salt is removed from the sphere of
action by precipitation.

In its cultural reactions this bacrerium is very similar to certain denitrify-
ing forms found in the English Channel ; the chief points of difference con-
sist in its much greater denitrifying power and the relatively higher tempera-
ture necessary for its growth, by which it would be prevented from spreading
into more temperate waters, unless it is capable of acquiring an adaptation
to altered conditions of temperature.

Since the calcium salt of a simple organic acid is a sufficient source of or-
ganic food for these denitrifying bacteria, it would seem probable that they
could thrive in sea-water containing the products of decomposing vegetable
life, provided that the nitrate supply and conditions of light and temperature
were suitable. Such conditions should be especially well fulfilled by the
drainage into the sea of a well-wooded country composed of calcareous rock,
and the soluble organic calcium salts would be precipitated as calcium car-
bonate by the action of the bacteria. In addition, the elimination of the acid
radicle from the nitrate in the process of denitrification, by whatever stages
it may occur, must leave the alkaline base free to destroy the normal equi-
librium of the salts in sea-water, and by increasing the alkalinity would also
result in the precipitation of calcium carbonate.

The formation of beds of fine unorganized chalky mud in certain places
off the southern Florida Keys may possibly be explained in this w^ay, and it
is conceivable that some such bacterial action may have played a part in the
formation of some chalk and oolitic limestone beds in geologic times.

The characteristics of the scarcer non-denitrifying form of bacterium
found on the agar plates are as follows :

Growth on the potassium malate agar medium is very slow and indefinite.
On peptone agar growth is somewhat slower than in the case of the denitri-
fying form. On the surface circular, cream-colored colonies are formed,
having a brownish center ; the edges are smooth and regular, and the colony
remains discrete and does not tend to spread over the surface. The deep
colonies are smaller and usually ovoid in shape, and of a somewhat darker
color than those on the surface.

No growth was obtained on gelatin media.

Acid formation occurs in dextrose and levulose, but not in cane sugar,
lactose, or mannite media.

Growth takes place slowly at 10° C. No visible growth occurred at 0° C,
but cultures were not killed by 24 hours' exposure to this temperature.

Growth is retarded by light, and cultures are killed by 4 hours' exposure
to bright sunlight.

The bacterium is a strict aerobe.

Free growth takes place in Gran's medium, but is much slower than in the
case of the denitrifying form ; no growth occurs if the potassium nitrate be
omitted, though no denitrification results if it be present.

Many attempts were made to discover whether this bacterium had any
nitrifying or denitrifying action in cultures, but uniformly negative results
were obtained. Nitrites were neither oxidized to nitrates nor reduced to

140

REPORTS ON INVESTIGATIONS AND PROJECTS.

ammonia or free nitrogen, and ammonium salts were unaffected. No growth
was obtained in any culture medium that did not contain at least a trace of
nitrates, so it was not practicable to ascertain whether the bacterium had a
nitrifying action with the apparatus available.

On one occasion samples were obtained from various depths down to 90
fathoms at a point in the Gulf Stream 25 miles south of Tortugas. For this
purpose glass flasks of about 300 c.c. capacity with narrow recurved drawn-
out necks were exhausted and sealed ; they were then lowered in an appa-
ratus by which the extremity of the neck could be broken off at any desired
depth by sending a messenger down the sounding wire, when the flasks
became completely filled with water. These samples were plated and counted
with the average results shown in the table.

Depth.

Denitrify-
ing form.

Non-
denitrify-
ing form.

Total.

0
10
40
60
90

9

25

2

5
5

2
4
2
3
6

V

II
29
4
8
II

If any deductions can be made from one series of observations, it would
seem probable that the non-denitrifying bacteria are a deep-water form, and
this would be upheld by the ease with which they are killed by exposure to
sunlight. On the other hand, the denitrifying bacteria would appear to be a
surface form reaching their maximum a little below the surface. This would
be upheld by the results obtained in Jamaica, in which it was shown that
denitrification occurred much more rapidly in cultures made from samples
collected from depths of 3 and 6 fathoms, and possibly explained by the fact
that the growth of the bacteria is inhibited by strong light.

On August 7, 1911, two samples of water were collected in the lagoon of
the Marquesas Islands, 40 miles east of the Tortugas. These samples were
obtained near the eastern entrance to the lagoon, while the tide was still
ebbing but nearly low. The bottles were sent to Plymouth, England, where
they were studied with the following result :

Sample of Water from Marquesas Keys.

The salinity of the lagoon water was low, being only 33.95.

Plated on peptone agar, i c.c. = 800 colonies (average of 5 plates). Colonies appear
all of same kind.

Agar. — After 24 hours (at 75° F.) colonies are white, circular, with finely irregular
outline. Superficial colonies are considerably elevated, slightly granular, and spread
rapidly. Deep colonies remain small and circular. Old cultures become yellowish and
the color may spread through the agar.

Gelatin stabs. — Growth mostly superficial, with liquefaction; very slight growth in
deeper parts of stab.

Glucose, peptone, neutral red medium = acid formation.

Cane sugar, peptone, neutral red medium = acid formation.

Mannite, peptone, neutral red medium = acid formation.

Lactose, peptone, neutral red medium = no acid formation.

Rapid growth and denitrification in the modified Gran's medium.

Rapid growth in a medium consisting of calcium succinate i.o gram (soluble), potas-
sium nitrate 0.5 gram, and sea-water 1,000.0 c.c, with production of thick, milky
appearance, due to extremely finely divided particles of calcium carbonate, so fine that
they will not settle.

DEPARTMENT OF' MARINE BIOLOGY. I4I

To such a culture a trace of very finely powdered hydrated calcium sul-
phate or fine sand was added. This resulted in the formation of a precipitate,
which, on microscopical examination, could be seen to consist of finely lami-
nated concretions, some of which appeared to have a particle of calcium sul-
phate or sand as a nucleus. The concretions were soluble in dilute hydro-
chloric acid with evolution of carbon dioxide. These concretions bear a
resemblance to those of some oolitic limestones, and the experiment suggests
the manner in which such oolites may have been formed.

The bacteria which cause the formation of these concretions seem to be
the same as those found at Tortugas and Jamaica.

Bacteria from depths ranging from the surface to 80 fathoms from 70
miles west-southwest of Ushant, France, on August 20, 1911, appear to be
all of one and the same kind, and in cultural reactions to be precisely similar
to the Tortugas and Jamaica denitrifying form, with the exception that acid
formation does not occur with cane sugar.

Denitrification was relatively slow, the first trace of nitrite appearing only
after 96 hours at 75° F., and all nitrite was never destroyed.

These observations suggest that the bacterial denitrification in tropical
seas is far more active than in temperate regions, and if this can be sub-
stantiated by future work it would offer an explanation of the relative scar-
city of plankton in the Tropics. As it at present stands, the investigation
can at most be considered to offer a mere indication of the part played by
bacterial growth in the metabolism of the sea. To obtain a real insight into
the question, it would be necessary to make more extensive bacterial and
chemical observations in tropical, temperate, and arctic waters, and more
especially to make a study of the bacterial flora of the deep sea in some spot
where considerable depth, unaffected by currents, could be obtained. The
possibility that bacterial growth plays an important part in causing the pre-
cipitation of certain bottom deposits in coastal waters, and conceivably also
in the deep sea, is a subject well worthy of investigation.

A point not yet touched upon is the origin of the nitrate supply in the sea.
Nitrates are absorbed by diatoms and the phyto-plankton in general in the
course of their growth, and are presumably built up into complex nitrogenous
compounds within the plant. If these compounds on the death of the plant
are broken up and the nitrogen again rendered available for use in the form
of nitrates, a series of reactions must be gone through which may well be
performed by bacterial agency, and this also applies to the waste nitrogenous
products of animal metabolism.

In addition, it has been shown that nitrates are actually decomposed by
the denitrifying bacteria, and they would thus tend to keep the nitrate con-
centration down to the level necessary for their own existence, and would
come into competition for this essential with other forms of plant life. If
the bacteria are successful in liberating free nitrogen from nitrates, as seems
probable from the experiments in cultures, it follows that there must be
some source of nitrates in order that the concentration in the sea may remain
constant. The existence of symbiotic nitrifying bacteria on some of the
algae around the shores of the North Sea has been demonstrated, and it
seems possible that forms having a similar nitrifying action in the open sea
remain to be discovered.

142 REPORTS ON IX\'F.STIGATI0NS AND PROJECTS.

Report upon Investigations carried on at the Tortugas Laboratory
during ipii, by L. R. Gary, of Princeton University.

REARING OF ZOANTHELLA.

Continuing the experiments started during June 1910, I collected a con-
siderable number of specimens of Zoanthella, mostly Z. semperi, and at-
tempted to rear them to the adult stage. A single specimen became attached
to the bottom of the dish in which they were kept, and changed its shape
until it had become about one-eighth of its original length and three times its
original diameter at the base. The oral end retained practically the same
size as when it was in the free-swimming condition, and became very re-
tractile. The mouth-opening increased in diameter to about three times its
former size. The oral disk became broader and flattened. Around the bor-
der of the oral disk, at the point where it joins the column-wall, there was
formed a prominent ridge, which rose for a considerable distance above the
flat part of the disk. This ridge was nearly continuous, showing no indica-
tions of elevations and depressions, which would mark the beginning of the
growth of tentacles, except at one point, where the ciliated band had for-
merly been situated along the side of the larva. When this specimen had
been kept under observation for 10 days from the time of its attachment a
piece of the glass dish to which it was attached was cemented to a tile and
put out on a shallow reef near Loggerhead Key.

A number of other larvae, when they had shown no indication of trans-
forming after having been kept in aquaria for two weeks, were subjected to
experiments in which the amount of light admitted to the jars was controlled.
One lot of the larvae was kept in the dark for ^2 hours and then brought back
into the full light as before. All of these specimens had, when brought into
the light, lost most of their algal cells (Zooxanthellse), which had come out
from the body of the larva and settled on the bottom of the dish. Of the 8
specimens in this lot, 5 underwent their transformation within 3 days after
having been brought back into normal conditions as regards the lighting.
The 3 remaining individuals never transformed, but showed a broadening of
the oral disk area and an increase in the size of the mouth, while still retain-
ing the longitudinal band of cilia in an active condition.

The specimens which went through an otherwise (apparently) normal
transformation were unable to attach themselves. They rested on the bot-
tom of the containing vessel, but with one exception remained with the pedal
disk uppermost. They were finally inclosed in spirals made from silver wire
which would hold them in their normal position. One specimen from this
lot, while still within the wire ring, was cemented on a tile and put out in the
moat at Fort Jefiferson. The remaining specimens were brought to Prince-
ton and are at present in the salt-water tanks of the vivarium.

Other lots of larvse were kept in jars the sides of which were covered with
light-proof paint, while the light admitted through the top or bottom was
made to pass through blue glass. None of the specimens thus treated trans-
formed. Three specimens, which were left without changing the water for
3 days in a dish containing about 300 c.c. of sea-water, underwent a partial
transformation, such as has been described for some of the specimens kept
in the dark for 3 days. These specimens, together with some others which
had been recently taken in the tow, were brought to Princeton for further
observation.

DEPARTMENT OF MARINE BIOLOGY.

143

OBSERVATIONS ON GORGONIANS.

A series of measurements to ascertain the rate of growth of several species
of gorgonians was begim in June 1910. In so far as was possible, on account
of the weather conditions, the specimens for which measurements were re-
corded at that time were remeasured on January 10 to 12, 1911, when the
writer visited Tortugas in company with Dr. Mayer. The same colonies
were measured again on July 22, 191 1.

The following table shows the actual lengths of a number of gorgonians
on a single coral-head at the dates when measured and the percentage of
increase in approximately one year :

Species and specimen.

June 1910.

Jan. 10-12,
1911.

July 22, Percent
1911. ofincrease.

Gorgonia flabellum :

Specimen i

mm.

TOO

100

mm.

135
138
100
(*)
(t)

150

mm.
150 50

15° 50

2

3

4

5

Plexaura flexuosa ;

70
300
150

80
150
50

245
115

145
330
219

135
155

269
163

107.14
10
46

68.77

6ii

9-7
41.39

2

3

4

5

♦Could not be niea>ured.
t Not measured.

The measurements made in January 1911 are incomplete and to a greater
extent inaccurate, on account of the difficulties caused by the roughness of
the water. Specimens i, 2, and 4 of G. Hahellum had been exposed to the air
at an unusually low tide on June 6, 1910, and as the result the uppermost end
of each colony was killed. When they were measured in January 1911 all
evidence of this injury had disappeared.

With all of the other colonies measured the results were, in general, the
same. Those which were smallest when first measured showed the largest
percentage increase in size, while the smallest increase, actual as well as
by percentage, was found in those colonies which were largest when first
measured.

During the present summer the measurements were extended to include a
much greater number of colonies of the two species previously mentioned,
and to specimens of 5 other forms. Specimens of all the forms were ce-
mented to tiles, measured, photographed, and fastened by iron pins on the
reef near Loggerhead Key. On one small reef all of the colonies of Gor-
gonia flabellum, G. acerosa, and Plexaura Hexuosa (148 in number) were
measured and classified in arbitrary groups, according to size, as follows :
Group I, o to 6 inches ; group 2, 6+ to 12 inches ; group 3, 124- to 18 inches ;
group 4, 18+ to 24 inches ; group 5, 24+ to the largest specimen found.
The percentage of each size for each of the three species is shown in the
following table :

Species.

Group I.

Group 2.

Group 3.

Group 4.

Group 5.

G. flabellum

G. acerosa

P. flexuosa

per cent.

7-35

0.0

9.68

per cent.
36.76
II. I
22.58

per cent.
30.88
38.89
22.58

per cent.
16.17
22.22
3709

per cent.
8.82

1:^

144

REPORTS ON INVE^STIGATIONS AND PROJECTS.

On the same area of reef the location of 2;^ dead colonies could be deter-
mined. With three exceptions, all of these skeletons were covered by a
growth of living MilUpora alcicornis. When a colony had been only a short
time dead the MilUpora conformed to the shape of the original gorgonian
colony, even showing the meshwork of the skeleton of G. Hahellum. In other
instances the presence of the gorgonian skeleton within the MilUpora colony
could be demonstrated only after some of the projections on the latter colony
had been broken off, when it would be found to contain a piece of gorgonian
skeleton as a central axis.

The percentages of specimens of each different size, as shown in the table,
when considered in relation to the rate of growth, seems to indicate that the
norm of size for some species is reached within a comparatively few seasons.
Gorgonia acerosa, on the other hand, would seem to have a more regular
increase in size with a longer growing-period than the other species listed, as
seen by comparing the figures in the fifth group of the last table. The com-
paratively small number of skeletons of dead colonies found on the reef
indicates that the death-rate is very low. The fact that the skeletons, espe-
cially when covered by MilUpora, will persist for a number of years in a
recognizable condition makes it appear certain that the life of a gorgonian
colony must extend for a considerable period after the norm of size has been
reached.

REGENERATION EXPERIMENTS.

In the course of my work during the summer of 19 lo it was observed that
many colonies of the different species of gorgonians had undergone injuries
of greater or less extent, and in order to determine the capacity for and rate
of regulatory growth the following experiments were undertaken :

The species used for most of the experiments were those for which the
greater number of measurements had been made — Gorgonia Hahcllum, G.
acerosa, and Plexanra Hexuosa. All of the operations were extensive, in-
volving the coenenchyme. and frequently the skeleton as well as the polyps.

The following table shows the nature of the operation and the general
results for a few of the experiments :

Species and speci-
men.

Operation, June 1910.

Recovery, Jan. 1911.

July 191 1.

G. flabellum:

Specimen i...

One-half cut from each
leaf (longitudinally).

Healed; no regeneration.

No lateral growth.

2..

Split lengthwise into 5
pieres.

Edges healed

Tyi inch of lateral
growth.

3..

Circular pieces cut from

Healed around cut

\i inch of in-growth of

leaf.

new tissue.

4..

Cut back one-half; 6

Healed over and had

9.5 inches long; blade

inches remaining.

grown to 7.5 inches.

had become rounded
at upper end.

P. flexuosa:

Specimen i..

Side branches cut off ;

Had healed over the de-

Polyps now cover de-

central ones slabbed

nuded areas and new

nuded areas; new

on one side, exposing

polyps were coming in

branches (8) appear

the skeleton.

on the "scar-tissue."

on .stumps of cut
branches.

2..

Cut back from 11 inches

Ends of branches

Now 10 inches high.

to 6 inches.

healed over; had
grown to 7.25 inches.

G. acerosa

One side of all branches

No new branches;

Polyps have appeared

trimmed and slabbed.

scar-tissue covers all

over scar - tissue on

wounds; no polyps on

all of the smaller

scar-ti.«sue on larger

branches; the larger

branches.

branches have scar-
ti.ssue with no pol-
yps.

Pieces of the regenerating branches of Gorgonia acerosa were preserved
when the reef was visited in January 191 1 and sections were cut and studied.

di;partme:nt of marine biology. 145

In Gorgonia there is always formed a complete layer of coenenchyma over a
denuded area, which remains free from polyps for some time. The ento-
dermal canals keep pace with the formation of the other tissues, ^ut it is
considerably later that the bud-like swellings of the canal, which mark the
points of origin of new polyps, make their appearance. They always follow
the same sequence as that shown in the formation of new tissue over a de-
nuded area, appearing first at the periphery nearest to the older polyps. The
formation of new skeletal tissue at the end of a cut branch takes place very
slowly at first. After the new rod of skeletal tissue has attained a diameter
equal to that of the older portion the elongation of the branch takes place
rapidly. If the living tissue is removed from the skeleton about the base of
a colony, there is, so far as my observations show, no down growth of tissue
from the cut surface above the denuded stem,

EFI^ECT OF THF HURRICANE OF OCTOBER IJ, I9IO, ON THE ALCYONARIAN
FAUNA ABOUT TORTUGAS.

The hasty observations made in January 191 1 showed that as a result of
the hurricane of the previous October there had been a great destruction of
gorgonians on the reefs about Tortugas. On the east shore of Loggerhead
Key, the only one visited at this time, many specimens of some five or six
species of gorgonians were found thrown up on the beach along its entire
length. At that time no estimate of the number cast up was made, nor was
the area of reef visited sufficient to give conclusive evidence of the propor-
tion of colonies carried from their natural location. In July 191 1 the obser-
vations on these points were extended to an extensive area of shore-line and
submerged reefs.

At one point on the inside of the east reef, near Bush Key, the gorgonian
skeletons were counted over a strip of beach 112 yards in length, where
there was a windrow, perhaps a yard wide, made up of the skeletons. The
number of skeletons in a linear yard (practically a square yard) was 75.7
as the average for ten counts made at roughly equal distances through the
above-mentioned distance, or approximately 8,500 colonies. This area showed
very clearly that the most destructive part of the storm came from nearly
northeast. On the outside of the reef, in the direction indicated by the wash
of the storm, only two living colonies of gorgonians were found for as far
ofifshore as the water was sufficiently shallow to allow one to wade about
over the reef. Gorgonians were growing abundantly over this area when it
was visited in 1910, so the destruction had been almost complete. That the
greater number of the colonies found in the windrow on the beach had come
from this shallow-water area was shown by the fact that in the deeper water
on the outer portion of the reef there was little evidence of the lessening of
the number of colonies below the normal number for such locations, where
the colonies are ahvays comparatively scattered, never forming dense "thick-
ets," as they do on the reefs in shallow water. The very shallow water on
the outside of the reef contained a considerable number of skeletons of Gor-
gonia Habelhim and Plcxaura Uexuosa, which had been broken off from their
supports or carried away f rorn their original location while still attached to a
good-sized piece of coral rock. Apparently these specimens had reached
their present location at a time when the wave-action had become insufficient
to carry them over the crest of the reef on to the beach on the lagoon side.
Among the specimens along the beach on the lagoon side of the reef, by far
the larger number were still attached to a piece of coral rock, usually one of
small size. In almost every instance the skeleton shows that the colony was

146 REPORTS ON INVESTIGATIONS AND PROJECTS.

complete when washed on shore. Any physical injury undergone had not
been to the extent of having branches broken off or, in the case of G. iiabel-
lum, having suffered any tearing of the blade of the leaf-like portion of the
colony.

On the east side of Loggerhead Key, where the greatest force of the
storm came across comparatively shallow water, it being approximately 3
miles from the reef mentioned in the previous paragraph, most of the speci-
mens when examined in January 191 1 had the spicule-bearing tissues present,
although considerably macerated in many instances. None of these colonies
showed any considerable amount of injury, such as the loss of branches or
the tearing of the living tissues from the skeleton.

None of the common gorgonians of the Tortugas region can be kept alive
for any considerable time after they have been broken oft* from their natural
support and allowed to fall over into a horizontal position. When such a
colony is put into a live-car, where most of the other local marine inverte-
brates and practically all of the sedentary coelenterates can be kept alive for
an indefinite period, it will be only 2 or 3 days before maceration sets in.

It seems apparent, therefore, that the greatest destruction resulting from
hurricanes comes from the tearing of the gorgonian colonies from their
natural supports, rather than from any lacerations of the tissues of the
colony.

On the reef where the regeneration experiments previously mentioned
were being carried on, a considerable number of colonies were carried away
during the storm. Of the remaining colonies many were found in January
191 1 which had suffered lacerations of noticeable extent. The most common
injury observed was a destruction of the living tissues of the colony, such as
would result from twisting such a specimen in one's hands while holding it
firmly by each end. The loss of branches in the branched forms, or the tearing
of the skeleton of the leaf-like portion of G. flabellum, was of very unusual
occurrence. The injuries caused by the twisting from the waves were quite
evenly distributed among the several species occurring on this reef. Such
injuries often involved as much as half of the total surface area of the
colony. In all large colonies of whatever species the injury was greatest
over the basal portion, while the outer ends or branches were usually unin-
jured. At the time of the examination in January 1911 there had been com-
paratively little ingrowth of new tissue over the denuded areas, so that the
extent of the injury to any colony could be readily determined. When the
same specimens were examined in July 191 1, in at least 50 per cent* of the
specimens noted as injured at the time of the earlier observation, the repara-
tion had been so complete that there was no longer any evidence of injury.

In all of the colonies where the injury consisted in the removal of the
living tissues from about the base of the skeleton there was yet an area
where the skeleton was exposed. In all cases where the injury was of this
nature there was no evidence of any growth of the living tissues down over
the naked skeleton. The exposed skeleton was usually covered with a dense
growth of algae, bryozoans, or hydroids, so that there seems to be no proba-
bility that it will be again covered with the usual tissues. The specimens of
G. acerosa known to have been injured during the storm showed the same
overgrowth of the denuded skeleton by the ccenenchyma, on which the
polyps later made their appearance, as did those colonies from which the
living tissues were removed in the regeneration experiments.

* The examination in January 191 1, was so hasty and incomplete that no reliable
estimate of the number showing injuries could be made.

DEPARTMENT OE MARINE BIOEOGY. I47

\
EMBRYOI^OGY OF PALYTHOA.

Attempts to obtain the embryos of Palythoa mammilosa were continued
during the present summer without success. The eggs were still immature
when examined on August 7, although the testes were rapidly increasing in
size and ripe active spermatozoa could be obtained in abundance. All
attempts to induce artificial parthenogenesis resulted only in membrane
formation without any subsequent segmentation.

EMBRYOLOGY OE FISSURELLA.

Two lots of Fissurella eggs were fertilized and carried through to the
formation of free-swimming embryos. Some 50 individuals were collected
on July 23, when the low spring tide came on an excessively hot day. None
of the eggs from any of these specimens could be fertilized, and all subse-
quent attempts to fertilize the eggs of this form failed. As the result of the
high temperature on the reef on the above-mentioned date more than 50 per
cent of the snails collected at that time died, or were washed out from the
shells (they may have been dead when taken into the live-car), during the
succeeding night. As the ovaries of the females were full of eggs, which
shook out when the ovary was put into a dish of water, it seems that the
heat, which was fully 38° C, was sufficient to destroy the eggs without being
great enough to kill all the snails.

The Madreporaria and Marine Bottom Deposits of Southern Florida, by
Thomas Wayland Vaughan, U. S. Geological Survey.

During June 191 1 studies of the life-history, growth-rate, and general
ecology of the corals of southern Florida were prosecuted along lines begun
in preceding years. Especial attention was paid to rearing coral colonies
from planulse that attached themselves in the aquarium and were therefore
of definitely known age ; to rearing colonies from planulae that had settled on
collectors and were therefore of ages approximately known ; to planting in
selected localities colonies cemented to terra-cotta disks (tiles) ; to making
measurements of colonies growing naturally in certain localities; and to
repeating annual surveys of the piers of the Fort Jefferson wharf and of the
Fort Jefferson moat. One result of these experiments and observations was
to obtain data on the factors that influence the attachment of planulae, their
survival after attachment, and their growth-rate should they survive. Other
additional information on the general ecology of these organisms was pro-
cured, and new observations and experiments were initiated. A brief account
of the investigations on the Madreporaria and a summary of the results
obtained follow.

The effects of the hurricane of October 17, 1910, were studied, and a
series of samples of the bottom deposits was collected on the Quicksands
lying west of the Marquesas Keys and around the Marquesas. The informa-
tion obtained from these sources will later be used in describing the active
geologic processes of southern Florida. However, it may here be stated that
there is much fine calcareous sediment on the Quicksands, and a deposit of
ooze, of an undetermined number of feet in thickness, occurs in Marquesas
Lagoon ; this ooze is extremely fine and is probably a chemical precipitate.
(For a possible explanation of such a precipitate, see the report of Mr. G. H.
Drew, pp. 136-141 of this Year Book.)

148

REPORTS ON INVESriGATlONS AND PROJECTS.

RESULTS OF PLANUIvA CULTURES MADE IN I9IO.

In 19 10, 203 planulae attached themselves, in culture-jars, to 21 terra-cotta
disks (tiles). Of these 21 tiles, 13, bearing a total of 160 polyps, were
placed in a floating live-car moored off the northwest face of Loggerhead
Key; while 8, bearing a total of 43 polyps, were planted on stakes driven
into the sea-bottom off the northwest face of the Fort Jefferson moat-wall.
In order to identify colonies that might develop from the planulae settled in
the aquarium from colonies that might develop from adventitious planulae
after the tiles were planted in the ocean, a diagram was carefully made of
each tile, showing the precise position of each attached planula. The neces-
sity of this foresight was amply demonstrated. By 191 1 at least 28 colonies,
representing 3 species, had developed from the cultures of 1910.

PLANULA CULTURES PLACED IN THE FLOATING LIVE-CAR.

An account of the initiation of this experiment with its history to Novem-
ber 1910 is given in last year's report.* It is stated in a footnote that this
car was sunk just before the hurricane of October 17, 1910, and that it was
subsequently refloated. John Mills, the head mechanic of the laboratory,
furnished notes on the condition of the cultures after the car was refloated,
but they could not be included in last year's report. The following table
presents the results of this experiment:

Record of tiles ('laced in live-car anchored off Loggerhead Key.

Culture number aud
name of parent.

No. of plan-
ulae attach-
ed in May
and June
1910.

Report of John Mills
Nov. 15, 1910.

Report of Dr. Mayer,
Jan. 10, 191 1.

No. of colo-
nies June

1911.

No.of plan-
ulae repre-
sented by
colonies.

I. Favia fragura I*.

4. Porites clavaria 1 .
6. Favia fragum I . . .
8. Favia fragum III.

22. Porites astreoides
I.

24. Porites astreoides

II.

25. Porites astreoides

II.

39. Porites astreoides
II.

4 specimens ; diam
4.7 mm.

3 specimens; diam.
largest 9.5 mm. ; in-
termediate 9 mm.;
smallest 8 mm.

4 specimens; 2 diam.
4.7 mm.; 2 diam.
6.25 mm.

I specimen ; diam.

3 ram.
7 specimens; 5 diam.

3 mm.; 2 diam.

4.7 mm.
12 specimens; 7 diam

3 mm.; 3 diam. 4.7.

mm; 2 diam. 6mm.
4 specimens ; diam.

3 ni m .

3 specimens; diam.
largest 7 mm.; in-
termediate 6mm.;
smallest 5 mm.

46

* The Roman numerals refer to the parent specimen. Cultures Nos. 8 and 24 are illustrated by plate 4,
figs. I and 2.

The measurements of John Mills were expressed in fractions of an inch
and were computed to millimeters. Some colonies escaped the notice of
both Mills and Dr. Mayer, because of trying to make observations under
water without removing the tiles from their places of attachment, the small
size of the colonies, or concealment by sea-weed or other organisms. I re-
moved the tiles from the car and cleaned and examined them in shallow
vessels filled with water. In some instances the present colonies were prob-
ably formed by the fusion of several planulae, or by the fusion of colonies

* Carnegie Institution of Washington, Year Book No. 9, 1910, pp. 142, 143, plate 4, figs,
c and D.

DEPARTMENT OF MARINE BIOLOGY.

149

developed from several planulse. A consideration of the location of the tiles
in the live-car shows that each of the three tiles in the anterior row of the
five cross-rows bore one or more colonies ; one tile in the second row, the one
on the left side, bore 4 colonies ; and one tile, the one on the right side, in the
third row, bore 7 colonies. All colonies in the fourth row died. In the fifth
row the polyps attached in one culture died ; the specimens of Agaricia and
Favia cemented to a tile all died, though it is known that the environment of
the live-car is favorable for Favia. The bases of two specimens of Pontes
astreoides cemented to a tile were half dead in January, according to Dr.
Mayer, but subsequently regenerated and grew rapidly. The sinking of the
live-car probably brought about the death of the colonies near its rear end
and on the left side forward beyond the middle.

When I examined the car in June of this year it was overgrown, inside
and outside, by seaweeds of several species ; there were also sponges, several
species of mollusks, Ostrea and Avicula, and stalked barnacles, Lepas. The
surfaces of the tiles were largely covered by these organisms, which often
concealed the young corals and probably would ultimately have smothered
them. Two water-buckets full of these overspreading organisms were re-
moved from the car and specimens were preserved for future identification.
This experiment has clearly proved that one factor determining the success of
competing organisms is growth-rate. In locations where corals might grow
rapidly they are smothered by other organisms that have a more rapid growth-
rate. This subject will be subsequently reverted to in discussing other ex-
periments and observations.

The following table gives the measurements of the colonies that sur^dved
in the live-car experiment:

Dimensions of corals surviving, June 1911, from planula cultures placed in floating
live-car in June 1910, the colonies being one year old in June 1911.

Culture.

Spec-
imen.

Parent.

Greater
diameter.

Lesser
diameter.

Height.

No. of
calices.

I
I

I
I

4
6
t 8
8
8
8
t 24
24
24
24
24
24
24

b

c
d
e

a
b
c
e
a
b
c
d
e
f
S

Favia fragum I

mm.

13
19
20
20.5

7

5.5
17.5
13.5

9.5

S

9
23
II

5

6

4

6.5

mm.
12

18.5
18.5

6.5
5
15

7.5

9

14.5
10

4

5

3

5

mm.

4
6

5
4.5

"'5 "

3

2.5

2.5
2 to 3

3
ca. 2
ca. 2
ca. 2
ca. 2
ca. 2

9
15

17
18

"*\"
II
4

4
3

Do

Do

Do

Porites clavaria I

Favia fragum I

Favia fragum III

Do

Do

Do

Porites astreoides II

Do

Do

Do

Do

Do

Do

* Fission in process.

X See plate 4, fig. 2.

t See plate 4, fig. i.

In three instances — cultures i, 8, and 24 — there were adventitious speci-
mens, in each case Favia fragum. An inspection of the table shows a great
range in the size of colonies i year old. This variation may be largely ex-
plained by whether or no the young colony was more or less smothered by
algae or other overspreading organisms. The tiles in cultures 4, 6, and much
of 24 were overgrown with sea-weed. Specimen h of culture 24 was proba-
bly formed by the fusion of colonies from 6 planulse, attached on the periph-
ery of the tile and not so shadowed or overgrown as the other colonies.

150

REPORTS ON INVESTIGATIONS AND PROJECTS.

PLANULA CULTURES PLANTED ON STAKES OFF FORT JEFFERSON MOAT-WALL.

Eight tiles bearing polyps of Pontes astreoides, derived from planulse that
attached in the aquarium, were planted off the northwest face of the Fort
Jefferson moat-wall. The following table gives the record of these experi-
ments :

Record of culture tiles planted oif Fort Jefferson moat-wall.

Culture
No.

Name of parent.

No. of
planulse
attached
in 1910.

No. of
colonies
surviving
in 1911 at
the end of
one year.

No. of
plauulje
represent-
ed by
colonies.

13
14
30
31
32
33
34
38

P. astreoides I

P. astreoides 11

P. astreoides I

. . .Do

5
6

3
4
2

9
6

8

I
0
0

I
I
4
1
3

I
0
0
I

I
6
I
4

Do

P. astreoides II

Do

P. astreoides I

43

II

14

In 1910 attention was called to the variation in frequency of attachment of
planulae of respectively different parents. This experiment indicates that,
once attached, the planulae of different parentage have about equal chances of
surviving. Planting the tiles directly in the ocean gave proportionately bet-
ter results than planting in a floating live-car. In the live-car 160 planulae
gave 17 colonies, representing 46 planulae (about 20 on culture 4 were origi-
nally in a cluster), while on the stakes 43 planulae produced 11 colonies,
representing 14 planulae. The death of many of the young corals in the live-
car was probably due to its sinking and to the hurricane. The tiles on the
stakes suffered some, but not greatly, from the hurricane ; considerable silt
and sand settled on the upper surfaces. The following table gives the dimen-
sions of these colonies :

Dimensions of Porites astreoides colonies stirviving from planula cultures planted on
stakes, showing the grozvth attained at the end of the first year of their lives.

Culture

Specimen.

Greater

Lesser

No.

diameter.

diameter.

mm.

mm.

13

c

13-5

II

31

a

18

15

32

a

75

5

33

a

9

8

33

b

7

6

33

c

9

8

33

d

9

6.5

34

a

19

18

*38

c

12.5

9

38

d

16.5

15

38

c

12

II

* See plate 4, fig. 3.

Of the culture-tiles that bore colonies in 191 1, Nos. 8 and 24 were planted
on stakes driven into the reef off the northwest face of Loggerhead, while
all of the others were planted on stakes off the northwest face of the Fort
Jefferson moat-wall. These colonies constitute a definite basis for the study
of the growth-rate of the species represented and of the influence of environ-
ment on variation. These experiments and observations are being supple-
mented in several ways, accounts of which follow.

DEPARTMENT OE MARINE BIOLOGY. 1 51

COLONIES FROM PLANUL.^ SETTLING ON COLLECTORS.

Sixty-one tiles were attached to stakes driven into the reefs off the north-
west face of Loggerhead Key in 1909. The upper surfaces of these tiles
were examined in June 1910 and June 1911, to discover any young colonies
that might be growing on them, but none were found. The aggregate area
of the upper surfaces of these tiles is about 24 square feet; as the tiles were
out for 2 years, the exposed surface would be equivalent to 48 square feet
for I year, or a square about 7 feet on each side, assuming conditions in the
two years to have been similar. These tiles were planted among corals, at
depths below the water-level of the lowest observed tides. This experiment
clearly shows that smooth, flat, horizontal surfaces on reefs are not favor-
able locations for the attachment of coral larvse. It was observed that adven-
titious planulae had attached to the upper surfaces of the tiles in the floating
live-car and to the upper surfaces of some of the tiles on stakes off the north-
west face of the Fort Jefferson moat-wall. The conclusion from these ob-
servations seems substantiated, that the strong forward and backward flow
of water over reefs, with the flood and ebb of the tides, together with the
exposure to storms and the consequent breakers, prevents planulae from set-
tling on smooth, open, horizontal surfaces, while they will settle on such
surfaces in more protected situations.

The tiles planted on stakes off the northwest face of the Fort Jefferson
moat-wall bore numerous young colonies, less than one year old, on their
peripheries and under surfaces, as well as on their upper surfaces. This
observation led to the inspection of the peripheries and under surfaces of 19
tiles planted as collectors on Loggerhead Reef. Nine of these tiles bore a
total of 18 young colonies. These observations indicate that on the reefs
planulae effectively attach themselves in the more protected places. An ex-
amination of the natural surfaces of the Loggerhead reefs to find young
colonies revealed very few, some Favia fragum and some Pontes astreoides
growing in protected places. Although a more thorough inspection would
doubtless have yielded a larger number, the important factors controlling
effective attachment seem evident.

Many of the colonies developed from naturally attached planulae were
photographed and measured, and incorporated in the series of studies in
growth-rate. Tile 15 is illustrated by plate 4, fig. 4. The table on page 152
presents the dimensions of these yearlings :

Culture-tiles 13, 14, and 30, and tile 15, were inverted because of the large
number of colonies growing on the under surfaces, while there were no
living colonies on the upper surfaces. The following colonies were on the
peripheries of these tiles :

Culture 13, c (Porifes astreoides from planula culture), g (Pontes astreoides).
Culture 14, a, d {Favia fragum), i (Porites clavaria).

Culture 30, b (Favia fragum), c (Porites astreoides), f (Favia fragum), j (Pontes
astreoides) .

These data show the great preponderance of attachments in nature to be
on the lower surfaces of the tiles. However, though the conditions are most
favorable for original attachment and initial growth on the free under surfaces
of objects immersed in the water, such a habitat is not the most favorable for
the ultimate survival of the young corals. On the lower surfaces of the tiles
algae of various species, sponges, and Bryozoa, that have a more rapid
growth-rate than the young corals, grow luxuriantly and frequently smother
more slowly growing organisms. In the competition between attached and

152

REPORTS ON INVESTIGATIONS AND PROJECTS.

Table of dimensions of naturally attached yearling corals.

Name of species and present location.

Greater
diameter.

L,esser
diameter.

Height.

No. of
calices.

Ei'.smilia knorri:

mm.

mm.

mm.

Fort Jefferson wharf, pier II, 15 b. . .

22

18

17 to iS

I

Fort Jefferson wharf, pier II, 15 a*..

33

27

17 to 18

2

Faria fragum:

Culture I, a, off moat-wall

12

10.5

9

Culture 8, d, Loggerhead Reef

10

9-5

ca. 2.5

7 or 8

Culture 13, a, off moat-wall

lO

8-5

Culture 13, b, off moat-wall

1.^-5

13

Culture 13, d, off moat-wall

18.5

17-5

Culture 13, e. off moat-wall

II

II

Culture 13, /, off moat-wall

IO-5

9.5

Culture 14, a, off moat-wall

9-5

9-.S

Culture 14, c, off moat-wall

9

8

Culture 14, d, oft' moat-wall

11-5

9

Culture 14, e, off moat-wall

125
9

17-5

9

Culture 14, /, off moat-wall

8

Culture 14, g, off moat- wall

16

6

Culture 14, h, off moat- wall

15

II

Culture 14, j, off moat-wall

II-5

8.5

Culture 14, k, off moat-wall

16

iS-5

4

Culture 24, h, Loggerhead Reef

9-5

8

Culture 30, a, off moat-wall

"■5

9

Culture 30, b, off moat-wall

12.5

12.5

Culture 30, e, off moat-wall

10

7

Culture 30, /, off moat-wall

6.5

6.5

Culture 30, h, off moat- wall

17

17

Culture 30, I, off moat-wall

9-5

8.5

Culture 30, /, off moat-wall

12-5

i'-5

Culture 30, m, off moat-wall

II

6

Culture 38, a, off moat-wall

10

18
12
17

15
12
17

Tile 15, e, off moat- wall

Tile 15, /, off moat- wall

12

10

Agaricia fragilis var. :

Culture 30, d (died)

10

7

«5
14

15
10

Tile IS, a (died)

Pontes clavaria:

Culture 14, b, off moat- wall

9

9

Culture 14, I, off moat-wall

II

10.5

Culture 30, k, off moat-wall

II

10

Culture 34, b, off moat-wall

6.5

5-5

Culture 34, off moat-wall (lower

II

8

Tile 15, c, off moat-wall

16

15

Porites astreoides:

Culture 13, g, off moat- wall

13-5

10

Culture 30, c, oft' moat- wall

17

155

Culture 30, }', off moat- wall

12

9

Culture 31, b, off moat-wall

13

8.5

Culture 38, b, off moat- wall

4-5

4-5

* Perhaps 2 years old.

incrusting organisms, growth-rate is one of the most important factors in
determining which shall survive. Corals may grow with great rapidity in
locations where they can not survive, or are only poorly represented, because
the habitat is suited to other organisms of a more rapid rate of growth. In
the vicinity of the Tortugas there are many obstacles in the way of free
planulae obtaining a footing and developing into colonies. They settle and
begin their initial development best precisely in those places where they are
most likely to be smothered by other organisms. The relatively small num-
ber of planulae that attach in crevices or small protected spots, in which sea-
weeds, sponges, etc., do not get a footing, and when the environment is
unfavorable for the growth of these, are those that have the best opportunity
for growth and ultimate survival. To offer a proper foundation for a coral
reef, the sea-bottom must, besides being hard, clean, with a free circulation
of water over it, also be rough. Irregularities in the surface constitute an
essential factor.

DEIPARTMENT OF MARINE BIOLOGY. 153

A comparison of the table of dimensions of the colonies naturally attached
to tiles shows that the largest colonies of Favia fragum and Pontes astre-
oides derived from planulse that settled in the aquarium exceed in size the
largest colonies from planulse that settled under natural conditions. The
relatively smaller size of the latter may confidently be explained by their
being somewhat younger. But the average difference in size between the
culture colonies and the natural colonies is not great. Rearing colonies ob-
tained in this way furnishes directly positive data on the growth-rate of the
species represented, and also furnishes a reliable basis for estimating the
approximate age of other colonies discovered in nature.

PLANTING CORALS CE;mENTED TO TILES

A total of 96 specimens of corals in 1910 were cemented to 24 tiles, 22 of
which, bearing 86 specimens, were planted on stakes off the northwest face
of the Fort Jefferson moat-wall; while 2, bearing 10 specimens, were placed
in the floating live-car moored off the northwest face of Loggerhead Key.
When examined in June 1911 it was found that 8 specimens had been broken
off the tiles and that 12 had died, 3 more dying between the time of remov-
ing the tiles from the stakes for measuring and photographing and that of
replacing them on the stakes. Seven of the dead corals were on one tile in
the floating live-car {4 Agaricia crassa and 3 Favia fragum). It seems very
doubtful from other experiments that the Agaricia will survive in water so
shallow, directly exposed to the rays of the sun, as this coral apparently needs
a more attenuated light ; but the Favia was doubtless killed by the sinking of
the car. The other specimens that died before June 14, 1911, were 4 Astran-
gia solitaria and i Agaricia crassa; the 3 that died between taking up and
replanting the tiles were 2 Agaricia fragilis var, and i Siderastrea radians.
These experiments give an idea of factors influencing the life of these corals
and their relative hardiness. Astrangia solitaria is usually found on the reefs
attached to the under side of stones, etc. It probably could not stand the
exposure to strong sunlight in which it was placed when planted on the upper
surface of the tile. Other experiments showed that placing corals accus-
tomed to attenuated light in strong sunlight, in very shallow water, would
either injure or kill them. Agaricia lives in more or less shaded places and
appears to be a delicate coral. Why the specimen of Siderastrea radians
died was not explained.

Of the 96 corals cemented to tiles in 1910, y^^ remained for further obser-
vation. These y^, specimens furnish important information on the growth-
rate and the vicissitudes of coral life, which is often a struggling life. There
is, especially among the less rapidly growing corals, a constant struggle
against overspreading organisms, which, though they may not kill the corals,
at least greatly retard their growth. By using the yearling colonies a judg-
ment may be formed of the approximate ages of young specimens ; by seri-
ating the specimens it is possible to estimate the age of larger specimens.
The growth-rate is frequently rapid, bearing out the estimates published in
Year Book No. 9, pp. 136-140. To present in detail the results of this series
of experiments would require more space than it is desirable to take here ;
but 7 of the experiments are illustrated on plate 4, figs. 5, 6, and plates 5
and 6. (For explanation of plates see page 156.)

The result of one experiment with Agaricia gave unexpectedly important
information on the influence of environment on variation. On the piers of
the Fort Jefferson dock a thin, unifacial, subcircular, or reniform Agaricia,
attached by the center of the lower surfaces, is rather abundant. This seems

154 REPORTS ON INVESTIGATIONS AND PROJECTS.

to be a variety of Agaricia fragilis (Dana). On the reefs off Loggerhead
Key an Agaricia of massive form, several inches in diameter and of some-
what less height, is abundant. This appears to be the same as Agaricia crassa
Verrill. One specimen of the thin Agaricia fragilis form attached to a tile in
June 1910 had by June 191 1 assumed the Agaricia crassa growth-form. This
specimen was attached by its entire lower surface and seems to have had its
growth-form influenced by the wide basal attachment. It is evident that
there is here one species of Agaricia that under different conditions assumes
different growth-forms. In very quiet water it is thin, orbicular, or reni-
form, with a slight basal attachment at its center, while on the reefs it is
more strongly attached and has a more massive growth-form. But, in the
quiet waters, the massive growth-form may be produced by giving the nor-
mally thin form a wide base of attachment, or there is a reaction to contact.
On the reefs, when the water is strongly agitated, there is probably a clinging
of the peripheral polyps to the basal support ; this causes the basal attachment
to cover a larger area than in the more quiet waters ; then upward growth
from this wide base would produce the massive form.

The number of specimens cemented to tiles was, in June 191 1, increased
by 37 specimens cemented to 26 tiles, 17 of which were planted on Logger-
head Reef and 9 off the northwest face of the Fort Jefferson moat-wall. Be-
sides the measuring and photographing of the specimens, they were weighed
before attachment to the tiles and the tiles were weighed with the specimens
attached. Among these specimens were young Eusmilia knorri and young
Manicina gyrosa.

RECORDS OF CORALS GROWING NATURALLY.

The records of growth of corals growing naturally and the survey of cer-
tain coral areas were repeated in 1911.

Fort Jefferson wharf. — The piers of the Fort Jefferson wharf, which have
been annually surveyed in order to notice any changes that may take place in
the corals attached to them, were again surveyed in 1911. In 1910 33 corals,
growing attached to the piers of the wharf, were under observation for
growth-rate, measurements having been made of most of them. Of these
specimens, 3 had been broken off in 191 1, and 8 specimens under observation
were not observed again because of rough water at the time of inspection.
Records were made of 22 of the 33 specimens in 191 1 ; 4 of these were re-
moved and cemented to tiles. The observations were increased by 6 new
records. These records include several young specimens of Eusmilia knorri
and Manicina gyrosa.

Fort Jefferson moat. — The annual surveys of this moat were again re-
peated. An account of the low tides of June 6-8, 1910, was published in
Year Book No. 9, pp. 135-136. The opinion there given of the ability of
corals to withstand atmospheric exposure was in general substantiated. Colo-
nies of Eusmilia, OrbiceUa, and Mccandra clivosa were killed ; specimens of
Mceandra clivosa, Mccandra viridis, and Manicina gyrosa were partially killed,
the portions saturated with water remaining alive and subsequently growing.
The specimens of Favia fragum grew less rapidly than during the preceding
year, their growth apparently having been retarded. The specimens of the
three species of Porites showed no evidence of having been injured. Three
specimens of Siderastrea radians died. As their loss may have been caused
by exposure between tides, this species may be more susceptible to injury
through atmospheric exposure than was supposed.

DEPARTMENT OE MARIXE BIOLOGY. 155

Although corals permanently submerged, but above the silty bottom, find
favorable conditions for vigorous growth in the moat, there is a constant
struggle for life between the corals and organisms that tend to overgrow
them. The inimical organisms comprise algse (among which Halimeda is
prominent), sponges, tunicates, etc. A collection of these was made for
purposes of specific identification. In this struggle the organism that grows
the most rapidly is the victor.

In 1910, 38 colonies in the moat were measured for growth-rate; in 191 1,
6 of these ( i Busmilia knorri, i Orhicella annularis, i Maandra clivosa, and
3 Siderastrea radians) were dead, i colony was overlooked, and 3 colonies
of Oculina diffusa were in bad condition, having been almost smothered by
Halimeda and the ascidian done atra. Growth-records on 31 colonies were
continued.

Outer face of the northwest side of Port Jefferson moat-ivall. — Fifteen
colonies growing attached to the outer face of the northwest side of the Fort
Jefferson moat-wall were measured in 1910. In 191 1, 8 of these were again
measured ; 7 colonies were lost in some way. Five of the lost colonies were
Favia fragum, living near the base of a colony of Porites furcata. Several
or all of these colonies were overgrown and smothered by the Porites, which
has a much more rapid growth-rate.

Reefs off the northzvest face of Loggerhead Key. — A reexamination of the
reefs off Loggerhead Key showed that the tops of the heads of Orhicella
annularis, exposed during the low-tide period of June 6-8, 1910, had been
killed, and that regeneration was taking place along the living edges below
the dead areas.

Nineteen colonies growing on the reefs were measured in 1910; 18 of these
were remeasured in 191 1, one of the specimens of the previous year's records
having been washed away by a storm. As a new record was added, the num-
ber of colonies being measured remain 19, as in 1910.

PLANUEA CULTURES, I9II.

As so many young colonies of Favia fragum and Porites astreoides were
obtained from the planula cultures of 1910, no attempts were made to obtain
additional colonies of these species in 191 1. Fifty cultures containing planu-
lae of Agaricia and Porites clavaria were installed, but they were not very
successful, probably because of impure sea-water. A total of 28 planulae of
Agaricia attached themselves to 5 tiles, which were planted in water 2 or 3
feet deep at extreme low tide, off the northwest face of Fort Jefferson moat-
wall. As Dr. Mayer has provided apparatus for pumping pure sea-water
through a glass circuit, in the future there should be no trouble from con-
taminated water.

TEMPERATURE RECORDS.

An arrangement was made with Mr. George C. Short, of Fort Jefferson,
to take temperature readings, twice daily, in three selected localities, for one
year. The readings are to be made at 7 a. m. and 3 p. m., at the Fort Jeffer-
son wharf, at the sally-port of the moat, and outside the moat-wall at the
flood-gate. These records will furnish accurate information on the tempera-
ture condition in three localities being especially studied.

156 REIPORTS ON INVESTIGATIONS AND PROJECTS.

EXPIvANATlON OF PLATES.

The disks to which the specimens are attached are 8 inches in diameter and have
been reduced in the figures to about 2.5 inches in diameter, making the specimens
approximately 5/i6ths natural size.

Plath; 4.

Fig. I, Culture 8. — Favia fragum: a, b, c, e, from planulae that attached in the aquarium

between June 3 and 10, iQio; d, probably adventitious. Photographed June

19, 1911.
Fig. 2, Culture 24. — a to g, Porites astrcoides, from planulae that attached in the

aquarium between May 29 and June 6, 1910; h, Favia fragum, adventitious.

Photographed June 10, 191 1.
Fig. 3, Culture 38. — a, Favia fragum, adventitious; b, Porites astreoides, probably

adventitious; c, d, e, Porites astrcoides, from planulae that attached in the

aquarium between June i and 8, 1910. Photographed June 19, 191 1.
Fig. 4, Tile 15. — Corals attached naturally to the lower surface of a tile planted June 7,

1910. a, Agaricia fragilis van; c, Porites clavaria; all others Favia fragum.

Photographed June 14, 191 1.
Fig. S, Tile i. — Mceandra areolata. Photographed June 6, 1910.
Fig. 6, Tile i. — Photographed June 14, 191 1.

Plate 5.

Fig. I, Tile 6. — Mceandra areolata. Photographed June 6, 1911.

Fig. 2, Tile 6. — Photographed June 14, 191 1.

Fig. 3, Tile 2. — Mceandra areolata. Photographed June 6, 1910.

Fig. 4, Tile 2. — Photographed June 14, 191 1.

Fig. 5, Tile 11.— b, Porites astreoides; c, Porites furcata. Photographed June 6, 1910.

Fig. 6, Tile 11.— Letters as in figure 5. Photographed June 14, I9ii-

Fig. 7, Tile 14. — Porites furcata. Photographed June 6, 1910.

Fig. 8, Tile 14.— Photographed June 14, 1911.

Plate 6.

Fig. I, Tile 140.— 0 and b, Porites furcata; c, Porites astreoides.. Photographed June

6, 1910.
Fig. 2, Tile 14a.— Letters as in figure 3. Photographed June 14, 191 1-
Fig. 3, Tile 12.— Porites clavaria. Photographed June 6, 1910.
Fig. 4, Tile 12.— Photographed June 14, 1911.

' :>A

M i'^:''

'^^^

38

■Jit

xff

A' .B

IP-'

*':■■■:■■. -i-i:..

#-■;■, !,., .

n

r'^^^pr^^ ,

Figs. 1 to 4 show year old Corals.

Figs. 5 to 6 show one year's growth of Mseandra areolata.

7

Figs.
Figs.

,^.

> '^v

1 to 4 show one yearis growth of Maeandra areolata.
5 to 8 show a year's growth of specimens of Porites.

PLATE 6

^

'A-

Figs. 1 to 4 show a year's growth of specimens of Porites.

DEPARTMENT OF MERIDIAN ASTROMETRY *

Lewis Boss, Director.

This report covers the period from September 1910 to September 191 1,
during which the meridian observations undertaken at our southern station
in San Luis, Argentina, were completed. At the close of observations in
January 191 1 about 87,000 complete observations in 654 series had been se-
cured. The transit circle was promptly dismounted, carefully packed, and
shipped to Albany, arriving in the latter part of April 191 1, presumably with-
out serious injury, though there has been no opportunity as yet for a defini-
tive test by refined instrumental determinations. The entire staff arrived at
Albany and reported for duty then or within the next two months. Prof.
R. H. Tucker resigned to take effect July i, in order to resume the position
which he formerly occupied at the Lick Observatory. Mr. R. F. Sanford
also resigned to take up work with the Mills Chilean Expedition, established
by the Lick Observatory at Santiago de Chile.

It had been a part of the program for the expedition to San Luis to employ
a photometer equipped with a photographic wedge. The latter was kindly
provided by Professor Pickering. Differential observations of magnitude
are planned for all stars of our meridian-circle program for which the mag-
nitude had not been determined by the Harvard College Observatory either
at Cambridge, Massachusetts, or at Arequipa, Peru. This had not been ac-
complished, as originally contemplated, at the time when the meridian-circle
observations had been completed. The resignation of recorders and assist-
ants had reduced the force to a point where these photometer-observations
became impracticable, unless the meridian observations should be materially
curtailed. It was accordingly arranged to return the photometer to Albany
for the purpose of minor alterations and additions necessary to facilitate its
use, and to give opportunity to the observers who are to use it to acquire the
requisite familiarity with its peculiarities and in its manipulation. This plan
was carried out, and accordingly the instrument was set up at the Dudley
Observatory on a suitable pier housed in a small and convenient shed. The
instrument was placed in charge of Mr. Meade L. Zimmer as principal
observer, and Mr. William Hunt, of Harvard University, was engaged as
recorder. These two practiced diligently for nearly two months. They sailed
for Buenos Aires July 20, 191 1, taking with them the photometer, with sub-
sidiary apparatus. It is proposed to make the measures of brightness purely
differential, on the basis of the Harvard photometry as the standard.

* Address Dudley Observatory, Albany, N. Y. Grant No. 680. $33,734 for investiga-
tions and maintenance during 1911. (For previous reports see Year Books Nos. 2-9.)

157

158

REPORTS ON INVESTIGATIONS AND PROJECTS.

The principal interest in the computing section of the Department at the
Dudley Observatory during the past year has been in the study of systematic
proper-motion, based upon our Preliminary Catalogue of 6,i88 stars, pub-
lished early in 1910. It was for purposes similar to this that the researches
upon proper-motion were originally undertaken by the Department of Me-
ridian Astrometry.

This year has been fruitful in results. In a paper published in the Astro-
nomical Journal, Nos. 623-624, April 3, 191 1, it was found that when the
stars are divided into spectral types the mean motions of successive types
ascertained by their "cross-motions" — those at right angles to the meridians
of solar-motion and to the line of vision — with their ascertained relations to
the entire amount of motion in space, and assuming the velocity of the sun
in space to be 20 k. per second (in his later paper Professor Campbell finds
this velocity to be 19.5 k. per second), the mean half velocity of each type,
arranging in the supposed order of age, beginning with the supposedly
youngest, B, is as exhibited in the following table, in the last column of
which are quoted the corresponding half velocities ascertained from the mo-
tions in the line of sight (radial velocities) determined at the Lick Observa-
tory, or at the D. O. Mills station, near Santiago de Chile, upon stars of the
fifth magnitude or brighter. The results for types B and A found by Frost
agree with the corresponding values by Campbell.

Table of mean half velocities of stars of various spectral types as ascertained from
a study of "cross motions" and of "radial motions."

Relative

Half

Half

Type.

mean

. velocity,*

velocity,!

secular

cross-

radial-

parallax.

motions.

motions.

„

km.

km.

B

2.7

63

6.2

A

4.1

10.2

10.5

F

5-0

16.2

14.4

G

3-1

18.6

15.0

K

40

I5-I

16.8

M

33

17.1

17.1

* Boss in Astronomical Journal, No. 624, p. 19S.
t Campbell in Lick Observatory Bulletin, No. 196.

The accordance of the values of the mean half velocities of the proper-
motions of the stars of the several stellar types most certainly indicates that
there is a real acceleration with age if, as is commonly supposed, the types
are correctly arranged in the order of age — B the youngest and M the
oldest — considering only the stars of the foregoing list.

At the same time, with the researches in regard to the type already pub-
lished and summarized in the preceding table, the general law of the veloci-
ties as to direction and of the relative velocity as to direction was carefully
investigated. The conclusion can be summarily stated as follows : The dis-
tribution in direction seems to be virtually at random, but the linear velocities
in the general direction of the constellation Orion (at approximately the

DEPARTMENT OF aiERIDIAN ASTROMETRY. 1 59

right-ascension 90° in the Milky Way) and in the opposite direction have a
greater velocity than those at right angles to this direction in the approxi-
mate ratio of 7 to 4. This result explains and makes more definite the
phenomenon indicated in the researches by Kapteyn some years ago, on the
basis of which he propounded the hypothesis that the universe of stars con-
sists essentially of two intermingled streams moving in opposite directions,
each containing substantially like mixtures of stars of the various types.
Our researches brought out the fact that stars of the B type seem to have no
special tendency toward larger mean motions in the preferential directions
already indicated in the foregoing. This second branch of our recent re-
searches, owing to unavoidable delays, has not yet been published, but the
details have been prepared in full and have been preserved on our records
since May 191 1. From these it seems as if the preference of the larger
motions for a given direction does not exist for the younger type of stars, B,
but that it has gradually been impressed upon the stars with increasing age.

I have advanced the hypothesis that the acceleration of the motions, acting
in a manner which seems to be selective on the basis of the physical condi-
tion of the stars, may have been due to repulsive rather than gravitational
forces, and that the preference for a given direction may have been due to a
kind of polarity in the action of these forces making them stronger in the
given direction to which there is a tendency of the larger motions. It must
be admitted that this explanation is speculative, but something like this is
apparently rendered necessary by the phenomena which have been already
demonstrated as having an existence, and they seem to be reasonable from
the analogy of repulsive action upon the tails of comets.

In working out these results, my assistants. H. Raymond and Benjamin
Boss, have taken a part that justifies their admission, in some measure, as
joint authors, to whatever of credit attaches to results so important.

The work has suggested extension of these researches in various direc-
tions, and strongly indicated the advantages which are likely to result from
a large accession of results for proper-motion, such as the projected works
of the Department of Meridian Astrometry are likely to supply. But a great
increase in the measurements of radial velocities is likewise demanded, and
a further extension of the classification of spectral types covering stars of
the seventh and even some stars of fainter magnitudes is alm.ost equally
indispensable for a full elucidation of the peculiarities of systematic motion
already indicated.

The return of the stafif of San Luis was preceded by the dispatch to Al-
bany of the instrumental record of the meridian-observations, of which there
were 87,000 in round numbers. This has afforded the opportunity to begin
the systematic reduction of the observations. The constants for reduction
in right-ascension except azimuth are completed and tabulated throughout
from April 1909 to January 191 1. Much progress has been made in their
application to transits of standard stars.

i6o

REPORTS ON INVESTIGATIONS AND PROJECTS.

The computation in duplicate of reductions from apparent to mean places
has progressed well, having been completed for 485 out of the 654 series at
this date (September i).

The computation in duplicate of refraction has been finished for the entire
program.

The magnitude-equation for each of the five observers of transits has been
well determined. For four of the five observers these equations materially
differ for transits north and south of the zenith respectively. The following
summary exhibits the gist of these determinations and shows for the respect-
ive observers the effect upon the chronographic registry of transit due to a
diminution of the brightness of star by one magnitude. That is to say, in
the case of each observer the transit of a relatively faint star is retarded for
the respective observers at the rate per magnitude shown in the table, and its
registered transit requires a negative correction.

Summary of magnitude-equations.

Observer.

Relation of star to zenith.

North.

South.

R. H. Tucker

*— .0150
—.0151
-.0099
— .0112
— .CO51

— .0096
—.0029
— .0026
—.0083
—.0104

A. J. Roy

W. B. Varnum

R. F. Sanford

* The equation for R. H. Tucker for transits north of the zenith is expressed by a curve in which
the difference at magnitude, 2 Ji 0, is — i^oog, and at 8 *• o is — S023. The tabular value, — '^0150, is the
mean from fourth to eighth magnitude, corresponding to telescopic aperture of 4 inches. When aper-
ture is 8 inches this rate corresponds to magnitude, 9 M5.

Except for very faint stars, it is seldom necessary to employ an actual
correction of more than two to three times that due to a diminution of one
magnitude. Normally, the aperture of the object-glass of the telescope is
reduced to 4 inches. Ordinarily stars brighter than 3 m 5 are seen through a
wire screen that absorbs 3^8 (Harvard Scale). In order to produce a finer
division of grades in diminution of the apparent magnitude of the focal
image during transit, the screen for very bright stars was applied during the
entire transit for the brightest stars ; for two-thirds of the transit, for one-
half the transit, or for one-third the transit, the screen was applied for suc-
cessive diminishing grades of brightness. An arrangement was provided by
which the 4-inch diaphragm could be removed and the stars observed through
the full aperture of the telescope. This method was adopted in case of stars
fainter than J^O', and by this means the apparent brightness of these fainter
stars was virtually increased by 1^5 over what they would seem to have if
the 4-inch diaphragm had been used. Thus the entire range of magnitude
over which the equations would be applicable would be diminished in ex-

departme;nt of meridian astrometry. i6i

treme cases by over 5 magnitudes and the mean of the magnitudes which,
on a given night, would serve as the arguments for taking out the correction,
for the equation would ordinarily approximate to the fifth or sixth magni-
tude, with variations from this of the individual arguments ordinarily of less
than 3 or 4 magnitudes.

Similarly the relative effect upon the time of transit was determined near
the zenith, depending upon whether the observer registers a transit as for a
north or as for a south star. The quantities exhibited in the following sum-
mary show the amounts that are to be applied to a transit south of the zenith
to make it homogeneous for the respective observers with their transits of
stars north of the zenith. The quantities are small, but in nearly every
instance are material.

Transits of stars north minus south.
Observer. N.-S.

R. H. Tucker —.011

A, J. Roy —.036

W. B. Varnum — .046

M. L. Zimmer — .029

R. F. Sanford — .018

The care exercised in determining this quantity for each observer should
go far to compensate for any disadvantage that might be thought to arise
from the non-adoption of a reversing-prism.

For polar stars of very high declination it was necessary to employ the
eye-and-ear method for transits, and in determining the polar deviation it
has been decided to employ that method as standard in taking the transits.
For all the observers except one the systematic difference between transits
obtained by that method from those obtained by chronographic registry was
carefully determined, so that the results by the two methods could be rendered
homogeneous.

As will be seen from my report for 1910 (p. 154), about 400 transits by
reflection have been secured as a check upon systematic peculiarities in the
instrumental results, both in right-ascension and zenith-distance. The com-
parison between direct and reflected observations has not yet been made.

It will be seen that the meridian-circle observations at San Luis were
completed much sooner than our early predictions (or estimates of possible
progress) would have led any one to anticipate. This remarkable result, so
contrary to ordinary experience, implies at the height of the work a yearly
rate of about 60,000 complete observations. This rate is fully four times
that usually attained for observations of this class, even in series where the
work has been prosecuted with considerable vigor. There are several expla-
nations for this.

In the first place, there was an extraordinary number of clear nights, about
280 annually, or practically three times as many as are usually experienced
at any given observatory on the Atlantic seaboard of the United States.

II — YB

l62 REPORTS ON INVESTIGATIONS AND PROJECTS.

Secondly, the staff gave its entire energy to the work of observation with-
out attempting much in the subsequent reductions, and this energy was mani-
festly very great and well organized. The result was that on the majority
of clear nights the instrument was in use by two or three observers at each
tour of duty (4 to 6 hours) from sunset to sunrise — one observer at the
telescope and another at the microscope, four of which were read at each
observation.

The staff at San Luis labored with extraordinary zeal and determination,
as must be evident to any one acquainted with the details of such work.
Each man seemed strongly to feel his individual responsibility, especially as
they had decided to accomplish within two years a work originally estimated
as likely to cover four years, supposing it to be carried on at high pressure.
It scarcely need be stated that the health of several members of the staff, at
various times, and especially near the end, became seriously impaired.

On the eve of the departure of Professor Tucker from San Luis promi-
nent residents of that place gave a banquet in his honor and presented him
with a gold medal commemorative of the observatory and its work, together
with an address engrossed and signed, congratulating him upon the success
of his work.

At this date (September 15) considerable progress has been made in re-
mounting the transit circle on its old piers at Albany. Messrs. Roy and
Varnum have taken the most responsible part in this work. With their
experience it has been possible to accomplish this remounting in a much
more satisfactory and precise manner than on any former occasion when
this work has been undertaken, either here or at San Luis. The instrumental
tests will follow as soon as practicable, and it is proposed to resume the
corresponding observations at Albany before next winter.

MOUNT WILSON SOLAR OBSERVATORY *

Walter S. Adams, Acting Director.

The investigations completed during the past year have comprised numer-
ous studies in solar spectroscopy, direct photography, and photometric and
spectroscopic observations of stars and nebulae with the 6o-inch reflector,
and a wide variety of laboratory researches. The year has seen the com-
mencement of several extensive investigations, particularly in stellar spec-
troscopy and photometry, which will require several years for completion,
but which should prove of high value in connection with certain of the
problems of stellar distribution. The fact that the solar activity is still near
its minimum, and that consequently very few sun-spots have appeared during
the past year, necessarily has prevented any large amount of work upon the
nature of the magnetic field in sun-spots. With increasing solar activity
this woric will be carried on with the aid of the 150-foot tower telescope.

Among the results of the investigations completed during the year we may
refer to the following:

(i) The determination of the probable system of circulation of calcium
vapor in sun-spots and the regions surrounding them.

(2) The fact that calcium vapor has a radial motion inward across the
penumbrse of sun-spots. This is occasionally found combined with a rotary
motion resulting in the formation of vortical structure similar to that found
in Ha flocculi photographed with the spectroheliograph.

(3) In addition to calcium vapor, which is always found flowing into sun-
spots, a study of the lines of other elements indicates a motion generally
inward on the part of hydrogen and frequently inward on the part of mag-
nesium and sodium. This is true of the high-level or, in general, stronger
lines of these elements. For the low-level lines the reverse is true, the
motion being outward (the Evershed effect), and between the two are found
lines which indicate essentially no motion. The relative level of the gases
producing different spectrum lines may perhaps be determined in this way.

(4) Measurements upon spectra of the two opposite edges of the sun in
three different regions of the spectrum have given values for the rotational
velocity at the equator and at 15° of latitude which are slightly less than i
per cent smaller than the values found in 1908. Between 30° of latitude and
the pole the values are almost identical. It is doubtful whether this small
difference represents a real variation in the sun's rate of rotation in these
latitudes.

* Situated on Mount Wilson, California. Grant No. 682. $106,055 for construction,
investigations, and maintenance during 1911. (For previous reports see Year Books
Nos. 3-9.)

163

164 REPORTS ON INVESTIGATIONS AND PROJECTS.

(5) The continuation by two different methods of the study of the possi-
biHty of determining photometric magnitudes with the 60-inch reflector by
the use of diaphragms over the mirror indicates that over a range of 5 mag-
nitudes the effect of the change in the diffraction pattern produced by
reducing the aperture is practically negligible.

(6) The same investigation shows, however, that the correction to the
observed magnitudes depending on the distances of the stars from the center
of the plate is very large and variable from plate to plate. The correction is
dependent upon the size of the photographic star-image, but is independent
of the color of the star and of the various factors entering into the develop-
ment of the photographic plate.

(7) About 600 photographs of the spectra of nearly 200 stars between the
fifth and seventh magnitude have been obtained since December with the
60-inch reflector, at the secondary focus of 80 feet. Of these, 50 are of the
solar type of spectrum and the remainder are of types A and B. The spectra
have been employed both for purposes of classification and for determina-
tions of radial velocity. Over 50 spectroscopic binaries have been discovered
during the measurement of the photographs.

(8) Photographs of the spectra of three globular star-clusters confirm
the result found in 1910 from nine clusters, that these objects have in general
a spectrum of the F type. One spiral nebula has been found giving a spec-
trum of the K type ; all others that have been investigated show spectra of
the G type.

(9) A continuation of the statistical study of the motions of stars of the
Orion type of spectrum leads to a modification of the vievv^ that the Perseus
and Scorpius-Centaurus groups represent two great star-streams among the
Orion stars. It now appears probable that they form a part of a single
stream to which all known Orion type stars must belong. The existence of
the two-stream motion for stars of the solar type and type A, but not for the
Orion type stars, may find an explanation in the hypothesis that the number
of stars belonging to the second stream is a function of the spectral type, and
decreases steadily from the solar type through type A to the Orion type.

(10) A study of the Zeeman effect for about 1,120 lines in the spark
spectrum of iron and titanium has given the following results:

(a) The relationship of the measured separations to the normal interval
agrees closely with Runge's law.

(b) Groups of lines of the same type of resolution are found among the
more complex types for which the similarity of the intervals between the
components indicates an intimate relationship.

(c) The law that the mean separation is proportional to the square of the
wave-length is found to hold closely for the average of the lines taken in
successive intervals throughout the wide range of wave-length covered by
the observations.

MOUNT WILSON SOLAR OBSERVATORY. 165

(d) The enhanced lines show no distinctive behavior as regards type or
magnitude of separation. The stronger enhanced lines of titanium are
almost without exception triplets for which the separation is moderate and
not related closely to the normal interval.

(e) No direct connection between magnetic separations and pressure dis-
placements has been found. There is, however, a general agreement between
the mean results for large numbers of lines.

(11) A comparative study of the Zeeman effect for 14 metals for which
results are available has shown that in all cases the triplets are similarly dis-
tributed with respect to their separations in a standard magnetic field. From
a combination of the measures for about 2,900 lines a value was found of
the ratio e ^m in excellent agreement with that determined by other methods.

(12) An investigation of the displacements of the spectrum lines in the
arc and spark spectra of iron and titanium under pressures between 2 and 16
atmospheres has been carried on in the laboratory. The results indicate :

(a) That the displacements in the arc spectrum are directly proportional
to pressure and amount, on the average, at A 4500 to 0.0045 Angstrom per
atmosphere for iron and to 0.0042 Angstrom for titanium.

(&) That the displacements in different parts of the spectrum are closely
proportional to the third power of the wave-length in the case of iron, and
to the second power of the wave-length in the case of titanium.

(c) That the enhanced lines present in the arc spectrum of titanium are
displaced on the average considerably more than the majority of the other
lines, and reverse much less readily under pressure.

(d) That in the same region of the iron-spectrum groups of lines may be
selected having average displacements differing widely from one another,
with which the displacements of groups in other parts of the spectrum are
connected by the relationship of the cube of the wave-length.

(e) That there is no definite evidence of the existence of a relationship
1:2:4 between the displacements of the lines in the spectrum either of iron
or titanium when all of the lines are included in the discussion, such as was
suspected by Duffield from his investigation of the iron spectrum.

(13) An investigation of the effect of pressure upon the furnace spectra
of iron, titanium, and vanadium indicates :

(a) That the displacements of the lines in the furnace spectra are con-
sistently larger than those in the arc spectra under equal pressures, at least in
certain regions of the spectrum, in some cases the differences amounting to
100 per cent. The difference does not depend on the nature of the com-
pressed gas,

(b) The relative displacements of the furnace lines follow closely, in
general, those of the arc lines.

(c) The displacements are closely proportional to pressure.

l66 REPORTS ON INVESTIGATIONS AND PROJECTS.

STAFF.

The staff of the Observatory has remained almost unchanged throughout
the year. In the absence of Mr, Hale, Mr. Adams has served as acting
Director, and has been engaged in stellar spectroscopic work with the 60-
inch reflector. Mr. F. H. Scares has continued his photometric investiga-
tions on faint stars with the reflector, remaining in charge of the computing
division and of the editorial work connected with the Observatory publica-
tions. Dr. Arthur S. King has continued to act as superintendent of the
physical laboratory in Pasadena. Mr. G. W. Ritchey has resigned from the
regular staff of the Observatory, but his services for a portion of his time
have been retained for optical work upon the 100-inch mirror. Dr. C. E. St.
John has carried on numerous solar spectroscopic investigations with the 60-
foot tower telescope. Mr. Ferdinand Ellerman has continued in charge of
the observations with the spectroheliographs of the Snow and tower tele-
scopes. Mr. H. D. Babcock has devoted a part of his time to stellar spectro-
scopic work with the 60-inch reflector and the remainder to investigations in
the laboratory in Pasadena. Dr. E. A. Fath has continued his spectroscopic
studies upon the spectra of nebul?e and star-clusters and has made many
photographs of the Kapteyn Selected Areas with and without color filters and
absorption screens. Mr. F. G. Pease assisted during the winter in the stellar
spectroscopic work with the 60-inch reflector and has commenced recently a
series of direct photographs of nebulae and star-clusters with the same
instrument.

Prof. J. C. Kapteyn, of the University of Groningen, Research Associate
of the Carnegie Institution of Washington, has, as usual, spent the months
of July and August at Mount Wilson. A large part of his time has been
devoted to a study of the problem of streams among stars having spectra of
the Orion type, employing for this purpose the radial velocities obtained
during the year with the 6o-incli reflector. The close connection of these two
lines of work should prove of the greatest value to each. Dr. Henry G. Gale,
of the University of Chicago, Research Associate of the Carnegie Institution
of Washington, spent the months of March, April, and May in Pasadena
engaged in an investigation of the displacements under pressure of the spec-
trum lines of iron and titanium in the electric arc and spark. Dr. Arnold
Kohlschutter, of the observatory at Hamburg, arrived at Mount Wilson in
July and will spend the coming year at the Observatory as a volunteer assist-
ant. He is at present engaged in the classification of the stellar spectra made
with the 60-inch reflector.

PLATE 7

, .. I •• f ••,■•,■.,-•,•. ,

Fig. 1. Upper end of 75-foot spectrograph in the 150-foot tower telescope.
Fig. 2. The Cassegrain spectrograph attached to the 60-inch reflector.

MOUNT WIIvSON SOLAR OBSERVATORY. 167

INVESTIGATIONS IN PROGRESS.

SOLAR RESEARCH.

Direct Photography of the Sun.

As in previous years, direct photographs of the sun have been taken on
practically all clear days. The negatives are used in connection with studies
of regions around sun-spots and are employed occasionally for the determi-
nation of the heliocentric coordinates of sun-spots. They serve also as a
valuable record of the general state of the solar surface.

Work with the Spectroheuograph.

The general plan of work with the spectroheliograph during the year has
been that outlined in the last annual report, although the very small number
of sun-spots available for study has limited the number of photographs taken
with the high-dispersion spectroheliograph of the 6o-foot tower telescope.

During the year photographs have been made with the 5-foot spectrohelio-
graph and the Snow telescope on 291 days, and 815 specfroheliograms of the
solar disk with H^, Hg, Ha, H(3, and H8, and of the prominences with Ha,
have been obtained.

When spots have been available photographs have been made with the 60-
foot tower telescope and the 30-foot spectroheliograph. With this instru-
ment, which is of the auto-collimating type, a prism of 63° of dense flint
glass has been used for the work requiring the highest dispersion, while a
60° prism of light flint has been found preferable when less dispersion and
more light are desired. The photographs with this instrument have been
taken, for the most part, with the slit set upon different portions of the lines
K^ H, and Ha. A few photographs have been made with some of the more
prominent sun-spot lines. Mr. Ellerman has also made a number of photo-
graphs of small regions of the sun's surface with the violet and red edges of
the Ha line simultaneously, in continuation of an attempt made two years
ago to detect possible effects of anomalous dispersion in this way. No certain
differences with the two sides of the line have as yet been discovered.

In addition to the photography of limited areas of the sun's surface, it has
seemed desirable to obtain some results upon the entire disk with the high-
dispersion spectroheliograph. For this purpose an image-forming lens of 18
feet focal length has been used, giving an image approximately 2 inches in
diameter.

The study of the areas, distribution, and intensity of the calcium flocculi
upon the H^ photographs has been continued regularly throughout the year.
A comparative study of the larger prominences photographed in the years
1906-1908 at Mount Wilson and the Yerkes Observatory has been published
by Dr. Abetti and Miss Smith.

l68 REPORTS ON INVESTIGATIONS AND PROJECTS.

Spectra of Sun-spots.

The study of the spectra of sun-spots is being continued regularly in so far
as the low condition of the solar activity permits. This includes the deter-
mination of the polarity and strength of magnetic field of each spot, and of
the penumbra surrounding it, and an investigation, by the aid of the spectro-
heliograph, of the configuration of the Ha flocculi in its vicinity.

An extended investigation of the motion and condition of calcium vapor
over sun-spots and neighboring regions has been made by Mr. St. John dur-
ing the past year and is being continued with the aid of the Snow and tower
telescopes. In addition to the calcium lines, the D lines of sodium, the h lines
of magnesium, and Ha will be included in the further study of this important
question of the circulation of the gases in the vicinity of sun-spots. The
results for calcium have shown that :

(i) In most sun-spots the calcium vapor is descending over the umbrae
with velocities ranging from 0.7 km. to 2.2 km. per second for different spots.

(2) Over the penumbras the vapor giving rise to bright Kg has little if any
vertical motion, while the vapor producing the absorption K3 is descending
with about the same mean velocity as over the general solar surface.

(3) This descending motion is true as well of the absorbing vapor over
the flocculi and the regions immediately outside of the flocculi, while the
emitting vapor over the flocculi shows a possible slight motion of ascent.

(4) A radial motion inward across the penumbrse is shown both by the
emitting and the absorbing vapor, the latter moving with the greater velocity.

(5) Occasionally rotary motion around the umbrae of sun-spots is shown
both by the emitting and the absorbing vapor. When this occurs the combi-
nation of the radial and the rotary motions results in a vertical motion
directed toward the umbra, but the direction of rotation does not appear to
depend upon the position of the spot in reference to the sun's equator.

In addition to this investigation of the motion of calcium vapor in and
around sun-spots, Mr. St. John is engaged upon a study of the radial motions
of the vapors in spots, an effect first discovered by Evershed. The following
results are shown by the photographs already obtained :

(i) All of the vapors of the reversing layer and chromosphere are con-
cerned in the movements.

(2) Of the high chromospheric vapors, viz, calcium, hydrogen, magne-
sium, and sodium, the calcium always, the hydrogen generally, and the
magnesium and sodium frequently are flowing into the spots, as shown by
the displacements of the strongest and probably high-level lines of these
elements.

(3) The displacements of the other lines of calcium, magnesium, and
sodium, and of the lines of the reversing layer, are in the opposite direction
and indicate an outflow of the lower-lying vapors, the highest velocity of
outflow being associated with the lowest levels, on the assumption that the
weaker lines are produced at the lower levels.

MOUNT WIIvSON SOLAR OBSERVATORY. 1 69

Spectroscopic Observations oe the Rotation of the Sun.
In accordance with a plan adopted at the fourth conference of the Inter-
national Union for Cooperation in Solar Research, held on Mount Wilson in
September 1910, the various observers engaged in v^rorking upon the rotation
of the sun by spectrographic methods selected separate regions of the spec-
trum within which to carry on their investigation, at the same time uniting
upon one region common to all observers for the purpose of comparison of
results. The region selected in common extends from A 4200 to A 4300, and
the two special regions selected for work at Mount Wilson are from X 4500
to A 4700, and from A 5100 to A 5300. During the year Mr, Adams has ob-
tained a number of photographs in each of these regions, using the 60-foot
tower telescope and the 30-foot spectrograph. Two different gratings have
been employed with the latter instrument. The results of the measures of
these plates by Miss Lasby are almost identical with those obtained at Mount
Wilson in 1908 for the latitudes between 30° and the sun's pole. For the
equator and latitude 15° the average result from the three regions is about
I per cent less than that found in 1908. This is due in large measure to the
low value given by the least refrangible region of A 5100 to A 5300, and it
may perhaps be caused by the fact that the level of the lines measured in this
region is lower than that of the lines in the more refrangible regions and the
velocity given by them slightly less. The investigation will be continued with
the 1 50- foot tower telescope when the latter is available.

Miscellaneous Investigations.

The question of the existence of free oxygen in the solar atmosphere has
never received a definite answer, although a considerable amount of work
has been done upon it. Recently Mr. St. John took up the study of the
problem with the powerful 30-foot spectrograph and has been led to the
following results :

(i) Of the two oxygen triplets in the principal series, upon whose pres-
ence or absence in the solar spectrum any definite conclusions must be based,
the violet triplet beginning at A 3947 does not appear to be present.

(2) An infra-red triplet present in the solar spectrum, beginning at
A 7772, has been found by means of a comparison of the opposite limbs of
the sun to be of purely solar origin, the displacements shown being closely
those given by known solar lines ; but existing wave-length determinations of
the oxygen lines, however, are not sufficiently accurate to make certain their
identification with the solar lines. The wave-lengths of the oxygen lines will
be determined accurately by photographic methods as soon as the instru-
mental equipment for producing a sufficiently bright light source showing
the oxygen lines has been prepared.

In the course of this work Mr. St. John has proven that the great a and B
and A oxygen bands present in the solar spectrum are of purely terrestrial
origin, and has made a determination of the wave-lengths of the lines present
in the a band to a high degree of precision on the international system.

170 REPORTS ON INVEISTIGATIONS AND PROJECTS.

The Observatory secured in July of this year a 6-iiich plane grating made
by Michelson, of the University of Chicago, which has been placed in the
30-foot tower spectrograph. The spectra obtained with this instrument are
of such a high degree of excellence that it has seemed desirable to attempt
with it, to some extent at least, the determination of the wave-lengths of the
tertiary standards in the solar spectrum upon the international system. In
addition to these wave-lengths the investigation will provide the values of
the displacements of many solar lines due to the pressure of the sun's re-
versing layer.

A number of photographs of the flash spectrum have been obtained with
this instrument by Mr. Ellerman,

THE 60-INCH REFLECTOR.

The principal addition to the equipment of the 60-inch reflector during the
year has been the large three-prism spectrograph employed with the Casse-
grain combination of mirrors at an equivalent focal length of 80 feet. This
instrument was built by Gaertner, of Chicago, in accordance with designs
made at the Observatory, and was installed on Mount Wilson in December
of last year. The construction of the spectrograph is such as to admit of a
wide variety of modifications, according to the brightness and character of
the object to be photographed. The number of prisms may be varied from
three to one, cameras with a focal length up to 40 inches may be employed,
and the positions of the prisms may be varied to bring into minimum devia-
tion any part of the visible spectrum. The instrument is of rigid construc-
tion, and is very well adapted for determinations of radial velocity, having
an automatic temperature control and a comparison-spectrum apparatus pro-
viding for the use of the electric arc.

A number of changes and modifications have been made during the year
in connection with the telescope itself. The principal one of these was the
addition of a gear-train to the driving-clock in order to increase its power.
It was found during the autumn of 1910 that the power was insufficient to
drive the telescope satisfactorily in all positions with the considerable varia-
tions of weight upon the bearings involved in the use of different accessory
instruments. By the addition of a gear-train to the driving-clock its power
has been increased about 50 per cent and the difficulty has been removed
completely. In addition, the base upon which the clock rests has been
strengthened and made more rigid. Other minor alterations include the
insertion of ball bearings in the slow-motion motors for moving the telescope
in right ascension and declination, and strengthening of the fastenings of the
cover of the large cast-iron flotation tank to prevent mercury leaks. A steel
ladder curved to the form of the dome has been fastened near the shutter
opening, in order to facilitate reaching the observing platform.

The Observatory now has under construction by the Union Iron Works
of San Francisco an additional steel frame, or "cage," to be placed upon the
end of the tube of the reflector in order to provide for work directly in the

MOUNT WILSON SOLAR OBSERVATORY. I7I

axis of the large mirror. The loss of light at the diagonal plane mirror will
thus be avoided, an especially important consideration in studies upon ultra-
violet spectra. This frame is planned to carry a small spectrograph for work
upon stars below the seventh magnitude, a very short-focus, low-dispersion
spectrograph for investigations of the spectra of nebulae and star-clusters,
and a quartz spectrograph of 2 inches aperture for ultra-violet spectra. The
frame is designed to admit of the use of a plate-holder for direct photog-
raphy as well.

Direct Photography.

The photography of the Kapteyn Selected Areas with and without absorp-
tion screens has been continued during the year by Mr. Fath, and is now
practically completed. In addition a few plates have been taken with colored
screens for the purpose of studying the possible effect of the absorption of
light in space. Since observing conditions during the winter months as a
rule are comparatively inferior, the direct photography of nebulae and star-
clusters was discontinued between the months of December and June, the
additional time available being used for spectrographic work. In July a
series of photographs of certain selected nebulae and clusters was commenced
by Mr. Pease, with a view to obtaining the material for a study of the stellar
distribution within these objects. The photographs should prove of great
value in the interpretation of the spectrographic observations.

Measures made under the direction of Professor Kapteyn of a few photo-
graphs taken at the primary focus of the reflector for the determination of
stellar parallaxes indicate that, while the order of precision is high, the linear
scale is insufficient for this very exacting type of work. Accordingly there
is now under construction in the instrument-shop a large metal plate-holder
and support, to be used at the 100-foot equivalent focus, and with the com-
pletion of this instrument the work will be taken up again.

Photographic Photometry.

The investigation of methods of determining photographic magnitudes
with the 60-inch reflector has been continued throughout the year by Mr.
Seares, and about 280 photometric plates have been secured by him. Of
this number, 21 are of the North Polar Sequence and of the four secondary
sequences at +15° declination, and i, 7, 13, and 19 hours of right ascension.
These were taken at the request of Professor Pickering and have been
forwarded to the Harvard College Observatory for measurement.

The remaining plates relate mainly to an investigation of the diffraction
eft'ect that enters when the photographic magnitude scale is established
through a comparison of exposures made with the full aperture and with
diaphragms of various shapes and sizes, and to a study of the correction
required by the observed magnitudes, which depends upon the distances of
the individual stars from the axis of the instrument.

The diffraction effect has been studied from two different standpoints.
The first depends upon an actual comparison of the magnitude scales estab-

172 REPORTS ON INVESTIGATIONS AND PROJECTS.

lished for the same region by a combination of results obtained with the full
aperture of 60 inches with those given by diaphragms of 32, 14, 8, and 6
inches, a 60° sector-shaped diaphragm, a rotating sector, and a wire-gauze
screen of known absorption constant. The agreement of the various magni-
tude scales thus derived is so close over a range of five magnitudes that the
effect of the change in the diffraction pattern produced by reducing the aper-
ture must be regarded as practicably negligible.

The second method is indirect and involves a determination of the effect
on the size of photographic star-images produced by small errors of focus.
From a long series of focal and extra-focal plates it was found that, on the
average, an error of focus amounting to 0.125 mm. produces an increase in
the apparent brightness of the stars photographed of 0.03 magnitude. The
tenfold change in the size of the image produced by this error in focus is
nearly the same as that produced by the use of a 6-inch diaphragm over the
60-inch mirror. While it is probable that the intensity distribution within
the diffraction disk corresponding to an aperture of 6 inches is different from
that in the cross-section of the full aperture cone at a point 0.125 mm. from
the focus, it does not seem likely that this can affect the result greatly. Ac-
cordingly it appears that, even with the use of a diaphragm only 6 inches in
diameter, the errors introduced will be of the order of 0.03 magnitude. The
two methods used for the investigation of the diffraction effect are therefore
in agreement in their results.

The examination of the plates taken for the study of the diffraction effect
soon brought to light the fact that the correction to the observed magnitudes
depending on the distances of the stars from the center of the plate is very
large and variable from plate to plate. This led to an extended investigation
of the circumstances which determine the magnitude of this error. The re-
sults are still incomplete, though various facts, which may be summarized as
follows, have been established clearly :

(i) The distance correction is practically independent of small errors of
focus, and of the kind, strength, time, and temperature of development.

(2) It depends upon the brightness of the star, or more specifically upon
the size of the photographic star-image, being a maximum for the largest
images and sensibly zero for the smallest. The effect is to increase the
apparent brightness of the stars.

(3) The magnitude of the correction is also dependent in some way upon
the individual star; two stars of the same brightness, and at the same dis-
tance from the axis, may require widely different corrections. Thus far it
has not been possible to connect this phenomenon either with the color of the
stars or with their positions on the plate.

(4) Aside from the variations in the corrections mentioned under 2 and 3,
there are anomalous variations from plate to plate as yet unexplained, though
there is some evidence that they may be due to small changes in the figure of
the mirror resulting from variations in temperature.

MOUNT WILSON SOLAR OBSERVATORY. 1 73

The whole investigation has been laborious and tedious, and the final re-
sult, so far as the satisfactory determination of photographic magnitudes is
concerned, is still somewhat problematical. There is reason, however, for
believing that the various difficulties may be overcome.

Stellar Spectroscopy.

The three-prism spectrograph for use at the 8o-foot focus of the large
reflector, described briefly above, has been used for almost all of the stellar
spectroscopic work for the year. A few photographs have been obtained
with the small focal-plane instrument, but it has seemed desirable to delay
any extensive series of observations with it until the new steel frame already
referred to should be available. The considerable gain in light efficiency
with this form of mounting should prove of especial advantage for work
upon faint stars.

The program of stellar spectroscopic work with the Cassegrain spectro-
graph at the present time includes determinations of the radial velocities of
two lists of stars : first, about 400 stars, mainly of types A and B, selected by
Professor Kapteyn for the evidence which they will furnish concerning star-
streams among the stars with these types of spectra ; second, about 90 stars
between magnitudes 5 and 7, mainly of the solar type of spectrum, for
which the parallaxes and the proper-motions have been determined. In ad-
dition, photographs are being made of a small number of stars of type A
with the object of making accurate studies of the character of their spectra.
The Observatory will also take part in the general cooperative plan now
under consideration at several observatories for the determination of the
radial velocities of all stars between magnitudes 5.0 and 6.5.

Since December about 600 photographs of the spectra of nearly 200 stars
have been obtained with the Cassegrain spectrographs by Messrs. Adams,
Babcock, and Pease. Experience has shown that in the case of stars having
spectra with few and, as a rule, ill-defined lines no gain in accuracy is ob-
tained by increasing the linear scale of the photographs beyond a certain
amount, while in extreme cases a distinct loss is suffered. After some ex-
periments in this direction we have adopted provisionally a dispersion of two
prisms used in conjunction with a camera of 18 inches focal length as most
suitable for the study of the stars of types A and B and the fainter solar
stars as well. Since the collimating lens in this instrument has a focal length
of 40 inches, the combined optical train is very efficient as regards the purity
of the resultant spectrum, a consideration of especial importance in photo-
graphing stars of the solar type of spectrum. The efficiency of the spectro-
graph when used in this form has been very satisfactory and fully up to our
anticipations, in spite of the fact that the light undergoes four reflections at
silver surfaces before reaching the photographic plate. Under good condi-
tions fully exposed negatives of stars having a visual magnitude of 6.0 are
obtained in an hour. The faintest star observed up to this time has a magni-
tude of 7.2 on the visual scale.

174 RIJPORTS ON INVESTIGATIONS AND PROJECTS.

The difficult work of measuring and reducing the spectra, in many of
which the lines are exceedingly faint and ill-defined, has been carried on by
Mr. Adams, and Miss Lasby, Miss Waterman, and Miss Ensign, of the Com-
puting Division. At the present time at least one measurement of each plate
is available, and in most cases there are two or more. Among the results
obtained we may refer to the discovery of about fifty spectroscopic binaries ;
of seven stars in which the hydrogen lines are bright ; and of several stars,
among which is one of type A, having radial velocities of over lOO km. per
second. The application of the results to star-streams is referred to in con-
nection with Professor Kapteyn's investigations.

Photographic Investigations of the Spectra of Globular Star-clusters
AND Spiral Nebula.

During the year Mr. Path has obtained spectra of two spiral nebulae, N. G.
C. 3031 and 4736, with the low-dispersion spectrograph. The first of these
shows a well-defined K-type spectrum, and in this respect differs from most
spiral nebulae, which are of the G type. The photograph of N. G. C. 4736
shows a G-type spectrum, thus confirming the result obtained from a previ-
ous negative. Spectrograms of the three globular clusters N. G. C. 5904,
6093, and 6234 show all of these clusters to be of the F type, a result agree-
ing with that found for nine clusters during the previous year.

This work upon spiral nebulae and star-clusters will be continued under
much more favorable conditions when the new cage for the 60-inch reflector
is available. In addition to the gain of light obtained by saving reflections
at two silvered surfaces, some changes will be made in the spectrograph itself
which will assist materially in the same direction.

Professor Kapteyn's Investigations.

The principal part of the work of Professor Kapteyn this year has been a
continuation of the investigation of the motions of the Orion stars. All of
the stars for which both the spectra and the proper-motions are known with
precision have now been included in the discussion. As a result of this addi-
tional material it now seems doubtful whether the conclusion arrived at last
year, that the Perseus and Scorpiiis-Centauriis groups might represent the
two great star-streams among the Orion stars, can be correct. In order to
settle the question, the best plan seemed to be to include in the investigation
the A stars, which, according to the generally accepted view at the present
time, represent the next step in the order of stellar evolution. The result of
this rather considerable extension of the work has been to show that the two
groups just mentioned do not represent the two great star-streams, but that
they must rather be considered as forming part of a single stream, in spite of
the fact that their directions of motion differ considerably. To this single
stream all, or nearly all, of the known Orion stars must belong.

This fact might at first seem highly surprising, since, for the other spectral
types, the phenomenon of the two star-streams is so conspicuous a feature,
A discussion of the A stars, however, shows clearly how this might occur.

MOUNT WILSON SOLAR OBSl^RVATORY. 175

According to the latest determination by Eddington, the numbers of stars
contained in the first and second streams are in the ratio 3 : 2 for the second
type stars, but 3:1 for the early A stars. The second stream, therefore,
becomes relatively poorer the earlier the type of spectrum. It seems reason-
able to conclude that the fact that almost all the stars of the Orion type, the
earliest type of all, seem to belong to a single stream, must be due to the
extreme poverty of the second stream. Since, however, it seems reasonable
to expect that some traces of this stream must still exist, a careful search
has been begun for stars which may belong to it. Partial success has
already been obtained. There can hardly be any doubt that such Orion stars
as 165 G Canis Majoris, uHcrculis, Groombridge 2533, 12 Lacertce, and 58
Pegasi, must belong to the second stream. As a definite conclusion can not
in most cases be reached without a determination of the radial velocities, the
search must necessarily proceed somewhat slowly.

At the present time the further probable results of the whole investigation
may be summarized as follows :

As we pass from the stars of the solar type to those of type A and thence
to the Orion stars,

(i) The parallelism of the motion of the stars in each of the two streams
becomes more marked.

(2) The direction of the stream-motion, relative to the sun, changes
gradually.

(3) The velocity of the stream-motion, relative to the sun, decreases
gradually.

(4) The number of stars in the second stream, as compared with that in
the first, decreases.

The certainty of these conclusions depends of course upon the reliability
of the observational data on which they rest, and these, up to the present
time, are for the most part very meager. For this reason a large number of
stars of the Orion type and type A have been added to the radial velocity
program of the 60-inch reflector. Should the data which we may expect to
secure in a short time with this instrument confirm the provisional results
given above, we shall learn some very significant facts as to the amount and
direction of the relative motion of the two star-streams, facts which in turn
promise to throw some light on the question of the origin of the two streams
and that of the Milky Way itself.

' In addition to the work upon the Orion and A type stars. Professor
Kapteyn has devoted some time to working out parts of the program of the
60-inch reflector, giving especial attention to observations for the determina-
tion of the absorption of light in space.

At the request of Professor Kapteyn, Mr. Fath has been continuing
throughout the year observations on the average brightness of different por-
tions of the sky. In addition Mr. Fath has obtained with a low-dispersion
spectrograph loaned by Director Campbell, of the Lick Observatory, two

176 REPORTS ON INVESTIGATIONS AND PROJECTS.

Spectra of the brightest portion of the Milky Way in Sagittarius. The pho-
tographs were secured with exposures of 30 and 65 hours. The spectra
appear to be approximately of the solar type, and may have been influenced
to some extent by several bright stars of type K present in this region. The
work will be continued, guarding so far as possible against this effect, in
order to determine whether the A type of spectrum is predominant among
the stars forming the Milky Way.

PHYSICAL, LABORATORY.

The investigations carried on in the physical laboratory during the year
have consisted of further studies of the Zeeman effect for several elements
by Mr. King and Mr. Babcock, a determination by Mr. Gale of the displace-
ments in the spectra of the arc and spark of the principal lines of iron and
titanium at pressures between a partial vacuum and 16 atmospheres, and a
study of furnace spectra under pressure by Mr. King.

The results of the investigation of the Zeeman effect for iron and titanium
by Mr. King will be given in detail in Publication 153 of the Carnegie Insti-
tution of Washington, now in press. They are summarized briefly in the
early part of this report, and are based upon a study of the behavior of over
1,100 lines between the limits A 3660 and A 6743.

Similar studies by Mr. Babcock of the Zeeman effect for chromium and
vanadium have been completed and will also be published in detail. Mr.
Babcock has carried out a comparison of the curves of frequencies of the
occurrence of the magnetic separations for the triplets in the spectra of
fourteen elements and has found a close similarity between the positions of
maxima and minima. A careful determination of the value of ^A/Aa for the
two principal maxima gives for e/m (the ratio of ionic charge to mass) the
quantity 1.775, ^ result in almost exact agreement with the mean values
obtained by other observers by different methods. Mr. Babcock has made a
number of experiments on the production of absorption lines in the magnetic
field, in order to imitate more closely the eft'ects observed in sun-spots.

The study of the Zeeman effect in the laboratory has been carried to a
point at which the need of a more powerful field for the separation of very
close components and the analysis of highly complex lines is felt greatly.
Accordingly, a large electro-magnet of the Weiss pattern has been purchased
during the year and is now being erected. This instrument is designed to
give a field of about 46,000 gausses with a gap of 2 mm., and is provided
with an efficient cooling system admitting of continuous operation during
many hours.

Mr. Gale spent the months of March, April, and May in Pasadena and
carried on an investigation of the displacements of the lines in the arc and
spark spectra of iron and titanium under pressure. Most previous investi-
gations have been made with comparatively high pressures and, accordingly,

MOUNT WII.SON SOI<AR OBSERVATORY. 1/7

it seemed best to employ moderate and low pressures for this particular
study, the more so in view of the fact that the pressures encountered in the
solar atmosphere and in stars are of a moderate order of magnitude. The
main results of the investigation have already been summarized. In addition
to the direct study of the pressure effect, Mr. Gale examined the qualitative
influence of gases of various sorts upon the intensities of the lines of
different elements.

The study of the pressure effects for electric-furnace spectra was taken
up by Mr. King primarily with the object of testing whether a source of
radiation different in many respects from the arc and the spark would give
results differing from those given by the latter sources. A considerable
number of photographs for iron, titanium, and vanadium are now available,
and the results appear to show consistently larger values for the furnace
lines than for the arc lines at the same pressures. The displacements do not
appear to vary throughout the range of temperature which it is possible to
secure in the furnace. An interesting feature of the use of the furnace is
the possibility of obtaining the pressure displacements of absorption lines by
passing white light through the furnace when under pressure. The shifts
found in this way are the same as those for emission lines. This line of
work is still in progress.

The equipment of the laboratory has been increased during the year by
the purchase of several electrical measuring instruments and a number of
pieces of optical apparatus. A small concave grating of i meter radius has
been secured for work requiring moderate dispersion.

THE COMPUTING DIVISION.

The Computing Division has remained throughout the year under the
direction of Mr. Scares.

Miss Burwell continued during the autumn and winter of 1910 her study
of the photographs of sun-spot spectra, giving especial attention to the effect
upon the spectrum lines of the presence of the magnetic field. This has
involved the classification of the lines in accordance with the system devised
by Mr. Hale and outlined in the report of last year. A careful comparison
of the spectra of a Bootis, a Taiiri, and a Ononis with the sun-spot spectrum
was also completed. During the summer months Miss Burwell was given
leave of absence to carry on studies at the University of Chicago. She
returned to Pasadena in September.

Miss Griffin continued, up to the time of her resignation July i, the meas-
urement and reduction of laboratory photographs and various investigations
in photographic photometry. Her work included the determination of the
separations of lines in the magnetic field for several elements and the dis-
placements of lines under pressure in the electric furnace. In addition to 58
laboratory plates Miss Griffin carried out the measurement and reduction of
94 photometric negatives.

12 — YB

178 REPORTS ON INVESTIGATIONS AND PROJECTS.

Miss Lasby has devoted the greater part of her time to stellar spectra,
having measured and reduced 630 spectrograms during the year. About 550
of these were taken with the Cassegrain spectrograph and the remainder with
the focal plane instrument. In continuation of the investigation of the solar
rotation Miss Lasby has measured and reduced 18 photographs each cover-
ing 6 points of latitude. About 3 months was employed in the measurement
of laboratory photographs taken by Mr. Gale of the spectrum of the electric
arc and spark under pressure. Miss Lasby has also given some time to com-
putations connected with the construction of tables designed to facilitate the
reduction of stellar spectra.

Miss Smith has continued during the year her work upon spectrohelio-
graph plates. This has included the determination of the areas of the
calcium flocculi upon 204 negatives, making the reduction complete up to
February i, 191 1. The curves showing the fluctuations of the areas of the
flocculi and so indicating the variations in solar activity have been drawn to
August 20, 1910. Miss Smith has measured, in addition, 269 prominence
plates, completing the reduction of this series to June 18, 1911. Prints have
been made of about 2,500 negatives, including all calcium and hydrogen
spectroheliograms and direct photographs of the sun taken between April
1908 and June 191 1. These have been classified and arranged in book form
for purposes of reference in investigations of sun-spot and flocculi structure.

Miss Ware has been engaged during the greater part of the year in the
reduction of solar spectra obtained by Mr. St. John. The majority of the
photographs are related to a determination of the wave-lengths of the H and
K lines in the spectrum of the chromosphere. Miss Ware has also measured
over 100 plates in connection with the investigation of the Evershed effect in
sun-spots, and has made a series of determinations of the wave-lengths of
the oxygen lines in the a group of the solar spectrum on the international
system. A considerable number of reductions, related for the most part to
the work in stellar photometry, have been carried out by Miss Ware during
the year.

The classification and reduction of stellar spectrograms has formed the
larger part of Miss Waterman's studies during the year. About 600 photo-
graphs taken with the Cassegrain and focal plane spectrographs have been
measured and reduced and the types of spectra represented by them have
been determined. Miss Waterman has also devoted a considerable amount
of time to the construction of a set of tables by means of which the constants
of reduction for the Hartmann interpolation formula may be determined for
any plate by simple inspection. Miss Waterman resigned from the Comput-
ing Division July I, 1911.

Miss Martha Renner, who was appointed to the Computing Division Feb-
ruary I, 1911, has given her entire time, with the exception of that required
for the investigation of the screw errors of one of the small comparators, to
the measurement and reduction of photographs relating to investigations in

MOUNT WILSON SOLAR OBSERVATORY. 179

photographic photometry with the 6o-inch reflector. About i6o photographs
have been measured by her, most of which were taken for the determination
of the effect produced on photographic magnitudes by small changes in
focus, and by the various conditions which affect the development of the
photographic plate.

Miss Mary Wanda Sheldon was appointed to the Computing Division
July I, 1911, and Miss Inez A. Ensign August i, 1911. Miss Sheldon will
divide her time between the study of laboratory photographs and general
computations connected mainly with stellar photometry. Miss Ensign is
employing her entire time in the measurement and reduction of stellar
spectra.

Miss Haines has remained in charge of the library as in the past. During
the year the cataloguing of the unbound volumes and pamphlets has been
completed. The accessions through purchase, since September i, 1910,
amount to y2 volumes, while, in addition, many valuable gifts have been
received. During the year 282 volumes have been bound. The total number
of bound volumes now in the library is 1,817.

CONSTRUCTION DIVISION.

The past year has been an active one as regards construction work, both in
the instrument-shop and on Mount Wilson. As in previous years, the gen-
eral supervision of the work has been in charge of the Director, with Mr.
Pease in immediate charge of the design of the instruments, Mr. Ayers of
the instrument-shop, and Mr. Jones of the construction work on Mount
Wilson. Mr. Ritchey has been in charge of the optical work upon the 100-
inch mirror, and Mr. Drew has had direct supervision of the design of the
lOO-inch telescope.

The principal work carried on in the instrument-shop during the year has
been the large 75-foot spectrograph to be used with the 150- foot tower. The
instrument has now been completed with the exception of a few minor de-
tails, and was installed on Mount Wilson during the month of August. It is
designed for use either as a spectrograph or spectroheliograph, with a large
variety of dispersive units, all of which are directly interchangeable. Thus
the observer can by means of an electric motor bring into position beneath
the collimating lens a prism of small angle, a prism of large angle, a diffrac-
tion grating, or two gratings side by side, according to the work to be under-
taken. The instrument can be used at a focal length of either 30 or 75 feet,
a hoisting apparatus having been arranged to raise the entire base with the
various dispersive units to the 30-foot level.

The work of the instrument-shop during the year has included, in addition
to the large spectrograph :

The construction of parts of the small stellar spectrograph for use at the
primary focus of the 60-inch reflector, and of the quartz spectrograph.

The partial rebuilding of the driving-clock of the 60-inch reflector and
various changes connected with it.

l80 REPORTS ON INVESTIGATIONS AND PROJECTS.

The construction of a mounting for a concave grating of i-meter radius.

The construction of a water-distilling apparatus for use with the exhaust
of the gas-engine in the Mount Wilson power-plant.

The construction of the hoisting device and the figuring of various grind-
ing tools for use in the optical work upon the i co-inch reflector.

In addition many minor repairs have been made upon existing instruments.

THE 150-FOOT TOWER TELESCOPE.

At the time at which the last annual report was written the two lenses for
use in the tower telescope had just been received. They were of triple con-
struction and designed to reduce the effect of chromatic aberration to a mini-
mum. A careful examination of these lenses in the optical testing-rooms in
Pasadena indicated the presence of strong astigmatism and considerable
spherical aberration, and accordingly they were returned to their makers
for additional figuring. On further examination it was found that one of
the components in each lens had indices of refraction unsuited for the pur-
pose in view, and the attempt was made to procure new disks of glass of
satisfactory indices. After a number of eft"orts in this direction without
success, it was decided to give up the triple form of construction and resort
to the ordinary doublet type. New lenses of this sort corrected visually were
received in July of this year and tests showed a marked improvement over
those tried previously. The 8-inch lens for use in the spectrograph has been
accepted, but the image-forming objective of 12 inches aperture is still found
to be subject to considerable zonal errors and has been returned to the
manufacturers for further retouching.

With the exception of the image- forming lens, the 150- foot tower is now
complete in all of its essential features, and in case of serious delay in the
completion of the 150- foot objective, the lens now in use with the 60- foot
tower will be employed in order to gain the advantages of the more powerful
spectroscopic apparatus of the larger tower.

GENERAL CONSTRUCTION WORK ON MOUNT WILSON.

The plan of construction work on Mount Wilson during the summer has
been influenced to a great extent by considerations relating to the 100-inch
telescope. In order to provide for the concentration of building operations
during the next few years around the great task of the erection of the 100-
inch telescope mounting, it has seemed desirable to complete, in so far as
possible during this year, all repairs and additions to the existing buildings
of the Observatory, and to arrange for the necessary increase in equipment
which the large instrument will require. As a result the building operations
of the year have been of a very varied character. Among them I may refer
to the following:

The Snow telescope house has been rendered essentially fire-proof, all
canvas having been replaced by sheet iron, and the w^ooden roof replaced by

MOUNT WILSOX SOLAR 0BSE;RVAT0RY. i8i

a steel roof. The developing rooms in the basement of the building have
been enlarged and reconstructed out of concrete.

A water-storage reservoir, built of reinforced concrete, with a capacity of
140,000 gallons, has been completed. Connected with this is a fire system
consisting of 2-inch pipe with hydrants at all of the principal observatory
buildings used in conjunction with a high-pressure pump. This should give
efficient fire protection for almost any contingency that may arise.

A new camp house, near the location of the lOO-inch telescope, has been
provided for the use of the men engaged in the construction work. Also a
storehouse built of sheet iron and a small building which may be used for
sleeping quarters during stormy weather.

The 60-inch reflector dome and the 150- foot tower have been repainted
and the canvas around the base of the reflector has been replaced by sheet
iron. A small room has been built in the basement of the dome to serve as
sleeping quarters for the night observer.

A 50-horsepower twin-cylinder gas-engine with a direct connected 40-
kilowatt generator has been purchased for the power-plant and will be in-
stalled during the autumn. This will provide for all the requirements of the
entire observatory equipment after the completion of the 100-inch telescope.

A large amount of general work has been carried on, including the erection
of several concrete retaining walls, the laying of conduit for electric power
and light, repairs of some of the observers' cottages, and grading at the site
of the 100-inch reflector.

THE 100-INCH TELESCOPE.

In view of the difficulty experienced by the French Plate Glass Company
in securing a thick disk of 100 inches aperture which should be free from
air-bubbles and flaws, it seemed advisable in the autumn of 1910 to begin
work upon the disk already received and temporarily laid aside. An inspec-
tion of this disk had shown that while there were well-defined sheets of air-
bubbles running through the body of the glass, they did not approach the
surface so closely as to interfere with securing a perfect paraboloidal figure.
Furthermore, the glass as a whole seemed to be very firmly knit together, in
spite of the presence of the bubbles. Since under these conditions the only
obstacle to the perfect success of the disk as an astronomical mirror would
lie in the presence of strains in the glass which would prevent it from main-
taining its figure under difl:erent conditions of temperature, it appeared well
worth the relatively moderate cost of the necessary optical work to investi-
gate this question. By the kindness of the French Plate Glass Company the
Observatory is permitted to do this work on trial, payment for the disk being
conditioned upon its proving suitable for use as an astronomical mirror.

The process of figuring the disk, although delayed by illness upon the part
of those engaged in the work, has been continued steadily, and at the present
time the fine grinding of the spherical surface has been completed. As soon
as the polishing is finished a series of tests will be undertaken to determine

l82 REPORTS ON INVESTIGATIONS AND PROJECTS.

the character of the figure at different temperatures. So far as it is possible
to judge, no changes have taken place in the flaws contained in the glass
during the severe pressure put upon it by the process of rough grinding.
The disk is being figured with a ratio of focal length to aperture of 5 to i.

While this work is being carried on in Pasadena, the French Plate Glass
Company is continuing at St. Gobain the attempt to cast a disk which shall
be free from flaws and air-bubbles. The chief difficulty encountered in re-
cent trials has been that of annealing in such a way as to keep the tempera-
ture of the entire body of glass uniform. Owing to this cause a second disk
cast early in this year broke in the annealing oven. In the course of their
experiments the St. Gobain company have succeeded in producing a flawless
disk 100 inches in aperture and 20 cm. thick. It is possible that in case of
necessity such a disk could be employed for the 100-inch telescope, provided
it were figured in place upon the support system with which it was to be used
finally.

With the aid of a special grant from the Carnegie Institution of Washing-
ton the work upon the design of the mounting has been carried on actively
during the year. Mr. Drew has been in immediate charge, assisted during a
part of the year by Mr. he Grand. During the months of July and August
Prof. Albert Smith, of Purdue University, acted as consulting engineer upon
the structural design of the polar axis, tube, and building. At the present
time the essential features of the design have been thoroughly worked out,
and it should be possible to begin detailed drawings during the winter.

Reference has already been made to some of the construction work upon
Mount Wilson, in connection with the plans for the erection of the loo-inch
telescope. This has included the grading and leveling of the site, the con-
struction of several small buildings for housing the machinery employed in
the work, and the erection of a few of the smaller piers. A large amount of
material for the main pier has been collected ready for use in the coming
summer.

The Observatory chronicles with deep regret the death of Mr. John D.
Hooker at Los Angeles, May 24, 191 1. It was by the generosity of Mr.
Hooker that funds for the purchase and construction of the lOO-inch mirror
were provided originally. His active and intelligent interest, not only in the
progress of this work but in the activities of the Observatory as a whole,
will be missed greatly by the members of the staff.

PLATE 8

\{.J^

NUTRITION LABORATORY*

Francis G. Benedict, Director.

The past year has witnessed an unusually active interest in the laboratory
on the part of cooperating and visiting investigators. The construction of
new apparatus and the improvement of apparatus already in use have added
materially to our equipment, while the experimental researches have led to
the accumulation of a large amount of important data with regard to a
number of questions of fundamental importance in both physiology and
pathology.

ADDITIONS TO EQUIPMENT.

The wisdom of constructing one large room without obstructing columns
or piers and provided with arrangements for cooling and drying the air for
use in calorimetric research has been fully justified in the past three years of
experimenting ; indeed, during the warmer months, the tendency has been to
move to this room all researches in the building that can possibly be trans-
ported, and thus utilize the equable temperature and admirable humidity
conditions. To facilitate this as much as possible, the available floor-space
in the room has been increased materially during the last year by the addition
of another balcony, somewhat larger than the one constructed a year ago.
By this means it will be possible in future to conduct a larger number of
researches in the calorimeter room during the warm weather; additional
desk-room is also provided for one or more associates during the winter,
thus permitting a more direct personal supervision of the researches in the
calorimeter room than can otherwise be had.

ALTERATIONS IN THK RESPIRATION CALORIMETERS,

In an effort to minimize all possible sources of error in the calorimetric
researches, it was found that the structural-steel framework of the respira-
tion calorimeters has a capacity for holding or absorbing heat, thus affecting
to a certain extent the heat measurements. In some of the calorimeters this
interior framework was directly connected with the outer air through bolts
or pieces of structural steel. It was assumed that the slight temperature
differences between the inside of the chamber and the room air, namely, 2°
or 3°, would not result in a material conduction of heat; but with the greater
accuracy now striven for, it was deemed desirable this past winter to com-
pletely isolate the structural-steel framework by using rock-maple supports,
and thus insure a perfect insulation from the room air. This insulation has
been carried out on three of the calorimeters with the highest degree of
success.

* Situated at Boston, Massachusetts. Grant No. 681. $30,378 for investigations and
maintenance during 191 1. (For previous reports on work in nutrition, see Year Books
Nos. 2-9.)

183

184 REPORTS ON INVESTIGATIONS AND PROJECTS.

Among the important points developed this year was the desirability of
using a thermostat for maintaining an absolutely constant temperature inside
the calorimeter chambers when they are not in use. With this constancy of
temperature, any one of the calorimeters may be opened at a moment's no-
tice, a subject placed inside, and an experiment immediately begun without
the delay incidental to a preliminary warming or cooling of the chamber.

As a result of the extensive research in body- temperature measurement
made by Mr. E. P. Slack, of this Laboratory, an arrangement of thermo-
elements has been applied to the calorimeters for measuring the rectal tem-
peratures of subjects, so that a measurement of the body temperature may be
obtained with great accuracy simultaneously with the measurement of the
products of metabolism.

BICYCLE ERGOMETER.

The bicycle ergometer described by Benedict and Carpenter* was so suc-
cessfully used in the respiration-calorimeter experiments on muscular work
at Middletown, Connecticut, that a duplicate of the apparatus was considered
desirable for the Nutrition Laboratory. This has been constructed in the
machine-shop during the past year, and at present is undergoing rigid and
critical tests.

RESPIRATION APPARATUS.

The small respiration apparatus for nose or mouth breathing, which has
been in process of development in the laboratory for the past three years,
has proved so successful that several have been constructed during the
winter and are now in active and continuous use.

Method of determining oxygen. — The amount of oxygen admitted to the
system of the respiration apparatus was determined originally by measuring
the loss in weight of a small cylinder of the highly compressed gas. This
method was very successful and is recommended for isolated plants. Re-
cently, however, a new method has been used in which the amount of oxygen
admitted to the system is recorded on an extremely exact gas-meter, com-
pletely immersed in water and carefully calibrated by special tests. By this
means the weighing of the oxygen cylinders can be dispensed with, thus
greatly facilitating the manipulation of the apparatus, with no sacrifice of
accuracy. The results have been so satisfactory that this method of meas-
urement will in future be used on all of the respiration apparatus in the
laboratory.

Absorbers for carbon dioxide and zvater. — As a logical outcome of the
development of the absorbing system used in connection with the large respi-
ration chamber of the calorimeter, we have been accustomed to employ a
silver-plated can containing soda lime for absorbing carbon dioxide, and the
lower part of a so-called Kipp generator filled with pumice-stone to absorb
the water from the air-current. Recently an ordinary wide-mouth chemical
bottle, fitted with metal pipes passing through a solid rubber stopper, has

* Benedict and Carpenter : U. S. Dept. Agr., Office Expt. Stas., Bui. 208, 1909.

NUTRITION LABORATORY. 185

been substituted for the silver-plated can. This has proved very successful
and can be prepared for use and cared for much more easily than the old
form of carbon-dioxide absorber. The blown-glass water-absorber devised
by Dr. H. B. Williams, formerly of Cornell Medical College, New York, has
proved of such value that a large number have been ordered and are now
in regular use in all of the respiration apparatus in this laboratory. Both of
these substitutions contribute very materially to the facility of manipulation
without a sacrifice of accuracy.

A METABOLISM CAGE FOR DOGS.

For use in experiments on dogs, it was necessary to devise metabolism
cages with suitable arrangements for saving the excreta. One of these cages
has been built by the construction force of the Nutrition Laboratory on the
plan devised by Prof. William J. Gies.

RESPIRATION APPARATUS FOR DOGS.

Many problems in the metabolism of animals may be satisfactorily studied,
or at least investigated in a preliminary way, by the determination of the
carbon dioxide alone without recourse to the more expensive and time-
consuming determinations of the oxygen consumed and heat eliminated. In
the two dog- respiration apparatus referred to in the last annual report, the
amount of carbon dioxide eliminated by the dog was determined by measur-
ing the increase of the carbon dioxide in the closed volume of air in the
sealed chamber. As this principle involved the use of an extremely accurate
gas analysis, the absorption system of the respiration apparatus for men was
combined with the dog-respiration chamber. By means of this absorption
system, a current of air is continually withdrawn from the chamber, the car-
bon dioxide and water absorbed, oxygen added to replace the amount used
by the animal, and the air returned to the chamber. The total amount of
carbon dioxide produced by the animal is weighed at the end of every half-
hour or hour period. By substituting a double-valve device at each end of
the absorption system, it is possible to keep the motor in continuous opera-
tion, since with a simple movement of the hand the air-current may be de-
flected from one set of purifiers to the other. With this device there is no
necessity of stopping the motor, disconnecting the purifying vessels, and
starting the motor again — a process which is liable to disturb the dog. This
absorption method of determining the carbon dioxide after careful tests has
been adopted for use with both the small and the large dog-respiration cham-
bers, and two series of experiments with dogs are now in daily operation in
this laboratory.

The method of obtaining a graphic record of the muscular activity of the
dog has been somewhat modified the past year in such a way as to increase
its efficiency ; the great importance of such a record has been further demon-
strated in the recent researches. As is clearly shown by the kymograph
records, even in a state of rest there is considerable minor activity ; and when

1 86 REPORTS ON INVESTIGATIONS AND PROJECTS.

the cun-es are compared with the measurements of the metabolism, the influ-
ence of such activity is very evident. It may be safely said that without this
graphic record of the muscular activity, the results obtained for the metab-
olism have but little value.

RESPIRATION APPARATUS FOR INFANTS.

With a view to studying the metabolism of infants, a respiration chamber
was devised in which, by means of a movable bed or crib, a record could be
obtained of the slight movements of the child. This chamber can be attached
to any one of the numerous motors in the laboratory accompanied by purify-
ing devices, and the total carbon dioxide produced by the infant can thus be
accurately measured. The apparatus has proved very successful and a
number of experiments have already been made with it.

VACUUM DRYING APPARATUS.

The desirability of avoiding high temperatures in desiccating compounds
of physiological importance has long been recognized, and accordingly a
double-valved Geryk high-vacuum pump, connected with special forms of
large-sized desiccators, has been installed in the laboratory. The pump is
substantially placed against a heavy partition wall in the machine-shop and is
driven by a belt from one of the line-shafts. A pipe leads to a battery of
three large-sized desiccators in one of the other basement rooms. By this
means the compounds can be dried over sulphuric acid in a high vacuum at
room temperature, and the inevitable changes in composition incidental to
high temperature avoided.

COOPERATING AND VISITING INVESTIGATORS.

In the researches in diabetes mellitus now in progress, Dr. E. P. Joslin has
been actively interested, and, together with his associate, Dr. F. A. Stanwood,
has contributed much to the success of these investigations.

Dr. John Homans has continued throughout the year his investigations on
the influence of the removal of the hypophysis, and the results of his re-
searches are about to be prepared for publication.

A study of the metabolism of normal babies has been begun through the
interest and active cooperation of Dr. Fritz Talbot, of Boston. He has been
able to secure a number of breast-fed babies for subjects, and has personally
devoted much time to a careful study of the problems involved.

After several years of active experimenting on the influence upon meta-
bolism of the removal of the pancreas or of ligating the pancreatic ducts,
Dr. Joseph H. Pratt has cooperated with the Nutrition Laboratory in an
investigation upon the digestibility and specific dynamic action of protein
ingested by dogs from which the pancreas has been removed. In connection
with his associate, Dr. L. H. Spooner, these researches have been well estab-
lished and are now nearing completion.

With a view to making a practical application of his observations on the
renewal and regeneration of air in submarines, Passed Assistant Surgeon

NUTRITION LABORATORY. 187

E. W. Brown, of the United States Navy, spent some weeks at the laboratory
during the summer, investigating methods of gas analysis and discussing the
question of the regeneration of air. He also carefully inspected the numer-
ous forms of apparatus in the laboratory in which closed volumes of air are
used for respiration purposes.

Prof. H. Monmouth Smith, of Syracuse University, spent several weeks
at the laboratory acquiring the technique of respiration experiments with a
view to prosecuting researches on athletes at Syracuse University.

STAFF NOTES.

The importance of the researches on blood, gas analysis, and respiration
carried out at the University of Oxford by Dr. J. S. Haldane, and at the
University of Cambridge by Dr. Joseph Barcroft, warranted arrangements
for study at both of these universities by Mr. H. L. Higgins, of the Labora-
tory staff. Not only these two investigators, but also Drs. Bohr, Henriques,
Krogh, and Hasselbalch, in Copenhagen, accorded Mr. Higgins every oppor-
tunity for becoming thoroughly familiar with the methods and technique
which have been particularly well developed in these places. Mr. Higgins
secured much valuable apparatus and was able to materially augment our
valuable collection of reprints by separates of publications which were kindly
given him by the various investigators that he came in contact with.

Later in the winter, Mr. T. M, Carpenter, of the Laboratory staff, made an
extended tour of Europe, visiting particularly the northern countries and
becoming more familiar with certain laboratories and researches which were
not included in a trip taken by him three years ago. It is of special interest
to note that this was highly appreciated by foreign investigators, who have
freely written of their pleasure in being given the opportunity to become
familiar with Mr. Carpenter's technique in calorimetric researches.

INVESTIGATIONS NOW IN PROGRESS.

METABOUSM OF NORMAL WOMEN.

With the accumulation of material in regard to pathological cases, it is
obvious that the results for normal individuals are as yet too few to permit
the most detailed and satisfactory comparison; consequently, it has been the
policy of the Laboratory to secure as many observations on different normal
individuals as possible. Fortunately, through the interest of Prof. Alice F.
Blood, of Simmons College, we were enabled to study the normal metabolism
of young, healthy, normal women, who volunteered as subjects for respira-
tion calorimeter experiments. The results are of great value and will be a
positive contribution to our knowledge of the metabolism of healthy young
women, supplementing in an admirable way the researches instituted a year
ago, in which many of the women members of the Laboratory staff volun-
teered as subjects. Mr. L. E. Emmes is continuing these studies as oppor-
tunity offers.

l88 REPORTS ON INVESTIGATIONS AND PROJECTS.

THE METABOLISM OF NORMAL INFANTS.

The increasing importance of studying the metabolism of infants in disease
has led to a great desire on the part of physicians for information regarding
the normal metabolism of both breast-fed and bottle-fed infants. Dr. Fritz B.
Talbot, of Boston, has taken great interest in this problem, and has instituted
a series of researches with an especially accurate respiration apparatus for
studying the carbon-dioxide production of infants. The research has pro-
ceeded sufficiently to show that apparently minor muscular movements, such
as a slight change in position of the hands or feet in an otherwise apparently
perfectly quiet infant, may result in an enormous increase in the metabolism.
The graphic records of body movements secured by means of the suspended
crib inside the chamber have proved of invaluable assistance in interpreting
the metabolism, and have led to fundamentally new conceptions regarding
the influence of minor muscular exercise upon the metabolism of infants.
It is proposed to undertake the investigation of pathological cases in the near
future.

INFLUENCE OF THE INGESTION OF FOOD ON METABOLISM.

The fact that after the ingestion of food there is a noticeable rise in the
heat production, carbon-dioxide elimination, and oxygen absorption, has not
been denied by any investigator. But opinions vary widely when an attempt
is made to explain the cause of this rise. The problem has been under obser-
vation for several years, both here in this laboratory and formerly in the
chemical laboratory at Wesleyan University, in Middletown, Connecticut.
In the research carried out in the Nutrition Laboratory the past year, special
emphasis has been laid upon the influence of the ingestion of various kinds
and amounts of carbohydrates. Both the respiration calorimeter and the
respiration apparatus have been successfully employed, although the latter
has been used more frequently. The research is far from complete, however,
and active experimenting is in progress nearly every day.

SIMULTANEOUS STUDY OF BODY TEMPERATURE.

The simultaneous study of temperature in different parts of the body, re-
ferred to in the previous report, has been conducted during the past year by
Mr. Edgar P. Slack. For this research, specially devised thermo-electric
thermometers were used in connection with a constant-temperature oven,
and simultaneous observations were made of the temperature in the mouth,
rectum, and vagina, and in various superficial cavities, such as the axilla and
groin. The thermal gradient of the body was also studied, and the results of
measurements with the clinical thermometer and with the thermo-electric
thermometer were compared. The research showed that, with the exception
of the skin temperature, a rise or fall in temperature in any part of the body
is accompanied by an equal rise or fall in temperature of the other parts of
the body. Incidentally, many other points of interest regarding body tem-
perature were brought out, especially with reference to the thermal gradient

NUTRITION LABORATORY, 189

and the inaccuracy of clinical thermometers for observations requiring exact
measurements. The results of the research have been prepared for publica-
tion and are now in press.

COMPARISON OF METHODS FOR STUDYING THE RESPIRATORY EXCHANGE.

In consideration of the vast amount of research carried out by the Zuntz-
Geppert method of studying the respiratory exchange, the development of a
method by Chauveau and Tissot, and the method and respiration apparatus
developed in this laboratory, a strict comparison of the several methods now
in existence for studying the respiratory exchange has seemed desirable.
As a standard in this comparison, it is proposed to use the results of experi-
ments with the bed calorimeter, in which the respiration is absolutely normal
and quiet; experiments will then be made with the same subjects, in which
the various types of breathing appliances and respiration apparatus will be
used. Mr. T. M. Carpenter is continuing this most important and funda-
mental study, and the results are being looked forward to with great interest
by a number of European scientists.

METABOLISM IN DIABETES.

The most important research in pathological metabolism now in progress
at the laboratory is the continuation of the investigation instituted by Dr.
E. P. Joslin on diabetes mellitus. Particular attention has been given during
the past year to the study of serious and advanced cases with young children
and to the influence of the so-called "oatmeal cure." Both of these problems
are extremely complex and require many experiments before drawing any
final conclusions. Furthermore, the most suitable experimental material is
not so readily available as is the more general type of diabetes, and hence the
investigation has not progressed so rapidly as did the earlier research on the
general problem. The experiments are, however, of even greater interest
than any heretofore carried out, especially as each experiment is made so far
as possible a noticeable advance in accuracy and in completeness over the
preceding one. In studying this problem, the supplementing of experiments
with the respiration calorimeter by experiments with the respiration appa-
ratus has proved highly advantageous, and it has been found perfectly
feasible to make concurrent observations with both forms of apparatus and
secure results of great pathological importance.

RELATION BETWEEN THE HYPOPHYSIS AND METABOLISM.

Owing to the interest of Dr. John Romans, of the department of surgical
research at the Harvard JMedical School, an investigation was begun a year
ago on the influence of the removal of the hypophysis upon metabolism. The
possibility of a relationship between the hypophysis and diabetes first justified
the undertaking of the study of this obscure gland in the Nutrition Labora-
tory, and this research seems to be more promising of results than at first
sight appeared probable. It is of special interest to note in this connection

IQO REPORTS ON INVESTIGATIONS AND PROJECTS.

that the recent remarkable observations of Dr. Harvey Gushing, of Baltimore,
to the effect that the removal of the hypophysis increased enormously the
sugar tolerance of dogs have shown that in all probability there is some inti-
mate relationship between this gland and sugar metabolism. In the investi-
gation at the Nutrition Laboratory the observations have been confined to the
total metabolism as measured by the carbon-dioxide production, both before
and after the removal of the gland. A number of important observations
have been made on different dogs, and the first report on this research will
be prepared and issued shortly. The study of the sugar tolerance of two
women whose metabolism was supposed to be influenced by an abnormal
hypophysis has also been made, and future studies are planned with refer-
ence to the relationship between sugar tolerance and the hypophysis.

THE INFLUENCE OF THE INGESTION OF PROTEIN ON METABOLISM IN DOGS
WITH DEFICIENT NITROGEN ASSIMILATION.

Through the kindness of Dr. Joseph H. Pratt, two dogs from which the
pancreas had been removed by Dr. F. T. Murphy were made available for a
study at the Nutrition Laboratory of the influence on metabolism of varying
quantities of meat. These dogs, which had been actively studied for several
years by Dr. Pratt, have a very low assimilation for protein, absorbing but
25 to 30 or 40 per cent of meat ingested. Under these conditions the oppor-
tunity presented for studying the influence of the ingestion of food on metab-
olism is ideal. According to the views of some investigators, the increase in
metabolism following the ingestion of food is due to the work of digestion,
movements of the intestinal tract, and the glandular secretion. According
to other investigators, it is due to the specific dynamic action of protein ; i. e.,
something is absorbed out of the protein of the food, which is carried through
the blood-circulating system and there stimulates the cells to greater activity.
Inasmuch as these dogs had a deficient protein assimilation, it was believed
that the work of digestion would be somewhat greater than normal, since a
larger bulk of food would necessarily be forced through the intestinal tract.
If, therefore, the work of digestion increases the metabolism, we should ex-
pect a larger heat output than with normal dogs. On the other hand, if the
increase in metabolism is due to the specific dynamic action of protein, we
should expect to find the results only about one-third of normal, since the
assimilation of protein by these dogs is approximately one-third the assimi-
lation by normal dogs. The results are not yet ready for drawing final
deductions, however, and the experiments are still in progress.

THE CALIBRATION OF THE BICYCLE ERGOMETER.

In connection with the researches at Wesleyan University, a special form
of bicycle ergometer was devised and used, and the results obtained with it
have been published. At that time the calibration of the bicycle ergometer
was carried out by means of a respiration chamber, which was much too
large for the best results with an instrument of this kind. Recently a careful

NUTRITION LABORiVTORY. I9I

Study of the mechanical and electrical features of this ergometer has brought
out a number of theoretical points of great practical importance, which have
justified a recalibration of the apparatus on a much more extended and accu-
rate scale. Through the courtesy of Dr. C. F. Langworthy, of the U. S.
Department of Agriculture, an ergometer has been loaned to the Nutrition
Laboratory to be duplicated and for calibration. The apparatus, which is
practically a stationary bicycle, is calibrated by placing it inside the chair
calorimeter, rotating it from the outside by means of a flexible shaft, and
measuring the heat actually produced. An extended series of tests was made,
not only with this apparatus, but with a duplicate ergometer constructed in
the laboratory machine-shop.

THE DETEIRM I NATION OF SUGAR IN DIABETIC URINE.

The numerous clinical methods for determining sugar in diabetic urine
have proved inadequate for the accurate studies which are to accompany the
research on metabolism in diabetes now being carried out in the Nutrition
Laboratory. Accordingly, Dr. A. W. Peters has been occupied during the
past year in developing and modifying a number of methods for determining
sugar, with a view to selecting, or devising if necessary, the most accurate
and rapid method for the determination of sugar in pure-sugar solutions,
and of reducing power in pathological urines. An especially critical study
has been made of the estimate of sugar by the method of copper reduction,
particularly the conditions affecting the reduction process and the quantita-
tive determination of the copper involved. From the results obtained a pro-
cedure has been devised which is satisfactorily rapid and gives a high degree
of accuracy in the determination of sugar in both diabetic urines and sugar
solutions. Throughout the study, correct and delicate copper analysis was
regarded as the chief means of investigation, and in this connection some
results were obtained which are of critical importance for the accuracy of a
sugar determination as well as of some general interest in copper analysis.

ANALYSES OE OUTDOOR AIR.

The Nutrition Laboratory is fortunate in being supplied with probably the
most accurate type of gas-analysis apparatus in existence, namely, a modifi-
cation of an apparatus devised by Pettersson, according to plans of Dr. Klas
Sonden, of Stockholm. This has been in constant use for the past three
years in the laboratory, and in the hands of Miss Alice Johnson has given
extremely accurate results. One fundamental error, however, inherent in all
methods of gas analysis as yet developed, has shown itself to be likewise
inherent in this apparatus, although the other errors have been reduced to a
minimum. A year ago we were firmly of the opinion that there were con-
siderable fluctuations in the composition of outdoor air with particular refer-
ence to the oxygen content — fluctuations that were wholly inexplicable — but
during the past year's research, in which a control has been established by
the analysis from day to day of samples of a cylinder of compressed air

192 REPORTS ON INVESTIGATIONS AND TROJECTS.

secured from the laboratory of the Massachusetts Institute of Technology,
we have found that when a correction is made for the error referred to our
analyses show that the outdoor air remains remarkably constant in composi-
tion with regard to both the carbon-dioxide content and the oxygen content.
The results of the research will be prepared for publication shortly.

Samples of air taken by Messrs. Carpenter and Higgins while on their
ocean voyages and samples of air kindly forwarded by Drs. Haldane, Doug-
las, and Yandell Henderson from Pikes Peak are now being analyzed.

PUBLICATIONS.
The following have been prepared and issued during the past year :

(1) The influence of the preceding diet on the respirator}' quotient after active digestion

has ceased. Francis G. Benedict, L. E. Emmes, and J. A. Riche. Amer. Jour.
Physiol., 27, p. 383. 191 1.

-It has commonly been believed that 12 hours after the ingestion of food,
active digestion ceases and that then the oxidating processes of the body
result in a combustion of body material. With the same individual, there-
fore, the kind of material oxidized 12 hours after the last food is taken
would be expected to remain essentially constant. This may be determined
by measuring accurately the carbon dioxide excretion and the oxygen con-
sumption, the ratio between these two — the so-called respiratory quotient —
being a very important index as to the character of the material oxidized.
In order to study the influence of the preceding diet on the respiratory quo-
tient after active digestion has ceased, a series of experiments was planned
in which the last meal of the day before contained a large or small propor-
tion of carbohydrates. The respiratory quotient as determined the next
morning, or 12 hours after these diets, showed noticeable differences in the
character of the material burned, being almost invariably much higher, indi-
cating a carbohydrate combustion after a meal high in carbohydrates and
lower after a meal low in carbohydrates. In these experiments, which were
made with seven different subjects, both the small respiration apparatus and
the respiration calorimeter were used. The results of the experiments permit
many interesting theoretical considerations as to the ratio of carbohydrate
material, i. e., glycogen, in the body. A number of suggestions are made in
this paper with reference to further experimental work.

(2) The respirator}' exchange as affected b}^ body position. L. E. Emmes and J. A.

Riche. Amer. Jour. Physiol., 27, p. 406. 191 1.

In order to secure the minimum metabolism of man for purposes of
comparison, the gaseous metabolism has been usually measured when the
subjects are lying with muscles relaxed on a couch. For the purpose of
obtaining data regarding the metabolism of a subject in the sitting position,
as compared with his metabolism when lying down, some 16 experiments
were made with two young men as subjects. The results showed that the
average pulse-rate rose from 63 when the subject was lying down to 71 when
he was sitting, the carbon dioxide increased 4.3 per cent, and the oxygen
consumption 7.6 per cent. The authors conclude that the difference in metab-
olism is due primarily to difference in internal muscular activity necessitated
by the sustaining of body parts. Accordingly they infer from these tests
that if it were possible so to support the body of a subject in a sitting posi-
tion that the pulse-rate would be no greater than when the subject was lying
down, the metabolism would be essentially the same in both positions.

NUTRITION LABORATORY.

193

<3) The energy metabolism of mother and child just before and just after birth.

Thorne M. Carpenter and John R. Murlin. Archives of Internal Medicine, 7,

p. I. 191 1.
A series of 31 metabolism experiments upon 3 parturient women was car-
ried out by means of the bed respiration calorimeter, and are reported in this
paper. The total metabolism as measured by the respiratory exchange and
the heat production was periodically determined on all 3 subjects in a fasting
condition within two weeks of the birth of the child, and also within 48 hours
after parturition. In some of the experiments after the birth of the child,
the metabolism of the mother alone was measured. During the period cov-
ered by the experiments, the subjects were kept in a local hospital and iipon
a constant diet. The pulse, respiration, and body temperature were obtained
daily at the hospital, as well as during the experimental periods with the
calorimeter. It was found that the metabolism of mother and child before
and after parturition was the same in total amount ; but, expressed per unit
of body-weight, the metabolism of the newly delivered woman was about 7
per cent higher than that of the same woman before the birth of the child,
and the metabolism of the pregnant subject was slightly higher than that of
normal women. Considered per unit of surface, the pregnant woman had a
higher metabolism, than the non-pregnant, and the newly delivered woman
higher than either. The total metabolism of the child alone per unit of
weight, which was found by deducting the amount of the metabolism of the
mother from that of the mother and child, was about two and one-half times
that of the mother. Expressed per unit of surface, the metabolism was not
greater than that of the nursing mother, but higher than that of the non-
pregnant woman.

(4) Effects on men at rest of breathing oxygen-rich gas mixtures. Francis G. Benedict
and Harold L. Higgins. Amer. Jour. Physiol., 28, p. i. 191 1.

The extensive bedside use of oxygen in therapy and the use of oxygen-
rich atmospheres in diving appliances, rescue-saving apparatus, and in the
regeneration of air in submarines lend additional interest to a study of the
question as to whether or not there is an increased or decreased absorption
of oxygen with oxygen-rich mixtures. In the extensive series of experi-
ments reported in this paper, the oxygen consumption was determined when
the subjects were breathing ordinary air ; also when breathing atmospheres
containing varying quantities of oxygen, namely, 40, 60, and 90 per cent.
The results expressed in the following table show that essentially the same
amount of oxygen was absorbed whether ordinary air vv^as breathed or atmos-
pheres containing 40 per cent, 60 per cent, or even 90 per cent of oxygen :

Percentage comparison of oxygen absorbed in experiments zvith different tensions.

Subject.

20 per
cent of
oxygen.

40 per
cent of
oxygen.

60 per
cent of
oxygen.

90 per
cent of
oxygen.

T. M. C

p. ct.

JOG
100
100
100
100
100

p. ct.

102.0
9S0
99-5

103.0

100. 0

p. ct.

lOO.O

100.5

100. s
98 b

p.ct.

100.5
99-5
98.5

100.5
99.0

106.5

J.J.c

A. G. E

L. E. H

H. L. H

U. J. M

Average of all subjects

100

100.5

99.8

100.8

13— YB

194 REPORTS ON INVESTIGATIONS AND PROJECTS.

The paper concludes with an extensive discussion of the physiological
sources of error in the method used, and the mechanics of respiration and
circulation as affected by the breathing of high oxygen. The significance of
oxygen in therapy is considered, and suggestions for further research com-
plete the paper. The results are summarized as follows :

In experiments with normal individuals lying at complete muscular rest,
12 hours after the last meal, and breathing 40 per cent, 60 per cent, and 90
per cent oxygen mixtures, the authors find:

(a) There is no apparent difference between the metabolism as indicated
by gaseous exchange (i. e., the carbon-dioxide output, oxygen consumption,
and respiratory quotient) and the metabolism when breathing ordinary air.

(&) There is no change in the respiration, either as to character, depth, or
frequency, as compared with the same factors when breathing ordinary air.

(c) The pulse-rate is lower with oxygen-rich mixtures than when breath-
ing ordinary air ; furthermore, the higher the percentage of oxygen breathed
(up to 90 per cent) the lower the pulse- rate.

(5) A respiration apparatus for the determination of the carbon dioxide produced by

small animals. Francis G. Benedict and John Homans. Amer. Jour. Physiol.,
28, p. 29. 191 1.

Many problems in metabolism can only satisfactorily be studied by a meas-
urement of the total carbon-dioxide output, oxygen intake, and heat produc-
tions. On the other hand, for a preliminary survey of a field of study in
metabolism, the carbon-dioxide determinations alone are many times of great
value. Since these can be obtained with the expenditure of much less time
and money than the determinations of the oxygen consumption and the heat
production, it follows that an apparatus in which the carbon dioxide can be
determined with relative ease will be of great value in connection with me-
tabolism experiments. The closed-chamber type of apparatus in which the
carbon dioxide is allowed to accumulate, samples of air withdrawn from
time to time, and the increment in the carbon dioxide calculated, was success-
fully used in the experiments reported in this paper. The carbon dioxide
determinations were readily made by means of the excellent Haldane gas
analysis apparatus.

The importance of registering automatically the body movements of men
or animals in metabolism experiments has long been recognized, and this
apparatus is provided with a unique feature for obtaining a graphic record of
all body movements of the animal. The subject is placed inside of a cage,
one end of which rests on a knife-edge, the other end being supported by a
stout spring. Any change in the position of the center of gravity of the
animal varies the tension upon the spring; by means of a pointer fastened to
the end of the cage and connected to a water seal in the cover, a direct
graphic record of the movements of the cage is made upon a kymograph.
The importance of knowing the muscular movements of the animal and the
influence of temperature upon the muscular activity are extensively dis-
cussed, two curves being shown. The apparatus was devised primarily for a
study of the metabolism after the removal of the hypophysis.

(6) The increase in metabolism due to the work of typewriting. Thorne M. Carpenter.

Jour. Biol. Chem., 9, p. 231. 191 1.

By means of the chair calorimeter, a detailed study was made of the
increase in metabolism due to the work of typewriting, which included 8
experiments with 5 subjects who were skilled operators upon the typewriter.
The results of the study are given in this paper. The total metabolism as

NUTRITION LABORATORY. 195

measured by the respiratory exchang-e and the heat elimination was deter-
mined with the subjects at rest and when typewriting, the work period fol-
lowing immediately the rest period. Duplicate experiments were made with
3 of the subjects. It was found that the typewriting at rates from 57 to 115
words per minute resulted in increasing the metabolism above that of rest
from 30 to 70 per cent, while the increase in the energy output per 1,000
words was about 7 calories, and the increase in the carbon dioxide and the
oxygen was about 2.5 grams. Considered on the basis of 1,000 strokes, there
was an increase of 1.6 calories of energy^ and 0.57 and 0.54 gram of carbon
dioxide and oxygen respectively. In the experiments in which the increase
was measured by periods, it was found that there was a gradual decrease in
energy expenditure per 1,000 strokes, which was most marked with those
subjects whose fingers became fatigued. The variation in the increase in
metabolism for the different subjects was considered to be due to the differ-
ence in individual facility and technique.

(7) Some energy factors of the urine excreted after severe muscular exercise. Harold

L. Higgins and Francis G. Benedict. Amer. Jour. Physiol., 28, p. 291. 1911.

The determinations of carbon and energy in urine, always of great im-
portance in total metabolism experiments, have become of added interest in
recent years in that the relationships of the total nitrogen, carbon, and energy
in the urine, i. e., the carbon-nitrogen and the calorie-nitrogen ratios, have
acquired a pathological significance. By a study of these ratios, a perturbed
metabolism may be easily detected and much information secured with regard
to its character, since under such conditions there are almost invariably
present in the urine intermediate metabolic products which contain consider-
able amounts of carbon, and relatively small amounts, if any, of nitrogen,
thus increasing the carbon-nitrogen and calorie-nitrogen ratios. The use of
these ratios for detecting and studying cases of perturbed metabolism not
only does away with the necessity for an elaborate estimation of amino-acids,
purine derivatives, etc., but is of especial value when the volume of urine is
too small to admit of tests for these products. In a study made of urines
excreted immediately following an exhaustive running race, these ratios
were used to find whether or not a perturbed metabolism resulted from the
severe muscular exercise. Some 18 urines were studied, and the results are
presented in this paper. The values for 12 out of the 18 urines were normal ;
the remaining 6 urines gave high ratios which were probably due to per-
verted protein metabolism. The method used for the determination of the
heats of combustion is given in some detail, and in view of the fact that the
calorie-carbon ratio is constant, the advantage is pointed out of the develop-
ment of either a volumetric method or a wet process by which determinations
of carbon in urine can be simply, quickly, and accurately made. The paper
also includes a brief review of previous study of the carbon-nitrogen and
calorie-nitrogen ratios.

(8) The heat of combustion of compounds of physiological importance. Albert G.

Emery and Francis G. Benedict. Amer. Jour. Physiol., 28, p. 301. 191 1.

The researches conducted at the Nutrition Laboratory on the metabolism
of matter and energy in the human body brought out the desirability of more
specific information regarding the heat of combustion of many organic com-
pounds of physiological importance. Accordingly, specimens of a consider-
able number of these compounds were obtained with as high a degree of
purity as possible, and the heats of combustion determined. For these deter-
minations, an exceedingly exact adiabatic calorimeter was used, of which the

196 REPORTS ON INVESTIGATIONS AND PROJECTS.

hydrothermal equivalent had been established by burning known amounts of
pure cane sugar. Determinations of the carbon were made in most instances
as a check upon the purity of the specimens, using the method of Fries ; and
as many of the compounds contained an appreciable amovint of moisture, the
heat of combustion was determined on a water-free basis whenever it seemed
desirable. Descriptions of the method employed and of the 26 compounds
used are given in this paper, together with the heats of combustion found,
which are presented on the basis of constant pressure. The results represent
the average of two or more closely agreeing determinations.

(9) A comparative study of temperature fluctuations in different parts of the human
body. Francis G. Benedict and Edgar P. Slack. Publication No. 155, Car-
negie Institution of Washington. 191 1.

By means of modern apparatus and methods, it is possible to measure with
great accuracy the carbon-dioxide excretion, oxygen consumption, water
vaporization, and nitrogen excretion during any given experimental period,
as well as the heat eliminated by radiation, by conduction, and in the latent
heat of water vaporized. The measurement of the heat production, however,
is dependent upon an accurate measurement of the body temperature, and
this presents serious difficulties. In any method of measurement of the body
temperature thus far devised, it has been necessary to assume that the body
as a whole undergoes an average change in temperature equal to the fluctua-
tions shown by the measurement of the temperature in any one portion of
the body. This assumption, however, has been based upon evidence so uncer-
tain that a study of the simultaneous fluctuations in different parts of the
body was undertaken to obtain more definite information on the subject.

In the research, the results of which are presented in this publication, a
study was made of the simultaneous fluctuations in body temperature with
reference to determining: (i) the best place for an accurate and constant
measurement of body temperature; (2) the temperature gradient of the
body; and especially (3) whether or not the temperature fluctuations occur-
ring in the different parts of the body are uniform. The thermal-junction
method was employed and a special apparatus was constructed, which con-
sisted of electrical measuring instruments, a thermal- junction system, and a
constant-temperature oven. Various forms of thermal- junction thermome-
ters were devised for the particular localities in which the temperature was
taken, and in order that small temperature fluctuations might be measured
with precision, the thermal- junction system also included a second series of
junctions which were placed in a constant-temperature oven. The apparatus
and method are described in detail in the report of the research.

In the study made of the thermal gradient of the body, the rectum was used
with men and the rectum and the vagina with a woman. The measurements
were usually made with a double thermometer inserted at varying depths,
the results being presented in the form of curves. These indicate that the
thermal gradient between the surface of the body and a depth of about 5 cm.
is quite noticeable, but that it is safe to conclude that the temperature reaches
the maximum at a depth of 6 to 7 cm.

In selecting the localities for the measurement of the body temperature, a
special study was made of temperature measurements in the mouth with both
clinical thermometers and thermal-junction thermometers. Two curves show
the results of these measurements. While no definite conclusions are drawn,
the experiments appear to show that temperature observations in the mouth
are liable to considerable error, and that in work requiring exact measure-
ments even the best clinical thermometers are unsatisfactory.

NUTRITION LABORATORY. 197

In the study of the simultaneous fluctuations of body temperature, 24
experiments were made, the subjects including five men and one woman.
Measurements were obtained of the temperature in the rectum, vagina, and
mouth ; also in various superficial cavities, such as in the closed axilla and
groin, between the clasped hands, and at various surface points which could
be sufficiently closed by flesh to form a temporary cavity. These results are
also expressed in the form of curves. The following conclusions are drawn
from this series of temperature observations:

When two thermometers were placed in one internal cavity, neither one
less than 6 cm. deep, the temperature curves were parallel and approximately
equal.

When two thermometers were placed in one internal cavity with the dis-
tance between them 33^ cm., the outer one being within 5 cm. of the surface
of the body, the curves obtained were parallel, but not equal in value, thus
indicating a temperature gradient.

Thermometers placed in the rectum and the vagina, at depths of at least
6 cm., showed curves that were parallel and approximately equal.

Thermometers in the right and left axilla gave curves that were parallel,
showing approximately equal temperatures. Like results were obtained when
two thermometers were placed in the groin or hand.

When the subject lay down upon a couch after the slight muscular activity
of coming to the laboratory and moving about before the experiment, an
initial fall of internal temperature was usually shown.

Eating, or drinking hot liquids, tended to increase the body temperature,
while drinking cold water had a tendency to lower it ; but exposing portions
of the surface of the body apparently had no efifect. Muscular exercise pro-
duced a marked increase in some experiments, although in others the effect
was not noticeable.

The internal temperature of the body and of the axilla, groin, hand, arm,
mouth, and under the breast showed a marked tendency toward parallelism.

The general conclusion is drawn from the research that, aside from the
skin temperature, a rise or fall in temperature of the rectum or vagina is
accompanied by an equal rise or fall in temperature of all other parts.

(10) The determination of the constants of the diflFerential blood-gas apparatus. Joseph
Barcroft and H. L. Higgins. Jour, of Physiol., 42, p. 512. 191 1.

This paper gives a method, which is simpler than any hitherto applied, for
determining the constants of the differential blood-gas apparatus described
by Barcroft and Roberts (Journal of Physiology, vol. xxxix^ p. 429), these
constants being necessary to interpret the readings of a determination into
terms of volume of blood-gas liberated or absorbed. Instead of the chemical
method of calibration hitherto applied, a physical method is used involving
the application of Boyle's law. The method was devised while Mr. Higgins
was working with Dr. Barcroft on blood-gas experiments in the physiological
laboratory in Cambridge, England.

DEPARTMENT OF TERRESTRIAL MAGNETISM *

L. A. Bauer, Director.
GENERAL SUMMARY.

This report is written on board the Carnegie, cruising in the Indian Ocean,
during the months of July and August, between Colombo, Ceylon, and the
island of Mauritius. The necessary additions have been made as later re-
turns have been received from the various field parties, so as to give a com-
plete account of all the operations of the Department to the end of the fiscal
year (October 31).

Speaking of the first object in mind, attention may be called to the large
corrections on present mariner's compass charts we are finding in the Indian
Ocean, and those, too, over traversed routes. For two of the most extensively
used charts of the "lines of equal magnetic variation" these errors approxi-
mate, respectively, 4° and 6°, though one of the charts was issued only a
year ago. With the exception of a few values found by the Galilee in the
Pacific Ocean, these are the largest errors thus far disclosed. In the portions
of the North Atlantic covered by the Carnegie during her present cruise, the
compass-chart errors have generally been below 2°, though running at times
up to 2.5°. In the South Atlantic the errors, in general, have not gone over
1°. As heretofore, the information obtained is supplied promptly to the chief
hydrographic establishments issuing magnetic charts, in order to enable them
to revise their charts from time to time.

The chart errors are usually systematic, i. e., in the same direction for
large stretches, and are often found to be largely due to erroneous secular
changes allowed for in attempting to bring previously observed values up to
date. Thus, for example, by comparing the Carnegie values of 191 1 with
those obtained on board the German Antarctic vessel, the Gauss, in 1903, it
is found that the north end of the compass moved to the eastward (hence
diminished west declination) at the average rate of about 11' per year ofit"
the southeast end of Africa, whereas in the vicinity of the islands of St. Paul
and New Amsterdam in the Indian Ocean (lat. 35° 16' S., long. 74° 46' E.)
it moved to the westward (increased west declination) at the average rate
of about 13' per year. The charts would give secular changes of only about
one-fourth of these amounts, so that the error of reduction in but ten years
amounts almost to 2°. It is doubtless due to these large secular changes dis-
closed in the Indian Ocean, and especially their rapid variation with geo-
graphic position, that the large errors mentioned have crept into the charts.
These interesting facts madr it desirable to alter our projected track from

Colombo to Mauritius sufficiently to get data for locating the region where

* Address : The Ontario, Washington, District of Columbia. Grant No. 683. $94,510
for investigation and maintenance during 191 1. (For previous reports see Year Books
Nos. 3-9.)
198

DEPARTMENT OF TERRESTRIAL MAGNETISM. I99

the secular change reverses sign; e. g., from increasing to decreasing west
decHnation. This could be done approximately with the aid of the Gauss
observations of 1903, the publication of which fortunately came to hand just
before we set sail from Colombo. Thus it was found that, in about latitude
25^° S. and longitude 60^° E., the average secular change between 1903
and 191 1 was such as to increase west declination at the average rate of
about 53^' per annum, showing that the line of no change lies somewhat to
the eastward of this position.

The errors in the other magnetic elements, while of less importance to
the mariner, are of consequence to theoretical investigations regarding the
earth's magnetism. In the magnetic dip, the errors on the present cruise
have amounted at times to 4°, and in the horizontal intensity to about one-
twentieth part. While some of the results derived from previous analyses
of the earth's magnetic field have pointed to the possibility of large and
more or less systematic chart errors, it was not suspected that they would
reach the magnitude disclosed by the work of the Galilee and of the Carnegie.

The Carnegie has continued to keep up satisfactorily with the schedule of
work laid down for her circumnavigation cruise. At the beginning of the
fiscal year she was on her way from the mouth of the Amazon to Rio de
Janeiro. After visiting the ports of Rio de Janeiro, Montevideo, Buenos
Aires, Cape Town, Colombo, and Mauritius, she again arrived at Colombo,
Ceylon, on September 10. The total length of the cruise since leaving
Brooklyn, June 20, 1910, up to Colombo, September 10, 1911, or in about
134 year's time, is 30,400 nautical miles. This represents something more
than one-third of the present cruise, which is to terminate at Brooklyn in
June 1913. During this period the magnetic declination has been determined
at 318 different points at sea, and the magnetic dip and the horizontal in-
tensity at 216 places. In addition, shore observations of all the magnetic
elements have been made at seven ports, intercomparisons of magnetic
standards have been secured at four places, and various other investigations
have been carried out.

Some further improvements have been made in the instruments and
methods used on the Carnegie, as suggested by additional experience gained.
Resolutions were passed at the meetings of the magnetic commission of the
International Association of Academies, and of that of the International
Meteorological Committee held in Berlin last September, showing apprecia-
tion of the accuracy achieved in the ocean results and of the magnetic work
thus far completed by the Department "towards the accomplishment of the
great task of a magnetic survey of the whole earth."

The Carnegie continues to arouse interest wherever she goes, and every
possible courtesy is awarded to her and her scientific personnel at the ports
of call. For details of the ocean work, reference must be made to the sub-
sequent account. The members of Mr. Peters's party have shown commend-
able zeal and enthusiasm in the performance of their respective duties.

200 REPORTS ON INVJiSTlGATIONS AND PROJECTS.

Satisfactory progress has also been made in the land work. From the
details given later on it will be seen that the operations have been conducted
mainly in Peru and Brazil by Mr. Stewart ; in Asia Minor, Turkey, Arabia,
along the shore of the Red Sea, and Greece by Mr. Sligh; in Australia by
Messrs. Kidson and Webb ; and in China by Dr. Edmunds. Mr. Johnston,
en route to join the Carnegie at Cape Town, succeeded in securing magnetic
results at Freetown, Sierra Leone, and at two stations in the Canary Group.
The Director, on his way to meet the Carnegie at Colombo, Ceylon, made
magnetic observations at Tau Island, of the Samoan Group, on the day of
the total solar eclipse of April 28, 191 1 ; also at Pago Pago, Tutuila; Apia,
Samoa; and Colombo, Ceylon. Various opportunities have also been em-
braced to complete the intercomparison of our magnetic standards with those
of all foreign observatories. During the past year such comparisons were
secured at Vieques (Porto Rico), Pilar (Argentina), Cape Town, Apia
(Samoa), Port Louis (Mauritius), Batavia (Java), Alibag (Bombay), Dehra
Dun (India), Helwan (Egypt), Athens (Greece), Rome (Italy), Melbourne
(Australia), and Lu-kia-pang (China).

During the Director's visit to Australian institutions, arrangements were
perfected towards the early accomplishment of the general magnetic survey
of Australia and outlying islands under the combined auspices of local and
governmental organizations, and of the Carnegie Institution of Washington.
Mr. Kidson was relieved at Colombo of ocean duty on the Carnegie and
placed in charge of the Department's work in Australia. He has been di-
rected to keep in touch with the local authorities and to render them every
assistance possible in the initiation and execution of magnetic work. The
Department has agreed to supply those in a position to cooperate effectively
with the required magnetic outfits in case they can not be immediately se-
cured otherwise.

At Melbourne the Director met the committee having charge of the scien-
tific work of the Mawson Antarctic Expedition, and discussed with them the
proposed magnetic work in the Antarctic between Cape Adare and Gauss-
berg and embracing the region of the magnetic south pole. It was arranged
that the Department supply two outfits for magnetic-survey work, and
have Mr. Kidson give the necessary training to the observers. In order to
put this plan into immediate execution, as the expedition expects to leave
Melbourne in November of this year, Mr. E. N. Webb, associate in Engi-
neering, Canterbury College, Christchurch, New Zealand, was given a tem-
porary appointment as magnetic observer until November i, and assigned to
assist Mr. Kidson. Thereafter he will enter the employ of the expedition.

From the statement under "Office work" it will be seen that the office
reductions have kept pace with the field work, and that the manuscript of
the first volume of "Magnetic Results," containing the results of the ocean
and land work to the end of 1910, will be ready to go to press next year. In
addition, several special investigations have been made, both with respect to

DEPARTMENT OF TERRESTRIAL MAGNETISM. 20I

instrumental and to theoretical matters. Besides the usual repair work in the
shop, two new types of magnetometers, one of which is of a very portable
character designed for difficult land expedition and capable of measuring all
the magnetic elements, have been constructed. An improved form of our
"deflector" has also been made for measuring declination and horizontal in-
tensity at sea. I must express my obligation to Mr. Fleming for the efficiency
here obtained. During my absence in the field he was placed in sole charge
of the office work. He refers to the effective assistance received from vari-
ous members of the office staff.

The President, in his report for 1910, speaks of the "utilitarian results,"
besides the benefits to science, which "may come from a deeper knowledge
of the earth's magnetism and its cosmic connections." The utilitarian results
to navigation at present accruing from the revealed chart errors are immedi-
ately recognized. Some mariners, to be sure, at first thought our work "ultra-
scientific," but it was soon found that our observations disclosed errors in
the charts frequently exceeding considerably their assumed accuracy of the
"lines of equal magnetic variation,"

To reap full advantage of the observational work now in progress, it
has been found advisable to undertake immediately various preliminary in-
vestigations pertaining to the theory of the earth's magnetism and of its
variations. These theoretical researches, of which four have been completed
thus far, and a fifth is in progress, are being published in the journal
"Terrestrial Magnetism and Atmospheric Electricity," the form chosen being
such as to give other magneticians an opportunity to participate in helpful
discussions of more or less mooted questions of theory. Several lines of
inquiry have been revealed, along which further research might be profitably
conducted. An impetus has been given for stimulating interest in securing
greater accuracy than has been generally attained hitherto in the time-scalings
of important events recorded on magnetograms. Various magneticians are,
in consequence, at present engaged in a renewed study of the magnetic
perturbations, especially with reference to the question as to whether even
the most sudden of these phenomena occur at the same measurable instant
of time all over the globe.

DETAILS OF MAGNETIC WORK, NOVEMBER 1, 1910, TO OCTOBER 31, 1911.

LAND WORK,

Africa. — Upon the completion of his work in Turkey and Arabia, Magnetic
Observer W. H. Sligh made magnetic observations along the shore of the
Red Sea at four stations, occupied the secular variation station at Suez, and
carried out intercomparison observations at Helwan Magnetic Observatory,
Magnetic Observer H. F. Johnston, en route to join the Carnegie at Cape
Town, observed the magnetic elements at the secular variation station at
Free Town, Sierra Leone, and at two stations in the Canary group.

202 REPORTS ON INVESTIGATIONS AND PROJECTS.

Asia. — The work in China during the year has been confined to that of
Magnetic Observer C. K. Edmunds, who occupied about fifteen stations in
the provinces of Kwangtung, Kwangsi, Kiangsi, Anhwei, and Kiangsu ; sev-
eral of these were secular variation stations. He has also carried out inter-
comparison observations at the Hongkong and Lu-kia-pang (near Shanghai)
observatories and returned to Canton in the latter part of September. He
initiated, October i, a campaign, which it is planned will further extend the
magnetic survey of China into the provinces of Kwangsi and Yunnan, and
into Indo-China. At the end of October he had occupied about ten stations
of this work. Dr. Edmunds is accompanied by Observer Ngaan Yen Kwong.

Magnetic Observer W. H. Sligh at the end of the last fiscal year was
engaged in work in Asia Minor. This he continued, completing observations
at nineteen stations in the vilayets of Erzerum, Bitlis, Van, Diarbekir, Mosul,
and Bagdad. He also occupied two stations in India, one of these being for
intercomparison of observatory standards at the Bombay Observatory (Ali-
bag), and four stations in Arabia, one of which was a secular variation
station. Concluding his work at Helwan, Egypt, he then, just before taking
up his work in Turkey in Europe, determined the magnetic elements at the
secular variation station at Constantinople.

Australasia. — Magnetic Observer E. Kidson was relieved from sea duty
on board the Carnegie in June and proceeded immediately to take charge of
magnetic-survey work in Australia. At the end of the year he had secured
observations at about thirty-five stations in Victoria, South Australia, and
New South Wales. These include observatory comparisons at Melbourne
and reoccupations suitable for secular variation data.

Europe. — Magnetic Observer W. H. Sligh occupied nine stations in Tur-
key in Europe and four stations in Greece, securing valuable secular varia-
tion data. At the end of the fiscal year he was in Italy securing instrumental
comparisons with the outfit of Prof. Luigi Palazzo. Of the stations in
Greece, one was at Athens, where intercomparisons between the standards
of the National Observatory and those of the Department were carried out.

Polynesia. — In the course of his inspection work the Director took advan-
tage of an occasion presented for obtaining special magnetic observations at
Tau Island, of the Samoan group, on April 28, 1911 ; photographs of the
sun during the eclipse were also obtained with an eclipse camera supplied
through the courtesy of Dr. C. G. Abbot, of the Smithsonian Institution.
Through the courtesy of the governor of Tutuila (American Samoa), Com-
mander Crose, U. S. Navy, the Director was transported with his outfit on
the U. S. cruiser Annapolis from Pago Pago to Tau Island and return, and
also back to Apia, Samoa. Furthermore, several of Commander Grose's best
naval officers and men were assigned to the expedition. Mention should also
be made of the valuable aid rendered in the furtherance of the work by the
acting governor of German Samoa, Dr. Erich Schultz, and by the American
consul, Hon. Mason Mitchell, stationed at Apia. The native Samoans likewise
rendered every possible assistance. It was these various courtesies which

DEPARTMENT OF TERRESTRIAL MAGNETISM. 203

made the expedition possible. The Director, on return from the eclipse trip
in May, made magnetic observations at Pago Pago, Tutuila, and at the mag-
netic observatory at Apia, Samoa.

South America. — Magnetic Observer C. C. Stewart has continued his work
in South America. The progress of this work was somewhat retarded by
the unfortunate destruction by fire of the launch El Imdn while in port at
Iquitos, Peru, on January 15. It proving impracticable to replace the launch,
he then continued the work with the aid of such local means of travel as
were found available. He occupied twenty-two stations in Peru and Brazil
and completed the line of magnetic survey for practically the whole length
of the Amazon. Besides establishing several secular variation stations, he
tied up his work with that of the Carnegie at Pinheiro. Mr. Stewart re-
turned to the Office in September and is at present recuperating from fever
contracted in the course of the work.

Miscellaneous. — In connection with the operations of the Carnegie, land
stations have been established at Pinheiro (near Para) and Rio de Janeiro,
Brazil ; at Pilar, Cordoba, where intercomparisons were obtained with the
standards of the magnetic observatory of the Argentine Republic; at Cape
Town, South Africa ; at Colombo, Ceylon ; at Port Louis, Mauritius, where
intercomparisons were obtained with the magnetic standards of the Royal
Alfred Observatory ; and at Buitenzorg, Batavia, Java, where the Carnegie's
instruments were compared with the standards of the Royal Meteorological
and Magnetic Observatory.

INSPECTION WORK.

The Director left Washington on March 16 in order to make a trip of
inspection of the land and ocean work and to confer with the heads of vari-
ous magnetic organizations in Australasia and Asia respecting continuation
or inauguration of magnetic surveys under their charge. He left Vancouver,
British Columbia, on March 24, going via Hawaii and Fiji to Samoa, where
he obtained eclipse magnetic observations at Tau Island. He made magnetic
observations at Pago Pago and Apia, as elsewhere stated, and proceeded
thence to Auckland, New Zealand ; Christchurch, New Zealand, and Sydney
and Melbourne, Australia, visiting the magnetic observatories at Christ-
church and Melbourne. x\t Sydney and at Melbourne he met the members
of the committee having charge of the scientific work of the Australasian
Antarctic Expedition, under the leadership of Dr. Douglas Mawson, and
made the necessary arrangements with them regarding cooperation of the
Department with the expedition in proposed magnetic-survey work in the
Antarctic. From Melbourne he went to Adelaide, thence to Fremantle and
Perth, and then directly to Colombo, Ceylon, arriving there June 21. At
the various places visited in Australia the interest of local organizations was
enlisted and arrangements were perfected for the inauguration of a magnetic
survey of Australia (one of the largest land areas remaining to be explored
from this standpoint) under the joint auspices of the Department and of

204 REPORTS ON INVESTIGATIONS AND PROJECTS.

the local organizations. As elsewhere stated, Magnetic Observer Kidson
has been placed in charge of the Department's work.

At Colombo the Director made an examination of the ocean results and
secured comparisons between the magnetic standards carried by him and
those of the Carnegie. From Colombo he proceeded with the Carnegie to
Port Louis, Mauritius Island, and thence with her on the return to Colombo,
inspecting the ocean work and making various tests. The party arrived the
second time at Colombo September lo. After supplying the commander,
Mr. Peters, with such additional instructions as were necessary for the con-
tinuation of the work, he left the party September ii, for Bombay, Dehra
Dun, and Calcutta, India. He arrived at Batavia on October 23 and left for
Hongkong, China, October 28, after having given final instructions for the
work of the Carnegie. At the close of the fiscal year the Director was en
route.

OCEAN WORK.

At the end of the last fiscal year the Carnegie was en route between Para
and Rio de Janeiro, Brazil. She arrived at the latter port on December 2,
1910, the voyage having been made under very favorable observing condi-
tions. Intercomparisons of barometer standards were carried out at the Rio
de Janeiro Observatory. Upon the completion of the usual harbor inter-
comparisons of land and ship instruments, and swing observations on De-
cember 23 and 24, the party sailed on December 29 for Montevideo, Uruguay,
and Buenos Aires, Argentine Republic.

No land observations were made at Montevideo, at which place the Car-
negie arrived on January 14, whence she proceeded, after a short delay by
storm, to Buenos Aires, arriving there January 18, 191 1. The observing
conditions between Rio de Janeiro and Buenos Aires were very good and
numerous observations were obtained. The comparisons of ship and land
instruments, as well as the intercomparisons of the Argentine magnetic
standards and those of the Department, were carried out at the magnetic
observatory of the Meteorological Service of the Argentine Republic at
Pilar, Cordoba. Comparisons of barometer standards were also made at the
office of the Meteorological Service in Buenos Aires.

The Carnegie sailed from Buenos Aires on February 14; but owing to
adverse winds and tidal conditions, together with the loss of an anchor, sub-
sequently recovered, did not get to sea from the river until the 21st. Owing
to this delay and to foggy weather in the vicinity of Tristan da Cunha, it
was found impracticable to stop at this island, as had been planned, so that
practically a great-circle course was followed between Buenos Aires and
Cape Town. This portion of the cruise was very successful and many data
were secured, despite the foggy conditions prevailing during a part of the
time. Cape Town was reached March 20. Intercomparisons of the land
and sea instruments, as well as comparisons between the magnetic outfits of
Professors J. C. Beattie and J. T. Morrison, were secured at Valkenberg,

DEPARTMENT OE TERRESTRIAL MAGNETISM, 20$

near Cape Town. Barometer comparisons were made with the standards of
the Royal Observatory, Cape of Good Hope. At Cape Town Dr. H. M. W.
Edmonds, Surgeon and Magnetician, and H. F. Johnston, Magnetic Observer,
joined the vessel. Dr. C. C. Craft, who had been Surgeon and iMagnetic
Observer on board the Carnegie since the initiation of her work, was relieved
of sea duty at Cape Town to return to the office, owing to the very poor
condition of his eyes.

Upon the completion of the intercomparisons at Cape Town, the Carnegie
left for Colombo on April 26, arriving there June 7, 191 1. The course from
Cape Town was made for St. Paul Island, and thence directly for Colombo.
This passage of the cruise was accomplished with cloudy weather and heavy
sea during the westerly course, and under fine conditions during the north-
erly course. Observations were made nearly every day. At Colombo the
Director met the vessel for the purpose of a general inspection and for con-
sultation with the commander as to the details of the work, and for discus-
sion regarding such alterations as might be deemed advisable for further
improvement. Magnetic Observer E. Kidson, who had been observer on
board the Carnegie since the initiation of her work, was relieved of sea duty
at Colombo and proceeded at once to Australia to take up there the magnetic-
survey work, as elsewhere stated.

Having completed the intercomparisons at Colombo of the land and sea
instruments and the barometric standards at the meteorological observatory,
the Carnegie set sail on July 6, 1911, for Port Louis, Mauritius Island,
with the Director aboard, arriving there August 5 on schedule time. This
portion of the cruise was made, with the exception of a few days, under
very favorable conditions. Valuable observations (63 determinations), both
with regard to the distribution of the magnetic elements and their secular
changes, were secured, the course to Mauritius being deflected to the south-
ward in order to reach the track of the Gauss (see general summary). On
this portion also the track of the Carnegie northward to Colombo from St.
Paul Island was crossed, and thus valuable opportunity was afforded for
testing the accuracy of her work as well as chart errors found. The results
of these tests were found very satisfactory. Intercomparisons of land and
sea instruments, as well as a valuable intercomparison of the standards of
the Department and those of the Royal Alfred Observatory, were secured.

The land work being completed, the Carnegie left Port Louis, bound for
Batavia via Colombo, on August 16, 1911, the Director continuing with the
vessel. A short stop was made at Colombo, during September 10 to 15, and
there the Director left the party to visit magnetic organizations and observa-
tories in India, the East Indies, and China. Excellent conditions prevailed
between Mauritius and Colombo and 61 magnetic determinations were made.
After a 43 days' cruise from Colombo, during which the desired observations
were secured, Batavia was reached on October 27, 191 1. The course from
Mauritius carried the party first to the westward of the Seychelles Islands
into the western part of the Arabian Sea, where the agonic was located by

206 REPORTS ON INVESTIGATIONS AND PROJECTS.

two widely separated crossings, and across the tracks of the principal steam-
ship lines, thence back to Colombo, and from there to Batavia. Intercom-
parisons of the sea and land instruments, as well as valuable intercomparisons
of the standards of the Department and those of the Royal Meteorological
and Magnetic Observatory, were secured at Batavia. At the end of the fiscal
year these intercomparisons were still under way. The Director again met
the vessel at Batavia to give final instructions for the continuation of her
cruise under Mr. Peters's command.

At each port of call the party has received most cordial assistance. In
particular may be mentioned Mr. Hartnell, observer-in-charge of the U. S.
Coast and Geodetic Survey Magnetic Observatory at Vieques, Porto Rico ;
Dr. H. Morize, director of the Observatorio Nacional, and Capt. Radler de
Aquino, at Rio de Janeiro ; Dr. Walter G. Davis, director of the Meteoro-
logical Service of the Argentine Republic, and his various assistants at the
observatory at Pilar ; the government officials of the Department of Agri-
culture of the Argentine Republic ; Drs. Beattie and Dodds, of Cape Town ;
Dr. Hough, director of the Royal Observatory, Cape of Good Hope ; Dr.
Barnard, assistant surveyor-general of Ceylon, and his assistant, Mr. Bam-
ford, in charge of the observatory at Colombo ; Mr. A. Walter, director of
the Royal Alfred Observatory at Mauritius; and Dr. W. van Bemmeln at
Batavia. The various official representatives of the United States Govern-
ment have also been of invaluable assistance at the various ports of call, and
have greatly facilitated the work.

Atmospheric electricity observations have been conducted on board the
Carnegie, as opportunity afforded, by Messrs. Kidson and Johnston, Mag-
netic Observers. Atmospheric-pressure observations have been carried out
and various improvements in the method of observations effected. Obser-
vations for atmospheric-refraction effects at sea have also been made, as
was possible during the cruise.

The personnel of the Carnegie during the year has been as follows :

Scientific staff: L. A. Bauer, Director ; W. J. Peters, commander ; C. C. Craft, surgeon
and magnetic observer to April 1911; H. M. W. Edmonds, surgeon and magnetician
from March 191 1; E. Kidson, magnetic observer to June 191 1; H. D. Frary, mag-
netic observer; H. F. Johnson, magnetic observer from March 191 1; C. R. Carroll,
meteorological observer and clerk to September 1911.

Sailing staff: F. S. McMurray, first viratch officer; M. Clausen, second vk^atch officer;
A. Jorgensen, third watch officer to January 1911; E. W. Jansson, third watch
officer from February 191 1; M. G. R. Savary, engineer to February 191 1; D. Bam,
engineer since April 191 1 ; i mechanic, 8 seamen, 2 cooks, 2 cabin boys.

OFFICE WORK.

The manuscript giving the magnetic results obtained in the land observa-
tions since the inauguration of the work of the Department and through
December 31, 1910, and for the land stations occupied by the Galilee and the
Carnegie parties through April 191 1 will be completed, it is expected, in time
to turn over to the printer at the end of the calendar year. The manuscript
for the publication, giving the magnetic results of the ocean observations

DEPARTMENT OE TERRESTRIAE MAGNETISM. 20/

obtained during the various cruises of both the Galilee and the Carnegie,
including all sea work by the Department through April 26, 191 1, will also
be completed and ready for the printer at the same time. Considerable at-
tention has been given to the further discussion of differences between
magnetic standards and the possible establishment of international magnetic
standards; the results of all intercomparisons obtained by the Department
through March 191 1 have been published in the June and September issues
of the journal "Terrestrial Magnetism and Atmospheric Electricity." De-
scriptions of the two new types of magnetometers designed and constructed
by the Department and of the improved deflector for sea work have been
prepared and published in the same journal. The Director has also continued
his series of papers in the same periodical on "The physical theory of the
earth's magnetic and electric phenomena."

The constants and corrections to the provisional International Magnetic
Standards of the Department have been determined or redetermined for 8
magnetometers and 6 dip circles. These standardizations have been made
by the method of simultaneous comparisons with the standard instruments.
The reductions of the field observations have been kept up to date. General
and specific instructions for the prosecution of field and ocean work have
been prepared as necessary.

The compilation of past magnetic work, the indexing of current literature,
and abstracting of publications of a special interest have been continued.
Requisitions for data and information have been numerous and varied and
responses have been made in such detail as has been possible.

SHOP WORK.

Theodolite-magnetometers 16, 17, and 18 have been completed during the
years ; these are of the light, portable type. Four universal magnetometers
of the 191 o type (No. 14) are well under way. Some progress has also been
made with the design of a compact and portable earth-inductor-magnetometer.
The improved type of deflector used on board the Galilee and the Carnegie
was completed and forwarded to the Carnegie at Cape Town, April 1911.
The construction of accessory instruments and the overhauling and repairing
of field outfits have been carried out as necessary.

PERSONNEI*.

The personnel of the ofiice force during the year has been as follows:
L. A. Bauer, Director; J. A. Fleming, magnetician in charge of ofiice and
shop; H. W. Fisk, magnetician; J. P. Ault, magnetician; H. M. W. Ed-
monds, magnetic observer from January i to February 14, 191 1 ; C. C. Craft,
magnetic observer during part of May and June 191 1 ; H. F. Johnston, mag-
netic observer to January 30, 191 1 ; J. H. Millsaps, bookkeeper and stenog-
rapher; Emma L. Beehler, stenographer; A. Widmer, chief mechanician;
E. Skonberg, mechanician; B. Brauner, messenger to September 15, 191 1.

TERRESTRIAL MAGNETISM

THE MAGNETIC WORK OF THE DEPARTMENT OF TERRESTRIAL MAGNETISM, 1905-11

Projected cruise of the Carnegie

November 1911 to June 1913

ARCHEOLOGY — WHEELER — WEST. 209

ARCHEOLOGY.

American School of Classical Studies at Athens. James R. Wheeler,
Chairman of the Managing Committee, Columbia University, New York,
N. Y. (a) Grant No. 619. Maintenance of a fellowship in architecture
at Athens, $1,200. (b) Grant No. 661. Special fellowship aivarded to
Allan Chester Johnson, $1,200. (For previous reports see Year Books
Nos. 4-9.) $2,400

(a) Fellowship in Architecture:

Mr. William B. Dinsmoor, the Fellow in Architecture, has continued his
work on the Propylaea at Athens. This year he has devoted much time to
the building inscription and has succeeded in bringing together so many un-
recognized and unknown fragments of the inscription that a new publication
of this important document has become imperative. The building accounts
of the Parthenon are closely related to this inscription, and in his study of
these Mr. Dinsmoor has added much that is important for the study of this
temple. Thus a good deal of material has been gathered for the proposed
publication on the Propylaea. Mr. Dinsmoor has completed, also, some in-
teresting studies of remains at Delphi, which are soon to appear in the
Bulletin de correspondance hellenique. These are concerned generally witli
the identification and dates of the Treasuries, and particularly with the archi-
tectural features and sculptural decoration of the Siphnian and Cnidian
Treasuries. These studies are of high merit.

(6) Special fellozuship:

Dr. Johnson was occupied at the beginning of the year with a comparative
study of certain syntactical points in the Attic psephismata before 300 B. C,
and in the orators Isaeus and Isocrates. This will be published for the Johns
Hopkins University. Later Dr. Johnson resumed work on the inscriptions
which he found last year. This led to a study of the archons of the third
century B. C. through the fixing of a new date (232/1) for the establishment
of the tribe Ptolemais at Athens. The whole result has been a noteworthy
contribution to the history of the Macedonian period at Athens.

The American School of Classical Studies in Rome. Andrew F. West,
Chairman of Managing Committee, Princeton University, Princeton,
New Jersey. Grant No. 702. Continuation of investigations in the
Held of Roman archeology. (For previous reports see Year Books
Nos. 4-9.) $2,000

Dr. Elias A. Loew was reappointed for the current academic year 1910-11.

His task for the last five years has been a study of the script of Beneventum ;

he has worked steadily at a monograph on the subject, and has also, from

14 — YB

210 REPORTS ON INVESTIGATIONS AND PROJECTS.

time to time, published minor results. He submitted to the Munich Academy
of Science a monograph "Studia Palsegraphica," a contribution to the history
of early Latin Minuscule and to the dating of Visigothic MSS. ; this was
published in the Sitzungsberichte der k. bayerischen Akademie der Wissen-
schaft, November 1910. Dr. Loew has also contributed to the Berliner
philologische Wochenschrift (July 22, 1911) an article on "The Naples MS.
of Festus ; Its Home and Date." During the year the great monograph on
Beneventum Script, which has been the primary object of all his activity,
has made steady progress, and largely through the interest of the Vatican
library its publication has been undertaken. It consists of two parts :

(a) Script ura Beneventana: a series of about 100 photographic reproduc-
tions of examples of the Beneventan Script, with explanatory text, produced
in the style of the publication of the "Society of Dilettanti."

(&) The Beneventan Script: a history of the origin, development, and
influence of this famous school of writing.

The existence of these two works is almost entirely owing to the generosity
of the Carnegie Institution of Washington.

Miss Dora Johnson, who has been previously a member of the school, has
pursued her investigation of the MSS. of the letters of Pliny. During the
year she worked in the libraries of Oxford, London, Rouen, Paris, Turin,
Venice, Rome, Naples, Florence, Pistoia, Cesena, Modena, Parma, and Milan.
She studied and inspected 125 MSS. of the letters. An annotated list of all
the known MSS. of the letters has been prepared for publication.

Muller, W. Max, Philadelphia, Pennsylvania. Grant No. 646. Continua-
tion of archeological research in Egypt. (For previous reports see Year
Books Nos. 3, 5, 6, 9.) $2,000

Professor Miiller worked in Egypt during the summer and fall of 1910,
beginning with Cairo. In upper Egypt his principal work was on the doomed
Island of Philse, where he collected the demotic inscriptions. He found be-
tween two hundred and three hundred of these engraved or written with
black or red ink, or only sketched with reddle on the walls of the temples,
although the Nile had destroyed much which might have been saved if an
effort could have been made two years previously. The study of this rich
material will occupy considerable time. The Egyptian government aided
these researches in every way.

After concluding at Philae, work was begun at Thebes, where new and very
important results were obtained, especially on the western side of the ancient
capital of Egypt, in the necropolis. The temple of Karnak also yielded some
excellent material. Some time was well spent in studies in Sudanese negro
languages, and material obtained which will be printed in the future.

ARCHEOLOGY — VAN D^MAN. 211

Van Deman, Esther B., Rome, Italy. Grant No. 687. Research Associate in
Roman Archeology. (For previous report see Year Book No. 9.) $1,200

During the months of September and October 19 10 regular work was
continued on the general classification, on the basis of materials and methods
of construction, of the more important ancient monuments inside the city of
Rome. The month of November was mainly devoted to the determination
of the various periods of construction to be found in the Colosseum. This
preliminary study revealed the presence of at least four distinct types of
construction, belonging to as many periods, making clear also the original
unity in structure of the three lower stories and the probable later construc-
tion, in wood, of the fourth story; also the extent of the fire in 217 A. D.
and the restoration resulting from it, as well as the character and extent of
the later restorations. In connection with this investigation, many remains
in the vicinity were identified as of the Flavian period, the most important
of which are the arches of the aqueduct between the Cselian and the Palatine
hills, usually assigned to the period of Septimus Severus.

In the Forum the history of a number of the monuments, as shown by
their construction, has been wholly or in great part completed. Among these
are the two Basilicas, the Regia, the temple of Castor, and the so-called
temple of Augustus. The most interesting results, however, have been the
discovery of the extensive remains still left, though unrecognized, of the
Forum of the period of Augustus, and the location of several monuments,
hitherto unlocated ; the most important of these is the Porticus of Lucius
and Gaius, built by Augustus.

The recent publication of a new plan of the center of the ancient city,
made by the School of Engineers of Rome, has rendered easy the resumption
of the study of the levels on the Palatine and in certain other parts of the
city. The work on the Palatine so far has led to the assignment of the
greater part of the existing remains, except those on the southwest corner of
the hill, to the period of Domitian.

The months from December 1910 to April 191 1, inclusive, were spent in
America. During that time conferences were held with a number of the
leading authorities on modern brick-making and concrete construction, as
well as with many workers along allied lines. Two papers on the methods
of investigation used in the work in Rome were presented at the annual
meeting of the Archaeological Institute of America, at Providence, Rhode
Island. Sixteen formal and a number of informal lectures were delivered
in various universities and colleges. Among these institutions were the
universities of Chicago, Johns Hopkins, Michigan, Oberlin, Ohio, and Penn-
sylvania, and the colleges of Holyoke, Smith, Swarthmore, and Wells.

The remaining months of the year have been spent for the most part in
the regular work in Rome and the immediate vicinity.

212 REPORTS ON INVESTIGATIONS AND PROJECTS.

ASTRONOMY.

Schlesinger, Frank, Allegheny, Pennsylvania. Grant No. 422. Completion
of parallax computations begun under direction of George B. Hale.
(For previous reports see Year Books Nos. 6, 7.) $300

The computations made under this grant were completed in 1908, in which
year the principal results were briefly communicated to the Astronomical and
Astrophysical Society of America at its annual meeting at Put-in-Bay, Ohio.
Shortly afterwards the derived parallaxes were made generally available to
astronomers through the compilation of stellar parallaxes made by Kapteyn
and Weermsa (Groningen Publications of the Astronomical Laboratory,
No. 24).

Owing to the pressure of more immediate duties, time to prepare this work
for detailed publication was not forthcoming until last winter. With the
approval of the President of the Carnegie Institution of Washington, the
Astrophysical Journal was selected as the medium of publication. Seven
papers appeared in consecutive numbers of this Journal (vol. xxxii. No. 5 ;
vol. XXXIII, Nos. 1-5, and vol. xxxiv. No. i), of which 400 reprints (in
book form) have been secured, and have been distributed among the lead-
ing observatories and astronomers. These reprints bear the title "Photo-
graphic Determinations of Stellar Parallax made with the Yerkes Refractor,
under the auspices of the Carnegie Institution of Washington, D. C."

The chief distinctive features of this work are ( i ) the sacrifice of a reduc-
tion in accidental errors in order to exclude systematic error as far as possi-
ble; (2) the elimination of guiding error by means of a rotating disk of
adjustable aperture, and (3) the use of a very short and entirely rigorous
method of reduction.

In spite of the sacrifice in the matter of accidental error, it appears that
with a telescope of this size and character, the number of stellar parallaxes
that can be determined per annum with a probable error of d=o.'''oi3 will (in
the long run) be about equal to the number of clear nights available for this
work.

BIBLIOGRAPHY.

Fletcher, Robert, Army Medical Museum, Washington, District of Columbia.
Grant No. 711. Preparation and publication of the Index Medicus.
(For previous reports see Year Books Nos. 2-9.) $12,500

The volume of the Index Medicus for 191 1 has been issued in its usual
monthly numbers to the present time. Some important additional subdi-
visions have been introduced. Two especially interesting titles may be men-
tioned, namely. Anaphylaxis and "606." The latter, more generally known
as Ehrlich's remedy for syphilis, or as Salvarsan, has provoked a large
amount of discussion. The general subject of syphilis in accordance with
present views has been placed under "Parasitic diseases."

CHEMISTRY— AGREE. 2I3

CHEMISTRY.

Acree, S. F., Johns Hopkins University, Baltimore, Maryland. Grant No.
690. Continuation of the study of tautomerism and catalysis. (For
previous reports see Year Books Nos. 4-9.) $i,5*^

Work on tautomerism and catalysis has been continued with the coopera-
tion of Dr. B. B. Turner, Dr. H. C. Robertson, jr., Dr. E. K. Marshall, jr..
Dr. N. E. Loomis, Dr. E. P. Doetsch, Miss J. P. Harrison, Mr. E. W.
Esslinger, and Mr. J. Chandler.

During the year the work on catalysis has been greatly benefited by the
work of Dr. Robertson, Dr. Marshall, and Miss Harrison. They have meas-
ured accurately the ionization of various ethylates and phenolates and deter-
mined the corresponding reaction velocities of these salts with alkyl halides.
In all cases the reaction velocity has been found proportional to the product
of the concentration of the ions and the Kion increased by the product of
the concentration of the molecules and Kmoi. Dr. IMarshall has further
found that sodium ethylate catalyzes the reversible reaction involving the
addition of alcohols to nitriles. Here again the reaction velocity is a function
of the concentration of the ethylate ions and sodium ethylate molecules as
expressed above, the values of Kion and Kmoi varying in different reac-
tions, but remaining constant for all dilutions in the same reaction.

Messrs. Doetsch, Chandler, and Esslinger have presented very valuable
conclusions as a result of their studies of the tautomeric relations of the
urazoles.

Dr. N. E. Loomis has made a very exact study of the hydrogen electrode,
the calomel electrode, and of contact potential. He finds that 4.12 N potas-
sium chloride solutions nearly completely annul the contact potential of sys-
tems containing hydrochloric acid and potassium chloride. He has defined
the value of the hydrogen-calomel cell and found a method for measuring
the percentage of hydrolysis of solutions of aniline hydrochloride. This
work is being continued by Dr. C. N. Myers.

The following papers have appeared during the year or are now in press :

On the reaction of iodoacetonitrile with silver nitrate. By S. K. Loy and S. F. Acree.
American Chemical Journal, 45, pp. 224-239.

In this article Dr. Loy has shown by conductivity methods that silver
nitrate does not combine in water or alcohol with iodoacetonitrile to any
appreciable extent. Although this double compound, AgNOg . ICH^CN, pre-
cipitates out when concentrated solutions of the two components are brought
together, this is true because of its insolubility and not on account of any
great concentration of the substance in the solution at any moment.

The hydrolysis of acid amides. By E. Emmet Reid. American Chemical Journal, 45,
pp. 327-343-

Dr. Reid has made some very accurate measurements of the rate of hy-
drolysis of amides by alkalies which harmonize with our theory that the
alkali forms a salt with the amide.

214 REPORTS ON INVESTIGATIONS AND PROJECTS.

A Study of the hydrogen electrode, the calomel electrode, and of contact potential. By
N. E. Loomis and S. F. Acree. American Chemical Journal, December 191 1.

In this article are discussed the value of the electromotive force of the
calomel electrode and the hydrogen electrode, which have been defined to
within 0.1 millivolt. It is shown that a 4.12 N solution of potassium chlo-
ride nearly eliminates the contact potential between solutions of hydrochloric
acid and potassium chloride.

The application of the hydrogen electrode to the measurement of the hydrolysis of
aniline hydrochloride and the ionization of acetic acid in the presence of neutral
salts. By N. E. Loomis and S. F. Acree. Amer. Chem. Journal, December 191 1.

Dr. Loomis has obtained some very concordant results in measuring the
concentration of the hydrogen ions resulting from the hydrolysis of aniline
hydrochloride. This method promises to be of very general application.

Difficulties in the application of the hydrogen electrode to the measurement of the con-
centration of hydrogen ions in the presence of organic compounds. By L. J. Desha
and S. F. Acree. American Chemical Journal, December 191 1.

Dr. Desha has studied the influence of organic compounds on the potential
of the hydrogen electrode, and has learned that although some substances do
not change the potential of the hydrogen electrode, others do very materially.
Conclusions must therefore be drawn very conservatively and only after
careful study.

Bancroft, W. D., Cornell University, Ithaca, New York. Grant No. 684.
Systematic study of alloys. (For previous reports see Year Books Nos.
2-9.) $1,500

There has been very little progress made on the iron-carbon diagram.
During the annealing at 1000° some of the carbon burned out of the alloys,
and this work will have to be done over again with increased precautions.
The recording differential thermometer has proved an absolute failure and
has been abandoned for the present. Through the courtesy of the Director
of the Geophysical Laboratory, Dr. Day, the temperature measurements are
now being carried on in that laboratory.

Experiments on the tensile strength of electrolytic copper have given very
satisfactory results. Good deposits of copper have been obtained from an
acidified copper sulphate solution up to a current density of 4,000 amperes
per square foot, and there is no reason to suppose that this limit can not be
pushed higher if desired. By keeping down the temperature of the electro-
lyte the equivalent of a hard-drawn copper has been obtained electrolytically,
the tensile strength being 68,000 pounds per square inch. At temperatures
of 75° a ductile copper is obtained which is equivalent to annealed copper.

Corresponding results with electrolytic bronze have not yet been obtained,
apparently because the tin dissolves at the anode in a colloidal form which is
not available. Electrolytic brass from a cyanide solution is brittle ; the reason
for this has not yet been established definitely.

The electrolytic corrosion of brass has been determined in chloride and
sulphate solutions, and we are now determining the tensile strength of cast
brass.

CHEMISTRY — BAXTER.

215

Baxter, Gregory P., Harvard University, Cambridge, Massachusetts. Grant
No. 691. Determination of atomic weights. (For previous reports see
Year Books Nos. 3-9.) $1,000

With the assistance of the above grant the following researches were car-
ried on under Professor Baxter's direction:

The analysis of phosphorus tribromide has been completed by Dr. C. J.
Moore (for previous reports on this research see Year Books Nos. 7, 8, and
9). The preparation of this substance by the union of dry phosphorus and
bromine in a vacuum and subsequent fractional distillation, and the analysis
of the separate fractions for bromine by precipitation, as silver bromide,
have already been described in Year Book No. 9. Three series of samples
were collected by fractional distillation of three different preparations. Of
these the third was distilled over metallic silver. In the following tables of
results a higher number indicates an earlier fraction, while the lowest number
represents essentially residual material. The atomic weight of silver is
assumed to be 107.88.

SERIKS I.

Number of
fraction.

Ratio,
PBr, : 3Ag.

Atomic

weight of

phosphorus.

Ratio,
PBr3:3AgBr.

Atomic

weight of

phosphorus.

1

0.836668
0.836657
0.836676
0.836669
0.836665
0.836648
0.836648
0.836666
0.836660

31.031
31.028
31.034
31.031
31.030
31.025
31.025
31.030
31.031

0.480633
0.480641
0.480624
0.480636
0.480632

31.035
31.C39
31.031
31.036
31.034

2

3

4

5

i:::::::::;:::::::

9

0.480615
0.480623
0.480629

31.025
31.029
31.033

10

Average

SERIES II.

I

0.836628
0.836648
0.836644
0.836653
0.836644
0.836625
0.836640

31.018
31.025
31.024
31.026
31.023
31.018
31.022

0.480631
0.480631
0.480624

31.034
31.034
31.030

2

c

6_

7

0.480629
0.480623
0.480628

31.032
31.029
31.032

8

Average

1

SERIES III.

I

0.836671
0.836636
0.83661 I
0.836637
0.836644
0.836640

31.032
31.021
31.013
31.021
31.023
31.022

0.480643
0.480604
0.480610
0.480603

0.480594
0.48061 1

31.040
31.019
31.022
31.018
31.013
31.022

3

4

6

8

Average

The different fractions of the same preparation in every case yield results
so nearly identical that it seems reasonably certain on the one hand that the
slight excess of bromine used in the synthesis of the tribromide was elimi-
nated during the early stages of the fractional distillation, and on the other
hand that there was no appreciable decomposition of the tribromide even in

2l6 REPORTS ON INVESTIGATIONS AND PROJECTS.

contact with metallic silver. Furthermore, the averages of the three series
agree as well as could be expected. If all the results are given equal weight
the mean value of the atomic weight of phosphorus is 31.027, a result essen-
tially that obtained previously by Baxter and Jones by the analysis of silver
phosphate, 31.03. This research will soon be published in the Proceedings of
the American Academy of Arts and Sciences. Dr. Moore has also begun the
preparation and analysis of phosphorus trichloride.

In order to explain the slight discrepancy between the value for the atomic
weight of iron previously found by Richards and Baxter by the reduction of
ferric oxide, 55.88, and that found by Baxter, Thorvaldson, and Cobb by the
analysis of ferrous bromide, 55.84 (see Year Book No. 9), ferric oxide was
subjected to new analyses by reduction in hydrogen, in the hope that by the
use of modern quartz apparatus more satisfactory results could be obtained.
This hope was fully realized. Very carefully prepared ferric oxide, upon
reduction for a prolonged period at about 1100° in a quartz tube, has yielded
the results 55-839, 55-844, 55-851, 55-850, 55-846, 55-843, 55-848; average
55.846. This investigation is being continued to include the examination of
meteoric material.

The investigation upon the atomic weight of arsenic has been continued in
two ways. The comparison of arsenic trioxide with iodine, commenced last
year by Mr. G. W. Harris (see Year Book No. 9), has been extended by him
to include the examination of arsenic trioxide which has been sublimed in a
vacuum; while Mr. P. C. Voter has begun the comparison of arsenic trioxide
with iodine pentoxide. Although no final results have been obtained in
either case, preliminary experiments indicate that both methods yield the
same value for arsenic that was obtained by Baxter and Coffin by the analysis
of silver arsenate, 74.96.

In addition, the atomic weights of silver, iodine, and neodymium are still
under investigation and a new research upon the atomic weight of praseo-
dymium has been begun.

Jones, Harry C, Johns Hopkins University, Baltimore, Maryland. Grant
No. 688. Investigations on the absorption spectra of solutions. (For
previous reports see Year Books Nos. 2-9.) $1,200

The work on the absorption spectra of solutions, carried out during the
past year, had to do with three general problems :

First, the absorption spectra of comparatively rare substances have been
mapped. These include salts of neodymium in a number of non-aqueous sol-
vents, such as propyl, isopropyl, butyl, and isobutyl alcohols ; ether, acetone,
esters, and formamide. Certain uranyl and uranous salts were also investi-
gated in these non-aqueous solvents. It was always found that the absorp-
tion bands widen and become more intense as the amount of salt in the path
of the beam of light is increased; the more diffuse a band the greater the
widening under these conditions.

CHEMISTRY — JONES. 21/

It was found that the finer absorption bands are different for the same salt
in different solvents, and for different salts of the same metal in the same
solvent. There may be a difference in the number of the bands present ;
there may be a difference in the intensity and width of the bands, or the
difference may be in the wave-lengths of the bands. The different salts of
neodymium in the same solvent often give very different absorption spectra,
and, what is more important, the same salt of neodymium in different solvents
often shows very different spectra. A neodymium salt dissolved in isomeric
organic solvents frequently shows absorption lines and bands characteristic
of the solvents. This is very important as showing the existence of "solvent
bands," on account of the bearing on the solvate theory of solution.

The absorption spectra of a number of very rare substances were photo-
graphed and studied. These were salts of gadohnium, dysprosium, and
samarium. Ample quantities of these substances were loaned to Dr. Strong
by Urbain, and this phase of the work was thus made possible.

Dysprosium and samarium salts show very sharp, characteristic absorption
bands, which are almost as interesting as those of salts of neodymium.

The second problem investigated was the spectrophotography of certain
chemical reactions, or the changes produced in the spectra while certain
chemical reactions are taking place.

We studied especially the action of oxidizing agents on uranous salts,
using both milder and stronger oxidizing agents, and dissolving the uranous
salt in single solvents and in mixed solvents. When uranous chloride is
dissolved in a proper mixture of water and alcohol, both the "water" and
"alcohol" bands come out simultaneously on the plate. While it is true in
general that the "water" bands are the most persistent of all the solvent
bands, yet a weak oxidizing agent oxidized the "hydrated" salt and left the
"alcoholated" salt unaffected. A strong oxidizing agent, on the other hand,
oxidized both the "hydrated" and the "alcoholated" salt. This is, therefore,
an example of "selective oxidation," or selective action of chemical reagents
on solvents, and, so far as is known to the writer, the first example thus far
discovered.

The addition of aluminium and calcium chlorides to solutions of colored
chlorides seems to increase the persistency of the alcohol bands relative to the
water bands ; and in partial precipitation from unmixed solvents the filtrate
sometimes shows the presence of only one solvate. This may be denoted as
"selective solvate precipitation." A possible spectroscopic method of deter-
mining the relative strengths of acids was pointed out.

The effect of rise in temperature on the absorption spectra of non-aqueous
solutions was studied up to nearly 200°, and this was the third problem inves-
tigated during the year. This investigation was carried out in a closed cell
devised for the purpose.

2l8 REPORTS OX INVESTIGATIONS AND PROJECTS.

The general effect of rise in temperature is to deepen the color of solutions
of inorganic salts. This is due to a widening of the absorption bands with
rise in temperature, up to the highest temperatures studied. It was found
for every pure salt dissolved in a single solvent that the absorption bands
widen with rise in temperature ; at the same time they become more diffuse
and the edges hazier. There is a very great increase in the absorption of all
solutions in the short wave-length region of the spectrum as the temperature
is raised.

The effect of rise in temperature on the absorption spectra of neodymium
salts in mixtures of alcohol and water, where both the "water" and "alcohol"
bands appear simultaneously, was studied. With rise in temperature the
"water" bands w-ere more affected than the "alcohol" bands, showing that the
"hydrates" are less stable with rise in temperature than the "alcoholates." It
was also found that the acid aggregates formed by the action of acids on
neutral uranous salts are more stable with rise in temperature than the
neutral aggregates formed by the interaction of salt and solvent.

A study of all the facts brought out in this work, which has now been in
progress for five years, has led to a theory of absorption spectra which seems
to account for the facts, and which we believe will prove helpful, at least as a
working suggestion. It is impossible in this brief report to discuss this
theory or the work of the year in any detail. The whole work is now in
press, and will soon be published by the Carnegie Institution of Washington
as Publication No. i6o.

The problems in spectroscopy now under investigation in this laboratory
include the effect of ions as compared with molecules on the absorption
spectra of solutions; the effect of rise in temperature on the absorption
spectra of aqueous solutions ; and the measurement of the intensity of absorp-
tion lines and bands by means of the radio-micrometer and thermoelectric
junctions.

Morse, H. N., Johns Hopkins University, Baltimore, Maryland. Grant No.
689. Measurement of the osmotic pressure of solutions. (For previous
reports see Year Books Nos. 2-9.) $1,800

The work of the past year has been mainly a continuation of that of the
previous one. The object, as stated in the last report of progress, was to
determine with all possible exactness the relation of osmotic pressure to
temperature. Cane-sugar solutions, ranging in concentration from one-tenth
weight-normal to weight-normal, have now been investigated at intervals of
5° between 0° and 25°, and the temperature coefficient within this field has
been found to be identical with that of gases. The following tables present
the results obtained, each result being a mean of two or more closely agree-
ing values. The total number of experiments represented is 147.

CHEMISTRY — MORSE.
Table i.

219

Temp.

Weight-normal coucentration.

0.1

0.2

0.3

0.4

0.5

0.6

0.7

0.8

0.9

1.0

Mean osmotic pressure in atmospheres.

0

0

(2.462)

4.722

7.085

9.442

11.895

14.381 16.886

19.476

22.118

24.825

5

2.452

4.818

7.198

9.608

12.100

14.605 17.206

19.822

22.478

25.283

10

2.498

4.893

7.334

9.790

12.297

14.855 '7.503

20.161

22.884

25.693

15

2.541

4.985

7.476

9.949

12.549

15.144 17.815

20.535

23.305

26.189

20

2.590

5.064

7.605

10.137

12..748

15.388 18.128

20.905

23.717

26.638

25

2.634

5.148

7.729

10.296

12.943

15.624 18.434

21.254

24.126

27.053

Table 2.

Temp.

Weight-normal concentiation.

0.1

0.2

0.3

0.4

0.5

0.6

0.7

0.8

0.9

I.O

Ratio of osmotic to gas pressure.

0
0

(1.106)

1.061

1. 061

1.060 1.0685

1.0765

1.083

1.093

1.104

1.115

5

1.082

1.063

1.058

1.059 1 1.067

1.074

1.084

1.093

1.102

1. 115

10

1.082

1.060

1.059

1.060

1.066

1.073

1.083

1.092

1.102

1. 113

15

1.082

1.061

1.061

1.059

1.068

1.073

1.083

1.093

1.102

1.115

20

1.084

1.062

1.060

1.060

1.067

1.073

1.084

1.093

1.103

1. 115

25
Mean . .

1.084

1.059

1.060

1.059

1.065

1.071

1.083

1.093

1.102

1. 113

1.083

1.061

1.060

1.060

1.067

1.074

1.083

1.093

1. 103

1.114

Table i gives the osmotic pressures which were observed, and table 2 the
ratio of these to the corresponding calculated gas pressures. It will be ob-
served, on referring to table 2, that the ratios for each concentration are
constant to the third decimal place, which would seem to establish sufficiently
the fact that up to 25° the law of Gay-Lussac for gases applies also to the
osmotic pressure of cane-sugar solutions. A possible exception will be noted
in the case of the one-tenth normal solution at 0°, where the ratio of osmotic
to gas pressure was found to be 1.106 instead of 1.083, ^s in the case of the
same solution at 5°, 10°, 15°, 20°, and 25°. This apparent anomaly makes
necessary a careful investigation of more concentrated solutions at tempera-
tures very near their respective freezing-points ; i. e., at temperatures below
0°. The question is whether other solutions than that cited above undergo
an apperent concentration just above their freezing temperatures.

Much attention has been given during the past year to testing in various
ways the validity of the results which were being obtained. Two lines of
investigation of this character may be mentioned :

(i) In nearly every experiment hitherto reported the initial pressure in
the cell has been less than the ultimate or osmotic pressure. The question
was to be answered, whether the same ultimate pressure would be obtained
if the initial pressures were higher than the final ones. It has been shown

220 REPORTS ON INVESTIGATIONS AND PROJECTS.

conclusively that the same result is obtained whether the initial pressure is
below or above the final one. When the slight difference in concentration is
corrected for, the osmotic pressures are identical.

(2) Owing principally to scarcity of approved manometers and lack of
bath accommodations, the cells, in former years, have been opened, as a rule,
after having maintained an apparently maximum pressure from 24 to "^2
hours. During the past year it has often been practicable to keep cells in the
bath for much longer periods. The conclusion reached is that, if a cell de-
velops and maintains a given pressure for 24 hours, no further increase in
pressure is to be expected. Concurrently the durability of the membrane has
been tested. In one instance a cell containing a 0.5 normal solution was leff
in the bath for 60 days after it had developed maximum pressure. On the
sixty-first day the pressure was the same as on the second, namely, 12.522
atmospheres, and all the intermediate fluctuations were smaller than the
corresponding variations in atmospheric pressure. There is no known reason
for believing the membrane in this cell to have been superior to any of the
others employed in obtaining the pressures cited above.

An account of the completed investigations of the past two years has been
published in the American Chemical Journal in a series of five papers under
the general title of "The relation of osmotic pressure to temperature." The
separate titles are given below :

I. The manufacture of the cells employed in the measurements (vol. xlv, p. 91).
II. The manometers (vol. xlv, p. 237).

III. The regulation of temperature (vol. xlv, p. 383).

IV. The membranes (vol. xlv, p. 517).
V. The measurements (vol. xlv, p. 554).

While the ratio of osmotic to gas pressure is constant for each concentra-
tion up to 25°, showing that the law of Gay-Lussac for gases applies also to
osmotic pressure, that ratio is in every case greater than unity and varies
from one concentration to another. In other words, there is no direct ex-
perimental evidence in the conduct of cane-sugar solutions at temperatures
not exceeding 25° that the law of Boyle likewise applies to osmotic pressure.
The high ratios in question are not, however, to be accepted as evidence ad-
verse to the law, for they may be due to some form of molecular association,
e. g., hydrates. It is to be expected, if such aggregations exist, that at some
higher temperature they will begin to break down, and that the solutions will
give, therefore, smaller ratios of osmotic to gas pressure than have been ob-
tained at 25° and below. Hence it became of importance to measure the
osmotic pressure of cane-sugar solutions at temperatures above 25°, and
work along this line has been in progress during the past year. The baths
hitherto employed are not adapted to work at high temperatures, and others
have been designed and tested which enable us to measure osmotic pressure
at temperatures up to the boiling-point of water. A number of determina-
tions of pressure at 30°, 35,°, 40°, and 50° have already been made, and it
has been found that, even at 30°, the ratio of osmotic to gas pressure is, for

CHEMISTRY — MORSE, XOYES. 221

every concentration, decidedly smaller than between o° and 25° ; i. e., that
the solutions apparently become more dilute as the temperature rises from
some point between 25° and 30°. It is now to be ascertained, for each con-
centration, at what temperature this apparently progressive dilution reaches
a maximum, and whether the maximum is in every case that which gives the
unit ratio of osmotic to gas pressure.

The author of this report has had, during the past year, the uninterrupted
cooperation of Drs. W. W. Holland and C. N. Myers.

Mr. J. L. Carpenter has carried out an elaborate investigation of a number
of manometers of a new form which it is proposed to use in the future.

Mr. G. Cash has made a number of preliminary determinations of osmotic
pressure at the higher temperatures.

Mr. A. D. Holmes has investigated the ferro-cyanides of zinc and cobalt
with reference to their semi-permeable character, and has proved that the
latter is serviceable for the measurement of osmotic pressure, while the
former is worthless for that purpose.

Mr. J. L. McGhee has investigated the ferro-cyanide of nickel, and has
shown that, as a membrane, it is probably superior to the ferro-cyanide of
copper.

Noyes, Arthur A., Massachusetts Institute of Technology, Boston, Massa-
chusetts. Grant No. 706. Researches upon the physical properties of
aqueous solutions in relation to the ionic theory. (For previous reports
see Year Books Nos. 2-9.) $3,000

The following lines of research have been pursued during the past year :
With the aid of Dr. W. C. Bray, Dr. W. D. Harkins, and Mr. W. J. Win-
ninghoff, new determinations of the effect of salts on the solubilities of other
salts have been made, and the experimental material obtained in this labora-
tory during the preceding years has been discussed from a theoretical stand-
point and prepared for publication. The results show that the ratio of the
activity to the concentration of univalent ions decreases slightly, and the
corresponding ratio for the un-ionized portion of the salt increases markedly,
with increasing concentration of the salts or ions in the solution ; and there-
fore, that the deviations from the theoretical dilution law exhibited by uni-
univalent salts arise mainly from the abnormal influence of the un-ionized
substance. The influence of the common bivalent ion on the solubility of
unibivalent salts is shown to be so extremely abnormal that the activity of
such ions can not be even roughly proportional to their concentrations. In
other words, the solubility-product principle based on the law of mass-action
is shown to lead to utterly erroneous results when applied to a moderately
soluble unibivalent salt in the presence of another salt having the same bi-
valent ion. It has been shown that this remarkable result is probably due to
the presence of intermediate ions (such as AgS04~", ClPb+) in considerable
proportion in the solutions of such salts.

222

REPORTS ON INVESTIGATIONS AND PROJECTS.

With the cooperation of Dr. K. G. Falk, the work of preparing a summary
and critical discussion of existing data on the properties of salt solutions in
relation to the ionic theory has been continued. Two papers — one on mol-
numbers derived from freezing-point lowering, and one on electrical trans-
ference numbers — have already been published; and a third one, on the
electrical conductance of solutions, is ready for publication.

A research on the conductance and ionization of two salts of high-valence
types (namely, of the uniquadrivalent and of the uniquinquivalent type) has
been completed with the assistance of Mr. R. H. Lombard. The principles
in regard to ionization referred to in earlier reports are shown by the investi-
gation to be applicable to salts of these higher types.

An investigation of the electromotive force of concentration-cells of the
form Hg, HgoSO^, K^SO^ sol. of cone. C„ K^SO, sol. of cone. Co, Hg^SO,,
Hg has been carried on by Dr. W. C. Bray and Mr. P. V. Farragher with the
view of determining the activity of the bivalent ion by an independent method.
The results already obtained confirm the conclusion that such bivalent ions
exert a very abnormal influence.

Richards, Theodore W., Harvard University, Cambridge, Massachusetts.
Grants Nos. 570, 626, and 707. The exact determination of atomic
zveights and other fundamental physico-chemical constants. (For previ-
ous reports see Year Books Nos. 2-9.) Each grant, $2,500

A number of investigations were carried on at the Chemical Laboratory of
Harvard College with the aid of these grants, as follows :

(i) Compressibilities and Surface Tensions:

Dr. C. L. Speyers assisted in continuing the work on the compressibilities
and surface tensions of organic substances, and obtained many interesting
results. The data are far too numerous for detailed statement here, but the
following table, containing a few typical figures, is so suggestive that it is
worthy of presentation. The substances employed were all of a high degree
of purity.

Properties of the xylenes.

Boiling-
point.

Density,

20°/4°.

Surface

tension (mg./

mm. ; 20°).

Compress-
ibility
X io« at 20°.

o-xylene

7n-xylene

144-0°

139.0

136-3

0.881 1
0.8658

0.86x1

3.09
2.96
2.92

60.1
63.6
66.3

Note.— The compressibilities are in terms of kg. /cm., over the range 100 to 500 atmospheres.

It will be observed that these properties all vary in such a sense that the
substance with higher boiling-point possesses greater density and surface
tension, as well as less compressibility. These relations, which appear to hold
in about 80 per cent of the cases thus far studied, are in accord with the
theory of compressible atoms. The Faraday Lecture of June 191 1 contains a

CHEJMISTRY — RICHARDS. 223

further exposition of this matter. Dr. Speyers also spent much time in recal-
culating and reducing to a consistent basis previous results concerning the
properties of many substances, thus laying the basis for further research and
comparison.

(2) The Heats of Solution of Metals:

Dr. T. Thorvaldson devoted the winter to the improvement of the thermo-
chemical technique involved in the solution of metals in acids, under the
author's direction. Last year, with the help of Dr. L. L. Burgess, it had been
shown that Thomsen's methods and theory were both essentially faulty, and
the way had been paved for further advance. A few remaining defects of
detail were eliminated during the present work. A full description of the
somewhat complicated devices employed will be published as soon as possible.

(3) The Heat of Solution of Barium:

In connection with the work of Dr. Thorvaldson, the study of the extremely
reactive metal barium was begun with the help of Dr. H. E. Bigelow. This
element presents a problem of unusual difficulty, because of the extraordinary
precautions needed to obtain it in a pure state. Finally, by repeated distilla-
tion, with the help of an electric furnace at 1200° in a very low vacuum and
with special precautions, it was possible to accomplish the result desired.
Suboxide and hydride are the two impurities most difficult to eHminate ; the
method of Guntz is not wholly adequate to effect their removal. The heat of
solution of the metal may now be determined with precision ; the importance
of this datum may be inferred from its place in the last diagram given in the
Faraday Lecture.

(4) Heats of Neutralisation:

The work on the heat of neutralization of acids and bases was continued
with the help of Dr. A. W. Rowe, other acids and bases being added to the
list. It is hoped that before the next report this work may appear in print.

(5) Heats of Combustion of Organic Isomers:

Previous work, carried out with the help of Drs. Henderson, Frevert, and
Jesse, had perfected the technique of thermo-chemical work with volatile
liquids, and opened the way for further careful investigation. This was
taken up during the past winter with the help of Dr. F. Barry. Residual
work in other lines prevented him from progressing far; but a number of
hydrocarbons of exceptional purity were prepared, and it is hoped that they
may be made the subject of thorough research during the coming winter.

(6) The Atomic Weight of Silver:

One point was avowedly left incomplete in the recent research of Richards
and Willard concerning the atomic weights of silver and lithium, namely, the
question as to whether or not fused lithium perchlorate still retains water

224 REPORTS ON INVESTIGATIONS AND PROJECTS.

after having been heated for a long time to 300° in a stream of dry air. This
point, of great importance in its bearing on the atomic weight of silver, was
attacked last winter with the help of T. S. Woodward. The positive detec-
tion of minute traces of water is always a very difficult matter, and the search
in this case was especially perplexing and is not yet concluded ; nevertheless
it is safe to say that the results thus far indicate the almost if not quite com-
plete absence of water from the fused perchlorate.

The preparation for publication of such portions of these and previous
investigations as have been finished was greatly delayed during the past
winter by two circumstances, namely, the writing of the Faraday Lecture and
the planning of the new Wolcott Gibbs Memorial Laboratory. This building,
to be erected by means of funds generously subscribed by friends of Harvard
University, will greatly improve the conditions of experimentation. It is
hoped that thereby the funds of the Carnegie Institution of Washington may
be used to greater advantage than before.

GEOLOGY.

Chamberlin, T. C, University of Chicago, Chicago, Illinois. Grant No. 708.

Study of fundamental problems of geology. (For previous reports see
Year Books Nos. 2-9.) $4,000

The work of the year under this grant has been an extension of that of last
year on the secular maintenance of the atmosphere. The work has deployed
into several special lines inseparably connected with the problems of mainte-
nance, but which also lie in the broader field of paleo-climatology, and the
scope of the paper in preparation has been extended.

Moulton, F. R., University of Chicago, Chicago, Illinois. Grant No. 709.

Investigations in cosmogony and celestial mechanics. (For previous
reports see Year Books Nos. 4, 5, 8, and 9.) $2,000

During the last year the following papers have been published :

(i) The straight line solutions of the problem of N bodies. The Annals of Mathe-
matics, vol. 12, No. I, pp. 1-17. Oct. 1910.

(2) (In collaboration with Dr. W. D. MacMillan.) On the solutions of certain types

of linear differential equations with periodic coefficients. American Journal
of Mathematics, vol. 22, No. i, pp. 63-96. Jan. 191 1.

(3) The influence of astronomy on mathematics. Science, vol. 33, pp. 357-364. Mar.

1911.

During the last year the following book and papers have been completed
and accepted for publication :

(i) Periodic Orbits, a book of 855 manuscript pages, which will be pub-
lished by the Carnegie Institution of Washington.

(2) The Problem of the Spherical Pendulum from the Standpoint of
Periodic Solutions. This paper is in type for Rendiconti ]\Iatematico di
Palermo.

GEOLOGY — MOULTON. — GEOPHYSICAL RESEARCH — ADAMS. 225

(3) New Expansion of Elliptic, Hyperelliptic, and Related Periodic Func-
tions. This paper will appear in the American Journal of Mathematics.

(4) Periodic Orbits of Superior Planets. This paper has been accepted
for publication by the Transactions of the American Mathematical Society.

During the last year the following investigations, which are not yet in
shape for publication, have been made :

(i) On the Theory of the Origin of Binary Stars by Capture. This paper
was read before the St. Louis meeting of the National Academy of Sciences,
November 8, 1910.

(2) On the Evolution of Periodic Orbits. This paper was read before the
National Academy of Sciences at Washington, April 20, 191 1.

GEOPHYSICAL RESEARCH.

Adams, Frank D., McGill University, Montreal, Canada. Grant No. 693.
Completion of investigation into the How of rocks. (For previous re-
ports see Year Books Nos. 2-"^ and 9.) $800

The work during the past year has consisted in the completion of certain
lines of the investigation and the further prosecution of others, with a view
to bringing the whole investigation to a close by the end of the current year.

Additional experiments were made on the amount of cubic compression to
which granite and other rocks of high resistance must be subjected in order
that all cavities and empty spaces existing in them should be closed. This
investigation has now been completed and the results will appear shortly.

The study of the deformation of diabase and granite, as well as of certain
varieties of hard, impure limestones, has been continued and is also now
completed, so far at least as it is proposed to follow out the investigation of
this interesting subject under the present grants from the Carnegie Insti-
tution of Washington. A complete account of the results obtained is now
being prepared for publication.

A series of experiments has also been carried on during the year on the
structures developed by the recrystallization of various chemical compounds
while subject to movement under the action of high differential pressures.
This investigation has for its object the securing of information concerning
the processes at work in the development of those crystalline schists which
owe their structure to recrystallization. The results obtained up to the pres-
ent time are of considerable interest, but it is intended during the remainder
of the year to prosecute the investigation still further in the hope of obtain-
ing results which will have a direct bearing on the question of the origin of
this group of the crystalline schists.

15— YB

226 REPORTS ON INVE;STIGATI0NS AND PROJECTS.

CLASSICS OF INTERNATIONAL LAW.
Scott, James Brown, General Editor, Washington, District of Columbia.

Professor Holland has completed his edition of Zouche and Mr. Brierly
has made a very careful translation of the Latin text. The two volumes have
just been issued.

Professor Westlake has also finished his editorial work on Ayala and Mr.
Bate's translation of the Latin text has been completed. It is expected that
these two volumes will be published before the close of the present year.

Professor von Bar's introductions to the proposed editions of Rachel and
Textor have been received, but the translations have not been made as yet.
The translators will be selected soon.

Professor de Lapradelle's introduction to Vattel has not yet been received,
but is definitely promised. The text has been reproduced photographically
and the translation is in progress.

Professor Jellinck reported shortly before his death that he had finished
the introductions to the two works of Wolf to be included in the series.
They have not, however, been received as yet, and it may prove that they
need further revision.

The translation of the De Jure Belli ac Pacis of Grotius by Rev. John D.
Maguire is substantially completed, and will be submitted for printing at an
early date.

The De Jure Prsedse exists in manuscript form in the Library of the Uni-
versity of Leyden and is now being photographed for the series. As soon
as this difficult task is accomplished, Dr. Maguire will set himself to its
translation. There is no English version of this important work, which,
interesting in itself, throws much light upon the great masterpiece of 1625.
The reproduction of the manuscript by photography will be appreciated by
scholars as an extraordinarily interesting example of the Latin of scholars
of the sixteenth century, while the English translation will place the text
within the reach of the general reader.

MATHEMATICS.

Morley, Frank, Johns Hopkins University, Baltimore, Maryland. Grant
No. 647. The application of Cremona groups to the solution of algebraic
equations. (For previous report see Year Book No. 9.) $1,000

Under the grant of 1910-11 Dr. J. R. Conner has conducted an investiga-
tion of rational curves, regarding them as projections of the so-called norm-
curves. He has given special attention to the cases of the quintic and the
sextic and has written a memoir on each, which will appear during the
coming year.

The salient point of the memoir on the quintic is the use made of multiple
correspondences ; that of the memoir on the sextic is the covariant surfaces
of the sextic in space ; one of these covariants is Cayley's symmetroid, so
that we have a new and effective method of investigating this surface.

lite;rature;, sommer — meteorology, bjerknes — nutrition, OSBORNE. 227

LITERATURE.

Sommer, H. Oskar, Astolat, Camberley, Surrey, England. Grants Nos. 650
and 725. Completion for publication of researches on Arthurian Ro-
mances. (For previous reports see Year Books Nos. 5~9-) $5jOOO

1. I have completed the second revise of volumes iv and v and provided
headlines and sidenotes.

2. I have completed the final revise of volume iv.

3. I have completed the final revise of volume v as far as I have received it.

4. I have finished the first revise of the whole of volume vi.

5. I have done the preliminary work for the index raisonne for volumes i
and II.

6. Whatever leisure I have found I have devoted to the preparation of a
volume dealing with the fragments of the French original of the pseudo
Robert de Borron's trilogy from the Holt MS. and the MSS. Nos. 112, 342,
and 343 at the Bibliotheque Nationale.

The following work remains to be done :

1. The remainder of the final revise of volume v.

2. The second and third revises of volume vi and the preparation of head-
lines and sidenotes.

3. The passing through the press of the Livre d'Artus of the MS. No. 337
for volume vii.

4. The compilation of the analytical index to the seven volumes.

METEOROLOGY.

Bjerknes, V., University of Christiania, Christiania, Norway. Grant No.
695. Preparation of a scientific zvork on the application of the methods
of hydrodynamics and thermodynamics to practical meteorology and
hydrography. (For previous reports see Year Books Nos. 5-9.) $1,200

Of the work "Dynamic Meteorology and Hydrography" the first part,
"Statics," by V. Bjerknes and J. W. Sandstrom, has appeared. The second
part, "Kinematics," by V. Bjerknes, Th. Hesselberg, and O. Devik, is in press.

NUTRITION.

Osborne, T. B., Agricultural Experiment Station, New Haven, Connecticut.
Grant No. 692. Comparative study of the more important vegetable
proteins. (For previous reports see Year Books Nos. 3-9.) $8,000

During the past year the feeding experiments, referred to in our last
report as being undertaken in cooperation with Prof. Lafayette B. Mendel,
of Yale University, under a grant from the Adams Fund, have so increased
in scope and presented so many opportunities for fruitful research that it
has been found necessary to direct a large part of the work done under this

228 REPORTS ON INVESTIGATIONS AND PROJECTS.

grant to supplementing the resources derived from the Adams Fund. Con-
sequently much time has been devoted to the preparation of suitable ma-
terials with which to conduct these feeding experiments, for it has been
essential to their success that only protein preparations of the highest purity
should be used. The labor thus required has made it necessary to postpone,
for the present, some of the work which in our last report was described as
nearing completion.

The work on the proteins of hemp seed has advanced but little during the
present year, and an extensive investigation of the proteins of maize, which
was planned as a part of the year's work, has not gone beyond a substantial
beginning.

The study of the anaphylaxis reaction, undertaken in cooperation with
Prof. H. Gideon Wells, of the University of Chicago, has been carried to a
point where the results have been published in the Journal of Infectious
Diseases, vol. viii, p. 66, 1911, as part i of a proposed series of papers on
the biological reactions of the vegetable proteins.

The investigations of the methods used in determining the proportion of
the products of decomposition effected by boiling proteins with acids has
been continued and most of the results obtained during the past year have
been published in the American Journal of Physiology, vol. xxxvi, p. 420,
1910, and Journal of Biological Chemistry, vol. ix, p. 333, and p. 425, 1911.
The products of hydrolysis of gliadin from wheat flour have been analyzed
with results materially higher than those obtained in the earlier analyses.
Additional information respecting deficiencies in the analytical methods has
been secured, and we now have information of greater value than that which
we formerly had respecting this important protein. A similar study of the
products of hydrolysis of casein from cow's milk has also yielded a much
better knowledge of the products of decomposition of this important protein.
An analysis of edestin has also been completed with results of similar value.
These analyses were undertaken not only to increase our knowledge of the
deficiencies of the analytical methods, but also to supply us with more
accurate information respecting these three proteins which in their chemical
constitution represent distinctly different types and which have formed the
basis of comparison in most of our feeding experiments.

The experimental feeding of white rats, which was instituted for the pur-
pose of determining the relative nutritive value of different proteins, has
given results of such interest and importance that our chief efforts have
been directed to their successful conduct. During the first year it was
learned that rats could be maintained for much longer periods than had
before been supposed possible if fed on combinations of isolated foodstuffs
containing a properly chosen mixture of inorganic substances. During the
progress of this work fire destroyed our laboratory, together with all the
experimental animals, and consequently none of the experiments had then
been carried on long enough to determine the fact that after about six

NUTRITION OSBORNE. 229

months of such feeding most of the animals suddenly begin to decline and
soon die unless supplied with food. It has become evident from these inves-
tigations that the experimental food used during the first year of our work
was not suitable to meet all nutritive requirements of the animal.

While these experiments were in progress control experiments were being
conducted with mixtures containing milk powder, since with this the
physical condition of the experimental foods could be closely imitated and
all the essential elements of a food of known value could also be supplied.
Animals on this food are still in fine physical condition after nearly two
years, have reproduced normally, and give every evidence that they can thus
be maintained under the experimental conditions throughout their natural
lifetime.

As a result of this observation we have sought in the non-protein part of
the milk the essential elements lacking in the artificial food mixtures previ-
ously used. Accordingly the fat and protein were removed from the milk
and the residue obtained as a powder by evaporating to dryness. In order
to imitate the successful mixture containing the whole milk powder, we made
a food containing 28.2 per cent of the non-protein milk powder, 25 per cent
of pure lard, 23,8 per cent of starch, 5 per cent of agar, and 18 per cent
of one or another of the proteins to be tested. By using such foods we have
compared the nutritive effect of casein from cow's milk, edestin from hemp
seed, gliadin from wheat, glutenin from wheat, zein from maize, glycinin
from the soy-bean, ovalbumin from hen's egg, and lactalbumin from milk.
These proteins were chosen because they differ widely in their chemical
constitution.

The foods containing each of the above-named proteins in the proportions
employed have thus far served equally well to meet the nutritive require-
ments of the mature rats, with the sole exception of the food which con-
tained zein. Although the rats ate a sufficient quantity of this zein food,
they constantly and rapidly declined in weight from the very beginning of
the experiment. Of the proteins thus tested, zein is the only one which on
hydrolysis yields no tryptophane, and it is highly probable that its failure to
maintain the animals was due to this deficiency. The chemical constitution
of tryptophane indicates that it is the source of several physiologically im-
portant constituents of the animal organism, and it is almost certain that
this amino-acid is essential for the maintenance of life.

In respect to the question of synthesis of amino-acids by the animal
organism, our experiments have already afforded information which indi-
cates that such syntheses occur to a much greater extent than has formerly
been assumed. Thus, with the quantities used, casein which lacks glycocoU,
and gliadin which lacks glycocoll and lysine, have the same nutritive value
as those proteins which yield all the known products of protein decompo-
sition. The experiments conducted during the past year have established
beyond a question that, by the methods now employed, it is possible to con-

230 REPORTS ON INVESTIGATIONS AND PROJECTS.

tinue the experimental feeding long enough to obtain answers to many ques-
tions concerning the chemistry of nutrition. Since nearly all our animals
are still in fine health and apparently normal condition after several months
of experimental feeding with the food mixtures containing protein-free
milk, it seems probable that such experiments can be continued throughout
the greater part of the natural life of the animal, and thus afford an
opportunity to study many of the more intricate problems of physiological
chemistry.

The experiments just mentioned concern only the maintenance of mature
animals. More important and interesting, however, are the results of our
experiments in feeding young and growing animals. When young rats are
fed with mixtures of isolated food substances, such as were used with a
considerable degree of success during the first year's work, they can be
maintained in apparent health and activity for many months, but make little
or no growth. Measurements of several rats thus stunted, which have
kindly been made for us by Drs. Donaldson and Hatai, have shown that in
respect to the proportion of all their parts these stunted rats had remained
of the same size as at the beginning of the experiment. The only evidence
of development was shown by the water content of their brains, which was
normal for their age. Thus, while their brains had not increased in size,
their brain tissue had matured.

The outcome of these experiments is interesting in connection with the
attempts of other investigators to retard the growth of animals by supply-
ing an insufficient quantity of normal food. In such cases, while the animals
remained stationary in weight their skeletons and nervous systems developed
at the expense of their muscular tissue.

When young rats are fed on mixtures containing protein-free milk and
one or another of the pure proteins, they make normal growth on all of the
proteins thus far tried with the exception of those soluble in alcohol, which
are obtained from the seeds of the cereals. When the food mixtures con-
tain only these latter proteins (we have thus far used gliadin from wheat
and hordein from barley), the experimental animals have been kept in excel-
lent nutritive condition throughout periods which have now reached nearly
one year and give promise of continuing successfully much longer. Sev-
eral animals have thus been fed from the time of weaning until they should
have attained almost their maximum size, but without making more than the
slightest growth. Many experiments are now in progress to determine the
effect of such arrested growth on the subsequent development of the animals,
but as yet the experiments have not been continued long enough to furnish
data suitable for publication.

The results of these investigations conducted during the past two years
have been summarized in the publications of the Carnegie Institution of
Washington, Publication No. 156, just issued, and in Publication No. 156,
part 2, now in press.

PAI^EONTOLOGY — CASE). 23 1

PALEONTOLOGY.

Case, E. C, University of Michigan, Ann Arbor, Michigan. Grants Nos.
559 and 611. Continuation of work upon the vertebrate fauna of the
Permian period in North America. (For previous reports see Year
Books Nos. 2, 4, 8, and 9.) $3,200

Two monographs, "A revision of the Cotylosauria of North America" and
"A revision of the Amphibia and Pisces of the Permian of North America,"
Publications Nos. 145 and 146 of the Carnegie Institution of Washington,
have been completed and will appear before the end of the year 191 1. These
are the second and third monographs in the series dealing with the verte-
brate fauna of the red beds of North America, commonly regarded as of
Permian or Permo-Carboniferous age. The first of the series, a monograph
entitled "A revision of the Pelycosauria of North America," has already
been issued by the Carnegie Institution as Publication No. 55. The fourth
and concluding monograph of the series will deal with the conditions of
deposition of the Permian, the paleogeography of the period, and the factors
which governed the development and distribution of the fauna.

Publication No. 145 has 122 pages, 52 figures, and 14 plates. It deals with
the most primitive group of reptiles found in the beds, describing the anat-
omy and relationships of the various forms and their general relationship to
the similar forms found in Europe and Africa. An important part of the
monograph is the collection of the original descriptions of types by earlier
authors, which have been printed in scattered papers and were difficult of
access. A revised description of the known forms and descriptions of new
forms follows the original descriptions. The pioneer work by older authors
left the taxonomy of the group in bad shape, and it is hoped that this has
been satisfactorily cleared up and a good basis for future work established.

Publication No. 146, 184 pages, 56 figures, and ^2 plates, treats the Am-
phibia in the same manner as the Cotylosauria, collecting the original de-
scriptions, giving revised descriptions, correcting the taxonomy, and adding
much that is new. The work upon the fishes has been carried on in the
same way as that upon the Amphibia, but is the work of Dr. Louis Hussakof,
of the American Museum of Natural History in New York. A description
of two new fossil cockroaches from the Permian of Texas is the work of
Professor Sellards, of the University of Florida.

The basis of the monographs is the material in the collections of the
American Museum of Natural History in New York, Yale University, the
University of Chicago, and the Alte Akademie of Munich. This includes all
of any importance which has come from the Permian of North America.
All material published up to the date of the completion of the manuscript has
been reviewed, and all known forms described and fully illustrated.

232 RE:P0RTS on INVliSTlGATlONS AND PROJECTS.

PHILOLOGY.

Hempl, George, Leland Stanford, jr. University, California. Grant No.
629. Researches on the origin and nature of Runic inscriptions and on
the Etruscan language. $1,000

Professor Hempl's first grant was used in defraying traveling expenses
while searching for Runic material in Europe in the summer and fall of
1906 and the summer of 1907. The second grant has been partly expended
for books and material.

Dr. Hempl's former report recorded :

(i) The discovery that in many early Runic records a system of writing
was employed that was transitional between syllabic and alphabetic. To this
Dr. Hempl has recently given the name "penalphabetic," because it is almost
alphabetic,

(2) The consequent solution of many hitherto unread Runic texts, which
give new information as to earliest Germanic speech.

(3) The discovery of a new Old-Germanic language, namely, Burgundian.

(4) The detection of errors in the current understanding of Venetic let-
ters, and success, therefore, in reading Venetic, v/hich turned out to be a
conservative Italic dialect, closely related to Latin.

(5) The successful effort to read Etruscan, and the discovery that this
language was a very radical member of the group to which Latin and Ve-
netic belonged.

His second report adds:

(6) The discovery that the ancient Cretan pictographic inscriptions repre-
sent a system of writing in which each device stands for the initial sound or
sounds of the Greek name for the object represented, the system being thus
one of crude syllabic writing.

(7) The discovery that the language employed in these inscriptions was
Greek, and Greek of the variety known to us as Attic.

(8) The consequent establishment of the fact that the remarkable ancient
Cretan civilization, the remains of which have been laid bare by Evans and
other archeologists during the past ten years, and which so long antedates
what we know as Greek civilization, was itself Greek. This puts written
Greek some 1,500 years farther back than the oldest records hitherto read —
farther back, indeed, than the date now generally (perhaps erroneously)
assigned to the oldest Sanskrit.

(9) The discovery that the celebrated Phsestos disk is written in a highly
developed system of syllabic writing, and that the language employed is
Ionic Greek.

( 10) Success in working out, in much detail, the phonological, monopho-
logical, and accentual laws of the Etruscan language.

Some record of Dr. Hempl's Runic and Burgundian studies will be found
in:

(i) An article in the Nation, April 23, 1908.

PHILOLOGY — HEMPIv. — PHYSICS — BARUS. 233

(2) An article in the Transactions of the American Philological Associa-
tion, 1909.

A preliminary report on some of his Cretan studies appeared in Harper's
Magazine for January 1911.

The first report on his Etruscan studies has just been issued as an advance
reprint from the forthcoming Matzke Memorial volume, published by Leland
Stanford, jr. University.

PHYSICS.

Barus, Carl, Brown University, Providence, Rhode Island. Grant No. 697.
Continuation of study of the properties of condensation nuclei. (For
previous reports see Year Books Nos. 4, 5, 7-9.) $500

In the forthcoming theoretical account of elliptical interferences, the author
has shown the practical advantages attained by associating the interferences
of thin plates with the diffractions of a transparent grating — a subject origi-
nally suggested to him by the phenomenon of coronas in which a marked
interference phenomenon is also superimposed on the diffractions. These
elliptic fringes may, however, be evoked in other ways than those discussed
in the report specified, and a number of these were investigated during the
present year.

For instance, let the oblique mirror of Michelson's apparatus be the usual
plate of glass and replace the two opaque mirrors (usually called M and A'^)
by identical small reflecting gratings set at the angle of diffraction of the
spectrum, symmetrically to the incident rays. Here the elliptic interferences
will be seen in the telescope at right angles to the rays issuing from the
collimator. This adjustment is an inversion of the plan of returning the
diffracted spectra normally to the oblique transparent grating and the inter-
pretation m.ay be made along the same lines. The rings, however, are more
liable to be distorted, depending on the adjustment and ruling of the halved
gratings.

Again, in a simple spectrometer adjustment for grating spectra (either by
transmission or by reflection), suppose the grating to be separated into two
halves by a division parallel to the ruling; then on displacing one of the
halves, micrometrically, parallel to itself from its original coplanar position,
interference shows itself in a way which is perhaps the most direct of any of
the methods hitherto treated. These fringes are rigorously straight, parallel
to the slit, and their size depends on the distance apart of halves of the grat-
ing, both parallel and normal to its original plane. They vanish after reach-
ing maximum size, but do not pass through infinity when the halves are
merely coplanar. The results have been treated in detail and they have a
bearing on the colors of coronas, inasmuch as spectra from sources in parallel
planes at a short distance apart along their normals are brought to interfere.

234 REPORTS ON INVESTIGATIONS AND PUOJECTS.

To test some of the equations deduced, it is necessary to know the index
of refraction of the glass of the grating for all wave-lengths. Hence the
author has spent considerable time in devising methods by which the refrac-
tion of plate glass may be found in all parts of the spectrum, by a general
procedure, in which total reflection is combined with diffraction. This has
been worked out with a degree of precision corresponding to its probable
importance in practical work.

The dependence of the size and color of coronas on the thickness of the
cloud-layer producing the display was tested by a sensitive method, in which
the coronas due to different thicknesses of layer could be superposed. No
difference of character could be detected, a result of importance in connec-
tion with the theory of coronas.

In relation to the occurrence of vapor nuclei in dust-free wet air, the
author has constructed a small type of fog chamber, by which such nuclei
may be caught to the number of several million per cubic centimeter and of
a corresponding degree of small size.

The author has, moreover, returned to the moot subject of persistent nuclei
produced by the X-rays, or any other sufficiently intense cause of ionization,
with a view to determining the density of ionization which must be produced
if persistent nuclei are to appear. It was found that the number of ions
must exceed at least 300,000 per cubic centimeter to be accompanied by per-
sistent nuclei. If we imagine the ionization to be under its own specific
kinetic pressure, then if this reaches a definite value a kind of condensation
occurs very similar to the case of a vapor, and the persistent nuclei are the
result.

Finally, the author has made a large number of experiments on the diffu-
sion of gases through liquids in the elucidation of more remote parts of the
present subject.

Howe, H. M., Columbia University, New York, New York. Grant No. 698.
Determination of the refining temperature of steel. (For previous re-
ports see Year Books Nos. 6-9.) $500

Steel in its slowly cooled state (the state in which it is used for structural
purposes, rails, beams, boiler and ship plates, etc.) is a granitic or con-
glomerate mass, consisting of (i) pearlite, a eutectoid mechanical mixture
of particles of nearly pure metallic iron called ferrite, and the iron carbide
FegC called cementite; and (2) of masses of either this ferrite or this
cementite in a free state ; i. e., not intertwined as pearlite. In hypo-eutectoid
steels, i. e., those with less than about 0.90 per cent of carbon, the con-
glomerate consists of pearlite with free ferrite ; in hyper-eutectoid steels,
i. €., those with more than about 0.90 per cent of carbon, it consists of
pearlite with free cementite.

When such steel, whether hypo-eutectoid or hyper-eutectoid, is heated up
through a certain critical or transformation range, of which the lower

PHYSICS — howe;. 235

boundary is at about 725° C, and the upper varies from 725° to 1130°, ac-
cording to the carbon content, this conglomerate mass is completely trans-
formed, its several components merging to form the solid solution called
austenite, vv'-hich in slow cooling again splits up into a conglomerate like that
of its initial state; but when it is cooled rapidly from above this transforma-
tion range, differentiation into the old conglomerate condition is obstructed,
so that the metal is arrested in some condition intermediate between that of
that conglomerate state and austenite.

It has long been known that the free ferrite or cementite often forms well-
marked cell-walls, inclosing kernels of pearlite often containing irregular
grains or islands of ferrite or cementite. At other times this cellular struc-
ture is either fragmentary or wholly lacking, so that the mass consists solely
of irregular grains of its several constituents. It has also long been known
that the properties of the steel are affected profoundly by the size and
arrangement of the constituent particles. But our fragmentary knowledge
has been much confused by failure to distinguish between these composite
cells and the individual grains.

The present investigation aims to trace the life history of these cells and
grains. I have enunciated or re-enunciated the previously supposed or
known laws, verified a number of those previously insufficiently proved, and
discovered several additional laws. These laws follow :

(i) The cellular structure arises normally in one of the two differentia-
tion processes, (a) solidification and (&) transformation from austenite into
pearlite, etc. During this transformation each grain of mother austenite
rejects to its outside the ferrite or cementite to which it gives birth, and thus
sets up the cellular structure.

(2) This structure is unstable and thus represents an early stage in struc-
tural development. It breaks down through the spheroidizing and coales-
cence of the ferrite or cementite in its walls and that scattered through the
kernels.

(3) The cell-size increases with the length and height of the heating
above the transformation range. The rate of growth evidently increases as
some relatively high power of the temperature is reached.

(4) The rate of cooling affects the cell-size only in so far as it affects the
total opportunity for growth above the transformation range.

(5) Both long and high heating increase the stability of the cellular
structure,

(6) The cellular structure is slower to develop and is more stable in
hyper-eutectoid than in hypo-eutectoid steel.

The presence of manganese —

(7) Increases the extent of the areas free from coagulated and hence
recognizable ferrite ;

(8) Lessens the size of the individual cells, and of the individual ferrite
grains ; and

236

REPORTS ON INVESTIGATIONS AND PROJECTS.

(9) Increases the stability of the cellular structure.

(10) The rate of grain-growth of the ferrite is inversely as the carbon-
content of the steel.

Of these laws Nos. (i) and (3), even if hitherto unenunciated, have
probably been in the minds of many investigators. The others I believe to
be new. Nos. (4) and (10) need further confirmation. I do not give here
the pre-existing laws which I have either proved or confirmed.

From law (5) and from other facts enumerated it is clear that the sta-
bility of the cellular structure and of the Widmanstattian figuring, which is
identical with that of meteoric iron, and other structural features, are pro-
foundly influenced by ante-natal conditions ; i. e., by the conditions to which
the austenite is exposed before these structures come into existence. The
relations between these scattered surprising effects are pointed out and an
explanation of them is offered.

Nichols, E. L., Cornell University, Ithaca, New York. Grant No. 699.
Contimiation of researches of phosphorescence and fluorescence. (For
previous reports see Year Books Nos, 4-9.) $3,000

The investigations during the past year have been largely devoted to the
study of the fluorescence and of the absorption spectra of various uranyl
salts.

The fluorescence of these salts has in every case a spectrum consisting of a
group of narrow bands forming a spectral series of the type in which the
differences of frequency are constant or approximately so. The absorption
spectra likewise consist in every case of a group of bands similarly spaced
but of shorter wave-length. The differences of frequency in the group of
absorption bands are always less than in the fluorescence spectrum. The two
groups overlap to such an extent that where seven bands of the fluorescence
group are visible, three of these correspond to the three absorption bands of
greatest wave-length.

In this overlapping region fluorescence and absorption are coincident as to
wave-length, or very nearly so, and this coincidence of two overlapping
series not having the same frequency difference is brought about by an
abrupt change in both series. For example, we find in one instance the fol-
lowing differences :

Uranyl-potassium sulphate; wave-lengths and differences of frequency.

Fluorescence.
4,350 4.472 4.614
Ai) 188 206 :

4,765
4,760

4,920
4,920

5.130
5.127

249

251

5.360 5.606 5,1
Absorption.
245 250

6,190

This extraordinary phenomenon is to be the subject of more detailed
investigations during the coming year.

PHYSICS — NICHOI.S. 237

Measurements of the relative intensities of the various fluorescence bands
in the case of a number of uranyl salts show that the maximum of bright-
ness does not lie in the middle of the group, but is always displaced toward
the violet. The diminution in intensity in passing from band to band
towards the violet is thus more rapid than the diminution towards the red on
the other side of the maximum. The curves expressing this distribution of
intensities are similar for the various salts and all are of a type exactly cor-
responding to the curve of the distribution of intensities in the broad fluo-
rescence bands of many other substances upon which measurements have
been made. It seems probable that all such broad bands are really complex
and are made up of a group of narrower overlapping bands, and that in the
uranyl salts we have a case in which it is possible to study these narrower
bands in detail for the reason that at ordinary temperatures they overlap
only to a small extent. The distribution of intensities as determined by
monochromatic excitation, using successively all the ultra-violet lines of
sufficient intensity in the spectrum of the mercury arc, appears (as in the
cases of fluorescence hitherto investigated) to be independent of the mode
of excitation. Studies of the effect of change of temperature and of dehy-
dration of such salts as contain water of crystallization upon the position and
character of the various bands of the fluorescence and absorption spectra
have likewise been begun and numerous interesting and significant results
have already been obtained. It is proposed in the near future to redetermine
with great care the frequency differences in the overlapping regions of
fluorescence and absorption, to determine the manner in which the bands
observed at ordinary temperatures go over into the forms which exist at the
temperature of liquid air, and to study in greater detail the effect of dehydra-
tion and the behavior of completely dehydrated salts through a wide range
of temperatures.

In addition to the above experimental work, much time has been given to
the preparation of a memoir to be published by the Carnegie Institution of
Washington, which is to cover our investigations during the years 1903 to
1910.

During the year, Mr. H. E. Howe has continued his experiments looking
to the development of a practicable and really accurate photographic method
to supplant the use of the eye in the study of weak spectra and in the
measurement of bands of shorter wave-lengths. In this work important
advances have already been accomplished.

Dr. J. A. Veazey continued, up to the first of June, the study of kathodo-
luminescence which he has had in hand under our direction since 1908.
Arrangements had been made under which he was to devote his time exclu-
sively to this topic throughout the coming year. It is with great regret,
however, that we have to report the death of this earnest and successful
coworker. Mr. Brown, a student assistant of Dr. Veazey 's during the last
year, will take up and continue the work in the near future.

238 REPORTS ON INVESTIGATIONS AND PROJECTS.

Mr. J. W. Hornbeak has made an exploration of the infra-red absorption
spectra of certain of the iiranyl salts for the purpose of determining whether
the remarkable group of absorption bands existing in the visible spectrum
repeats itself in some region of longer wave-lengths. His measurements,
which were made with great care, using a Nichols radiometer, indicate the
absence of such absorption in the infra-red spectra. It is probable, therefore,
that fluorescence in the infra-red is likewise absent.

PHYSIOLOGY.

Reichert, E. T., University of Pennsylvania, Philadelphia, Pennsylvania
Grant No. 700. Study of differentiation and specificity of homologous
vital substances. (For previous report see Year Book No. 9.) $1,500

The research has been confined almost solely to the starches, with results
in entire support of the hypothesis underlying the hemoglobin research. The
experimental portion of the investigation will be completed within the next
four or six weeks; the results of the investigation (with the exception of
the final chapter and a few additions and alterations in other chapters) are
typewritten and ready for the printer, and the photomicrographic work is
about four-fifths done. It is expected to have the manuscript ready for
presentation before the first of the coming year.

POLITICAL SCIENCE.

Rowe, L. S., University of Pennsylvania, Philadelphia, Pennsylvania. Grant
No. 633. Study of federal system of Mexico. (For previous reports
see Year Books Nos. 8, 9.) $1,500

Under a grant for the year 1910, a study of the federal system of Mexico
was begun. During a stay in Mexico four chapters of this investigation
were completed, covering the following:

Chapter I. The basis of the Mexican Federal system antecedents of the Constitu-
tion of 1857.

Chapter II. The provisional organic Law of 1856, and the Constitution of Febru-
ary 5, 1857.

Chapter III. Amendments to the Constitution of 1857.

Chapter IV. Organization of the Federal Government ; Relative position of the
Executive, Legislative, and Judicial Authorities.

In June 191 1 Dr. Rowe returned to Mexico to continue the investigation,
but for this purpose no further grant from the Institution was requested.
The purpose of this second visit was to collect material for the following
chapters :

Chapter V. The constitutional position of the States ; Political influence of the Fed-
eral Government in the States.
Chapter VI. Constitutional guarantees in the Mexican political system.
Appendix. Documents illustrative of the Constitutional development of Mexico.

PSYCHOLOGY — FRANZ. 239

PSYCHOLOGY.

Franz, S. I., Government Hospital for the Insane, Washington, District of
Columbia. Grant No. 80. Investigation of the functions of the cere-
brum. (For previous reports see Year Books Nos, 4-9.) $1,000

During the year (September i, 1910, to August 31, 191 1) work on the;
cerebrum has continued. Much of that which was reported "in progress" in
1910 has been finished, and has either been published or is ready for publi-
cation,

(i) An account of a research into the mental processes of the monkey,
which was performed by Dr. W. T. Shepherd under my direction, has been
issued as a monograph supplement to the Psychological Review. This work
was performed with monkeys which were later utilized by me in tests of the
relation of the cerebrum to mental processes, and it is of special interest
because methods have been employed which are also utilized for the investi-
gation of the relation of the mental processes to different parts of the cere-
brum. The conclusions formulated from this work are as follows : Monkeys
learn to discriminate brightness, but take a long time for this when the
stimuli have not a direct relation to the incentive for work ; only a few trials
are needed when the visual qualities are a part of the objects to which they
naturally pay attention. Colors are discriminated with accuracy and rapidity
when they are parts of the food (red, pink, yellow, and green). Three ani-
mals gave clear indications of the discrimination of different degrees of
noises, and also learned to discriminate musical tones. The habits are formed
rapidly if there be the double incentive of pleasant food as an inducement to
a correct response and of an unpleasant stimulus to check a wrong response.
From the experiments it appears that monkeys learn to inhibit recently
formed habits of action with facility. As far as the evidence goes, in regard
to both the formation and the inhibition of habits, monkeys are far superior
to raccoons, dogs, cats, elephants, otters, and other mammals which have
been investigated. Monkeys have a practical memory; they appear to show
a good degree of retention, but the representative function in memory is an
unknown quantity. Of the higher powers of mind, the monkey has only
rudiments. He has a something which corresponds in function to ideas of
a low order and which serves practical purposes. This something we call,
with Hobhouse, practical ideas. Two of the monkeys learned by imitation,
but six others gave no indication of imitation ability. It may be said that
while monkeys may learn by imitation to a limited extent, imitation as in-
volving ideation is a small factor in their ordinary learning process. All the
tested animals appeared to reach a generalized mode of action in dealing
with problems, but there seemed to be no evidence of true general notions.
They have an adaptive intelligence, a lower form of reason, or a mental state
inferior to true reason.

(2) During the year an article "On the association functions of the cere-
brum" has been published. In this article there is given an hypothesis re-

240 REPORTS ON INVESTIGATIONS AND PROJECTS.

garding the association functions of the cerebrum, which was formulated by
me largely as the result of the experimental work performed in conjunction
with Grant No. 80. The view expressed in that article is briefly that the
frontal lobes are concerned with the motor part of the associations, while the
posterior area or areas are concerned with the sensory or perceptive parts of
the association. This view is in line with the facts which have been gathered
by clinicians, and it helps us to understand certain facts regarding cerebral
localization in man which have hitherto not been explained or understood.

(3) The principal work finished during the year was an inquiry into some
of the functions of the occipital lobes. A brief account of this work is pub-
lished in the American Journal of Physiology, vol. 28, pp. 308-317. The full
account of these experiments is now in press and is being published as a
monograph supplement to the Psychological Review.

The conclusions from all the experiments are as follows : Extirpation of
the lateral parts of the occipital lobes does not interfere with color discrimi-
nation. Extirpation of the lateral parts of the so-called visual cortex in the
monkey does not produce disturbances of a true visual character. The de-
struction of the lateral parts of the occipital cortex is followed by disturb-
ances in coordination of movements, which are based upon the sensations
from the eye and its appendages. The disturbances in coordination are not
due to a lack or a loss of the true visual element, but to a lack or loss of the
afferent motor elements, viz, those from the intrinsic and from the extrinsic
eye-muscles. One animal in which the cortex surrounding the calcarine
fissure was destroyed showed a true visual disturbance corresponding with
those in man.

ZOOLOGY.

Castle, W. E., Harvard University, Cambridge, Massachusetts. Grant No.
685. Continuation of experimental study of heredity in small mammals.
(For previous reports see Year Books Nos. 3-9.) $1,000

During the past year substantial progress has been made on the several
investigations outlined in my last report.

Dr. John C. Phillips and the grantee have continued their studies on
ovarian transplantation. Out of a large number of operations performed on
guinea-pigs, two have proved entirely successful (in addition to the one re-
ported last year), the grafted animal having in both cases produced young
possessing color characters clearly derived from the transplanted tissue and
not possessed by either ostensible parent. We have been able to find not the
slightest evidence that the characters determined by the transplanted tissue
had been influenced by the foreign body within which development occurred.
This investigation is being continued. Its result to date affords the strongest
existing experimental evidence in support of Weismann's postulate that body
and germ-cells are distinct, and that characters which are inherited must have
their basis in the germ-cells, characters which the parents may acquire during
their lifetime not being transferred to their offspring. Publication No. 144
is based on this investigation.

ZOOLOGY — CASTLE, CRAMPTOX, NAPLES ZOOLOGICAL STATION. 24I

In the selection experiments with rats, in which also I have been assisted
by Dr. Phillips, continuous and progressive modifications are being secured
of a color-pattern which behaves as a simple unit-character, mendelizing in
crosses. The modifications, which are quantitative, are being obtained in
opposite directions, plus and minus, in two distinct series of experiments,
and there is reason to regard these modifications as permanent in nature.
This conclusion supports the idea which I have presented in publications Nos.
23, 49, and 70, that mendelian unit-characters are not simple and unchange-
able, like chemical atoms, but that they are subject to quantitative variation,
so that by selection from among the variates new races may be gradually
but surely evolved. The efficacy of selection in evolution was firmly main-
tained by Darwin, but has in the last decade been seriously called in question,
many investigators having reached the conclusion that mutation is the only
important agency in the production of new races. Our own studies, how-
ever, strongly support Darwin's view, that new races may arise in two dis-
tinct ways, (i) by cumulative selection of slight variations, and (2) by
sports (or mutations).

Three other investigations, which have been in progress for some time,
will probably be sufficiently advanced for publication within the next year.
They relate to (i) the inheritance of color in mice (upon which subject two
preliminary publications have been made this year) ; (2) the results of hy-
bridizing Cavia aperea with the guinea-pig; and (3) blending inheritance in
rabbits.

Crampton, H. E., Columbia University, New York, New York. Grant No.

563. Study of variation, heredity, and geographical distribution of

Polynesian species of Par tula. (For previous reports see Year Books

Nos. 6-9.) $2,500

The work of classifying and measuring the snails is progressing, so that

the final statistical results can be established. The first section of the report,

dealing with certain species from Tahiti, is practically completed.

Naples Zoological Station, Naples, Italy. Grant No. 686, Maintenance of
tzuo tables for American biologists. (For previous reports see Year
Books Nos. 2-9.) $1,000

During the last term the two Tables of the Carnegie Institution were made
use of by :

Dr. O. Riddle, instructor in experimental zoology at the University of
Chicago, from September 26, 1910, to March 3, 1911, and Prof. Dr. F. D.
Lambert, botanist, of Tufts College, ^Massachusetts, from March 5 to August
10, 1911.

Both scientists have been eagerly working in the Laboratories, Dr. Riddle
particularly on the formation of melanine in various animals, and Dr. Lam-
bert (who was assisted by Mrs. Lambert) on the fructification of algae.

16 — YB

LISTS OF THE NAMES OF PERSONS

ENGAGED IN THE

VARIOUS ACTIVITIES

OF THE

CARNEGIE INSTITUTION OF WASHINGTON

From the Time of its Organization, in 1902,
Until November 30, 1911.

243

PERSONS ENGAGED IN VARIOUS ACTIVITIES.

245

I. — Names of Persons Engaged in Investigation under the Depart-
ments OF THE Carnegie Institution of Washington from its
Organization until November 191 i.

Department of Botanical Research.

*Cannon, William A.
Kirkwood, J. E.
Knox, Alice A.

Livingston, Burton E.
*MacDougal, Daniel T.
*Shreve, Forrest

Spalding, Volney M.
*Spoehr, H. A.
*Sykes, G.

Department of Economics and Sociology.
(Board of Collaborators.)

*Butterfield, Kenvon L.
*Clark, Victor S.'
*Commons, John R.
Day, Clive
*Dewey, Davis R.
*Farnam, Henry W.

*Gardner, Henry B.
*Jenks, J. W.
*Johnson, Emory R.
*Meyer, B. H.
North, S. N. D.
*Parker, Edward W.

Ripley, W. Z.

Seligman, E. R. A.
*Stone, Alfred H.
*Willcox, Walter F.

Wright, Carroll D.

Department of Experimental Evolution.

*Banta, Arthur IM.
^Davenport, Charles B.
*Goodale, Hubert D.
*Gortner, R. A.
*Harris, J. Arthur

*Adams, L. H.
*Allen, Eugene T.
Clement, J. K.
*Crenshaw, J. L.
*Day, Arthur L.

Johnson, Roswell H.
Lutz, Anne M.
Lutz, Frank E.
Riddle, Oscar
Rose, R. Catlin

Geophysical Laboratory.

*Fenner, C. N.
*Johnston, John
Larsen, Jr., E. S.
*Merwin, H. E.
*Rankin, G. A.

*Shull, George H.
Stephenson, J. C.
Transeau, E. N.

^Shepherd, E. S.
*Sosman, Robert B.
*White, Walter P.
*Wright, Fred. E.

Department of Historical Research.

Bowman, H. M.
*Burnett, E. C.
*Davenport, Frances G.
*Donnan, Elizabeth P.

Fox, J. S.

Griffin, Mary F.
*Jameson, J. Franklin

Jernegan, M. W.
*Leland, Waldo G.

Lewis, E. D.

Lincoln, C. H.

McLaughlin, Andrew C.
*Parker, D. W.

Russell, J. H.

Slade, W. A.
Stephens, F. F.
*Stock, L. F.
Thompson, Laura
Van Tyne, Claude H.

*Longley, William H.

*Benway, Beulah L.
*Boss, Benjamin
*Boss, Lewis
*Buflfum, Grace L
*Clark, Livia C.

Delavan, P. T.
*Dyer, Mabel A.

Fair, J. N.

Department of Marine Biology.
*Mayer, Alfred G.

Department of Meridian Astrometry.

*Fowler, Lillian V.
*Grant, Sherwood B.

Hunt, William
*Jenkins, Heroy
*Jennings, Mary C.
*MacNeill, Fannie L.

Mearns, Louis Z.
*Raymond, Harry

*Roy, Arthur J.

Roy, M. L

San ford, R. F.

Tucker, R. H.
*Varnum, William B.
*Zimmer, Meade L.

Mount Wilson Solar Observatory.

*Adams, Walter S.
*Babcock, Harold D.
*Burwell, Cora G.
*Ellerman, Ferdinand
*Ensign, Inez A.
*Fath, Edward A.

Griffin, Clementina de F.

Haines, Jessie M.
*Hale, George E.

* Indicates members of

*King, Arthur S.
*Kohlschutter, Arnold
*Lasby, Jennie B.

Olmsted, Charles M.

Palmer, H. K.
*Pease, Francis G.
*Renner, Martha

Ritchey, G. W.
* Scares, F. H.

the present staff.

*Sheldon, M. Wanda
*Smith, Ruth E.
*St. John, Charles E.
*Ware, Louise

Waterman, E. Phoebe

Way, W. I.

Wickham, Lillian

246

carnhgie; institution 01* Washington.

*Arndt, Kurt H.
♦Babcock, Elizabeth B.
^Benedict, Francis G.

Carney, R. I.
*Carpenter, Thorne M.

Courtney, Angelia M.
*Currie, J. J.

Emery, Albert G.

Nutrition Laboratory.

''Emmes, L. E.
■'Fitzgerald, J. E.
Glasier, A. F.
'= Hayes, Elliott W.
•^Higgins, Harold L.
^'Holway, Claude H.
"Johnson, Alice
^- Jones, Paul F.

*Kallen, Frances E.

Metcalf, E. H.

Murray, F. J.
* Peters, A. W.

Riche, Jesse A.

Sherman, Hope

Slack, Edgar P.

Stevens, H. A.

Department of Terrestrial Magnetism.

*Ault, J. P.
*Bauer, L. A.

Bauer, W. C.

Bowen, E. H.

Burbank, J. E.

Cadv, W. G.

Carroll, C. R.

Craft, C. C.

Dike, P. H.
'^Edmonds, H. M. W.
*Edmunds, C. K.

Egbert, J. H.
*Fisk, H. W.

♦Fleming, J. A.
'■'Frary, H. D.

Fuson, C. G.

Heimbrod, G.

Homrighaus, A. H.

Hosmer, G. L.
*Johnston, H. F.
*Kidson, E.

Martyn, H. E.

McKelden, Alice M.

Pearson, J. C.
*Peters, W. J.

Peterson, G.

Pratt, J. F.
^^Sligh, W. H.

Smith, C. D.

Smith, D. F.

Sowers, D. C.
*Stewart, C. C.

Swett, P. N.

Tafel, R. R.

Tamura, S. T.
*Webb, E. N.

Wernicke, P.

Whitney, P. C.
*Widmer, J. Adolf

2. — List of Names of Investigators and Associates, with Subject,
Time, and Place of Research.

This list will be found to include investigators and associates who have been actively
engaged in carrying on researches under the auspices of the Institution, and also the
names of authors and co-authors of publications issued by the Institution.

Abbot, C. G. 1905-. Astrophysics. Mount Wilson Solar Observatory.

Abel, John J. 1903-5. Physiological chemistry. Johns Hopkins University.

Abetti, Giorgio. 1909. Astronomy. Mount Wilson Solar Observatory.

Acree, S. F. 1904-. Chemistry. Johns Hopkins University.

Adams, E. D. 1904. History. Leland Stanford Jr. University.

Adams, Frank D. 1902-. Geophysics. McGill University.

Allen, Gordon. 1905-6. Architecture. Athens.

Allison, W. H. 1908-10. History. United States.

Ames, J. S. 1904-5. Physics. Johns Hopkins University.

Anderson, John A. 1909. Chemistry. Johns Hopkins University.

Andrews, C. M. 1905-11. History. England.

Armstrong, Henry H. 1909-10. Classical archeologj'. Italy.

Atwater, W. O. 1902-5. Nutrition. Wesleyan University.

Baird, J. W. 1903-4. Psychology. Cornell University.

Ballou, Susan H. 1905-6. Classical archeology. Italy.

Bancroft, Wilder D. 1902-. Physical chemistry. Cornell University.

Bandelier, A. F. 1911-. Archeology. New York, N. Y. ; Mexico.

Barker, G. F. 1904. Physics. Washington, D. C.

Barnard, E. E. 1905, 1911. Astronomy. Mount Wilson Solar Observatory.

Barnett, S. J. 1904-5. Physics. Leland Stanford Jr. University.

Barus, Carl. 1905-. Physics. Brown University.

Baskerville, Charles. 1904-5. Chemistry. University of North Carolina.

Bate, John P. 1910-. International law. England.

Baxter, Gregory P. 1904-. Chemistry. Harvard University.

Beattie, J. C. 1908-10. Terrestrial magnetism. Africa.

Becker, George F. 1904, 1906-10. Geophysics. U. S. Geological Survey.

Behr, G. E. 1906. Chemistry. HarA^ard University.

Benton, J. R. 1904-5. Geophysics. U. S. Geological Survey.

Bjerknes, V. 1906-. Meteorology. Stockholm and Christiania.

Blackwelder, Eliot. 1903-4. Geology. China.

Blake, W. P. 1908-10. Geology. Desert Botanical Laboratory.

Blakeslee, Alfred F. 1904-6. Botany. Germanv.

PERSONS ENGAGED IN VARIOUS ACTIVITIES. 247

Bolton, Herbert E. 1907-11- History. Mexico.
Bragg. Charlotte. 1908. Chemistry. Nutrition Laboratory.
Branner, J. C. 1906-7. Geology. California. . , ^ ,_

Breitenbecker, J. B. 1910-11. Biology. Desert Botanical Laboratory.
Brierly, J. Leslie. 1910-11. International law. England.
Brigham, William T. 1906-. AnthropologJ^ Hawaii.
Brooks, W. K. 1905, 1906. Zoolog}'. Tortugas Laboratory.
Brown, Amos P. 1904-S. IMineralog}'. University of Pennsylvania.
Brown, Ernest W. 1911. Air vitiation. Nutrition Laboratory.
Brown, J. G. 1910-11. Botanj'. Desert Botanical Laboratory.
Brown, W. H. 1910-11. Botan^^ Desert Botanical Laboratory.
Briickmann, W. 1905-6. Terrestrial magnetism. Potsdam, Germany.
Burbank, Luther. 1905-9. Plant evolution. Santa Rosa, California.
Burckhalter, Charles. 1906-7. Astronomy. California.
Burgess, Charles F. 1905-9. Electrochemistry. University of Wisconsin.
Burnham, S. W. 1906. Astronomy. Yerkes Observatory.
Caldwell, J. S. 1911. Botan}'. Desert Botanical Laboratory.
Campbell, D. H. 1911. Botany. Leland Stanford Jr. University.
Campbell, William. 1904-5. l\Ietallurg}^ Columbia University.
Campbell, W. W. 1903-9. Astronomy. Lick Observatory.
Cardiff, Ira D. 1909. Botanj'. Desert Botanical Laboratory.
Carhart, Henry S. 1904-5. Physics. University of Michigan.
Cary, L. R. 1910-11. Zoolog}'. Tortugas Laboratory.

Case, E. C. 1903-5, 1909. Paleontology. State Normal School, ^Milwaukee, Wis. ; Uni-
versity of Michigan.
Castle, W. E. 1904-. Zoology. Station for Experimental Evolution; Harvard Uni-
versity.
Cathcart, E. P. 1911. Physiology. Nutrition Laboratory.
Cattell, J. McKeen. 1903-4. Biographical directory. Columbia University.
Chamberlain, C. W. 1909. Physics. Mount Wilson Solar Observatory.
Chamberlin, R. T. 1908. Geology. University of Chicago.
Chamberlin, T. C. 1903-. Geology. University of Chicago.
Chapman, Frank M. 1907. Ornithology. Tortugas Laboratory.
Chittenden, Russell H. 1904-7. Physiological chemistry. Yale University.
Chretien, Henri. 1910. Astronomy. Mount Wilson Solar Observatory.
Churchill, William. 1911. Philology. New York, N. Y.
Clawson, A. B. 1907. Zoologj^ University of Michigan.

Coble, A. B. 1903-4. Mathematics. University of Missouri ; Johns Hopkins Uni-
versity.
Coblentz, W. W. 1903-8, 1911. Physics. Cornell University; Bureau of Standards.
Cohnheim, Otto. 1910. MetaboHsm. Nutrition Laboratory.
Coker, E. G. 1906. Geophysics. McGill University.
Cole, Leon J. 1906. Zoolog}^ Tortugas Laboratory.
Conard, Henry S. 1903. Botany. University of Pennsylvania ; Europe.
Conklin, Edwin G. 1905, 1907. Cytologi'. Tortugas Laboratory ; Bahamas ; Woods

Hole, Mass.
Coville, F. V. 1902-5. Botany. Desert Botanical Laboratory.

Cowles, R. P. 1905, 1906, 1908, 1909. CEcolog}^ reactions to stimuli. Tortugas Labo-
ratory.
Crampton, Henry E. 1903-9. Zoology. Station for Experimental Evolution ; Islands

of S. Pacific; Columbia University.
Crew, Henry. 1903-4. Physics. Northwestern University.
Dahlgren, Ulric. 1906, 1911. Histology. Tortugas Laboratory.
Davidson, George. 1906-7. Geography and geodesy. California.
Davis, Herman S. 1903-5. Astronomy. International Latitude Observatory.
Davis, W. M. 1903-4. Physical geograpliy. China.
Dean, Bashford. i9oi5. Zoolog>\ Columbia L'niversity.
Decker, F. F. 1910. Mathematics. Syracuse L'niversity.
de Lapradelle, A. G. 1910-. International law. France.
Dickson, L. E. 1904-5. ^lathematics. University of Chicago.
Dinsmoor, William B. 1907-. Architecture. Athens.
Dodd, Walter F. 1907-8. History. Washington, D. C.
Donaldson, H. H. 1910. Neurology. Station for Experimental Evolution.
Dorsey, George A. 1903-7. Anthropology. Field Museum of Natural History.
Drew, G. Harold. 1911. Geology. Tortugas Laboratory; Jamaica.

248 CARNEGIE INSTITUTION OF WASHINGTON.

Duerden, J. E. 1903-7. Biology. University of Michigan; Rhodes University, South
Africa.

Duerst, J. U. 1906. Archeology. Turkestan.

Durand, W. F. 1903-4. Marine engineering. Cornell University.

Dyar, Harrison G. 1903-11. Entomology. Washington, D. C.

Eames, Wilberforce. 1906-8. Bibliography. New York Public Library.

Edmondson, C. H. 1906. Zoology. Tortugas Laboratory.

Edsall, David L. 1911. Physiology. Nutrition Laboratory.

Eigenmann, Carl H. 1903-4. Zoology. Indiana University; Cuba.

Elster, J. 1904-5. Atmospheric electricity. Palma, Majorca, Spain.

Enteman, Wilhelmina M. 1904. Biology. 'New Mexico Normal University.

Falta, W. 1908. Diabetes. Nutrition Laboratory.

Farlow^, W. G. 1905. Botany. Harvard University.

Farrar, Clarence B. 1905-6. Psychology. Sheppard and Enoch Pratt Hospital, Balti-
more, Md.

Fenwick, Charles G. 1910-. International law^. Baltimore, Maryland.

Ferguson, W, S. 1906-7. Grecian history. Harvard University; Europe.

Fink, Bruce. 1908. Botany. Desert Botanical Laboratory.

Fish, Carl R. 1908-9. History. Italy.

Pletcher, Robert. 1903-11. Bibliography. Surgeon General's Office, Washingfton, D. C.

Flexner, Simon. 1902-3. Physiology. University of Pennsylvania.

Flijgel, Ewald. 1904-8. Philology. Germany; Leland Stanford Jr. University.

Forbes, Alexander. 1906. Zoology. Harvard University.

Forbes, G. S. 1906. Chemistry. Harvard University.

Forbes, R. H. 1907. Chemistry. Desert Botanical Laboratory.

Ford, Worthington C. 1903. History. Washington, D. C.

Fox, Philip. 1908. Astronomy. Yerkes Observatory.

Franklin, W. S. 1906. Physics. Lehigh University.

Franz, S. I. 1903-11. Psychology. McLean Hospital; Government Hospital for In-
sane.

Free, E. E. 1909-11. Physics. Desert Botanical Laboratory.

Freudenberger, L. A. 1906. Physics. Delav^^are College.

Frost, Edwin B. 1907. Astrophysics. Yerkes Observatory.

Fryer, Charles E. 191 1. History. England.

Furness, Caroline E. 1905. Astronomy. Vassar College.

Gale, Henry G. 1909-. Physics. Mount Wilson Solar Observatory.

Gamgee, Arthur. 1903-6. Nutrition. Europe.

Garrison, Fielding H. 1903-. Bibliography. Surgeon General's Office, Washington,
D. C.

Geitel, H. 1904-5. Atmospheric electricity. Palma, Majorca, Spain.

Gies, William J. 1908. Biological chemistry. Columbia University.

Gilbert, G. K. 1904, 1906-7. Geology. Georgia; California.

Gilmore, L. H. 1905. Physics. Mount Wilson Solar Observatory.

Goldthwait, Joel E. 1907-8. Chemistry. Boston, Mass.

Gomberg, Moses. 1904-5. Chemistry. University of Michigan.

Goss, W. F. M. 1904-8. Steam engineering. Purdue University ; University of Illi-
nois.

Gulick, John T. 1905. Biology. Hawaii.

Guthrie, C. C. 1908. Physiology. Station for Experimental Evolution.

Hall, G. Stanley. 1903-4. Psychology. Clark University.

Hargitt, Charles W, 1905, 1910. Zoology. Woods Hole, Mass. ; Tortugas Laboratory.

Harmon, Morris A. 1906-7. Classical archeology. Italy.

Harms, F. 1905. Atmospheric electricity. Palma, Majorca, Spain.

Harper, R. A. 1905. Botany. University of Wisconsin.

Hartmeyer, Robert. 1907. Systematic biology. Tortugas Laboratory.

Harvey, E. Newton. 1909, 1910-11. Physiology. Tortugas Laboratory.

Haskins, Charles H. 1905-8. History. Harvard University; Europe.

Hasse, Adelaide R. 1906-. Bibliography. Archives of States.

Hay, O. P. 1903-7- Paleontology. American Museum of Natural History.

Hempl, George. 1905-. Philology. University of Michigan; Leland Stanford Jr.
University.

Hill, G. W. 1905-7- Mathematical astronomy. West Nyack, N. Y.

Hill, Roscoe R. 1911- History. Spain.

Hindhede, M. 1910. Diabetes. Nutrition Laboratory.

Hirth, Friedrich. 1907. Language. Columbia University.

PERSONS ENGAGED IN VARIOUS ACTIVITIES. 249

Hodell, Charles W. 1907-8. Literature. Goucher College.

Hodge, C. F. 1907. Biology. Clark University.

Holland, Thomas E. 1910-. International law. Oxford University.

Holmes, W. H. 1903. Anthropology. Bureau of American Ethnology.

Homans, John. 1910-11. Physiolog}^ Nutrition Laboratory.

Hooker, Davenport. 1905, 1907, 1908. CEcology. Tortugas Laboratory.

Howard, L. O. 1903-11. Entomology. U. S. Dept. Agriculture; United States;
Mexico ; Canada.

Howe, H. M. 1907-. Metallurgy. Columbia University.

Hoyt, W. D. 1909-10. Botany. Desert Botanical Laboratory.

Huntington, Ellsworth. 1903-4, 1910-. Botany. Desert Botanical Laboratory; Turke-
stan.

Iddings, Joseph P. 1904-5. Petrologj-. U. S. Geological Survey.

Jacobs, Merkel H. 191 1. Physiology. Tortugas LaboratorJ^

Jacomini, C. 1904-. Engineer. Mount Wilson Solar Observatory.

Jaeger, F. M. 1910-11. Geophysics. Geophysical Laboratory.

Jennings, H. S. 1903-5. Zoology. University of Michigan ; University of Pennsyl-
vania; Station for Experimental Evolution; Tortugas Laboratory; Naples
Zoological Station.

Johnson, A. C. 1910-11. Archeology. Greece.

Johnson, Dora. 191 1. Archeology. Rome.

Jones, Harry C. 1903-. Physical chemistry. Johns Hopkins Universit}-.

Jones, William. 1904-9. Anthropology. Indian tribes in Central United States.

Jordan, H. E. 1907. Histology. Tortugas Laboratory.

Jorgensen, E. 1910. Systematic biology. Tortugas Laboratory.

Joslin, Elliott P. 1908-11. Diabetes. Nutrition Laboratory.

Julius, W. H. 1907. Physics. Mount Wilson Solar Observatory.

Kapteyn, J. C. 1908-. Astronomy. Mount Wilson Solar Observatory.

Kellner, Carl. 1905, 1906, 1907. Systematic biology. Tortugas Laboratory.

Knab, Frederick. 1903-11. Entomology. Washington, D. C.

Krogh, August, 1908. Metabolism. Greenland.

Kunz, George F. 1902-3. Mineralogy. New York, N. Y.

Lawson, Andrew C. 1906-7. Geology. California.

Learned, Marion D. 1909-10. History. Germany.

Lehmer, D. N. 1904-9, 191 1- Mathematics. University of California.

Leuschner, A. O. 1906-7. Astronomy. California.

Lewis, E. P. 1904-5- Experimental physics. University of California.

LilHe, Ralph S. 1904-5- Physiolog>'. University of Nebraska; Naples Zoological
Station.

Linton, Edwin. 1906, 1907, 190S-. Systematic biolog}^ Tortugas Laboratory.

Littlehales, G. W. 1905-6. Terrestrial magnetism. Washington, D. C.

Livingston, B. E. 1904-. Soil physics ; botany. Desert Botanical Laboratory.

Livingston, Mrs. G. J. 1906-7. Physics. Desert Botanical Laboratory.

Lloyd, F. E. 1904-6, 1910-11. Botany. Desert Botanical Laboratory.

Lockwood, Dean P. 1908-9. Classical archeology. Italy.

Loeb, Leo. 1903-5, 1907-9- Physiolog}\ Woods Hole, Mass.; University of Penn-
sylvania.

Loew, Elias A. 1907-8, 1909-. Classical archeology. Italy.

Long, Joseph A. 191 1. Zoology. Harvard University.

Louderback, George D. 1903-5. Geology. University of California.

Lows, Kristian. 1909. Astronomy. Mount Wilson Solar Observatory.

Ludwig, Albert. 1908-9. Geophysics. Geophysical Laboratory.

Lum, Elizabeth S. 1910. Embryology. Station for Experimental Evolution.

Limn, A. C. 1909. Mathematics. University of Chicago.

MacCurdy, H. 1907. Zoology. Harvard University.

MacMillan, W. D. 1909. Mathematics. University of Chicago.

Maguire, John D. 1909-. International law. Washington, D. C.

Manning, W. R. 190S-10. History. Washington, D. C.

Mark, E. L. 1906-10. Zoology. Harvard University.

Mascart, E. 1904-8. Terrestrial magnetism and atmospheric electricity. France.

Mast, S. O. 1910. Reactions to stimuli. Tortugas Laboratory.

McCay, D. 1908-10. Metabolism. Calcutta, India.

McClendon, J. F. 1904, 1908, 1910. Physiology. Woods Hole, Mass. ; Tortugas Labo-
ratory.

Meek, S. E. 1909- Ichthyology^. Tortugas Laboratory.

250 CARXEGIE INSTITUTION OF WASHINGTON.

Mendel, Lafayette B. 1905-6. Physiological chemistry. Yale University.

Merritt, Ernest. 1905-6, 1909-. Experimental physics. Cornell University.

Michelson, A. A. 1903-4- Physics. University of Chicago. , ^ , .

Moenkhaus, W. J. 1904-6. Physiolog}'. Station for Experimental Evolution.

Morley, F. ' 1909-. Mathematics. Johns Hopkins University.

Morrison, J. T. 1908-9. Terrestrial magnetism. Africa.

Morse, Albert P. 1903-5. Zoology'. Southern States.

Morse, H. N. 1903-. Chemistry. Johns Hopkins University.

Mottier, David 'M. 1904. Botany. Indiana University.

Moulton, F. R. 1909-. Mathematical physics. University of Chicago.

Miiller, W. Max. 1904-10. Archeolog}'. Egypt.

Murlin, J. R. 1909. Chemistry. Nutrition Laboratory.

Newcomb, Simon. 1903-9. Astronomy. Washington, D. C.

Nichols, E. F. 1908-^. Experimental physics. Mount Wilson Solar Observatory.

Nichols, Edward L. 1905-6, 1909-. Experimental physics. Cornell University.

Nippoldt, A. 1905-6. Terrestrial magnetism. Potsdam, Germany.

Noguchi, Hideyo. 1903-8. Physiology. University of Pennsylvania.

Noyes, Arthur A. 1903-. Chemistry. Massachusetts Institute of Technolog}'.

Oddone, E. 1905. Terrestrial magnetism; atmospheric electricity. Tripoli, Africa.

Olive, Edgar W. 1903-5. Botany. Germany; University of Wisconsin.

Osborne, Tliomas B. 1904-. Chemistry. Connecticut Agricultural Experiment Sta-
tion.

Osburn, Raymond C. 1908. Systematic zoology. Tortugas Laboratory.

Osgood, H. L. 191 1-. History. Columbia Universitj'.

Palazzo, L. 1905. Terrestrial magnetism; atmospheric electricity. Tripoli, Africa.

Parkhurst, John A. 1906. Astronomy. Yerkes Observatory.

Paullin, Charles O. 1910-11. History. England.

Paxson, Frederick L. 1910. History. England.

Pearl, Raymond. 1904-6. Biology. University of Michigan ; University of Pennsyl-
vania; England; Germany; Naples Zoological Station.

Peirce, G. J. 1910-11. Botany. California.

Pender, Harold. 1902-3. Electrical engineering. Paris, France.

Perez, Luis M. 1905-6. History. Cuba.

Perkins, H. F. 1903-5. Zoology. Tortugas Laboratory ; University of Vermont.

Perrine, C. D. 1910. Astronomy. Lick Observatory.

Phillips, J. C. 191 1. Zoology. Harvard University.

Phillips, Ulrich B. 1904-6. History. University of Wisconsin.

Pratt, Henry S. 1909, 1910. Morphology-. Tortugas Laboratory.

Pratt, Joseph H. 191 1. Animal metabolism. Nutrition Laboratory.

Pumpelly, Raphael. 1903-9. Archeology. Turkestan.

Pumpelly, R. W. 1904-6. Archeology. Turkestan.

Putnam, Herbert. 1903-7. Bibliography. Washington, D. C.

Reichert, Edward. 1904-. Physiologj'. L'niversity of Pennsylvania.

Reid, Harry Fielding. 1906-7. Geophysics. California.

Reighard, Jacob. 1905, 1907. Reactions to stimuli. Tortugas Laboratory.

Reinke, E. E. 1911. Zoolog}-. Tortugas Laboratory; Jamaica.

Richards, H. M. 191 1. Botanj'. Desert Botanical Laboratory.

Richards, Theodore W. 1903-. Chemistry. Harvard University.

Robertson, James A. 1909-10. History. United States.

Rose, J. N. 1908-10. BotanJ^ Desert Botanical Laboratory.

Ross, Frank E. 1903-9. Astronomy. Washington, D. C.

Ross, W. H. 1909-11. Chemistry. Desert Botanical Laboratory.

Roth, Paul. 191 1. Respiratory exchange. Nutrition Laboratory.

Rowe, Allan W. 1908. Chemistry. Nutrition Laboratory; Harvard University.

Rowe, Leo S. 1906-. Political science. Mexico ; Argentina.

Rijcker, Sir Arthur. 1904-. Terrestrial magnetism; atmospheric electricity. Tripoli,

Africa.
Russell, Henry N. 1903-5. Astronomy. Princeton University; Cambridge University.
Sandstrom, J. W. 1906-8. Meteorology. University of Stockholm.
Sargent, R. H. 1903-4. Geology. China.

Schlesinger, Frank. 1903-5, 1907. Astronomy. Yerkes Observatory; Allegheny Ob-
servatory.
Schmidt, Adolf. 1904-10. Terrestrial magnetism. Potsdam, Germany.
Schmidt, Hubert. 1904. Archeology. Turkestan.
Schuster, Arthur. 1904. Cosmical physics. Manchester, England.

PERSONS ENGAGED IN VARIOUS ACTIVITIES. 25I

Scott, George W. 1903. Law. Philadelphia, Pa. ; Washington, D. C. ; Europe.-

Scott, James Brown. 1909-. International law. Washington, D. C.

Scripture, E. W. 1903-6. Phonetics. Yale University; Europe.

Shaw, James B. 1907. ]Vlathematics. James Millikin University.

Shepherd, Wm. R. 1905-7. History. Spain.

Shreve, Mrs. E. B. 191 1. Botany. Desert Botanical Laboratory.

Slichter, C. S. 1909. Alathematics. University of Wisconsin.

Small, John K. 1904-5. Botany. New York Botanical Garden.

Smith, Albert. 191 1. Consulting engineer. Mount Wilson Solar Observatory.

Smith, Erwin F. 1905-. Bacteriology. Washington, D. C.

Smith, H. M. 1910. Respiratory exchange. Nutrition Laboratory.

Sommer, H. Oskar. 1906-. Literature. England.

Spalding, Mrs. E. S. 1904-10. Botany. Desert Botanical Laboratory.

Spooner, L. H. 191 1. Animal metabolism. Nutrition Laboratory.

Stager, Henry W. 1911. Mathematics. Fresno, California.

Stanwood, Frederic A. 1908-11. Diabetes. Harvard ]\Iedical School.

Stevens, Gorham P. 1904-5. Architecture. Athens.

Stevens, Nettie M. 1904, 1905. Biology. Woods Hole, Mass. ; Station for Experi-
mental Evolution ; Bryn ^lawr College.

Stieglitz, Julius. 1909. Chemistry. University of Chicago.

Stockard, Charles R. 1907, 1908, 1909, 1910. Regeneration, oecology. Tortugas Labo-
ratory; Naples Zoological Station.

Stromsten, Frank A. 1907, 1910. Embryology. Tortugas Laboratory.

Strong, W. W. 1910. Physics. Johns Hopkins University.

Stull, W. N. 1903. Chemistr}-. Harvard University.

Talbot, Fritz B. 191 1. Infant metabolism. Nutrition Laboratory.

Tennent, D. H. 1909, 1910. Hybridity. Tortugas Laboratory.

Thompson, J. David. 1903-7. Bibliography. Washington, D. C.

Thornber, J. J. 1906-8. Botany. Desert Botanical Laboratory.

Tolman, C. F. 1906-8. Geology. Desert Botanical Laboratory.

Tower, W. L. 1904-. Biology, evolution. Lhiiversity of Chicago; Mexico; Desert
Botanical Laboratory ; Tortugas Laboratory.

Treadwell, Aaron L. 1904, 1909, 1910. Zoologj'. Woods Hole, Mass. ; Tortugas Labo-
ratory.

Uhler, H. S. 1907. Physics. Johns Hopkins University.

Upton, Winslow. 1905. Astronomy. Mount Wilson Solar Observatory.

Vail, Anna M. 1904-5. Botany. New York Botanical Garden.

Van Buren, Albert W. 1905-6. Classical archeology. Italy.

Van Deman, Esther B. 1906-. Classical archeology. Italy.

Van Orstrand, C. E. 1904, 1906-10. Geophysics. U. S. Geological Survey; Geo-
physical Laboratory.

Vaughan, T. Wayland. 1908-. Geology, zoology. Bahamas ; Florida Keys ; Tortugas
Laboratory.

von Bar, Ludwig. 1910. International law. Germany.

Wallace, W. Seward. 1908. Marine biology. Tortugas Laboratory.

Ward, Lester F. 1906. Paleobotan}'. Brown Universitj'.

Ward, William Hayes. 1903-9. Archeolog}'. United States; Europe.

Washington, Henry S. 1904-6. Petrology. Southern Europe ; Locust. N. J.

Watson, John B. 1907, 1910. (Ecology. Tortugas Laboratory.

Wells, Roger C. 1905. Chemistry. Harvard University.

Westlake, John. 1910-11. International law. England.

Whitney, Mary W. 1903-4. Astronomy. Vassar College.

Wieland, G. R. 1903-. Paleobotany. IMexico ; Yale Universit}-.

Wilczynski, E. J. 1903-4- ^Mathematics. Germany; University of California.

Willard, H. H. 1910. Chemistry. Harvard University.

Williams, H. B. 1909. Chemistrj^. Nutrition Laboratory.

Willis, Bailey. 1903-8. Geolog}-. Asia; Washington, D.'C.

Wilson, E. B. 1903-8. Biology. Woods Hole, Mass.; Naples Zoological Station;
Southwestern United States.

Wood, Henry D. 1906-8. Architecture. Italy.

Wood, R. W. 1903-5. Experimental physics. Johns Hopkins University.

Yatsu, Naohide. 1905-6. Biology-. Columbia Universitj^; Harpswell Laboratory; Naples
Zoological Station.

Zeleny, Charles. igo6. Regeneration. Tortugas Laboratory.

Zwierlein, Frederick J. 191 1. Historv. Quebec.

252

CARNEGIE INSTITUTION OF WASHINGTON.

3. — List of Advisors, Collaborators, Grantees, and Assistants in Re-
search Not Mentioned in Previous Lists, Together with Admin-
istrative Officers, Clerical Assistants, Mechanicians, and All
Others Connected with the Carnegie Institution of Washing-
ton FROM its Organization to November 191 i.

The list has been prepared from available records procured from many sources. If
omissions or inaccuracies are observed, notification of such information will be appre-
ciated by the Institution, (a) indicates confidential advisors or members of advisory
committees, 1902HD3.

Abbe, Cleveland (a)
Abbott, Edith
Abel, Anna H.
Ackerman, P. C.
Adams, A. D.
Adams, Chas. F. (a)
Adams, Henry C.
Adler, Cyrus (a)
Adriance, W. M.
Agerton, Maude
Albord, Frederick
Aldrich, Louis B.
Alexander, W. H.
Allemann, Albert
Allen, Charles E.
Allen, Frank
Allen, Frank B.
Allen, George H.
Allen, Leah
Ailing, Miss H. L.
Allison, Emily M.
Alsberg, Carl L.
Ambler, C. H.
Anderson, G. P.
Anderson, J. B.
Anderson, Lewis
Anderson, Robert
Andrews, Frank M.
Andrews, J. B.
Aronovici, Carol
Armstrong, H. M.
Arnold, C. R.
Askew, Frances
Aston, James
Atwater, Miss H. W.
Atwood, G. A.
Austin, Charles B.
Austin, Charles F.
Ayers, Alden F.
Ayers, S. A.
Ayres, H. D.
Babine, Alexis V.
Backus, Charles S.
Bailey, W. L.
Bain, Samuel M.
Bair, Joseph H.
Baird, Benjamin A.
Baker, Marcus
Baker, O. E.
Baker, R. H.
Balch, Miss E. G.
Baldwin, A. H.
Baldwin, A. L.

Baldwin, F. Spencer
Baldwin, J. Mark (a)
Ball, S. H.
Bam, D.

Banks, Enoch M.
Barkentin, G. S.
Barnard, J. Lynn
Barnes, T. A.
Barnett, George E.
Barnum, Charlotte C.
Barnum, William
Barnum, William H.
Barrows, W. N.
Barry, Frederick
Bartlett, Frank S.
Bartlett, H. T.
Barus, Maxwell
Bassett, H. P.
Bates, Isabelle M.
Baxter, Walter F.
Beal, William O.
Beall, Sarah
Bechtel, G. Gerald
Beck, Washington
Bedford, Scott E. W.
Beehler, Emma L.
Bellamy, Edith
Bengtson, Ida A.
Bernhoff, John
Bessey, Ernst A.
Bigelow, H. E.
Bigelow, M. A.
Biggar, H. P.
Billberry, George E.
Bingham, E. C.
Bishop, Avard L.
Black, O. F.
Black, W. W.
Blackmar, F. W.
Blair, Andrew A.
Bliss, Frederick J.
Blume, S.
Blumer, J. C.
Boas, Franz (a)
Boeckh, Richard
Bogart, Ernest L.
Bolles, M. N.
Bond, Jr., Beverley W.
Bonnet, Jr., Frederic
Bonser, Thomas A.
Boring, Alice M.
Bottger, William
Bovee, B. R.

Bowditch, H. P. (a)
Bowen, Francis
Bowen, N. L.
Bowes, Catharine
Boyd, W. K.
Boyle, James E.
Brace, Edith M.
Bradford, Roy
Bradley, H. C.
Bradway, James W.
Brant, Laura C.
Brasch, F. E.
Brauner, Bruno
Brautlecht, C. A.
Bray, William C.
Bray. W. L.

Breckinridge, Sophonisba
Breen, Susie
Breslin, Sadie E.
Bridgman. P. W.
Brink, F. N.
Briton, W. E.
Britton, N. L. (a)
Brownson, J. B.
Brooks, Hildegarde
Brough, C. H.
Brown, Orville H.
Brown, T. C.
Browne, Charles E.
Brownell, Edith
Brownson, H. G.
Bruel, Francois
Brues, C. J.
Brunei, R. F.
Bryan, Walter
Buchanan, Daniel
Buchanan, Herbert E.
Buck, Thomas
Buck, Solon J.
Buckley, William
Bunting, Martha
Burgess, Laurie L.
Burke, William M.
Burklin, George
Burnham, Ernest
Burns, George P.
Burns, Keivin
Burr, Mary J.
Burr, William H. (a)
Burr, W. W.
Burris, M. A.
Bursch, Frederick C.
Burton, Ada I.

PERSONS ENXAGED IN VARIOUS ACTIVITIES.

253

Busck, August
Byall, J. Bruce
Byrd, James R.
Campbell, Archibald
Campbell, Robert
Cance, A. E.
Carey, L. R,
Carlson, Anton J.
Carpenter, Ford A.
Carpenter, J. L.
Carroll, C. G.
Carter, Mrs. J.
Carver, T. N.
Cash, G.

Chaddock, Robert E.
Chamberlin, B. D.
Champreux, A. J.
Chandler, J.
Chapin, Harold C.
Chapman, James
Chapman, J. W.
Charlton, G. A.
Child, Clement D.
Christman, Erwin S.
Chrysler, M. A.
Church, Jr., J. E.
Clapp, Cornelia M.
Clapp, L. H.
Clark, C. F.
Clark. C. P.
Clark, Elizabeth E.
Clark, John B. (a)
Clark, Margaret
Clark, Mary J.
Clark, W. M.
Clarke, John ]\T.
Clarke, Frank W.
Clarke, Latham
Clausen, M.
Clements, F. E.
Cleveland, F. A.
Closson, Oliver E.
Closstham, E. C.
Coady, Martin
Cobb, Victor
Coffin, Fletcher B.
Coffin, T. H.
Coghill, G. E.
Colbeth, Philena A.
Colby, H. E.
Colby, William E.
Cole, J. R.
Coles, Frank
Collins, W. E.
Colson, H. R.
Colton, H. S.
Cone, Lee H.
Conner, J. R.
Conway, Jr., Thomas
Cook, Frances M.
Cook, M. T.
Cook, O. F.
Cooke, Elizabeth
Coolidge, Mary R.
Coolidge, W. D.
Cooper, Herman C.
Copeland, Manton

Coquillct, D. W.
Coulter, John L.
Courcier, John F.
Coutiere, Henri
Cowles, H. C.
Crafer, Thomas
Craig, Jr., James
Craig, Lucy
Crane, Walter R.
Crandall, Rodine
Crook, J. W.
Cross, Ira B.
Curry, B. E.
Curtiss, R. H.
Cushman, Florence
Daggett, Stuart
Dales, Benton
Dalke, Diedrich
Dalton, James
Dalton, John S.
Darby, Fred.
Darling, Annie N.
Davenport, Mrs. C. B.
Davis, Beatrice M.
Davis, Bradley M.
Davis, Edward H.
Davis, Jasper P.
Dawson, Edgar M.
Day, David T.
Dean, Arthur L.
DeLong, B. H.
De Majo, Mony
DeMello, Carlos
Denham, Jr., Robert N.
De Raasloff, H.
Dennis, L. M.
Derfendorf, A. R.
Desha, L. J.
Detlefsen, John
Devik, Olaf
Dickinson, H. C.
Dieserud, Juul
Dinsmore, S. C.
Diserens, Paul
Dobbin, Emily E.
Dobrowolski, A. F.
Dodge, C. W.
Doetsch, E. P.
Dole, Cora
Donaldson, J. Arthur
Donnelly, Mary
Dondlinger, P. T.
Dorn, F. L.
Doten, Carroll W.
Doughty, Howard W.
Douglas, R. L.
Dowd, Merritt C.
Downey, E. H.
Doysie, Abel
Drew, F. L.
Dubois, W. E. B.
Duges, Alfred
Duggar, B. M.
Dunbar, F. J.
Dunbar, P. B.
Dupree, J. W.
Durand, A. C.

Durand, Alice M.
Durant, Aldrich
Dutra, J.
Dyer, George W.
Eakle, A. S.
Earl, Charles B.
Eastman, Guy W.
Eaves, Lucile
Eckel, Edwin C.
Eckerson, Jr., Theodore H.
Edgerton, C. E.
Edwards, Alba M.
Egbert, Ella E.
Einenkel, Eugene
Eliason, A. C.
Ellenbogen, A.
Ellis, C. W. H.
Enison,J. W.
Elvove, Elias
Ely, Richard T.
Emmons, W. H.
Endsley, L. E.
Engle, S. G.
Erbach, John
Essex, Herbert
Esslinger, E. W.
Evans, H. B.
Everingham, Sumner
Everett, Milton
Failor, H. V.
Fairbanks, H. W.
Fairchild, Fred R.
Fairchild, H. P.
Falk, K. G.
Falsey, M. F.
Farragher, P. V.
Faust, A. B.
Ferry, Edna L.
Fessenden, E. Muriel
Fewkes, J. W.
Field, Arthur S.
Fisher, James
Fiske, Augustus H.
Fitch, J. L.
Fleisher, Moyer S.
Fleming, Oliver P.
Fleming, W. L.
Fletcher, F. P.
Flisch, Julia A.
Fontarede, Bertha A.
Forbes, S. A.
Foreman, J. C.
Fowke, Gerard
Fowle, F. E.
Fox, Henry
Francis, Luva
Francis, William L
Frazer, J. C. W.
Frederick, C. W.
Freedlander, A. A.
Fredlund, Miss L S.
Frevert, H. L.
Fristoe, Edward B.
Frye, T. C.
Fuld, Leonhard F.
Fulton, F. P.
Fulton, H. R.

254

CARNEGIE INSTITUTION OE WASHINGTON.

Furey, Mrs. S.

Gage, Phelps

Gager, C. Stuart

Gale, Roger D.

Gardner, R. H.

Garret, A. O.

Garrey, G. H.

Garrison, Eleanor

Garrison, Florence

Garrod-Thomas, Richard N.

Gates, R. R.

Gavin, Lillie

Gavin, Margaret

Geer, R. R.

Gervasi, Arturo

Gephart, W. F.

Getman, Frederick H.

Gibbs, George (a)

Gibbs, R. C.

Gielow, Henry J.

Giesecke, Albert S.

Gifford, Ralph S.

Gilbert, James H.

Gilbert, Walter M.

Giles, Weslev

Gill, E. E.

Gill, Miss M. A.

Gilliland, Ada

Gilmore, E. A.

Girty, George H.

Githens, Thomas S.

Glaser, C.

Gleason, H. A.

Glocker, C. H.

Glocker, T. W.

Gloetzner, Arnulf R.

Glynn, Vernon W,.

Goldenweiser, E. A.

Goldfarb, Abraham

Goldman, M.

Gooch,F. A.

Goodrich, Julia I.

Graham, David E.

Graham, J. G.

Graton. L. C.

Gray, L. C.

Greeley, Arthur W.

Grey, Irving M.

Griffin, Bertha

Griffin, Frank L.

Griffin. Grace G.

Griffin, Lawrence E.

Griffith, Elmer C.

Grimsley, G. P.

Groat, George G.

Groesbeck, Edward C.

Groesbeck. W. S.

Groosenberg, Michel

Gudernatsch, T.

Gudger, E. W.

Guernsey, S. Florence

Guest, H. H.

Gulik, Addison

Guthrie, G. B.

Guthrie, Joseph

Hackett, PI. A.

Hadley, P. B.

Ilagerty, J. E.
Haig, Robert M.
Haines, M. A.
Hall, Byran D.
Hallett, Emma C.
Halpin, R. J.
Hamer, W. C.
Hammond, M. R.
Hancock, Glover D.
Hand,J.W._
Haney, Lewis H.
Planna, Hugh S.
Harder, F. W.
Hargitt, George T.
Harkins, William D.
Harkness, Arthur W.
Harned, Joseph E.
Harriman, Miss M. E.
Harris, Calvin
Harris, Gorham W.
Harris, J. F.
Harrison, Miss J. P.
Harshaw, Jr., Frank
Hartley, Carl P.
Hartman, R. R.
Haseman, J. D.
Haskell. Raymond
Hatai, S.
Hayes, J. T.
Hayes, Robert
Hayford, J. F.
Pleanev, C.
Hedrick.H. M.
Hedrick. Wilbur O.
Hefferman, William H.
PTeim, William
Helleberg, Victor E.
Henderson, L. J.
Henderson, W. D.
Henry. L. G.
Herriott, Frank L
Herron, Belva M.
Hess, R. H.
Hess, William
Hesselberg, Theodor
Heth, Eva
Heyl, F. W.
Hibbard, B. H.
Hibbard, Stella
Hill, Richard S.
Hinds, Mrs. E. G.
Hines, Murray A.
Hinkins, J. E.
Hinks, A. R.
Hitchcock. L. R.
Hitchen. W. K.
Hoagland. H. E.
TTobe, Adelaide ^L
ITodgson. W. B.
Hoffman, E. J.
Hoffman, G. F.
Hoffman, G. R.
Holcomb, Wilbor
H olden, R.J.
Holdredge, L. L
Holdsworth, J. T.
Holland, W. W.

Hollander, Jacob H.
Holmes, A. D.
Holvvay, R. S.
Honigschmid, Otto
Hooker, John D.
Hoover, Charles R.
Hopkins, Bertha E. A.
Hopkins, B. S.
Hornbeck, J. W.
Hoskins, L. M.
Houghton, Mrs. L. S.
Houston, C. J.
Howe, C. D.
Howe, H. E.
Howell, Warren
Howell, WilUam H. (a)
Hiibschmann, Oscar
Huebner, G. G.
Huebner, S. S.
Hughes, E.
Hunt, Burgess
Hunt, Franklin L.
Huntington, C. C.
Hurlbutt, Mary F.
Hus, Henri
Husbands, Jose D.
Hussakof, Louis
Hussey, Harry H.
Hussev. W. J. (a)
Hyde, Elizabeth A.
Ingalls, Walter R.
Ingersoll, Leonard R.
Ingram, Charles I.
Irbv, R. G.
Isely, W. H.
Isaacs, Nathan T.
Ives, H. E.
Jack, Theodore H.
Jackson, Frederick G.
Jackson, Richard F.
Jacob, T. H.
James, W. E.
Jansson, E. W.
Jay. Frank
Jefferson, Lorian P.
Jellinek, George
Jenson, G. H.
Jepson. W. L.
Jesse, Jr., R. H.
Johannsen, O. A.
Johnson. B. G.
Johnson, D. C.
Johnson, Hilma
Johnson. Henrietta R.
Johnson, J. M.
Johnson, John N.
Johnston, R. H.
Tollev, L. H.
Jones, C. C.
Jones, Chester L.
Jones. D. B.
Jones, Edward D.
Jones, George D.
Jones, Grinnell
Jones, Henry L.
Jones, T.J.
Jones, William

PERSONS ENGAGED IN VARIOUS ACTIVITIES.

■DD

Jorden, Stroud
Jorgensen, Alfred
Joslin, Lulu B.
Jost, J.
Kanolt, C. W.
Kato, Yogoro
Keefer, Pearl M.
Keiller, V. H.
Kellicott, William E.
Kelly, Thomas E.
Kemp, R. H.
Kemple, J. E.
Kendrick, B. B.
Kennard, F. L.
Kennedy, J. B.
Kennon, W. L.
Keyes, Henry
Kick, William
Kidder, Homer
Kimball, Alice
Kimball, Gertrude S.
King, Cyrus A.
King, Claude F.
King, Clyde L.
King, Helen D.
Kinney, W. L.
Kittredge, Elizabeth M.
Kleihege, George W.
Klein, Julius
Knight, H. L.
Koch, Julius A.
Kofoid, C. H.
Korselt, Johannes
Kowalke, Otto L.
Kraemer, Henry
Kubel, S. J.
Kuntz, William
Lafora, Gonzalo R.
Lambert, Avery E.
Lambert, F. D.
Landis, W. S.
Lane, Henry H.
Laney, F. B.
Lantz, A. W.
Lapp, John
Larson, Laurence M.
Lawrence, J. W.
Lawrence, William H.
Leavenworth, C. S.
Leavell, R. H.
Leavitt, Henrietta S.
Lee, Henry G.
Lefevre, George
LeGrand, J. M.
Leith, C. K.
Leland, Miss E. F.
Leonard, A. A.
Leopold. S.
Leslie, W. H.
Leutscher. George D.
Levene, Phoebus A.
Levy, A. G.
Lewis, H. M.
Lewis, Ivey N.
Lewis, Warren H.
Liddle, L. M.
Lindau, L.

Linde, Curtis
Lindsay, C. F.
Lippincott, L P.
Lipski, Morris
Little, C. C.
Littlefield, C. E.
Livingston, Jennie D.
Lockhart, Oliver C.
Lockwood, Edna K.
Lombard, Guy D.
Lombard, Robert H.
Lommen, Christian P.
Longley, W. R.
Loomis, N, E.
Loos, L A.
Lorenz, J. N.
Lovelace, B. F.
Loveland, George A.
Lowry, Russell
Loy, S. K.
Luders, E.
Lundblom, Ivan C.
Lundblom, Otto
Lundin, Laura M.
Lutz, Frances
Lynde. Carlton J.
Lynn, Ross W.
Lyons, R. E.
MacDowell, E. Carlton
Macfarlane, John M. (a^l
MacGill, Caroline E.
Mackinnon, John A.
Macy, Leo
Magovern, T.
Mailey, Roy D.
Mallonee, W. S.
Manning, Charlotte R.
Marean, Parker E.
Alarquette, W.
Marquis. J. C.
Marshall, Jr., E. K.
Marshall. H. W.
Martin, Frank B.
Martin, Isabel
Martin. Marv T.
Marvin, C. F.
Mason, Gertrude
Mathews, Joseph H.
Matthes. F. E.
Mattingly, Francis H.
Maverick, B.
McArthur, Lewis A.
McAtee, Waldo L.
McBain, W. J.
McCabe, David A.
McCallum, W. B.
McCarthy, Charles
McCarthy, William
McClelland, J. F.
McClung, C. E.
McClure. E. V.
McClure, Mary M.
McCollum, E. V.
McCoy, Miss K. F.
McCracken, Isabel
McCutchen, George
McDowell, Louise S.

McFarland. Raymond
McGhee, J. L.
McGlone, B.
McGowan, A. F.
McGown, Helen C.
McGregor, J. H.
IMcGuire, Joseph D.
McGuire, P. S.
Mclntire, Albert T.
McKay, Amy J.
McKitrich, Reuben R.
McLean, S. J.
McLean, W. T.
McMaster, L.
McMurphy, James
McMurray, F. S.
McNamara, Helen E.
McVey, F. L.
McWilliam. Janet
Mead, Charles S.
Mears, B.
Meigs, Edward E.
Melcher, Arthur C.
Merriam, C. Hart (a)
Messer, Earl S.
Messerol, C. G.
Meyers, Milton K.
Milburn, R. M.
Miller, Edmund T.
Miller, W. Lash.
Millis, F. E.
Millis, H. A.
Mills, John
Mills, Robert
Mills, Rufus

Millsaps, Jefferson H.

Milner, R. D.

Minor, Marie L.

Mitchell, Miss E. G.

Mitchell, P. H.

Mitchell. T. W.

Mitchell. W. C.

Molby, F. A.

Moll, Otto

Mollison, Th.

Monossowitch, Anna

Moody, W. F.

Moonlight, Tom

Tvtoore, Blaine F.

Moore, Charles T.

Moore. E. H. (a)

Moore, Fredrica C.

Moore, J. H.

INIorgan, H. C.

Morgan. James C.

Morgulis, S.

IMorison. George S. (a)

Morita, Kako

Morrill. C.V.

Morse, H. V.

Morse. W. J.

Morton. A. B.

Motley, J. M.

Moulton, E. J.

Mudd, John P.

Mueller, Edward

Muhse, A. C.

256

CARNEGIE IXSTITUTIOX OF WASHINGTON.

Muhse, Effa F.
Mullenix, R. C.
Mulvin, Deforest S.
Monroe, Charles E.
Murie, James R.
iMurphy, Katlirine E.
Mussey, Henry R.
Myers, C. N.
Nardin, W. T.
Narrett, J. T.
Neill, Charles P.
Nelson, Aven
Nelson, Benjamin
Nelson, George F.
Nelson, James A.
Neumann, Felix
Newell, F. H.
Newkirk, B. L.
Nichols, Albert R.
Nichols, E. C.
Nichols, J. T.
Nicholson, John F.
Nickerson, Eleanor H.
Nickles, J. M.
Nirdlinger, Sidney
Nolan, Lawrence S.
Nolan, Owen
Oates, Sarah
Oestlund, O. W.
Olaine, Alabel
Olsen, Olaf
Olson, W. E.
Omori, F.

Osborn, Henry F. (a")
Osborne, Dallas J.
Overton, James B.
Packard, Wales H.
Painter, E. O.
Palmer, Henrietta
Parlette, Snowden
Parry, Carl E.
Parsons, Warren M.
Patten, William
Patterson. George W.
Patterson, W. P.
Paton, S.
Paulson. Leonard
Payne, Fernandus
Pazos, Jose H.
Peacock, D. L.
Pearse, A. S.
Peck, E. M.
Peck, Emelyn
Pegram, G. B.
Pehlivanoglou. D. V.
Penhallow, D. P.
Penn. Edweina
Perkins, Clara P.
Perkins, Janet
Perlman, Selig
Persons, W. M.
Petrucci, Rodolfo
Pettibone, E. W.
Phelan, Raymond V.
Philippi, Frederick
Phillips, John B.
Phillips, J. M.

Pickering, E. C.
Pidgin, Charles F.
Pierce, C. A.
Pierce, Cornelia M.
Pierce, George J.
Pierce, Jr., R.
Pike, F. N.
Pinchot, Gifford (a)
Pinson, Nathan
Plehn, C. C.
Plunkett, Miss N, G.
Pomeroy, Fred. E.
Pope, A.
Pope, J. E.
Porter, James P.
Potts, Charles S.
Powell, F. W.
Prall, Elmer D.
Pratt, F. C.
Pratt, H. A.
Pratt, Joseph H.
Proctor, L. M.
Puckett, E. P.
Putnam, G. K.
Quayle, B. L.
Rais, Harry
Ram, Hirsch
Ramaley, Francis
Ramsey, E. E.
Rand, Chester
Randolph, E. E.
Raper, C. L.
Rawles, W. A.
Reddick, W. H.
Reed, William H.
Reeder, Clarence
Rehfuss, Martin E.
Reid, E. E.
Remsen, Ira (a)
Renshaw, F. A.
Rhode, Frederick A.
Rice, E. L.
Richardson, Harriet
Ricker, Mrs. Maurice F.
Ridgway, John L.
Ricf, Heinrich
Riggs, Ernest J.
Riley, Elmer A.
Riley, T. J.
Ritchie, G. T.
Ritchie, John
Rittenhoiise, Carolyn C.
Ritter, William E.
Ritzer, Robert
Rivas, D.

Robertson, George
Robertson, Jr., H. C.
Robinson, Leland H.
Rogers, Arthur
Rogers, Delia
Rogers, F. J.
Rogers, F. AI.
Rolfs, P. H.
Rose, Alexander
Rose, George E.
Rose, Lewis H.
Ross, W. H.

Ross, Walter N.
Rossger, Max
Rouiller, C. A.
Roush, G. A.
Routt, Alphonso
Rubin, J.
Ruediger, Gustav
Ruggles, C. C.
Rulison, Harry
Russell, Edward J.
Saadi, Abdul Mahmud
Sakolski, A. H.
Sanderlin, Georgia
Sanderson, J. C.
Sanderson, Maude
Sanford, M. R.
Sanford, Samuel
Saposs, David J.
Sargent, Porter E.
Savary, M. G. R.
Schellenberg, H. C.
Scholfield, Lillie L.
Scott, Augusta
Scott, John F.
Scott, J. W.
Scott, Richard L.
Scroggs, William O.
Selden, Rich L.
Sellards, Elias H.
Semple, Harry
Sergi, G.
Seymour, A. B.
Seymour, T. D. (a)
Shadbolt, Cora
Shadinger, G. H.
Sharpies, Alice W.
Shaw, Charles H.
Shaw, CM. _
Sheets, Beatrice
Shefifer, Miss M.
Shelden, A. E.
Shepherd, W. T.
Sherburne, Gardner
Sherfif. E. E.
Sherrill, M. S.
Shimek, E.
Shipley, J. W.
Shippen, L. P.
Shiras, George 3rd
Shumway, C. D.
Siegrist. A.
Sill, H. F.
Simons, Etoile B.
Sioussat, St. George L.
Skonberg, E. K.
Sladky, A. C.
Slagel, E. A.
Smallwood, Mabel E.
vSmith, Charles H.
Smith, Elliott
Smith, Edgar F. (a)
Smith, E. M.
Smith, George W.
Smith, Grant
Smith, H. N.
Smith, John B.
Smith, J. Russell

PERSONS ENGAGED IN VARIOUS ACTIVITIES.

257

Smith, L. F.
Smith, Lucy W.
Smith, Marian C.
Smith, Theodate L.
Smith, William R.
Snape, Albert
Snowden, Louise H.
Snowden, Yates
Soderberg, Nathaniel F.
Soderberg, Viktor
Solberg, J. C.
Solem, Martin
Sommer, Frederick R.
Spaeth, Reginald A.
Spaulding, Edward G.
bpedden, E. R.
Speyers, Clarence L.
Spofford, A. R.
Sprague, R. J.
Spurr, J. F.
Staehler, Arthur
Starks, Edwin C.
Steckbeck, D. W.
Steele, H. Wirt
Stein, R.

Steineger, Miss T.
Steinmetz, Charles P. (a^
Stevens, Charlotte S.
Stevens, F. L.
Stevens, Hattie L
Stevens, Ida M.
Stewart, O. T.
Stickney, Malcolm E.
Stiles, Florence F.
Stockton, F. T.
Stoddard, Charles J.
Stoddard, H. W.
Stoek, H. H.
Stokes, J. F. G.
Stone, Ormond (a)
Stone, Reilley
Streeter, George L.
Strickland, J. C.
Strong, R. M.
Strong, S. W.
Sumner, Helen L.
Surface, G. T.
Susan, Alice F.
Swanson, W. W.
Sawyer, C. C.
Sweetser, Albert R.
Swett, E. M.
Swift, Louis L.
Swingle, Deane B.
Swingle, Walter T.
Sydenstricker, Edgar
Sykes, Stanley
Tanneberger, M.
Tarbox, Mary E.
Taveau. R. de M.
Tayler, Li la
Taylor, A. H.
Taylor, Henry C.
Taylor, J. J.
Taylor, John R.
Temple, J. C.
Terry, Oliver P.

Thibault, L. H.
Thomas, Charles L.
Thomas, David Y.
Thompson, — .
Thompson, Christian
Thompson, Elihu
Thompson, J. G.
Thompson, Lucy C. D.
Thorvaldson, Thorbergur
Thurston, R. H. (a)
Tilley, G. S.
Tillinghast, J. A.
Timberlake, H. G.
Tingle, J. Bishop
Tinnermann, Mrs. Otto
Tittmann, O. H. (a)
Tolman, William H.
Tompkins, Bessie M.
Tormey, John L.
Tower, Walter S.
Towles, John K.
Townsend, A. B.
Tracy, George
Trelease, William
Tunell, G. G.
Turk, John
Turner, B. B.
Tuttle, Lucius
Underbill, Frank P. _
LTnderwood, J. Harding
Usher, R. J.
Van Hise, Charles R.
Van Kleeck, Helen
Van Santford, M. M.
Varela, Edmund A.
Veazey, T. A.
Veazey, W. R.
Vinal, W. G.
Vischer, S. S.
von Dachenhausen, F.
von Hagen, Freiherr
von Hornbostel, E.
Voter, Perley C.
Waggoner, C. W.
Waldo, Leonard
Waldron, C. L.
Waldron. L. R.
Walker, E.L. .
Walker, Francis
Wallace, Louise B.
Wallis, L. G.
Walradt, Henry F.
Walter, H. E.
Wardwell, H. F.
Waring, G. A.
Warner, Langdon
Warwick, H. L.
Washburn, Edward W.
Washburn, F. L.
Waters, Charles M.
Watts, C. F.
Watts, O. P.
Way, Royal B.
Webber, H. M.
Weber, R.
Weckerly, C. A.
Wedemeier, F. H.

Weed, Ida
Weeks, Arline G.
Weeks, F. B.
Weeks, H. C.
Weld, L. D. H.
Weller, Stuart
Wells, George F.
Wells, H. Gideon
Wells, Louise D.
West, A. F.
West, A. P.
Weston, N. A.
Wheeler, J. R.
White, E. P. Corson
Whitehead, John B.
Whitney, David D.
Whitney, Elsie C.
Whittlesey, W. L.
Wick, Frances G.
Wildhagen, K.
Wilgus, Horace A.
Wilhoit, Evelyn E.
Williams, Henry S. (a)
Williams, Ira A.
Williams, Stephen R.
Williamson, C. C.
Willing, T. N.
Williston, S. W.
Wilmarth, Walter G.
Wilson, Bertram A.
Wilson, Calvin D.
Wilson, H. V.
Wilson, J. Hunt
Wilson, William M. L.
Wing, David L.
Winninghoflf, Wilford J.
Winslow, A. M.
Wirt, John L.
Wiseman, Gertrude
Witte, E. E.
Wolderich, Wilhelm
Wolfe, F. E.
Wood, Beatrice D.
Wood, Frederick A.
Wood, H. O.
Woodward, Carlton H.
Woodward, Truman S.
Worsham, W. A.
Wright, Miss E. J.
Wright, James M.
Wright, Jr., R. R.
Wright, Jr., Walter L.
Wrinch, Frank S.
Wyckoff, Alice F.
Yamanouchi, Shigeo
Yeomans, Miss E. L.
Yerkes, R. M.
Yore, Bernard
Young, Allen A.
Young, F. G.
Young, Rachel
Zahm, Albert F.
Zeller, Carl
Zerban, Fritz
Zies, E. G.
Zimowski, Henry

17 — YB

PUBLICATIONS

OF THE

CARNEGIE INSTITUTION OF WASHINGTON

PRIOR TO DECEMBER 1. 1911,

WITH INDEX OF AUTHORS.

The Carnegie Institution of Washington has issued or has in press the
publications listed herewith. Copies of each publication, except the Index
Medicus, are sent gratuitously as issued to a limited list of the greater libra-
ries of the world, while the remainder of the edition is held for sale at a
price sufficient only to cover the cost of publication and of transportation to
purchasers. The editions are necessarily restricted, and no copies are do-
nated except to the list referred to above.

An index of the authors of the publications of the Institution, together
with associates and authors making reports which appear in the Year Books,
will be found on pp. 269-282.

Correspondents desiring price-lists, as issued, may have them by furnish-
ing requisite addresses. Descriptive lists of the books will also be sent to
those interested in special classes of publications. These lists are classified
as follows:

Index Medicus. History, Economics and Sociology, Arche-
Nutrition, etc. ology, Folk-Lore, Literature, Phil-

Botany, ology.

Experimental Evolution and Heredity. Chemistry and Physics.

Zoology. Astronomy and Mathematics.

Geology. Engineering.

Address all communications to the

Carnegie Institution of Washington, Washington, D. C.

De;cember I, 191 1.

259

26o CARNEGIE INSTITUTION OF WASHINGTON.

LIST OF PUBLICATIONS.

Index Medicus (Second Series) : A monthly classified record of the current medical
literature of the world. Edited by Fielding H. Garrison, M. D.

Year Book No. i, 1902. Octavo, 351 pages.

No. 2, 1903. Octavo, 371 pages.

No. 3, 1904. Octavo, 305 pages, 6 plates.

No. 4, 1905. Octavo, VIII + 303 pages, 7 plates.

No. 5, 1906. Octavo, VIII + 266 pages, 13 plates.

No. 6, 1907. Octavo, vii + 242 pages, 11 plates.

No. 7, 1908. Octavo, vii + 240 pages, 12 plates.

No. 8, 1909. Octavo, vii+ 260 pages, 16 plates.

No. 9, 1910. Octavo, XVI + 258 pages, 5 plates.

No. 10, 1911. Octavo, in press.

1. The Carnegie Institution of Washington, D. C. Octavo, 16 pages. Out of print.

2. Articles of Incorporation, etc. Octavo, 15 pages. Out of print.

3. Proceedings of Board of Trustees. Octavo, 15 pages. Out of print.

[The matter contained in Nos. i, 2, and 3 is embodied in Year Book No. i.]

4. CoNARD, H. S. The Waterlilies. A monograph of the Genus Nymphsea. Quarto,

XIII + 279 pages, 30 plates, including 12 plates colored to life, 82 text figures.

5. BuRNHAM, S. W. General Catalogue of Double Stars within 121° of the North

Pole. Quarto, 2 vols. Vol. i, The Catalogue, lv + 256 (256a-256r) pages.
Vol. 2, Notes to the Catalogue, viii + 257-1086 pages.

6. CoviLLE, F. v., and D. T. MacDougal. Desert Botanical Laboratory of the Car-

negie Institution. Octavo, vi + 58 pages, 29 plates.

7. Richards, T. W., and W. N. Stull. New Method for Determining Compressibil-

ity. Octavo, 45 pages, 5 text figures.

8. Farlow, W. G. Bibliographic Index of North American Fungi. Octavo. Vol. I,

part I, xxxv + 312 pp. Vol. i, part 2, and vol. 2. In preparation.

9. Hill, George William. The Collected Mathematical Works of George William

Hill. Quarto, 4 vols. Vol. i, xviii + 363 pages; Vol. 2, vii+ 339 pages;
Vol. 3, 577 pages ; Vol. 4, vi + 460 pages.

10. Newcomb, Simon. Contributions to Stellar Statistics. On the Position of the

Galactic and Other Principal Planes Toward which the Stars Tend to
Crowd. Quarto, 30 pages.

11. Newcomb, Simon. A Statistical Inquiry into the Probability of Causes of the Pro-

duction of Sex in Human Offspring. Octavo, 34 pages.

12. Noguchi, Hideyo. The Action of Snake Venom upon Cold-blooded Animals. Oc-

tavo, 16 pages. (Embodied in Publication No. iii.)

13. Adams, E. D. Influence of Grenville on Pitt's Foreign Policy, 1787-1798. Octavo,

79 pages.

14. Van Tyne, C. H., and W. G. LEland. Guide to Archives of the Government of

the United States in Washington. Octavo, xiii + 215 pages. Out of print.
(See Publication No. 92.)

15. MoTTiER, D. M. Fecundation in Plants. Octavo, viii + 187 pages, 75 text figures.

16. Jennings, H. S. Contributions to the Study of the Behavior of Lower Organisms.

Octavo, 256 pages, 81 text figures.

17. DorsEy, G. a. Traditions of the Arikara. Octavo, 202 pages.

18. (See No. 68.) Morse, Albert P. Researches on North American Acridiidae. Oc-

tavo, 56 pages, 8 plates.

19. Enteman, Wilhelmine M. Coloration in Polistes. Octavo, 88 pages, 6 colored

plates, 2^ text figures.

20. DuERDEN, J. E. The Coral Siderastrea radians. Quarto, v+ 130 pages, n plates,

13 text figures.

21. DoRSEY, G. A. Mythology of the Wichita. Octavo, viii + 351 pages.

22. McLaughlin, A. C. Report on the Diplomatic Archives of the Department of

State, 1789-1840. Octavo, "JZ pages.

22. Revised edition of the preceding.

23. Castle, W. E. Heredity of Coat Characters in Guinea-pigs and Rabbits. (Paper

No. I. Station for Experimental Evolution.) Octavo, 78 pages, 6 plates,
8 text figures.

PUBLICATIONS OF THE INSTITUTION. 261

24. (See No. 81.) MacDougal, D. T., A. M. Vail, G. H. Shull, and J. K. Small.

Mutants and Hybrids of the Oenotheras. (Paper No. 2, Station for Experi-
mental Evolution.) Octavo, 57 pages, 22 plates.

25. GuLiCK, J. T. Evolution, Racial and Habitudinal. Octavo, xii + 269 pp., 5 pis.

26. PuMPELLY, Raphael, W. M. Davis, R. W. Pumpelly, and Ellsworth Hunting-

ton. Explorations in Turkestan, v^rith an Account of the Basin of Eastern
Persia and Sistan. Expedition of 1903. Quarto, xii + 324 pages, 6 plates,
174 text figures.

27. Smith, Erwin F. Bacteria in Relation to Plant Diseases. Quarto, xii + 285

pages, 31 plates, 146 text figures.

. Vol. n. History, General Considerations, Vascular Diseases. Quarto,

VIII + 368 pages, 20 plates, 148 text figures.

28. Richards, T. W., and R. C. Wells. A Revision of the Atomic Weights of Sodium

and Chlorine. Octavo, 70 pages.

29. Baird, J. W. The Color Sensitivity of the Peripheral Retina. Octavo, 80 pages.

30. Shull, G. H. Stages in the Development of Sium cicutaefoHum. (Paper No. 3,

Station for Experimental Evolution.) Octavo, 28 pp., 7 pis., 11 figures.

31. Day, Arthur L., E. T. Allen, J. P. Iddincs, and G. F. Becker. The Isomorphism

and Thermal Properties of the Feldspars. Part I, Thermal Study; by A. L.
Day and E. T. Allen. Part H, Optical Study; by J. P. Iddings, with an
Introduction by G. F. Becker. Octavo, 95 pages, 26 plates, 25 text figures.

32. Dean, Bashford. Chimseroicj Fishes and their Development. Quarto, 194 pages,

II plates, 144 text figures.

33. Parkhurst, J. A. Researches in Stellar Photometrj'. Quarto, 192 pages, 13 plates,

39 text figures.

34. WiELAND, G. R. American Fossil Cycads. Quarto, viii + 296 pages, 51 plates, 141

text figures.

35. (See Nos. 65 and 97.) Coblentz, W. W. Investigations of Infra-red Spectra.

Part I. Infra-red Absorption Spectra. Part II. Infra-red Emission Spectra.
Octavo, 331 pages, 152 text figures.

36. Stevens, N. M. Studies in Spermatogenesis, with especial reference to the "Acces-

sory Chromosome." Octavo, 32 pages, 7 plates.

. Part II : A Comparative Study of the Heterochromosomes in Certain

Species of Coleoptera, Hemiptera, and Lepidoptera, with especial reference to
Sex Determination. Octavo, pages 33-74, plates viii-xv.

37. Harper, R. A. Sexual Reproduction and the Organization of the Nucleus in Cer-

tain Mildews. Octavo, 104 pages, 7 plates.

38. McLaughlin, A. C, W. A. Slade, and E. D. Lewis. Writingson American His-

tory, 1903. A bibliography of books and articles on United States History
published during the year 1903, with some memoranda on other portions of
America. Octavo, xiv -f 172 pages.

39. Handbook of Learned Societies and Institutions — North and South America. Oc-

tavo, viii + 592 pages.

40. (See Nos. 62 and 96.) Barus, Carl. The Nucleation of the Uncontaminated

Atmosphere. Octavo, xii + 152 pages, 104 figures.

41. DoRSEY, G. A. Traditions of the Caddo. Octavo, 136 pages.

42. Atw.^ter, W. O., and F. G. Benedict. A Respiration Calorimeter with Appliances

for the Direct Determination of Oxygen. Octavo, 193 pages, 49 figures.

43. Peters, C. H. F. Heliographic Positions of Sun-spots, observed at Hamilton Col-

lege from i860 to 1870. (Edited by E. B. Frost.) Quarto, xiii -f 189 pages.

44. Scripture, E. W. Researches in Experimental Phonetics. The Study of Speech

Curves. Quarto, 204 pages, 13 plates, 138 text figures.

45. FuRNESs, Caroline E. Catalogue of Stars within two degrees of the North Pole,

deduced from Photographic Measures. Octavo, 85 pages.

46. Adams, F. D., and E. G. Coker. An Investigation into the Elastic Constants of

Rocks, more especially with reference to Cubic Compressibility. Octavo, 69
pages, 16 plates, 26 text figures.

47. Mayer, A. G. Rhythmical Pulsation in Scyphomedusse. Octavo, 62 pages, 2 plates,

36 text figures.

48. Tower, W. L. An Investigation of Evolution in Chrysomelid Beetles of the Genus

Leptinotarsa. (Paper No. 4, Station for Experimental Evolution.) Octavo-
X + 320 pages, 30 plates, 31 text figures.

262 CARNEGIE INSTITUTION OF WASHINGTON.

40 Castle, W. E., and Alexander Forbes. Octavo, 29 pages, 2 figures

Heredity of Hair-length in Guinea-pigs, and its Bearing on the Theory of Fure

Gametes. (Paper No. 5, Station for Experimental Evolution.) By W. E.

Castle and Alexander Forbes. , .r ^ o. .• r

The origin of a Polydactylous Race of Guinea-pigs. (Paper No. 6, btation for

Exp^erimental Evolution.) By W. E. Castle. ^ ., ,, .

50. Livingston, Burton E. The Relation of Desert Plants to Soil Moisture and to

Evaporation. Octavo, 78 pages, 16 text figures.
51 Stevens, N. M. Studies on the Germ Cells of Aphids. Octavo, 28 pages, 4 plates.
52.' Davenport, C. B. Inheritance in Poultry. (Paper No. 7, Station for Experimental

Evolution.) Octavo, v + 136 pages, 17 plates.

53. MiJLLER, W. Max. Egyptological Researches:

Vol. I. Results of a Journey in 1904. Quarto, 62 pages, 106 plates.

Vol. 2. Results of a Journey in 1906. Quarto, v + 188 pages, 47 pis., 68_ figures.

54. Willis, Bailey, Charles D. Walcott, and others. Research in China, in three

volumes and atlas.

Vol. I in two parts.

Part I. Descriptive Topography and Geology; by BailEy Willis, Eliot Black-
welder, and R. H. Sargent. Quarto, pages xiv + 353 + xvi, plates i-Li, 65
text figures. n. „ , , ,

Part n. Petrography and Zoology; by Eliot BlackwElder. Syllabary for the
Transcription of Chinese Sounds; by Friedrich Hirth. Quarto, pages
VI + 355-528 + xvii-xxiv, plates lh-Lxiii (including 6 plates of birds colored
to life).

Atlas. By BailEy Willis, Eliot Blackwelder, and R. H. Sargent. Folio. 42
maps and 21 other illustrations.

Vol. 2. Systematic Geology. By BailEy Willis. Quarto, pp. v + 133 + v, 8 pis.

Vol. 3. Paleontology. By Charles D. Walcott, Stuart Weller, and George H.
Girtv. Quarto. In preparation.

55. Case, E. C. A Revision of the Pelycosauria of North America. Quarto, 176 pages,

35 plates, 73 text figures.

56. Richards, T. W., and G. S. Forbes. The Energy Changes Involved in the Dilution

of Zinc and Cadmium Amalgams. Octavo, 68 pages, 10 figures.

57. Washington, H. S. The Roman Comagmatic Region. Octavo, vi + 199 pages,

3 text figures.

58. Pearl, Raymond. Variation and Diflferentiation in Ceratophyllum. Octavo, 136

pages, 2 plates, 26 text figures.

59. DoRSEY, G. A. The Pawnee: Mythology (Part i). Octavo, 546 pages.

60. (See Nos. 80, no, 130, 160.) Jones, Harry C, assisted by F. H. Getman, H. P.

BassETT, L. McMaster, and H. S. UhlER. Hydrates in Aqueous Solution.
Octavo, VIII + 264 pages, 35 plates, 76 text figures.

61. Richards, T. W., and G. E. Behr. The Electromotive Force of Iron under Vary-

ing Conditions, and the Effect of Occluded Hydrogen. Octavo, 43 pages,
6 text figures.

62. (See Nos. 40 and 96.) Barus, Carl. Condensation of Vapor as induced by Nuclei

and by Ions. Octavo, x + 164 pages, 66 text figures.

63. NoYES, Arthur A., assisted by W. D. Coolidge, A. C. Melcher, H. C. Cooper,

YoGORO Kato, R. B. Sosman, G. W. Eastman, C. W. Kanolt, and W. Bott-
GER. The Electrical Conductivity of Aqueous Solutions. Octavo, vi + 352
pages, 20 text figures.

64. Pearl, Raymond, and A. B. Clawson. Variation and Correlation in the Crayfish,

with special reference to the Influence of Differentiation and Homology of
Parts. Octavo, 70 pages, 8 text figures.

65. (See Nos. 35 and 97.) Coblentz, W. W. Investigations of Infra-red Spectra. III.

Infra-red Transmission Spectra. IV. Infra-red Reflection Spectra. Octavo,
128 pages, 93 text figures.

66. Goss, W. F. M. High Steam Pressures in Locomotive Service. Octavo, 144 pages,

120 text figures, 12 plates.

67. Banta, a. M. The Fauna of Mayfield's Cave. Octavo, 114 pages, 2 plates, 13 text

figures.

68. (See No. 18.) Morse, A. P. Further Researches on North American Acridiidae.

Octavo, 54 pages, 10 plates, i text figure.

69. Richards, T. W., assisted by Arthur Staehler, G. S. Forbes, Edward Mueller,

and Grinnell Jones. Further Researches concerning Atomic Weights of
Potassium, Silver, Chlorine, Bromine, Nitrogen, and Sulphur. Octavo, 88
pages, 4 text figures.

PUBLICATIONS OF THE INSTITUTION. 263

70. MacCurdy, Hansford, and W. E. Castle. Selection and Cross-breeding in rela-

tion to the Inheritance of Coat-pigments and Coat-patterns in Rats and
Guinea-pigs. (Paper No. 8, Station for Experimental Evolution.) Octavo,
50 pages, 2 plates, 5 text figures.

71. UhlEr, H. S., and R. W. Wood. Atlas of Absorption Spectra. Quarto, 59 pages,

26 plates, 7 text figures.

72. Newcomb, Simon, assisted by Frank E. Ross. Investigation of Inequalities in the

Motion of the Moon produced by the Action of the Planets. Quarto, viii +
160 pages. . .

73. PuMPELLY, Raphael, ET al. Explorations in Turkestan, Expedition of 1904. Pre-

historic Civilizations of Anau. In two volumes. Quarto.
Vol. I. Reports by Raphael Pumpelly and Hubert Schmidt, with contributions

by Homer Kidder, Ellsworth Huntington, and F. A. Gooch. Pages

XXXV + 1-240 + VI, plates 1-60, and text figures i-430-
Vol. 2. Reports by R. W. Pumpelly and J. U. DuErst, with contributions by

G. Sergi, Th. Mollison, H. C. Schellenberg, and Langdon Warner. Pages

X -f 241-494 + X, plates 61-97, and text figures 431-548.

74. SoMMER, H. Oskar. Vulgate Version of the Arthurian Romances : Edited from

MSS. in the British Museum. Quarto.
Vol. I. Lestoire del Saint Graal, 296 pages.
Vol. II. Lestoire de Merlin, 466 pages.
Vol. HI. Le Livre de Lancelot del Lac, Part I, 430 pages.
Vol. IV. Le Livre de Lancelot del Lac, Part II, 399 pages.
Vol. V. Le Livre de Lancelot del Lac, Part HI, 474 pages. In press.
Vol. VI. Les Aventures ou La Queste del Saint Graal. La Mort le Roy Artus.

In press.
Vol. VII. Supplement : Le Livre d'Artus. MS. No. 337, Bibliotheque Nationale.

In press.

75. Hay, O. p. The Fossil Turtles of North America. Quarto, iv + 568 pages, 113

plates, 704 text figures.

76. Richards, T. W. The Compressibilities of the Elements, and Their Periodic Rela-

tions. Octavo, 67 pages, 8 text figures.
"JT. Benedict, F. G. The Influence of Inanition on Metabolism. Octavo, vii + 542
pages, 2 text figures.

78. Shaw, James ByrniE. Synopsis of Linear Associative Algebra: A Report on its

Natural Development and the Results reached up to the present time.
Quarto, 145 pages.

79. DuRAND, W. F. Researches on the Performance of the Screw Propeller. Octavo,

61 pages, 85 text figures.

80. (See Nos. 60, no, 130, 160.) Jones, Harry C, assisted by C. F. Lindsay, C. G.

Carroll, H. P. Bassett, E. C. Bingham, C. A. Rouiller, L. McMaster, and
W. R. VeazEy. Conductivity and Viscosity in Mixed Solvents. Octavo,
V + 23s pages, 103 text figures.

81. (See No. 24.) MacDougal, D. T., A. M. Vail, and G. H. Shull. Mutations,

Variations, and Relationships of the Oenotheras. (Paper No. 9, Station for
Experimental Evolution.) Octavo, 9 pages, 22 plates, 73 text figures.

82. Lloyd, Francis E. The Physiology of Stomata. Octavo, 142 pages, 40 text fig-

ures, 14 plates.

83. Perez, Luis Marino. Guide to the Materials for American History in Cuban

Archives. Octavo, x + 142 pages.

84. Osborne, Thomas B. The Proteins of the Wheat Kernel. Octavo, 119 pages.

85. Hasse, Adelaide R. Index of Economic Material in the Documents of the States

of the United States. Prepared for and under the direction of the Depart-
ment of Economics and Sociology of the Carnegie Institution of Washington.
Separate volume for each State. Quarto.

85 (Maine) (1820-1904), 95 pages.

85 (New Hampshire) (i 789-1 904), 66 pages.

85 (Vermont) (i 789-1 904), 71 pages.

85 (Massachusetts) (1789-1904), 3iopages.

85 (Rhode Island) (1789-1904), 95 pages.

85 (New York) (i 789-1904), 553 pages.

85 (California) (1849-1904), 316 pages.

85 (Illinois) (1809-1904). 393 pages.

85 (Kentucky) (1792-1904), 452 pages.

85 (Delaware) (1789-1904), 137 pages.

85 (Ohio) (1787-1904), in press.

264 CARNEGIE INSTITUTION OF WASHINGTON,

86. Barnard, E. E. Atlas of the Milky Way. Large quarto. In preparation.

87. The California Earthquake of April 18, 1906. Report of the State Earthquake In-

vestigation Commission, Andrew C. Lawson, Chairman. Quarto, two vol-
umes and Atlas.
Vol. I (in 2 parts). Report of the Commission.

Part I, pages xviii + 254, plates 1-98, text figures 1-54.
Part II, pages 255-451, plates 99-146, text figures 55-69-
Atlas contains 25 maps relating to volume i and 15 sheets of seismograms re-
lating to volume 2.
Vol. 2. The Mechanics of the Earthquake. By H. F. Reid. viii + 192 pages,
2 plates, 62 text figures.

88. BjERKNES, v., and J. W. Sandstrom. Dynamic Meteorology and Hydrography.

Part I, Statics. Quarto, pages 146 + ia-36a, ib-3ob, and ic-22c.

, BjERKNES, v., Th. Hesselberg and O. Devik. Part II, Kinematics.

Quarto, ix + 175 pages, 113 text figures. (With Atlas of 60 charts.)

89. HoDEEL, Charles W. The Old Yellow Book: Source of Browning's "The Ring

and the Book." Octavo, cclxii + 345 pages, 4 plates.

90. Andrews, Charles M., and Frances G. Davenport. Guide to the Manuscript Ma-

terials for the History of the United States to 1783 in the British Museum,
in Minor London Archives, and in the Libraries of Oxford and Cambridge.
Octavo, XIV + 499 pages.

91. Shepherd, W. R. Guide to the Materials for the History of the United States in

Spanish Archives (Simancas, the Archivo Historic© Nacional, and Seville).
Octavo, 107 pages.

92. Van TynE, C. H., and W. G. Leland. Guide to the Archives of the Government

of the United States in Washington. Revised and enlarged edition of Pub-
lication No. 14. Octavo, xiii + 327 pages.

93. Hale, George E., and Philip Fox. The Rotation Period of the Sun, as determined

by the Motion of the Calcium Flocculi. Octavo, 54 pp., 2 plates, 5 figures.

94. CoNARD, Henry S. The Structure and Life-history of the Hay-scented Fern.

Octavo, 56 pages, 25 plates.

95. Davenport, C. B. Inheritance in Canaries. (Paper No. 10, Station for Experi-

mental Evolution.) Octavo, 26 pages, 3 plates colored to life.

96. (See Nos. 40 and 62.) Barus, Carl. Condensation of Vapor as induced by Nuclei

and by Ions. Report III. Octavo, vi -f- 139 pages, 48 text figures.

. Condensation of Vapor as induced by Nuclei and by Ions. Report IV.

Octavo, viii -+- 84 pages, 21 text figures.

97. (See Nos. 35 and 65.) CoblEntz, W. W. Supplementary Investigations of Infra-

red Spectra. V. Infra-red Reflection Spectra. VI. Infra-red Transmission
Spectra. VII. Infra-red Emission Spectra. Octavo, 183 pp., 107 figures,
f Cannon, W. A. The Topography of the Chlorophyll Apparatus in Desert Plants.
qo J Octavo, 42 pages, 15 text figures, 5 plates.

'1 Knox, Alice A. Induction, Development, and Heritability of Fasciations. Octavo,
t 20 pages, I text figure, 5 plates.

99. MacDougal, D. T. Botanical Features of North American Deserts. Octavo,

IV 4- III pages, 62 plates, 6 text figures.
100. Ward, William Hayes. The Seal Cylinders of Western Asia. Quarto, xxix +

428 pages, 1500 text figures.
loi. LuTz, Frank E. The Variation and Correlation of the Taxonomic characters of
Gryllus. (Paper No. 11, Station for Experimental Evolution.) Octavo, 63
pages, 6 text figures.
102. Papers from the Tortugas Laboratory of the Carnegie Institution of Washington.
Octavo, v -+- 191 pages, 41 text figures, 43 plates.
This book contains the following papers, not sold separately:

Jordan, H. E. — The Germinal Spot in Echinoderm Eggs. 12 pages.

Jordan, H. E. — The Spermatogenesis of Aplopus mayeri. 24 pages, s plates.

Jordan, H. E. — The Relation of the Nucleolus to the Chromosomes in the Primary Oocyte of
Asterias forbesii. 36 pages, 7 plates.

Brooks, W. K. — Pelagic Tunicata of the Gulf Stream. Part II, Salpa floridana. Part III,
The Subgenus Cyclosalpa. Part IV, On Oikopleura tortugensis, a new Appendicularian
from the Dry Tortugas, with Notes on its Embryology. 16 pages, 8 plates.

Brooks, W. K., and B. McGlone. — Origin of the Lung of Ampullaria. 8 pages, 7 plates.

Mayer, A. G. — The Annual Breeding-swarm of the Atlantic Palolo. 8 pages, i plate.

Mayer, A. G. — Rhythmical Pulsation in Scyphomeduss. 18 pages.

Perkins, H. F. — Notes on Medusae of the Western Atlantic. 84 pages, 4 plates.

Linton, Edwin. — Helminth Fauna of the Dry Tortugas. I, Cestodes. 34 pages. 11 plates.

Edmondson, C. H. — A Variety of Anisonema vitrea. 1 page.

PUBLICATIONS OF THE INSTITUTION. 265

103. Papers from the Tortugas Laboratory of the Carnegie Institution of Washington.

Octavo, V + 325 pages, 62 text figures, 41 plates.
This book contains the following papers, not sold separately:

CowLES, R. P. — Habits, Reactions, and Associations in Ocypoda arcnaria. 41 pages, 4 plates.

Stockard, C. R. — Habits, Reactions, and Mating Instincts of the Walking-stick. 17 pages,
3 plates.

Stockard, C. R. — Studies of Tissue Growth: I. An Experimental Study of the Rate of Re-
generation in Cassiopea xamachana. 42 pages.

Zeleny, Charles. — Some Internal Factors Concerned with the Regeneration of the Chelae of
the Gulf-weed Crab. 36 pages.

Chapman, F. M. — A Contribution to the L,ife-histories of the Booby and Man-o'-war Bird.
13 pages, 6 plates.

CoNKLiN, F. G. — The Habits and Early Development of Linerges mercuriiis. 18 pages, 8
plates.

CoNKLiN, E. G. — Two Peculiar Actinian Larvae from Tortugas, Florida. 16 pages, 4 plates.

Watson, J. B. — The Behavior of Noddy and Sooty Terns. 69 pages, 11 plates.

Reighard, Jacob. — An Experimental Field Study of Warning Coloration in Coral-reef Fishes.
69 pages, 5 plates.

104. EiGENMANN, Carl H. Cave Vertebrates of America: A Study in Degenerative

Evolution. Quarto, ix + 241 pages, 31 plates, 72 text figures.

105. Lehmer, Derrick N. Factor Table for the First Ten Millions, containing the

smallest factor of every number not divisible by 2, 3, 5, or 7 between the
limits o and 10017000. Folio, xiv + 476 pages.

106. Chamberun, R. T. Contributions to Cosmogony and the Fundamental Problems

of Geology. Gases in Rocks. Octavo, 80 pages.

107. Chamberlin, T. C, ET al. Contributions to Cosmogony and the Fundamental

problems of Geology. The Tidal and Other Problems. Octavo, iv + 264
pages, ig text figures.
This book contains the following papers, not sold separately:

I. The Tidal Problem:

Chamberlin, T. C. — Former Rates of the Earth's Rotation and their Bearings on its
Deformation.

Slichter, Charles S. — The Rotation Period of a Heterogeneous Spheroid.

MacMillan, William D. — On the Loss of Energy by Friction of the Tides.

Moulton, F. R. — On Certain Relations among Possible Changes in the Motions of Mu-
tually Attracting Spheres when disturbed by Tidal Interactions.

Moulton, F. R. — Notes on the Possibility of Fission of a Contracting Rotating Fluid Mass.

Chamberlin, T. C— The Bearing of Molecular Activity on Spontaneous Fission in Gase-
ous Spheroids.

II. Lunn, Arthur C. — Geophysical Theory under the Planetesimal Hypothesis.

III. Stieglitz, Julius. — Relations of Equilibrium between the Carbon Dioxide of the Atmos-
phere and the Calcium Sulphate, Calcium Carbonate, and Calcium Bicarbonate of Water
Solutions in Contact with it.

108. Van Deman, Esther B. The Atrium Vestae. Octavo, xii + 47 pages, 17 plates.

109. Mayer, Alfred G. The Medusae of the World. Quarto. Three volumes.

Vol. I. The Hydromedusae, pages 1-230 + xv, plates 1-29, text figures 1-119.
Vol. II. The Hydromedusse (continued), pages 231-498 + xv, plates 30-55, text

figures 120-327.
Vol. III. The Scyphomedusae, pages m + 499-735, plates 56-76, text figures

328-425.
iio. (See Nos. 60, 80, 130, and 160.) JoNES, Harry C, and John A. Anderson. The

Absorption Spectra of Solutions. Octavo, vi + no pages, 81 plates.

111. NoGUCHi, HiDEYO. Snake Venoms: An Investigation of Venomous Snakes, with

Special Reference to the Phenomena of their Venoms. Octavo, xvii + 315
pages, 33 plates, 16 text figures.

112. Shull, G. H. Bursa bursa-pastoris and Bursa heegeri : Biotypes and Hybrids.

(Paper No. 12, Station for Experimental Evolution.) Octavo, 57 pages,
4 plates, 23 text figures.

113. Spalding, Volney M. Distribution and Movements of Desert Plants. Octavo,

v + 144 pages, 31 plates, 3 text figures.

114. Castle, W. E., ET al. Studies of Inheritance in Rabbits. (Paper No. 13, Station

for Experimental Evolution.) Octavo, 70 pages, 4 plates.

115. Boss, Lewis. Preliminary General Catalogue of 6,188 Stars for the Epoch 1900,

including those visible to the naked eye and other well-determined Stars.
Quarto, xxxvii + 345 pages.

116. Reichert, Edward T., and Amos P. Brown. The Differentiation and Specificity

of Corresponding Proteins and other Vital Substances in relation to Bio-
logical Classification and Organic Evolution : The Crystallography of Hemo-
globins. Quarto, xix -f 338 pages, 100 plates, 411 text figures.

117. Cannon, W. A. Studies in Heredity as Illustrated by the Trichomes of Species

and Hybrids of Juglans, Oenothera, Papaver, and Solanum. Octavo, iii + 67
pages, 10 plates, 20 text figures.

266 CARNEGIE INSTITUTION OF WASHINGTON.

Ii8. Richards, Theodore W., with collaboration of J. Hunt Wilson and R. N.
Garrod-Thomas. Electrochemical Investigation of Liquid Amalgams of
Thallium, Indium, Tin, Zinc, Cadmium, Lead, Copper, and Lithium. Oc-
tavo, HI + ^T. pages, 12 text figures.

1 19. Perrine, Charles D. Determination of the Solar Parallax from Photographs of

Eros made with the Crossley Reflector of the Lick Observatory. Quarto,
V + 98 pages, I plate, 2 text figures.

120. Decker, Floyd F. The Symmetric Function Tables of the Fifteenthic. Quarto,

21 pages.

121. Davenport, C. B. Inheritance of Characteristics in Domestic Fowl. (Paper No. 14,

Station for Experimental Evolution.) Quarto, 100 pages, 12 colored plates.

122. Johnson, RoswEll H. Determinate Evolution in the Color Pattern of the Lady

Beetles. (Paper No. 15, Station for Experimental Evolution.) Octavo,
IV + 104 pages, 92 text figures.

123. Benedict, Francis G., and Thorne M. Carpenter. Respiration Calorimeters for

Studying the Respiratory Exchange and Energy Transformations of Man.
Octavo, VII + 102 pages, 32 figures.

124. Robertson, James A. List of Documents in Spanish Archives relating to the

History of the United States, which have been Printed or of which Tran-
scripts are Preserved in American Libraries. Octavo, xv -^ 368 pages.

125. Richards, Theodore W., and H. H. Willard. Determinations of Atomic Weights.

Octavo, IV -}- 113 pages, 4 text figures.
This book contains the following papers, not sold separately:

Richards, T. W., and H. _ H. Willard.— Further Investigation concerning the Atomic

Weights of Silver, Lithium, and Chlorine.
Richards, T. W. — Harvard Determinations of Atomic Weights between 1870 and 1910.
Richards, T. W. — Methods Used in Precise Chemical Investigation.

126. Benedict, F. G., and T. M. Carpenter. The Metabolism and Energy Transfor-

mations of Healthy Man during Rest. Octavo, viii -f- 255 pages.

127. Goss, W. F. M. Superheated Steam in Locomotive Service. Octavo, v + 144

pages, 6 plates, 88 text figures.

128. Fish, C. R. Guide to the Materials for American History in Roman and other

Italian Archives. Octavo, i.x -{- 259 pages.

129. MacDougal, D. T., and W. A. Cannon. The Conditions of Parasitism in Plants.

Octavo, III -^ 60 pages, 10 plates, 2 text figures.

130. (See Nos. 60, 80, no, and 160.) Jones, Harry C, and W. W. Strong. A Study

of the Absorption Spectra of Solutions of Certain Salts of Potassium,
Cobalt, Nickel, Copper, Chromium, Erbium, Praseodymium, Neodymium,
and Uranium, as affected by Chemical Agents and by Temperature. Octavo,
IX -(- 159 pages, 98 plates.

131. Cannon, William A. The Root Habits of Desert Plants. Octavo, 96 pages, 23

plates, 17 text figures.

132. Papers from the Tortugas Laboratory of the Carnegie Institution of Washington.

Octavo, 152 pages, 37 text figures, 18 plates.
This book contains the following papers, not sold separately:

Mayer, Alfred G. — The Converse Relation between Ciliary and Neuro-muscular Movements.
Harvey, E. Newton. — Effect of Different Temperatures on the Medusa Cassiopea, with

Special Reference to the Rate of Conduction of the Nerve Impulse.
Stockard, Charles R. — The Influence of Regenerating Tissue on the Animal Body.
Hargitt, Charles W. — Cradactis variabilis : An Apparently New Tortugan Actinian.
McClendon, J. F. — On Adaptations in Structure and Habits of Some Marine Animals of

Tortugas, Florida.
Mast, S. O. — Behavior of the Loggerhead Turtle in Depositing its Eggs.
Hooker, Davenport. — Certain Reactions to Color in the Young Loggerhead Turtle.
Stromsten, Frank A.— A Contribution to the Anatomy and Development of the Posterior

Lymph Hearts of the Turtle.
Hartmeyer, R. — Polycitor (Eudistoma) mayeri nov. sp., from the Tortugas.
CowLES, R. P. — Reaction to Light and other points in the Behavior of the Star-fish.
Tennent, D. H., and V. H. Keiller. — The Anatomy of Pentaceros reticulatus.
Tennent, D. H. — Echinoderm Hybridization.

133. Papers from the Tortugas Laboratory of the Carnegie Institution of Washington,

Octavo, III + 185 pages, 17 text figures, 43 plates.
This book contains the following papers, not sold separately:

Pratt, H. S. — Monocotyle fioridana, a new monogenetic Trematode. 9 pages.

Linton, Edwin. — Helminth Fauna of the Dry Tortugas. II, Trematodes. 87 pages, 28

plates.
Vauchan, T. Wayland. — A Contribution to the Geologic History of the Floridian Plateau.

86 pages, 15 plates.

134. Churchill, William. The Polynesian Wanderings. Tracks of the Migration

deduced from an Examination of the Proto-Samoan Content of Efate and
other Languages of Melanesia. Octavo, viii -f- 516 pages, 2 plates.

PUBLICATIONS OF THE INSTITUTION. 26/

135. Baxter, G. P., in collaboration with M. A. Hines, H. L. Frevert, J. Hunt Wil-

son, F. B. Coffin, G. S. Tilley, Edward Mueller, R. H. Jesse, Jr., and
Grinnell Jones. Researches upon the Atomic Weights of Cadmium, Man-
ganese, Bromine, Lead, Arsenic, Iodine, Silver, etc. Octavo, vii + 185
pages, S text figures.

136. Benedict, Francis G., and Elliott P. Joslin. Metabolism in Diabetes Mellitus.

Octavo, VI -\- 234 pages, 2 plates.

137. Allison, William H. Inventory of Unpublished Material for American Re-

ligious History in Protestant Church Archives and other Repositories.
Octavo, vii -+- 254 pages.

138. Adams, Walter S., assisted by Jennie B. Lasby. An Investigation of the Rota-

tion Period of the Sun by Spectroscopic Methods. Quarto, iii -f 132 pages,
2 plates, 5 text figures.

139. Lloyd, Francis E. Guayule: A Rubber Plant of the Chihuahuan Desert. Oc-

tavo, VIII -|- 213 pages, 46 plates, 20 text figures.

140. Campbell, Douglas H. The Eusporangiatas : The Comparative Morphology of

the Ophioglossaceas and Marattiace^. Quarto, vi + 229 pages, 13 plates,
192 text figures.

141. MacDougal, D. T., and E. S. Spalding. Water Balance of Succulent Plants.

Octavo, IV + 77 pages, 8 plates, 16 text figures.

142. Long, J. A., and E. L. Mark. The Maturation of the Egg of the Mouse. Octavo,

IV -f 72 pages, 7 plates, 7 text figures.

143. LuTZ, Frank E. Experiments with Drosophila ampelophila, concerning Evolu-

tion. (Paper No. 16, Station for Experimental Evolution.) Octavo, iii -f-
40 pages, 53 text figures.

144. Castle. W. E., and J. C. Phillips. On Germinal Transplantation in Vertebrates.

(Paper No. 17, Station for Experimental Evolution.) Octavo, 26 pp., 2 pis.

145. Case, E. C. A Revision of the Cotylosauria of North America. Quarto, 122

pages, 14 plates, 52 text figures.

146. Case, E. C. Revision of the Amphibia and Pisces of the Permian of North

America. Quarto, 184 pages, 32 plates, 56 text figures.

147. Russell, Henry Norris. Determinations of Stellar Parallax, based upon Photo-

graphs taken at the Cambridge Observatory by Arthur R. Hinks and the
writer; with Magnitudes and Spectra determined at the Harvard College
Observatory under direction of Prof. E. C. Pickering. Quarto, vi + 142 pp.

148. Parker, D.'Kvid W. Calendar of Papers in Washington Archives relating to the

Territories of the United States. Octavo, 476 pages.

149. Barus, Carl. The Production of Elliptic Interferences in Relation to Inter-

ferometry. Octavo, vi -f 77 pages, 33 text figures.

150. Learned. Marion D. Guide to the Manuscript Material relating to American

History in the German State Archives. Octavo, vii -|- 324 pages. In press.

151. Stager, Henry W. A Sylow Factor Table of the First Twelve Thousand Nrmbers,

giving the Possible Number of Sub-Groups under Sylow's Theorem of a
Group of Given Order between the Limits of o and 12000. Folio. In press.

152. Nichols, Edward L., and Ernest Merritt. Studies in Luminescence. Octavo,

225 pages, 190 text figures. In press.

153. King, Arthur S. The Influence of a Magnetic Field upon the Spark Spectra of

Iron and Titanium. Quarto, 66 pages, 3 text figures. In press.

154. Churchill, William. Beach-la-mar : The Jargon or Trade Speech of the West-

ern Pacific. Octavo, 54 pages.

155. Benedict, Francis G., and Edgar P. Slack. A Comparative Study of Tempera-

ture Fluctuations in Different Parts of the Human Body. Octavo, v -|- 73
pages, 38 figures.

156. Osborne, Thomas B., and Lafayette B. Mendel. Feeding Experiments with

Isolated Food Substances. Octavo, 53 pages, 22 text figures.
. Part II. Octavo, pp. 55-136. In press.

157. Day, Arthur L., and Robert B. Sosman. High Temperature Gas Thermometry.

With an Investigation of the Metals, by E. T. Allen. Octavo, vi -J- 129
pages, I plate, 18 figures.

158. Wright, F. E. The Methods of Petrographic-Microscopic Research: Their Rela-

tive Accuracy and Range of Application. Octavo, 204 pages, 11 plates, 118
text figures. In press.

159. Howard, L. O., Harrison G. Dyar, and Frederick Knab. The Mosquitoes of

North and Central America and the West Indies. Octavo. In press.

268 CARNEGIE INSTITUTION OF WASHINGTON.

i6o. (See Nos. 60, 80, no, 130.) Jones, Harry C, and W. W. Strong. The Absorp-
tion Spectra of Solutions of Comparatively Rare Salts, including those of
Gadolinium, Dysprosium, and Samarium; the Spectrophotography of Cer-
tain Chemical Reactions, and the Effect of High Temperature on the Ab-
sorption Spectra of Non-aqueous Solutions. Octavo, viii + 112 pages, 67
plates.

161. MouLTON, F. R. Periodic Orbits. Quarto. In press.

162. Mayer, Alfred G. Ctenophores of the Atlantic Coast of North America. Octavo,

57 pages, 17 plates, 12 text figures. In press.

163. Bolton, Herbert E. Guide to Materials for the History of the United States in

the Principal Archives of Mexico. Octavo. In press.

164. CoblEntz, W. W. a Physical Study of the Firefly. Octavo. In press.

165. lyEHMER, Derrick N. Tables giving a Complete List of Prime Numbers between

the Limits i and 10,006,721. Folio. In press.

CLASSICS OF INTERNATIONAL LAW.

These publications comprise the printing in facsimile of the text of the last edition of
the leading early works on International Law known to have been revised by the au-
thor, together with a faithful translation of the text into English and an introduction
by a well-known authority on international law. Prof. James Brown Scott is the gen-
eral editor of the series. The number to be published is not yet fully determined, but
the following are now ready :

Zouche, Richard: Juris et Judicii Fecialis, sive. Juris inter Gentes et Quaes-
tionum de Eodem Explicatio. Edited by Thomas Erskine Holland. In two
volumes.
Vol. I. A Reproduction of the First Edition (1650), with Introduction by

Professor Holland, List of Errata, and Table of Authors.
Vol. II. A Translation of the Text, by J. L. Brierly.

The following are in active preparation:

Ayala, Balthazar : De Jure et Officiis Bellicis et Disciplina Militari.
Grotius, Hugo :

De Jure Belli ac Pacis.

De Jure Praedae.

Mare Liberum.
Vattel, E. de: Le Droit des Gens.

INDEX OF AUTHORS. 269

INDEX OF AUTHORS.

In the following pages the numbers in the blacker figures which immediately follow
the names of authors are the serial numbers of the publications of the Carnegie Insti-
tution of Washington. Where such numbers are not given the tiths cited refer to
miscellaneous reports and papers contained in the Year Books of the institution and to
some unnumbered works. The contraction Y. B. signifies Year Book, and the figures
following designate the serial numbers of the Year Books.

Abbe, ClEV'ELAND, concerning Research in Meteorology. Y. B. i.

, concerning Astrophysical Observatory. Y. B. 2.

Abbot, C. G., concerning Smithsonian Expedition on Mount Wilson. Y. B. 6.
Abel, Annie H., concerning Early Indian Policy of United States. Y. B. 3.
Abel, John J., Chemical Composition of the Secretion of the Supra-renal Gland. Y. B,

2' 3, 4. .

AcrEE, S. F., concerning Pinacone-pinacolin Rearrangement, etc. Y. B. 4, 5.

, concerning Physical Investigations on the Urazoles. Y. B. 6.

, concerning Study of Tautomerism and Catalysis. Y. B. 7, 8, 9. 10.

Adams, Charles Francis, concerning Research in History. Y. B. i.

Adams, E. D., 13. Influence of Grenville on Pitt's Foreign Policy.

Adams, Frank D., 46. Investigation into Elastic Constants of Rocks.

, concerning Geophysical Investigations. Y. B. 2.

, Investigation of Flow of Rocks. Y. B. 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10.

Adams, Walter S., 138. Investigation of the Rotation Period of the Sun by Spectro-
scopic Methods.

, report on Mount Wilson Solar Observatory. Y. B. 9.

AdlER, Cyrus, report concerning Bibliography. Y. B. i.

Agassiz, Alexander, concerning Exploration and Study of the Tropical Pacific Ocean,
Y. B. I.

Allen, E. T., 31. Isomorphism and Thermal Properties of Feldspars.

, 157. An Investigation of Metals.

Allen, J. A., concerning Biological Survey of Palearctic Region. Y. B. i.

Allison, William H., 137. Inventory of Unpublished Material for American Re-
ligious History in Protestant Church Archives and other Repositories.

Ames, Joseph S., concerning Standard Wave-lengths. Y. B. 4.

Anderson, John A., 110. Absorption Spectra of Solutions.

Anderson, R., 87. Collaborator in Report on California Earthquake.

Andrews, Charles M., 90. Manuscript Materials for United States History to 1783
in the British Museum, etc.

Angstrom, K., concerning Astrophysical Observatory. Y. B. 2.

Atwater, W. O., 42. Respiration Calorimeter.

, concerning Investigations in Nutrition. Y. B. 2, 3, 4.

AuwERS, Arthur, concerning Southern Observatories. Y. B. 2.

Ayala, Balthazar. De Jure et Officiis Bellicis et Disciplina Militari : Reprint and
translation of.

Backlund, O., concerning Southern Observatories. Y. B. 2.

Baird, B. a., 87. Collaborator in California Earthquake.

Baird, J. W., 29. Color Sensitivity of Peripheral Retina.

Baldwin, A. L., 87. Collaborator in Report on California Earthquake.

Baldwin, J. Mark, concerning Research in Psychology. Y. B. i.

Bancroft, Wilder D., concerning Systematic Chemical Study of Alloys. Y. B. 2, 3, 4,
5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10.

Banta, a. M., 67. Fauna of Mayfield's Cave.

Barnard, E. E., 86. Atlas of the Milky Way.

Barnett, S. J., concerning Electric Displacements, etc. Y. B. 3, 4, 5, 6, 7.

Barus, Carl, 40. Nucleation of Uncontaminated Atmosphere.

, 62, 96. Condensation of Vapor as induced by Nuclei and Ions.

, 149. Production of Elliptic Interferences in Relation to Inter ferometry.

, concerning Ionization and Nucleation of Atmospheric Air. Y. B. 5.

, concerning Nucleation of the Pure Atmosphere. Y. B. 4.

, concerning Properties of Condensation Nuclei. Y. B. 7, 8, 9, 10.

, concerning Research in Physics. Y. B. i, 2.

BaskErvillE, Charles, Investigations of Rare Earths. Y. B. 3, 4, 5.

Bassett, H. p., 60. Hydrates in Aqueous Solution.

, 80. Conductivity and Viscosity in Mixed Solvents.

270 CARNEGIE INSTITUTION OF WASHINGTON.

BassoT, L., concerning Magnetic Research. Y. B. 2.

Bate, John Pawley, Translator of Ayala.

Bauer, L. A., Proposed International Magnetic Bureau. Y. B. 2.

, concerning Proposed Magnetic Survey of North Pacific Ocean. Y. B. 3.

, report on Department of Terrestrial Magnetism. Y. B. 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9.

Baxter, Gregory P., 135. Researches upon the Atomic Weights of Cadmium, Manga-
nese, Bromine, etc.

, concerning Atomic Weights of Manganese. Y. B. 3, 4.

, concerning Atomic Weights. Y. B. 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10.

Becker, E., concerning Southern Observatories. Y. B. 2.

Becker, George F., 31. Isomorphism and Thermal Properties of Feldspars.

, concerning Elasticity and Plasticity of Solids. Y. B. 4, 5, 6, 7, 8.

, concerning Research in Geophysics. Y. B. i, 2.

Behr, G. E., 61. Electromotive Force of Iron under Varying Conditions.

Belopolsky, a., concerning Astrophysical Observatory. Y. B. 2.

Benedict, Francis G., 42. Respiration Calorimeter.

, 77. Influence of Inanition on Metabolism.

, 123. Respiration Calorimeters for Studying the Respiratory Exchange and

Energy Transformations of Man.

, 126. Metabolism and Energy Transformations of Healthy Man during Rest.

, 136. Metabolism in Diabetes Mellitus.

, 155. Temperature Fluctuations in Different Parts of the Human Body.

, concerning Investigations in Nutrition. Y. B. 4, 5.

, report on Nutrition Laboratory. Y. B. 6, 7, 8, 9, 10.

Billings, John S., Editor Index Medicus.

, report concerning Bibliography. Y. B. i.

, address at opening of Station for Experimental Evolution. Y. B. 3.

Bingham, E. C, 80. Conductivity and Viscosity in Mixed Solvents.

BjERKNES, v., 88. Dynamic Meteorology and Hydrography.

, concerning Application of Methods of Hydrodynamics and Thermodynamics

to Practical Meteorology and Hydrography. Y. B. 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10.

BlackweldEr, Eliot, 54. Research in China.

BlakEslEE, Alfred F., concerning Sexuality in Lower Fungi. Y. B. 4, 5.

Bliss, Frederick J., Excavations in Syria and Palestine. Y. B. 3.

Boas, Franz, concerning Research in Anthropology. Y. B. i.

Bolton, Herbert E., 163. Guide to Materials for United States History in the Prin-
cipal Archives of Mexico.

Boss, Lewis, 115. Preliminary General Catalogue of 6188 Stars for the Epoch 1900.

, concerning Astronomical Observations and Computations. Y. B. 2, 3.

, concerning Investigations of Stellar Motion. Y. B. 4.

, concerning Research in Astronomy. Y. B. i.

, concerning Southern and Solar Observatories. Y. B. 2, 3.

, report upon Department of Meridian Astrometry. Y. B. 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10.

, report on Observatories. Y. B. 2.

BoTTGER, W., 63. Electrical Conductivity of Aqueous Solutions.

BowDiTCH, H. P., concerning Research in Physiology. Y. B. i.

BrannER, J. C, 87. Collaborator in Report on California Earthquake.

Brierly, John L., Translator of Zouche.

Brigham, William T., concerning Ancient Stone Temples of the Hawaiians. Y. B.
5. 6, 7, 8.

Britton, N. L., concerning Research in Botany. Y. B. i.

Brooks, W. K, 102. Origin of the Lung of AmpuUaria.

, 102 Pelagic Tunicata of the Gulf Stream.

, concerning Metamorphosis of Alpheus heterochetes. Y. B. 4.

, concerning Research in Zoology. Y. B. i.

, report on Investigation at Tortugas. Y. B. 5.

Brown, Amos P., 116. The Crystallography of Hemoglobins.

, concerning Crystallography of Hemoglobins. Y. B. 3, 4, 5, 6, 7.

Bruns, H., concerning Southern Observatories. Y. B. 2.

Buchanan, Daniel, 161. Periodic Orbits.

Buchanan, Herbert E., 161. Periodic Orbits.

Buck, Thomas, 161. Periodic Orbits.

Burbank, L., concerning experiments in Plant Development. Y. B. 4, 5, 6, 7.

Burgess, Charles F., concerning Properties of Electrolytic Iron and Alloys. Y. B. 4,
5, 6, 7, 8, 9.

INDBX O^ AUTHORS. 2/1

BuRNHAM, S. W., 5. Catalogue of Double Stars.

Burr, W. H., report concerning Engineering. Y. B. i.

Campbell, Douglas H., 140. The Eusporangiatas : The Comparative Morphology of

the Ophiogiossaceas and Marattiacese.
Campbell, William, concerning Effect of Heat Treatment upon Microstructure and

Physical properties of Steel and Iron. Y. B. 3, 4, 5.
Campbell, W. W., concerning Researches at Lick Observatory. Y. B. 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7.

, concerning Southern and Solar Observatories. Y. B. 2.

, report on Observatories. Y. B. 2.

Cannon, W. A., 98. Topography of the Chlorophyll Apparatus in Desert Plants.

, 113. Root Systems of Cereus giganteus.

, 117. Studies in Heredity as Illustrated by the Trichomes of Species and

Hybrids of Juglans, etc.

, 129. Conditions of Parasitism in Plants.

, 131. Root Habits of Desert Plants.

, Investigation of Plant Hybrids. Y. B. 2.

Carhart, H. S., preparation of Material for Standard Cells. Y. B. 3, 4, 5, 6.

Carlson, A. J., Physiology of the Invertebrate Heart. Y. B. 3.

Carnegie, Andrew, remarks on presenting Trust Deed. Y. B. i.

Carpenter, Thorne M., 123. Respiration Calorimeters for Studying the Respiratory

Exchange and Energy Transformations of Man.

, 126. Metabolism and Energy Transformations of Healthy Man during Rest.

Carroll, C. G., 80. Conductivity and Viscosity in Mixed Solvents.

Cary, L. R., concerning Researches upon Actinians. Y. B. 9.

, report on Investigations upon Rearing of Zoanthella at Tortugas Laboratory

during 1911. Y. B. 10.
Case, E. C, 55. Revision of the Pelycosauria of North America.

, 145. Revision of the Cotylosauria of North America.

, 146. Revision of the Amphibia and Pisces of the Permian of North America,

, concerning Work on Permian Reptiles and Amphibia of North America. Y. B.

2, 4, 8, 9, 10.
Castle, W. E., 23. Heredity of Coat Characters in Guinea-pigs and Rabbits.

, 49. Heredity of Hair-length in Guinea-pigs.

, 49. Origin of a Polydactylous Race of Guinea-pigs.

, 70. Inheritance of Coat-pigments and Coat-patterns in Rats and Guinea-pigs.

, et al., 114. Studies of Inheritance in Rabbits.

, 144. On Germinal Transplantation in Vertebrates.

, concerning Experimental Studies in Heredity. Y. B. 3, 4, s, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10.

Cattell, James McKeen, concerning Research in Psychology. Y. B. i.

Chamberlin, R. T., 106. Contributions to Cosmogony and the Fundamental Problems

of Geology.
Chamberlin, Thomas C, 107. Former Rates of the Earth's Rotation and their Bear-
ings on its Deformation.
, 107. The Bearing of Molecular Activity on Spontaneous Fission in Gaseous

Spheroids.

, concerning Fundamental Problems of Geology. Y. B. 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10.

, concerning Research in Geology. Y. B. i.

, concerning Research in Geophysics. Y. B. i.

Chapman, Frank M., 103. A Contribution to the Life-histories of the Booby and

Man-o'-war Bird.

, concerning Investigations at Tortugas Laboratory. Y. B. 6.

Child, Clement D., Investigation of Ionization in the Neighborhood of a Mercury

Arc in a Vacuum. Y. B. 3, 4.
Chittenden, Russell H., concerning Minimal Proteid Requirement of High Proteid

Animals. Y. B. 3, 4, 5, 6.
Christie, W. H. M., concerning Southern Observatories. Y. B. 2.
Churchill, William, 134. The Polynesian Wanderings.

, 154. Beach-la-mar : The Jargon or Trade Speech of the Western Pacific.

Clark, John B., concerning Research in Economics. Y. B. i.
Clawson, a. B., 64. Variation and Correlation in the Crayfish.
CoBLENTz, W. W., 35. Investigations of Infra-red Spectra.

, 65. Investigations of Infra-red Spectra.

, 97. Supplementary Investigations of Infra-red Spectra.

, 164. A Physical Study of the Firefly.

, concerning Infra-red Spectra. Y. B. 4.

272 CARNEGIiC INSTITUTION 01? WASHINGTON.

Coffin, F. B., 135. Researches upon the Atomic Weights of Cadmium, Manganese,

Bromine, etc.
CoKER, E. G., 46. Investigation into Elastic Constants of Rocks.
Cole, F. N., concerning Research in Mathematics. Y. B. i.
CoNARD, Henry S., 4. The Waterlilies : A monograph of the Genus Nymphasa.

, 94. Structure and Life-history of the Hay-scented Fern.

, WaterliHes in European Herbaria. Y. B. 2.

Cone, L. H., study of Triphenylmethyl and Analogous Compounds. Y. B. 3.
CoNKUN, E. G., 103. Habits and Early Development of Linerges mercurius.

, 103. Two Peculiar Actinian Larvae from Tortugas, Florida.

, report upon Structure of Eggs of Linerges, etc. Y. B. 4.

CooUDGE, W. D., 63. Electrical Conductivity of Aqueous Solutions.
Cooper, H. C, 63. Electrical Conductivity of Aqueous Solutions.
CoPELAND, Ralph, concerning Southern Observatories. Y. B. 2.

, concerning Astrophysical Observatory. Y. B. 2.

CoviLLE, Frederick V., 6. Desert Botanical Laboratory.

, concerning Research in Botany. Y. B. i.

, report on Desert Botanical Laboratory. Y. B. 2, 3.

CowLES, R. P., 103. Habits, Reactions, and Associations in Ocypoda arenaria.

, 132. Reaction to Light and other points in the Behavior of the Starfish.

, concerning Behavior of Echinoderms. Y. B. 8.

, concerning Ocypoda arenaria. Y. B. 4.

, concerning Reactions of Brittle-Stars. Y. B. 7.

Crampton, Henry E., concerning Laws of Variation and Inheritance of Certain Lepi-

doptera. Y. B. 2, 3, 6.

, concerning Gasteropod Mollusca of the genus Partula. Y. B. 7, 8, 9, 10.

Crandall, R., 87. Collaborator in Report on California Earthquake.

Creak, E. W., concerning Proposed Magnetic Survey of the North Pacific Ocean.

Y. B. 3. .
Crew, Henry, concerning Solar Observatories. Y. B. 2.

, concerning Certain Arc Spectra. Y. B. 2, 3.

Cross, Whitman, concerning Geophysical Investigations. Y. B. 2.

Dahlgren, Ulric, report on Investigation at Tortugas. Y. B. 5.

Darwin, G. H., concerning Methods for Promoting Research in the Exact Sciences.

Y. B. I, 3.
Davenport, Charles B., 52. Inheritance in Poultry.

, 95. Inheritance in Canaries.

, 121. Inheritance of Characteristics in Domestic Fowl.

, Address at opening of Station for Experimental Evolution. Y. B. 3.

, concerning Heredity in Canary Birds. Y. B. 6.

, concerning Heredity in Poultry. Y. B. 6.

, concerning Station for Studying Evolution. Y. B. i.

, report on Station for Experimental Evolution. Y. B. 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10.

Davenport, Frances G., 90. Manuscript materials for United States History to 1783

in the British Museum, etc.
Davidson, George, 87. Collaborator in Report on California Earthquake.
Davis, Herman S., concerning Reduction of Piazzi's Star Observations. Y. B. 2, 3, 4.
Davis, W. M., 26. Explorations in Turkestan.

, concerning Research in Geography. Y. B. i.

Day, Arthur L., 31. Isomorphism and Thermal Properties of Feldspars.

, 157. High Temperature Gas Thermometry.

, report on Geophysical Laboratory. Y. B. 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10.

Dean, Bashford, 32. Chimaeroid Fishes.

Decker, Floyd F., 120. Symmetric Function Tables of the Fifteenthic.

Dennis, L. M., Investigation of Rare Earths. Y. B. 2.

Devik, O., 88. Dynamic Meteorology and Hydrography.

DeVriES, Hugo, Address at opening of Station for Experimental Evolution. Y. B. 3.

DoRSEY, George A., 17. Traditions of the Arikari.

, 21. Mythology of the Wichita.

, 41. Traditions of the Caddo.

, 59. The Pawnee: Mythology (part i).

, concerning Research in Anthropology. Y. B. i.

, Ethnological Investigation among the Pawnees. Y. B. 2.

, Investigation among Tribes of the Caddoan Stock. Y. B. 3, 4, 5, 6.

Drew, G. Harold, report on Preliminary Investigations on the Marine Denitrifying

Bacteria, made at Port Royal, Jamaica, and at Tortugas, during May and

June 1911. Y. B. 10.

INDEX OF AUTHORS. 273

DuERTfiN, James E., 20. Coral Siderastrea radians.

, Investigations of Recent and Fossil Corals. Y. B. 2, 3, 4, 5, 6.

DuERST, J. U., 73. Explorations in Turkestan.

DuRAND, W. F., 79. Researches on Performance of Screw Propeller.

, concerning Experiments on Ship Resistance and Propulsion. Y. B. 2, 3, 4, 5.

Dyar, Harrison G., 159. Mosquitoes of North and Central America and the West

Indies.
EaklEj a. S., 87. Collaborator in Report on California Earthquake.
EamES, Wilberforce, concerning Dictionary of Books Relating to America. Y. B. 5,

6,7.
Eastman, G. W., 63. Electrical Conductivity of Aqueous Solutions.
Edmondson, C. H., 102. A Variety of Anisonema vitrea.

, report on Investigation at Tortugas. Y. B. 5.

Eigenmann, Carl H., 104. Cave Vertebrates of America : A study in Degenerative

Evolution.

, concerning Blind Fishes in Cuba. Y. B. 2, 3, 4, 6.

Elster, J., concerning Magnetic Research. Y. B. 2.

Enteman, Wilhelmine M.. 19. Coloration in Polistes.

Fairbanks, H. W., 87. Collaborator in Report on California Earthquake.

Farlow, W. G., 8. Index of North American Fungi.

Farnam, Henry W., concerning Research in Economics. Y. B. i.

, report on Department of Economics and Sociology. Y. B. 8, 9, 10.

Farrar, C. B., concerning certain Psychological Investigations. Y. B. 4, 5.
Ferry, Edna L., 136. Feeding Experiments with Isolated Food-substances.
Ferguson, W. S., concerning History of Athens from Demosthenes to Plutarch. Y. B

5. 6, 7.
Fink, Bruce, 113. Lichens of the Desert Laboratory Domam.
Fish, C. R., 128. Guide to Materials for American History in Roman and other

Italian Archives.
Fletcher. Robert, report on Index Medicus. Y. B. 2, 3, 4, 5, 6. 7, 8, Q, 10.
Flugel, Ewald, concerning Lexicon to works of Chaucer. Y. B. 3, 4, 5, 6, 7.
Forbes, Alexander, 49. Heredity of Hair-length in Guinea-pigs.
Forbes, G. S., 69. Atomic Weights of Potassium, Silver, Chlorine, etc.
Ford, Worthington C, Historical Archives of Washington. Y. B. 2.
Fox, Philip, 93. The Rotation Period of the Sun.
Franklin, W. S., concerning a New Method of Measuring Electrolytic Resistance.

Y.B.s.
Franz, S. I., concerning certain Psychological Investigations. Y. B. 4, 5, 6, 7.

, concerning certain Cerebrum Investigations. Y. B. 8, 9, 10.

FreudEnberger, L. a., concerning a New Method of Measuring Electrolytic Resist-
ances. Y. B. 5.
FrEvERT, H. L., 135. Researches upon the Atomic Weights of Cadmium, Manganese,

Bromine, etc.
Frost, Edwin B., 43. Editor of C. H. F. Peters's Heliographic Positions of Sun Spots

Observed at Hamilton College from 1860-1870.
FuRNESS, Caroline E., 45. Catalogue of Stars within two degrees of North Pole.
Gamgee, Arthur, concerning Physiology of Nutrition. Y. B. 2, 3.
Garrison, F. H., Asst. Editor of Index Medicus.
Garrod-Thomas, R. N., 118. Electrochemical Investigation of Liquid Amalgams of

Thallium, Indium, Tin, Zinc, Cadmium, Lead, etc.
Geitel, H., concerning Magnetic Research. Y. B. 2.
Getman, F. H., 60. Hydrates in Aqueous Solution.
Gibbs, George, report concerning Engineering. Y. B. i.
Gilbert, Grov^E K., 87. Collaborator in Report on California Earthquake.

, concerning Investigation of Subterranean Temperatures and Gradients. Y. B. i.

, concerning Subterranean Temperatures. Y. B. 3.

Gill, David, concerning Southern Observatories. Y. B. 2.

. concerning Astrophysics. Y. B. 2.

Gill, Theodore, concerning Biological Survey of Palearctic region. Y. B. i.
GiLMAN, Daniel C, summary of Plans and Methods of Administration. Y. B. i.
Girty, George H., 54. Research in China.
Goldthwaite. Joel E., concerning Aetiology of the So-called "Rheumatoid Diseases."

Y. B. 7.
Gomberg, M., study of Triphenylmethyl and Analogous Compounds. Y. B. 3, 4.

18 — YB

274 CARNEGIE INSTITUTION OE WASHINGTON,

GoocH, F. A., 73. Explorations in Turkestan.

Goss, W. F. M., 66. High Steam Pressure in Locomotive Service.

, 127. Superheated Steam in Locomotive Service.

, concerning High Steam Pressure in Locomotive Service. Y. B. 3, 4, 5, 6.

, concerning Superheated Steam Employed in Single Expansion Locomotives,

etc. ^Y. B. 7-
Griffin, Frank L., 161. Periodic Orbits.
Griffin, Lawrence E., concerning Embryology, Histology, and Physiology of the

Nautilus. Y. B. 4.
Grottus, Hugo, De Jure Belli ac Pacis: Reprint and translation of.

, De Jure Praedae: Reprint and translation of.

, Mare Liberum : Reprint and translation of.

Gudger, E. W., concerning Breeding Habits and Life History of Gaff Topsail Catfish.

Y. B. 7, 9.
GuLiCK, J. T., 25. Evolution, Racial and Habitudmal.
Hale, George E., 93. The Rotation Period of the Sun.

, concerning Measurements of Stellar Parallaxes, etc. Y. B. 2, 3.

• , concerning Research in Astronomy. Y. B. i.

, concerning Southern and Solar Observatories. Y. B. 2. _

, concerning Use of Fused Quartz for Construction of Optical Mirrors. Y. B. 3.

, report on conditions for Solar Research at Mount Wilson. Y. B. 3.

, report on Mount Wilson Solar Observatory. Y. B. 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8.

, report on Observatories. Y. B. 2.

Hall, G. Stanley, concerning Anthropology of Childhood. Y. B. 2.

Hargitt, Charles W., 132. Cradactis variabilis: An Apparently New Tortugan

Actinian.
Harmon, Morris A., concerning Caeretan Red Ware. Y. B. 6.
Harper, R. A., 37. Organization of Nucleus in certain Mildews.
Hartmann, J., concerning Astrophysical Observatory. Y. B. 2.
HartmEyer, R., 132. Polycitor mayeri nov. sp., from the Tortugas.

, concerning Ascidians of the Tortugas. Y. B. 6.

Harvey E. Newton, 132. Effect of Different Temperatures on the Medusa Cassiopca,

with Special Reference to the Rate of Conduction of the Nerve Impulse.

, concerning Investigations at Tortugas. Y. B. 8, 9, 10.

Haskins, Charles H., concerning Documentary Materials for Anglo-Norman History.

Y. B. 4, 5. 6, 7.
Hasse, Adelaide R., 85. Index of Economic Material in Documents of the States of

the United States.
Hatcher, J. B., concerning an Antarctic Expedition. Y. B. i.
Hay, O. p., 75. Fossil Turtles of North America.

, concerning Fossil Turtles of North America. Y. B. 2, 3, 4, 5.

Hayford, J. F., 87. Collaborator in Report on California Earthquake.

Hempl, George, concerning Researches on the Origin and Nature of Runic Inscriptions

and on the Etruscan Language. Y. B. 10.
HesselbERG, Th., 88. Dynamic Meteorology and Hydrography.
Hill, George William, 9. Collected Mathematical Works.
Hines, M. a., 135. Researches upon the Atomic Weights of Cadmium, Manganese,

Bromine, etc.
Hirth, FriEdrich, 54. Research in China.

HoBE, Adelaide M., 119. Determination of Solar Parallax with Crossley Reflector.
HoDELL, Charles W., 89. The Old Yellow Book: Source of Browning's "The Ring

and the Book."
Hodge, Clifton F., concerning Domestication and Evolution of Grouse, Partridge, and

Quails of North America. Y. B. 6.
HoFF, J. H. van't, concerning Research in Geophysics. Y. B. i.
Hoffman, G. F., 87. Collaborator in Report on California Earthquake.
Holland, Thomas Erskine, Editor of Works of Zouche.
Holland, W. J., concerning an Antarctic Expedition. Y. B. i.
Holmes, William H., concerning Research in Anthropology. Y. B. i.

, Evidence Relative to Early History of Man in America. Y. B. 2, 3.

HoLWAY, R. S., 87. Collaborator in Report on California Earthquake.

, 87. Concerning Reconnaissance of Tomales Bay.

Hooker, Davenport, 132. Certain Reactions to Color in Young Loggerhead Turtle.

, concerning Behavior of Loggerhead Turtles. Y. B. 6, 7.

Howard, L. O., 159. Mosquitoes of North and Central America and the West Indies.
, concerning American Mosquitoes. Y. B. 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9.

IND^X O^ AUTHORS. 275

Howe, Henry M., Investigations concerning Steel Ingots. Y. B. 6, 7, 8.

, concerning the Determination of the Refining Temperature of Steel. Y. B. 10.

, concerning Sealing of Gas in Blowholes of Steel Ingots. Y. B. 9.

HowEj William Wirt, Investigation on Legal History and Comparative Jurisprudence.
Y. B. 3.

HowELL, W. H., concerning Research in Physiology. Y. B. i.

HuGGiNS, William, concerning Astronomical Research. Y. B. 2.

Hughes, E., 87. Collaborator in Report on California Earthquake.

Huntington, Ellsworth, 26. Explorations in Turkestan.

, 73. Explorations in Turkestan.

HussAKOF, Louis, 146. The Permian Fishes of North America.

Hussey, W. J., concerning Sites for Astronomical Work in California and Arizona,
Y. B. 2.

Iddings, Joseph P., 31. Isomorphism and Thermal Properties of Feldspars.

, concerning Geophysical Investigations. Y. B. 2.

Jacobs, Merkel H., concerning Physiological Studies on the Protozoan Parasites of
Diadema setosum. Y. B. 10.

Jameson, J. Franklin, concerning Research in History. Y. B. i.

, report upon Department of Historical Research. Y. B. 5, 6, 7, 8, 9.

Jastrow, Joseph, concerning Research in Psychology. Y. B. i.

Jennings, H. S., 16. Contributions to Study of Behavior of Lower Organisms.

, Experiments on the Behavior of Lower Animals. Y. B. 2.

, report on Investigations at Tortugas Station. Y. B. 4.

JEpson, W. L., 87. Concerning Examination of Plants of Bolinas Lagoon.

Jesse, Jr., R. H., 135. Researches upon the Atomic Weights of Cadmium, Manganese,
Bromine, etc.

Johnson, Roswell H., 122. Determinate Evolution in the Color Pattern of the Lady
Beetles.

, concerning Investigations at Cold Spring Harbor. Y. B. 4, 5.

, concerning Station for Studying Evolution. Y. B. i.

, concerning Variation and Heredity in Coccinellids. Y. B. 6.

Jones, GrinnEll, 69. Atomic Weights of Potassium, Silver, Chlorine, etc.

, 135. Researches on Atomic Weights of Cadmium, Bromine, etc.

Jones, Harry C, 60. Hydrates in Aqueous Solution.

, 80. Conductivity and Viscosity in Mixed Solvents.

, 110. Absorption Spectra of Solutions.

, 130. A Study of the Absorption Spectra of Solutions of Certain Salts of Po-
tassium, Cobalt, etc., as affected by Chemical Agents and by Temperature.

, 160. Absorption Spectra of Solutions of Comparatively Rare Salts, etc.

, concerning certain Investigations in Physical Chemistry. Y. B. 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8,

9, ID.

Jones, William, concerning Religion of Central Algonkin Indians. Y. B. 4, 5.
Jones, W. R. T., Address at opening of Station for Experimental Evolution. Y. B. 3.
Jordan, David Starr, concerning Biological Survey of the Palearctic Region. Y. B. i.

, concerning Ichthyology of the Pacific Ocean. Y. B. i.

, concerning Station for Studying Evolution. Y. B. i.

Jordan, H. E., 102. Germinal Spot in Echinoderm Eggs.

, 102. Relation of the Nucleolus to the Chromosomes in the Primary Oocyte of

Asterias forbesii.

, 102. Spermatogenesis of Aplopus mayeri.

, concerning Study of Echinoderm Eggs. Y. B. 6._

JorGENsen, E., concerning Investigation at Tortugas Station. Y. B. 9.

JoSLiN, Elliott P., 136. Metabolism in Diabetes Mellitus.

Kanolt, C. W., 63. Electrical Conductivity of Aqueous Solutions.

Kapteyn, J. C, concerning Southern Observatories. Y. B. 2.

Kato, Yogoro, 63. Electrical Conductivity of Aqueous Solutions.

KayseR, H., concerning Solar Observatory. Y. B. 2.

KeillER, V. H., 132. Anatomy of Pentaceros reticulatus.

KellnER, Carl, report on Investigation at Tortugas. Y. B. 5.

Kelvin, Lord, concerning Research in Geophysics. Y. B. i.

Kemp, James F., concerning Geophysical Investigations. Y. B. 2.

Kidder, Homer, 73. Explorations in Turkestan.

King, Arthur S., 153. Influence of a Magnetic Field upon the Spark Spectra of Iron

and Titanium.
, concerning Emission Spectra at High Temperatures. Y. B. 4.

276 CARNEGIE INSTITUTION OF WASHINGTON.

Knab, Frederick, 159. Mosquitoes of North and Central America and the West
Indies.

Knox, Alice A., 98. Induction, Development, and Heritability of Fasciations.

KoFoiD, C. H., 87. Concerning Biological Reconnaissance of Tomales Bay and Bolinas
Lagoon Region.

KoHLRAusCH, O., concerning Research in Geophysics. Y. B. i.

KuNz, George F., concerning Precious Stones and Minerals used in Ancient Babylonia.
Y. B. 2, 3-

KiJSTNER, C. F., concerning Southern Observatories. Y. B. 2.

Ladd, George T., concerning Research in Psychology. Y. B. i.

Lane, Alfred C, concerning Geophysical Investigations. Y. B. 2.

Lane, Henry H., 104. On the Ovary and Ova in Lucifuga and Stygicola.

LanglEy, S. p., concerning Research in Astronomy. Y. B. i.

Lasby, Jennie B., 138. Investigation of the Rotation Period of the Sun by Spectro-
scopic Methods.

Lawson, Andrew C, 87. The California Earthquake of April 18, 1906.

Learned, Marion D., 150. Guide to Manuscript Material relating to American His-
tory in German State Archives.

Lehmer, Derrick N., 105. Factor Table for the First Ten Millions.

, 165. Tables giving a Complete List of Prime Numbers between the Limits I

and 10,006,721.

, concerning Factor Tables of First Ten Million Numbers. Y. B. 3, 5, 6.

Leland, W. G., 14. Guide to the Archives of the Government of the United States in
Washington.

, 92. Guide to the Archives of the Government of the United States in Wash-
ington.

Leuschner, a. O., 87. Collaborator in Report on California Earthquake.

Lewis, E. D., 38. Writings on American History, 1903.

Lewis, Percival E., concerning Vacuum tube Spectra of Gases and Vapors. Y. B. 3, 4,

S, d, 7-
LiLLiE, Ralph S., concerning Relation of Ions to Various Forms of Protoplasmic

Movement. Y. B. 4.
Lindsay, C. F., 80. Conductivity and Viscosity in Mixed Solvents.
Linton, Edwin, 102. Helminth Fauna of the Dry Tortugas.

, 133. Helminth Fauna of the Dry Tortugas.

, concerning Investigations at Tortugas. Y. B. 5, 6, 7.

LiTTLEHALES, G. W., concerning Proposed Magnetic Survey of the North Pacific

Ocean. Y. B. 3.
Livingston, Burton E., 50. Relation of Desert Plants to Soil Moisture and to

Evaporation.

, 113. Soils of the Desert Laboratory Domain.

, concerning Relation of Desert Plants to Soil Moisture. Y. B. 3, 4.

Lloyd, Francis E., 82. Physiology of Stomata.

, 139. Guayule : A Rubber Plant of the Chihuahuan Desert.

, concerning Correlation between Stomatal Action and Transpiration in Types

of Desert Plants. Y. B. 4.
LocKYER, Norman, concerning Astrophysical Observatory. Y. B. 2.
LoEB, Leo, concerning Toxic Action of the Poison of Heloderma suspectum. Y. B. 6,

7> 8, 9.
LoEwY, M., concerning Southern Observatories. Y. B. 2.
Long, J. A., 142. Maturation of the Egg of the Mouse.
Longley, William R., 161. Periodic Orbits.
LouDERBACK, G. D., 87. Collaborator in Report on California Earthquake.

, study of certain Geological Problems. Y. B. 4.

Lunn, a. C, 107. Geophysical Theory under the Planetesimal Hypothesis.
LuTz, Anne M., report on Investigations at Cold Spring Harbor. Y. B. 5.

, concerning Cell-studies in Heredity. Y. B. 6, 8.

LuTz, Frank E., 101. Variation and Correlation of the Taxonomic Characters of

Gryllus.

, 143. Experiments with Drosophila ampelophila.

, concerning Investigations at Cold Spring Harbor. Y. B. 4, 5, 6.

MacCurdy, Hansford, 70. Inheritance of Coat-pigments and Coat-patterns in Rats

and Guinea-pigs.
MacDougal, D. T., 6. Desert Botanical Laboratory.

— , 24. Mutants and Hybrids of the Oenotheras.

, 81. Mutations, Variations, and Relationships of the Oenotheras.

INDEX OF" AUTHORS. 2/7

MacDougal, D. T., 99. Botanical Features of North American Deserts.

, 113. Origin of Desert Floras.

, 129. Conditions of Parasitism in Plants.

, 141. Water Balance of Succulent Plants.

, Desert Botanical Laboratory. Y. B. 2.

, report on Station for Botanical Research. Y. B. 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10.

MacfarlanE, John M., concerning Research in Botany. Y. B. i.

Mach, Ernst, concerning Research in Geophysics. Y. B. i.

MacMillan, W. D., 107. On the Loss of Energy by Friction of the Tides.

, 161. Periodic Orbits.

Maguire, John D., Translator of the Works of Grotius.

Mark, E. L., 142. Maturation of the Egg of the Mouse.

, concerning Development of the Ova of Mice. Y. B. 6, 7, 8.

, concerning Studies in Heredity. Y. B. 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9.

MascarT, E., concerning Magnetic Research. Y. B. 2.

Mast, S. O., 133. Behavior of Loggerhead Turtle in Depositing its Eggs.

, concerning Reactions to Light on Marine Turbellaria. Y. B. 9.

Matthes, F. E., 87. Collaborator in Report on California Earthquake.

Maunder, E Walter, concerning Astrophysical Observatory. Y. B. 2.

Mayer, Alfred G., 47. Rhythmical Pulsation in Scyphomedusae.

, 102. Annual Breeding-swarm of the Atlantic Palolo.

, 102. Rhythmical Pulsation in Scyphomedusse.

, 109. The Medusae of the World.

, 132. Converse Relation between Ciliary and Neuro-muscular Movement.

, 162. Ctenophores of the Atlantic Coast of North America.

, concerning Rhythmical Pulsation of Scyphomedusae. Y. B. 4.

, concerning Swarming of the Atlantic Palolo. Y. B. 4.

, report on Department of Marine Biology. Y. B. 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10.

McClEndon, J. F., 132. On Adaptations in Structure and Habits of Some Marine
Animals of Tortugas, Florida.

, concerning Investigations at Tortugas. Y. B. 7, 9.

McClung, C. E., concerning Spermatogenesis of Insects. Y. B. 2, 3, 4.

McGlone, B., 102. Origin of the Lung of Ampullaria.

McLaughlin, A. C, 22. Report on the Diplomatic Archives of the Department of
State, 1789-1840.

, 38. Writings on American History, 1903.

, concerning Research in History. Y. B. i.

, report of Department of Historical Research. Y. B. 3, 4.

McMaster, L., 60. Hydrates in Aqueous Solution.

, 80. Conductivity and Viscosity in Mixed Solvents.

Melcher, a. C, 63. Electrical Conductivity of Aqueous Solutions.

Mellor, C. C, concerning an Antarctic Expedition. Y. B. i.

Mendel, Lafayette B., 156. Feeding Experiments with Isolated Food-substances.

, concerning Physiology of Growth. Y. B. 4, 5, 6, 7.

Mendenhall, C. E., concerning Solar Observatory. Y. B. 2.

Merriam, C. Hart, concerning Biological Survey of South and Central America.
Y.B.I

, concerning Research in Zoology. Y. B. i.

Merritt, Ernest, 152. Studies in Luminescence.

MiCHELSON, A. A., concerning Diffraction Gratings. Y. B. 2, 3.

, concerning Research in Geophysics. Y. B. i.

, concerning Research in Physics. Y. B. i.

Miller, G. S., concerning Biological Survey of Palearctic Region. Y. B. i.

Miller, W. L., concerning study of Electric Migrations in Solutions of Weak Acids.
Y. B. 3.

Mitchell, S. Weir, concerning Research in Physiology. Y. B. i.

Moenkhaus, W. J., on Investigations at Cold Spring Harbor. Y. B. 4, 5.

MoLLisoN, Th., 73. Explorations in Turkestan.

MoorE, E. H., concerning Research in Mathematics. Y. B. i.

MooRE, FrEdrica C, 119. Determination of Solar Parallax with Crossley Reflector.

MoRisoN, George S., report concerning Engineering. Y. B. i.

MoRLEY, Frank, concerning Research in Mathematics. Y. B. i.

, concerning Application of Cremona Groups to the Solution of Algebraic Equa-
tions. Y. B. 9, 10.

Morse, Albert P., 18. North American Acridiidae.

, 68. North American Acridiidae.

, concerning North American Acridiidae. Y. B. 4, S-

278 CARNEGIE INSTITUTION OE WASHINGTON.

Morse, H. N., concerning Measurement of Osmotic Pressure. Y. B. 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9.

MorriER, D. M., 15. Fecundation in Plants.

MoULTON, F. R., 107. Notes on the Possibility of Fission of a Contracting Rotating

Fluid Mass.
^ 107. On Certain Relations among Possible Changes in Motions of Mutually

Attracting Spheres Disturbed by Tidal Interactions.

, 161. Periodic Orbits.

, concerning Fundamental Problems in Geology. Y. B. 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10.

, concerning the Planetesimal Hypothesis. Y. B. 9.

Mueller, Edvv., 69. Atomic Weights of Potassium, Silver, Chlorine, etc.
, 135. Researches upon the Atomic Weights of Cadmium, Manganese, Bro-
mine, etc.
MuHSE, Effa Funk, 104. On Typhlops lumbricalis.
MuLLER, G., concerning Astrophysical Observatory. Y. B. 2.
MuLLER, W. Max, 53. Egyptological Researches.

, concerning Archeological Researches in Egypt. Y. B. 5, 6, 9, 10.

, concerning Monuments of Egypt and Nubia. Y. B. 3.

MuNSTERBERG, HuGO, concerning Research in Psychology. Y. B. i.

Nernst, W., concerning Research in Geophysics. Y. B. i.

Neumayer, G., concerning Magnetic Research. Y. B. 2.

Newale, H. F., concerning Astrophysical Observatory. Y. B. 2.

Newcomb, Simon, 10. Contributions to Stellar Statistics.

, 11. Statistical Inquiry into Probability of Causes of Production of Sex in

Human Offspring.

, 73. Inequalities in Motion of the Moon.

, concerning Research in Astronomy. Y. B. i.

, Determination of Elements of the Moon's Motions. Y. B. 2, 3.

, Investigations in Mathematical Astronomy, etc. Y. B. 6, 7, 8.

, Investigations of Mean Motion of the Moon. Y. B. 4, 5.

, on Methods for Promoting Research in the Exact Sciences. Y. B. 3.

Nichols, E. F., concerning National Observatories. Y. B. 2.
Nichols, Edward L., 152. Studies in Luminescence.

, concerning Study of Fluorescence and Phosphorescence. Y. B. 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10.

NoGUCHi, HiDEYO, 12. Action of Snake Venom upon Cold-blooded Animals.

, 111. Snake Venoms.

, concerning Snake Venoms. Y. B. 3.

NoYES, Arthur A., 63. Electrical Conductivity of Aqueous Solutions.

, concerning Certain Investigations in Physical Chemistry. Y. B. 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7,

8, 9, 10.
Nyren, M., concerning Southern Observatories. Y. B. 2.
Olive, Edgar W., Cytological Relations of the Amoebae, Acrasise, and Myxomycetes.

Y. B. 2.

• , concerning Life Histories and Cytology of Certain Lower Plants. Y. B. 3, 4, 5.

Omori, F., 87. Collaborator in Report on California Earthquake.
OsBORN, Henry F., concerning Research in Zoology. Y. B. i.

, concerning Research in Paleontology. Y. B. i.

Osborne, Thomas B., 84. Proteins of Wheat Kernel.

, 156. Feeding Experiments with Isolated Food-substances.

, concerning Comparative Study of Certain Vegetable Proteins. Y. B. 4, 5, 6, 7,

8, 9, 10.
, concerning Research on Chemical Substances yielded by Proteins of the Wheat

Kernel. Y. B. 3.
OsBURN, Raymond C, concerning the Bryozoa of the Tortugas. Y. B. 7.
Palmer, H. K, 119. Determination of Solar Parallax with Crossley Reflector.
Parker, David W., 148. Calendar of Papers in Washington Archives relating to the

Territories of the United States.
Parkhurst, J. A., 33. Researches in Stellar Photometry.
Patten, William, concerning Origin of Vertebrates. Y. B. 3, 4.
Payne, Fernandus, 104. Blind Reptiles ; Feeding Habits of Amblyopsis, etc.
Pearl, Raymond, 58. Variation and Differentiation in Ceratophyllum.

, 64. Variation and Correlation in the Crayfish.

, concerning Statistical Methods of Correlation in Variation. Y. B. 3, 4, 5.

Pearson, Karl, concerning Methods for Promoting Research in the Exact Sciences.

Y. B. 3.
Pender, Harold, Magnetic Effect of Electrical Convection. Y. B. 2.

INDEX OF AUTHORS. 279

Perez, Luis M., 83. Materials for American History in Cuban Archives.

Perkins, Henry F., 102. Notes on Medusae of the Western Atlantic.

, report upon Investigations at Tortugas Station. Y. B. 4.

Perkins, Janet, studies on the Philippine Flora. Y. B. 2.

Perrine, Charles D., 119. Determination of the Solar Parallax from Photographs of
Eros.

Peters, C. H. F., 43. Heliographic Positions of Sun-spots.

Phillips, J. C, 144. On Germinal Transplantation in Vertebrates.

Phillips, Ulrich B., concerning Plantation System in the Ante-bellum South. Y. B. 4.

Pickering, Edward C., concerning Research in Astronomy. Y. B. i.

, study of Astronomical Photographs. Y. B. 2.

, on Methods for Promoting Research in the Exact Sciences. Y. B. 3.

PiNCHOT, GiFFORD, concerning Research in Botany. Y. B. i.

PiRSSON, Louis V., concerning Geophysical Investigations. Y. B. 2.

Porter, James P., concerning Certain Psychological Investigations. Y. B. 6.

Pratt, H. S., 133. Monocotyle floridana, a new monogenetic Trematode.

, Trematodes and Cestodes of Tortugas. Y. B. 8, 9.

PuMPELLY, Raphael, 26. Explorations in Turkestan.

, 73. Explorations in Turkestan.

, concerning Archeological and Physico-geographical Reconnaissance in Tur-
kestan. Y. B. 2.

, concerning Trans-Caspian Archeological Expedition. Y. B. 2, 3, 4, 5.

Pumpelly, R. W., 26. Explorations in Turkestan.

, 73. Explorations in Turkestan.

Putnam, Herbert, report concerning Bibliography. Y. B. i

, report on Handbook of Learned Societies. Y. B. 2, 3, 4.

Ramsey, E. E., 104. Brain of Amblyopsis.

RaylEigh, Lord, concerning Methods for Promoting Research in the Exact Sciences.
Y. B. 3.

Reed, William M., Observation of Variable Stars. Y. B. 2, 3.

ReichERT, Edward T., 116. Differentiation and Specificity of Corresponding Proteins
and other Vital Substances in relation to Biological Classification and Or-
ganic Evolution. The Crystallography of Hemoglobins.

, investigations concerning Crystallography of Hemoglobins. Y. B. 2, 3, 4, 6, 7, 8.

, concerning Differentiation and Specificity of Homologous Vital Substances.

Y. B. 9, 10.

Reid, Harry Fielding. 87. Collaborator in Report on California Earthquake.

, 87. (California Earthquake, Vol. 2.) The Mechanics of the Earthquake.

Reighard, Jacob, 103. An Experimental Field-study of Warning Coloration in Coral-
reef Fishes.

, concerning Warning Coloration in Reef-fishes. Y. B. 4.

, concerning Color Discrimination, Association, and Memory in the Gray Snap-
per, etc. Y. B. 6.

ReinkE, E. E., report on the Dimorphic Spermatozoa of Marine Prosobranchs, Y. B. 10.

RemsEn, Ira, concerning Research in Chemistry. Y. B. i.

Ricco, A., concerning Solar Observatory. Y. B. 2.

Richards, Theodore W., 7. Method for Determining Compressibility.

, 38. Atomic Weights of Sodium and Chlorine.

, 56. Energy Changes involved in the Dilution of Zinc and Cadmium Amal-
gams.

, 61. Electromotive Force of Iron under Varying Conditions.

, di). Atomic Weights of Potassium, Silver, Chlorine, etc.

, 76. Compressibilities of the Elements, and their Periodic Relations.

, 118. Electrochemical Investigation of Liquid Amalgams of Thallium, Indium,

Tin, Zinc, Cadmium, Lead, Copper, Lithium.

, 125. Determinations of Atomic Weights.

, concerning Research in Chemistry. Y. B. i.

, investigation of Values of Atomic Weights. Y. B. 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9.

RiTTER, W. E., 87. Concerning Biological Reconnaissance of Bodega Bay.

, 87. Collaborator in Report on California Earthquake.

Robertson, James A., 124. List of Documents in Spanish Archives relating to the
History of the United States, which have been Printed or of which Tran-
scripts are Preserved in American Libraries.

Rogers, F. J., 87. Collaborator in Report on California Earthquake.

Ross, Frank E., 72. Inequalities in Motion of the Moon.

RouiLLER, C. A., 80. Conductivity and Viscosity in Mixed Solvents.

28o CARNEGIE; INSTITUTION OF WASHINGTON.

RowE, Leo S., concerning Federal System of Argentine Republic. Y. B. 7, 8, 9.

, concerning Federal System of Mexico. Y. B. 10.

Russell, Henry Norris, 147. Determinations of Stellar Parallax.

, concerning Determination of Stellar Parallaxes. Y. B. 3, 5, 6, 7.

Sandstrom, J. W., 88. Dynamic Meteorology and Hydrography.

, concerning Methods of Hydrodynamics and Thermodynamics. Y. B. 5, 6, 7.

Sargent, R. H., 54. Research in China.

ScHELLENBERG, H. C, 73. Explorations in Turkestan.

SchlEsinger, Frank, concerning Parallax Computations. Y. B. 6, 7, 10.

Schmidt, Hubert, 73. Explorations in Turkestan.

Schuster, Arthur, concerning Magnetic Research. Y. B. 2.

, concerning Methods for Promoting Research in the Exact Sciences. Y. B. 3.

, concerning Solar Observatories. Y. B. 2.

Scott, G. W., concerning Private Claims against Foreign Nations. Y. B. 4.
Scott, James Brow^n. General Editor of Classics of International Law.

, report as General Editor of Classics of International Law. Y. B. 10.

Scripture, E. W., 44. Researches in Experimental Phonetics.

, concerning Experimental Phonetics. Y. B. 2, 3, 4, 5.

, concerning Mechanics of the Human Voice. Y. B. 2.

Seeliger, H., concerning Southern Observatories. Y. B. 2.

Sellards, E. H., 146. Two New Insects from the Permian of Texas.

Sergi, G., 73. Explorations in Turkestan.

Seymour, T. D., concerning Archeological Investigations in Greece and Asia Minor.

Y.B.2.
Shaw, James Byrnie, 78. Synopsis of Linear Associative Algebra.
Shepherd, W. R., 91. Guide to Materials for United States History in Spanish

Archives.
Shull, George H., 24. Mutants and Hybrids of the Oenotheras.

, 30. Development of Sium cicutsefolium.

, 81. Mutations, Variations, and Relationships of the Oenotheras.

, 112. Bursa bursa-pastoris and Bursa heegeri : Biotypes and Hybrids.

, Breeding Strains of Plants. Y. B. 6, 8.

, concerning Investigations at Cold Spring Harbor. Y. B. 4, 5.

Slack, Edgar P., 155. Temperature Fluctuations in Different Parts of the Human

Body.
SladE, W. a., 38. Writings on American History, 1903.
Slichter, C. S., 107. The Rotation Period of a Heterogeneous Spheroid.
Small, J. K., 24. Mutants and Hybrids of the Oenotheras.
Smith, Erwin F., 27. Bacteria in Relation to Plant Diseases.

, concerning Research in Chemistry. Y. B. i.

Smith, Mary R., concerning Chinese Immigration to Pacific Ocean. Y. B. 4.
SoMMER, H. OsKAR, 74. Vulgatc Version of the Arthurian Romances.

, concerning Arthurian Romances. Y. B. 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10.

SoSMAN, Robert B., 63. Electrical Conductivity of Aqueous Solutions.

, 157. High Temperature Gas Thermometry.

Spalding, E. S., 141. Water Balance of Succulent Plants.

Spalding, V. M., 113. Distribution and Movements of Desert Plants.

, concerning Absorption and Transpiration of Water by Desert Shrubs. Y. B.

3. 4.

StaEhlER, Arthur, 69. Atomic Weights of Potassium, Silver, Chlorine, etc.

Stager, Henry W., 151. A Sylow Factor Table of the First Twelve Thousand Num-
bers, giving the Possible Number of Sub-Groups under Sylow's Theorem
of a Group of Given Order between the Limits of o and 12000.

SteinmETZ, Charles P., report concerning Engineering. Y. B. i.

StejnEGER, L., concerning Biological Survey of the Palearctic Region. Y. B. i.

Stevens, Nettie M., 36. Studies in Spermatogenesis.

, 51. Studies on Germ Cells of Aphids.

, concerning Problems relating to Sex Determination. Y. B. 4.

, Report on Investigation at Cold Spring Harbor. Y. B. 5.

StiEGLITz, Julius, 107. Relations of Equilibrium between the Carbon Dioxide of the
Atmosphere and the Calcium Sulphate, etc.

Stockard, Charles R., 103. Habits, Reactions, and Mating Instincts of the Walking-
stick.

, 103. Studies of Tissue Growth : An Experimental Study of the Rate of Re-
generation in Cassiopea xamachana.

, 132. Influence of Regenerating Tissues on the Animal Body.

, concerning Investigations at the Tortugas Laboratory. Y. B. 6, 7, 8.

INDEX OF AUTHORS. 281

Stone, Alfred H., concerning Negro in Slavery and Freedom. Y. B. 6.

Stone, Ormond, concerning Research in Mathematics. Y. B. i.

Stromsten, Frank A., 132. A Contribution to the Anatomy and Development of the

Posterior Lymph Hearts of the Turtle.

, concerning Lymphatic System of the Turtle. Y. B. 9.

Strong, W. W., 130. A Study of the Absorption Spectra of Solutions of Certain Salts

of Potassium, Cobalt, etc.

, 160. Absorption Spectra of Solutions of Comparatively Rare Salts, etc.

Stull, W. N., 7. Method for Determining Compressibility.

SuESS, E., concerning Research in Geophysics. Y. B. i.

Swingle, Walter T., concerning Electromagnetic and Electrostatic Effects on Lines

of Force in Living Plant Cells. Y. B. 4, 5.
TennEnt, David H., 132. Echinoderm Hybridization.

, 132. Anatomy of Pentaceros reticulatus.

, concerning Echinoderm Hybridization. Y. B. 8, 9.

Thompson, J. David, 39. Handbook of Learned Societies.

Thornber, J. J., 113. Vegetation Groups of Desert Laboratory Domain.

Thurston, R. H., report concerning Engineering. Y. B. i.

TiLLEY, G. S., 135. Researches upon the Atomic Weights of Cadmium, Manganese,

Bromine, etc.
Tingle, J. Bishop. Investigations on Derivatives of Camphor and Allied Bodies.

Y. B. 2, 4.
TitchEnER, Edward Bradford, concerning Research in History. Y. B. i.
TiTTMANN, O. H., concerning Magnetic Research. Y. B. 2.

, concerning Proposed Magnetic Survey of North Pacific Ocean. Y. B. 3.

ToLMAN, C. F., 113. Geology of Vicinity of Tumamoc Hills.

Tower, William L., 48. An Investigation of Evolution in Chrysomelid Beetles.

, concerning Potato Beetles of Mexico. Y. B. 3.

, concerning Production and Preservation of New Character Races and Species

in Insects. Y. B. 4, 5.
Transeau, E. M., Report on Investigation at Cold Spring Harbor. Y. B. 5.
TrEadwell, Aaron L., concerning Annelid Fauna of Tortugas. Y. B. 8, 9.
Turner, H. H., concerning Southern Observatories. Y. B. 2.

, concerning Methods for Promoting Research in the Exact Sciences. Y. B. 3.

UhlER, H. S., 60. Hydrates in Aqueous Solution.

, 71. Atlas of Absorption Spectra.

Vail, A. M., 24. Mutants and Hybrids of the Oenotheras.

, 81. Mutations, Variations, and Relationships of the Oenotheras.

Van Deman, Esther B., 108. The Atrium Vestse.

, concerning Research in Roman Archeology. Y. B. 6, 7, 8, 9, 10.

Van Hise, Charles R., concerning Research in Geology. Y. B. i.

, concerning Research in Geophysics. Y. B. i, 2.

, report on Physics. Y. B. 2.

Van Tyne, C. H., 14. Guide to Archives of the Government of the United States in

Washington.
, 92. Guide to Archives of the Government of the United States in Washing-
ton.
VaTTEL, E. dE. Le Droit des Gens : Reprint and translation of.
Vaughan, T. Wayland, 133. A Contribution to the Geologic History of the FIo-

ridian Plateau.

, report on Geology of the Florida Keys, etc. Y. B. 7.

, concerning Investigation at Tortugas Station. Y. B. 8.

, concerning Recent Madreporaria of Southern Florida. Y. B. 9, 10.

Veazey, W. R., 80. Conductivity and Viscosity in Mixed Solvents.
VoGEL, H. C, concerning Astrophysical Observatory. Y. B. 2.
Von Bezold. W., concerning Magnetic Research. Y. B. 2.
Walcott, Charles D., 54. Research in China.

, concerning Research in Geology. Y. B. i.

, concerning Research in Geophysics. Y. B. i.

Waldo, Leonard, study of Aluminum Bronzes. Y. B. 2.

Wallace. W. S., report on Hydroids collected at the Tortugas. Y. B. 7.

Ward, William Hayes, 100. Seal Cylinders of Western Asia.

, concerning Study of Oriental Art Recorded on Seals from Western Asia and

Egypt. Y. B. 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7.
Warner, Langdon, 73. Explorations in Turkestan.
Warring, G. A., 87. Collaborator in Report on California Earthquake.

282 CARNEGIE INSTITUTION OF WASHINGTON.

Washington, Henry S., 57. Roman Comagmatic Region.

, concerning Chemical Investigation of Igneous Rocks. Y. B. 3, 4, 5, 6.

, concerning Geophysical Investigations. Y. B. 2.

Watson, John B., 103. Behavior of Noddy and Sooty Terns.

, concerning Behavior of Noddy and Sooty Terns. Y. B. 6.

, concerning work on Distant Orientation at Bird Key. Y. B. 9.

Weeks, F. B., report on Bibliography of Geophysics. Y. B. 4, 5, 6.

WellER, Stuart, 54. Research in China.

Wells, R. C, 28. Atomic Weights of Sodimn and Chlorine.

West, Andrew F., concerning American School of Classical Studies in Rome. Y. B.

4, 5. 6, 7. 8, 9, 10.
WestlakE, John, Editor of Works of Ayala.
Wheeler, James R., concerning American School of Classical Studies at Athens. Y. B.

4, 5. 6, 7, 8, 9-
Whitehead, John B., concerning Magnetic Effect of Electric Displacement. Y. B. 4.
Whitman, C. O., concerning Establishment of a Biological Farm. Y. B. i.
Whitney, Mary W., concerning Measurements of Astronomical Photographs. Y. B.

2, 3-
Wieland, George R., 34. American Fossil Cycads.

■ , concerning Fossil Cycads. Y. B. 2, 3, 4, 6, 7, 8, 9.

WiLCZYNSKi, E. J., Investigation of Ruled Surfaces. Y. B. 3.
Willard, H. H., 125. Determinations of Atomic Weights.
Williams, Henry S., concerning Research in Paleontology. Y. B. i.
Willis, Bailey, 54. Research in China.

, concerning Artesian Water Conditions at Peking, China. Y. B. 4.

, concerning Geological Research in China. Y. B. 2, 3, 4, 5.

, Geologic Research in Continental Histories. Y. B. 4.

, report of Geologic Studies in Europe. Y. B. 4.

WiLLisTON, S. W., concerning Plesiosaurian Group. Y. B. 2.

, concerning Extinct Mesozoic Reptiles of North America. Y. B. 4.

Wilson, Edmund B., concerning Research in Zoology. Y. B. i, 2.

, concerning Chromosomes of Insects, etc., and Mendelian Inheritance. Y. B. 5,

6, 7.

, concerning Experimental Embryology. Y. B. 2.

Wilson, H. V., concerning Morphology and Classification of Deep-sea Sponges. Y. B.

2, 3-
Wilson, J. Hunt, 118. Electrochemical Investigation of Liquid Amalgams of Thal-
lium, Indium, Tin, Zinc, Cadmium, Lead, etc.
, 135. Researches upon the Atomic Weights of Cadmium, Manganese, Bromine,

etc.
Wilson, W. E., concerning Solar Observatory. Y. B. 2.
Wolff, John E., concerning Geophysical Investigations. Y. B. 2.
Wood, H. O., 87. Collaborator in Report on California Earthquake.
Wood, Robert W., 71. Atlas of Absorption Spectra.

, concerning Theory of Light. Y. B. 2, 3, 4, 5.

WooDV^fARD, Robert S., concerning Research in Geophysics. Y. B. i.

, concerning Research in Physics. Y. B. i. _

, report as President of the Carnegie Institution of Washington. Y. B. 4, 5, 6, 7,

8, 9, 10.
Wright, Carroll D., concerning Research in Economics. Y. B. i.

, report of Department of Economics and Sociology. Y. B. 3, 4, 5, 6, 7.

Wright, Fred. Eugene, 158. Methods of Petrographic-microscopic Research.

Wright, James M., concerning History of the Bahama Islands. Y. B. 4, 5.

Yatsu, N., concerning Study of the Nemertine Egg. Y. B. 3, 4, 5.

Young, C. A., concerning Solar Observatories. Y. B. 2.

Zahm, Albert F., concerning Determination of Resistance of Air to Moving Bodies.

Y. B. 4, 5-
ZelEny, Charles, 103. Some Internal Factors Concerned with the Regeneration of

the Chelae of the Gulf-weed Crab.
ZoucHE, Richard. Juris et Judicii Fecialis, sive. Juris Inter Gentes Explicatio : Reprint

and translation of.

INDEX.

Page

Abbot, C. G 202

Aberrant Inheritance Ratio and its Interpretation 8l

Abetti, Giorgio 167

Publications by 39, 46

Absorption Spectra of Solutions 216

Acree, S. F 15

Publications by 39, 41, 44, 213, 214

Report on Study of Tautomerism and Catalysis 213

Adams, Frank D iS, 90, 225

Publication by 39

Report on Investigation into the Flow of Rocks 225

Adams, L. H., Publications by 95, 96, 99

Adams, Walter S 24

Publication by 28, 39, 42

Report on Mount Wilson Solar Observatory 163-182

Administration 15

Agassiz, Alexander 122

Agriculture and Forestry, Reports upon. 71

Air in Submarines, Renewal and Regeneration of 186

Alcyonarian Fauna About Tortugas, Effect of Hurricane on 145

Algerian Deserts, Botanical Features of 60

Allen, E. T., Publications by 28, 94, 99, 104, 105

Allison, William H 108

Publication by 28

Alloys, Systematic Study of 214

American Coastwise Commerce 73

American Ethnological Society 16

American Federation of Labor 74

American Historical Association n6

American Historical Review 115

American Proceedings and Debate in Parliament to 1783 115

American School of Classical Studies at Athens 209

American School of Classical Studies in Rome 15,209

Andrews, Charles M no, in, 116, 117

Anti-trust Legislation of Wisconsin, Minnesota, Iowa, and Nebraska 74

Anton Dohrn, Vessel, Construction of 9, 10, 120

Appropriations Classified 17

Aqueous Solutions in Relation to the Ionic Theory, Researches upon the Physical

Properties of 221

Aquino, Radler de 206

Archeological Research in Egypt 210

Archeology, Investigations in 209-21 1

Arthurian Romances, Researches on 227

Astronomy, Investigations in 212

Atomic Weight of Silver 223

Atomic Weights, Determination of 215

Auditor, Report of 38

Ault, J. P 207

Publication by 39

Austin, Charles B., On the Free Banks and the Free Banking System of Indiana. 73
Babcock, Harold D 166, 173, 176

Publications by 39

Bam, D 206

Bancroft, W. D 15^ 214

Report on Systematic Study of Alloys 214

Bandelier, Adolf F 15

Banking and Money, Reports upon 73

Banta, A. M 84

283

284 INDEX.

Page

Bar, Ludwig von 226

Barcrof t, Joseph 187

Publications by 39, 42, 197

Barker, Eugene E 87

Barry, F 223

Barus, Carl 15

Publications by 16, 28, 39

Report on a Continuation of Studies of the Properties of Condensation

Nuclei 233

Barus, M., Publication by 39

Bate, John Pawley 226

Bauer, L- A 206

Publications by 39, 40, 45

Report on Department of Terrestrial Magnetism 198-207

Baxter, Gregory Paul 15, 215, 216

Publications by 16, 46, 41, 46

Report on Determination of Atomic Weights 215

Beattie, J. C 204, 206

Becker, G. F 88, 91

Beehler, Emma L 207

Bell, Alexander Graham 79

Bemmein, W. van 206

Benedict, Francis G., Publications by 16,28,40,41,42,43,45,192,193,194,195,196

Report upon Nutrition Laboratory 183-197

Bicycle Ergometer 184

Calibration of 190

Bigelow, H. E 223

Billings, John S 4

Bjerknes, V 15

Publications by 16, 27

Report on Investigations Concerning Meteorology and Hydrography 227

Blackmar, F. W., On Agriculture of the Indians and the Early Colonists 71

Blood, Alice F 187

Blood, Researches on 187

Blood-gas Apparatus, Determination of Constants of 197

Body-temperature, Simultaneous Study of 188

Bogart, E. L-, Report on the Financial History of Ohio 75

Report on State Debt of Ohio 75

Bolton, Herbert E 109

Publication by 16

Boss, Benjamin, Publication by 40

Boss, Lewis g

Publication by 40

Report on Department of Meridian Astrometry 157-162

Botanical Research, Department of ig

Report of Department of 49-68

Boyd, W. K., on the Financial History of North Carolina "jd

Brauner, B 207

Bray, W. C. 222

Publications by 40, 43

Breitenbecker, J. K 57

On the Hibernation of a Desert Beetle 55

Brierly, J. L 226

Brigham, Clarence S 115

British Archives, Guide to Materials for United States History in 118

Brookings, Robert S 4

Brown, E. W 187

Brown, J. G 56, 67

Brown, W. H., Publications by 40, 44

Bryce, James m

Burgess, L. L 223

Publications of 40, 45

Burnett, E. C 1 14, 1 19

Burwell, C. G 177

Butterfield, Kenyon L., Reports upon Agriculture and Forestry 71

INDEX. 285

Cadwalader, John L 4

Campbell, Douglas H., Publications by 16, 28

Campbell, W. W 23, 158, I75

Canadian Archives, Guide to Materials for United States History in 112, 118

Cannon, William A., On Botanical Features of Algerian Deserts 60

Publication by 28

Carbon Dioxide Produced by Small Animals, Respiration Apparatus for De-
termining 194

Carnegie, Andrew, Letter Conveying Additional Endowment to Institution 7,8

Carnegie, Non-Magnetic Ship, Work During 191 1 26

Vessel, Cruise of 198, 204

Carpenter, J. L 221

Publications by 40, 44

Carpenter, Thorne M 184, 187. 189, 192

Publications by 41, 45. I93. I94

Carroll, C. R 206

Cary. L. R • ; 123

Report upon Investigations Carried on at Tortugas Laboratory 142

Case, E. C, Paleontological Investigations of 231

Publications by 16, 28

Cash, G 221

Castle, W. E i5

Experimental Study of Hereditv in Small Mammals 240

Publications bv '. 16, 28, 41, 44

Cathcart, E. P i5

Cave Life, Adjustment to 84

Cavendish. Henrv Ii5

Chamberlin, T. C IS

Report on Fundamental Problems in Geologv 224

Chandler, J 213

Chapin, Harold Canning, Publications by 40> 4^

Chemistry, Investigations in 213-223

Chrysomelid Beetles, Evolution of 57

Churchill. William, Publications by 16, 28

Clark, Victor S., Report on Manufactures 72

Clark, W. M.. Publications by 41, 44

Clausen. M 206

Clement, J. K., Publications by 94. 95

Climatic Changes 52

Climatic Control of Growth Activities 56

Cobb, Victor 216

Publications by 40, 41

Coble, A. B., Publications bv 41

Coffin, T. H " 216

Cohen, D. B 53

Colby, William E., Reports on the Mining Law 72

Commons, John R., On Labor Movement and Land Reform from 1835-1854 74

Compressibilities and Surface Tensions 222

Conner, J. R 226

Consanguineous Marriage and its Effects 80

Continental Congress, Letters of Delegates to 114-119

Control of the Form of Characters by Sex 78

Conway, Thomas, On History of American Coastwise Commerce 73

Copper Mining Industr3% Report on 72

Corals Cemented to Tiles, Planting of 153

Growing Naturally, Record of 154

Cosmogony and Celestial Mechanics, Report on 24

Craft, C. C 205, 206, 207

Crampton, H. _E., Study of Variation, Heredity, and Geographical Distribution of

Polynesian Species of Partula 241

Cremona Groups, Application to Solution of Algebraic Equations 226

Crenshaw, J. L, Publication by 104

Crook, J. W., On Relation of the Treasury to the New York Money Market 73

Crop Movement, its Relation to Money Market in the West 73

Crose, W. M 202

286 INDfiX.

Page

Cross, Ira B., Labor Movement in California 74

Cushing, Harvey IQO

Dahlgren, Ulric t22, 123

Davenport, Charles B., Publications by 41, 42, 43, 44, 46

Report on Department of Experimental Evolution 78-87

Davenport, Frances G 107,110,111,115,119

Davenport, Gertrude C, Publication by 41

Davis, Walter G 206

Dawson, Edgar, On the Financial History of New Jersey 75

Day, Arthur L 214

Publications by 16, 28, 92, 94, 95, 07, 99

Report upon Geophysical Laboratory 88-106

Day, David T., Reports on Quicksilver, Cobalt, Nickel, Platinum, etc 71

Decker, Floyd F., Publication by 16, 28

Desert Plants, Vital Statistics of 55

Desha, L. J., Publications by 39, 4i. 214

Devik, 0 227

Dc Vries. Hugo 82

Publication by 44

Dewey, Davis R., Reports on Money and Banking 73

Diabetes, Metabolism in 189

Diabetes Mellitus, Researches in 186

Diabetic Urine, Determination of Sugar in 191

Dinsmoor, William B 209

Direct Photography of the Sun 167

Doderlein, L 127

Publications by 4T, 42

Dodge, Cleveland H 4, 87

Doetsch, E. P 213

Dogs, Metabolism Cage for 185

Respiration Apparatus for 185

Dohrn, Anton 120

Dohrn, Reinhard 127

Domestic and Foreign Commerce, Reports upon 73

Donaldson, _H. H 83, 230

Donnan, Elizabeth P 107

Doysie, Abel 1 13, 1 18

Drew, G. Harold 23, 123

Report of Preliminary Investigations on the Marine Denitrifying Bacteria. . . 136

Economics and Sociology, Department of 21

Report on Department of 69-77

Edmonds, H. M. W 205. 206, 207

Edmunds, C. K 200, 202

Egypt, Archeological Research in 210

Ellerman, Ferdinand 166, 167

Emery, Albert G., Publications by 40, 41I 195

Emmes, L. E 187

Publications by 40, 41, 45, 192

Energy Metabolism of Mother and Child Just Before and Just After Birth 193

Ensign, Inez A 174, 179

Epilepsy in Man, Heredity of 79

Esslinger, E. W 213

Etruscan Language 232

Evaporation and Soil-moisture 64

Evening Primroses, Variation and Mutation in 82

Executive Committee, Report of 31-46

Experimental Evolution, Report of Department of 78-87

Falk, KG.., 222

Publications by 41, 45

Farnam, Henry W., Report as Chairman of Department of Economics and Soci-

_ ology 69-77

Farragher, P. V 222

Fath, E. A 166, 171, 174, 175

Publication by 41

Federal and State Finance, Including Taxation, Reports upon 75

INDEX. 287

Page

Ferguson, William Scott, Publication by 41

Finance, State and Federal, Reports upon 75

Financial Development of Certain Cities 75

Financial History of Alabama 75

California 75

Connecticut 75. 76

Illinois 1^

Indiana 1^

Iowa 76

Michigan 75

Minnesota 76

New Jersey 75

New York 76

North Carolina 76

Ohio 75

Oregon 75

Pennsylvania 76

South Carolina ^^

Tennessee 75

Texas 75

Virginia 75

Financial Statement for igio-igii 14

1911 31-37

Fish, Carl R 107

Publication bv 28

Fisk, H. W ". 207

Publication by 41

Fissurella, Embryology of 147

Fleming, J. A 201, 207

Publications by 41

Fleming, W. L., on The Economic Transition from Slavery to the Free Labor

System 76

Fletcher, Robert, Report on Index Medicus 212

Flexner. Simon 4

Flow of Rocks, Investigation into 225

Flower Colors. Heredity of 80

Fluorescence, Researches Concerning 236

Foreign Trade of the United States 73

Forestrv' and Agriculture, Reports upon 71

Franz, Shepherd Ivory, Investigation of the Functions of the Cerebrum 239

Publications by 41

Frary, H. D 206

Frazer, J. W. C, Publications by 42, 44

Free, E. E., On Geological, Climatic, and Vegetational Features Presented by the

Otero Basin 51

Publication by 42

French Archives, Guide to Materials for American History in 113-118

Frevert, H. L 223

Frew, William N 4

Fryer, Charles E 1 1 1, 1 12

Gale. Henry G 15, t66. 176, 177, 178

Publications by 39, 42

Gardner, Henry B.. Reports on Federal and State Finance 75. 76

Gardner, Robert W 87

Gas Analysis, Researches on 187

German State Archives, Manuscript Materials Relating to American History

in 108, 117

Geology,_ Investigations in 224

Geophysical Laboratory 22

Report upon 88-106

Gjant Cactus, Influence of Low Temperatures on 57

Gibbs, R. C, Publications by 42

Gies, William J 185

Gill, E. E., Publications by 42, 44

Gilman, Daniel C 14

288 INDEX.

Page

Goddard, H. H., Publications by 41, 42

Goodale, H. D 79,87

Publications by 42

Gortner, Ross Aiken 85

Publications by 42

Goss, W. F. M., Publication by 28

Gran, H. H 136

Grants to Departments of Investigation 14

Graton, L. C., reports on the Copper-mining Industry 72

Graves, H. S 53

Greenback Movement in Iowa and Northwest 73

Grey, J. S., Publication by 42

Griffin, C I77

Griffith, Elmer G., On Banking in Kentucky 73

Guest, H. H., Publications by 42, 45

Haig, R. M., On the Financial History of Illinois 76

Haines, J. M 179

Hale, George E 24, 166, 177, 212

Hancock, Glover D., On Historv of the National Banking System 73

Hargitt, Charles W 127

Harris, G. W 216

Harris, J. Arthur 82, 83

Publication by 42

Harrison, J. P 213

Hartmeyer, R 127

Publications by 41, 4^

Harvey, E. Newton 123, 124, 127

Publication by 42

Report on Permeability of Living Cells for Alkalies 128

Hasse, Adelaide R., Report on Index of State Documents 76

Hatai, S 83, 87. 230

Hayden, E. E _. 127

Hazard, D. L., Publication by 41

Heats of Combustion of Organic Isomers 223

Neutralization 223

Solution of Metals 223

Hedrick, Wilbur O., On the Financial History of Michigan 75

Hempl, George, Report upon Philological Investigations 232

Publications by 42

Heredity, Alterations induced by Ovarial Treatment 63

in Poultry 78

in Small Mammals 240

of Double Horn in Sheep 79

of Epilepsy in Man 79

of Flower Colors 80

of Sex in a Dioecious Hermaphrodite Plant 80

Herriott, F. I., On the Financial History of Iowa 76

Hesselberg, Th 227

Hewitt, Abram S ^4

Hibernation of a Desert Beetle 55

Higgins, H. L 187, 192

Publications by 39, 40, 42, I93- 195. I97

Higginson. Henry L 4

Hill, Roscoe R "3, "4, "8

Hinks, Arthur R., Publication by 28

Historical Geography of the United States 1 18

Historical Research, Department of 21, 107-119

Hoagland, H. E., On Trade Unionism from 1847-1863 74

Holden. R. J 72

Holland, Thomas E 226

Holland. W. W 221

Publications by 43, 44

Holmes, A. D „, 221

Homans, John 186, 189

Publications by ^0. 43, I94

Honigschmid, O., Publications by 43, 45

inde;x. 289

Page

Hooker, Davenport 127

Hooker, John D 25, 182

Hornbeak, J. W 238

Horton, B. B 87

Hough, S. S.. _. 206

Houghton, Louise Seymour, Report on Syrians in United States 71

Hours of Labor 74

Howard, L. 0 16

Howe, H. E 237

Howe, Henry M 15

Determination of the Refining Temperature of Steel 234

Publications by 43

Huebner, S. S., and G. G.. Report on History of the Foreign Trade of the United

States 73

Hughes, Thomas J 108

Huntington, Ellsworth IS, 19

On Changes in Climate 52

Publications by 43

Hunt, Franklin L., Publications by 40, 43

Hunt, William IS7

Hurricane over the Tortugas 121

Hussakof, Louis 231

Hypophysis, Influence of Removal of 186

Illinois Historical State Library 116

Immigration and Population. Reports upon 71

Independence of Soma and Germ-plasm 79

Index Medicus 15, 212

Index of State Documents, Report upon Tl

Indiana, Free Banks and Free Banking System of 73

Industrial Organization, Reports upon 74

Infants. Respiration Apparatus for 186

Insurance Fund, Provision for Permanent Establishment of 3

International Law, Classics of 226

Publication of 16

Iron-ore Industry, Report on 71

Jack, Theodore H., On History of Banking in Louisiana 73

Jacobs, Merkel H ; 123. 124

Report on Physiological Studies on the Protozoan Parasites of Diadema

setosum 131

Jaeger, F. M., Publication by 103

Jaggar, Thomas A 91

Jansson, E. W 206

Jefferson, Lorian P., On Hours of Labor 74

Jellinek, Georg . ._ 226

Jenks, J. W., Report on Industrial Organization 74

Jesse, R. H._, Jr 223

Johnson, Alice I9i

Johnson, Allen Chester 209

John-son, Dora 210

Johnson, Emory R., Report on Domestic and Foreign Commerce 73

Johnston. H. F 200, 201, 205, 206, 207

Publication by • ■ 43

Johnston, John. Publications by 94, 95. 96, 99- 104

Johnstone, E. R., Publications W 41, 43

Jones, Harrv C ^5, 16

Publications by ; 42, 43, 46

Report on Investigations on the Absorption Spectra of Solutions 216

Jorgensen, A , 200

Joslin, E. P 186, 189

Kapteyn, J. C 15. 166, 171, I73, i74, I7S, 212

Keiller, V. H. ..... 127

Kentucky. Banking in 73

Kidson. E 200, 202, 204, 205, 206

King, Arthur S 16. 166, 176, I77

Publications by •^- 43

19 — YB

29Q INDUX.

Page

King, Clyde L., On Financial History of Pennsylvania 76

Knights of Labor 74

Kohlschutter, Arnold 166

Kreider, H., Publication by 43

Labor and Rural Credit Policy of the Southern States 74

Labor Legislation of Maryland 74

Labor Movement in California 74

Lambert, F. D 241

Land Legislation of Texas 74

Land Work of Department of Terrestrial Magnetism 201

Laney, F. B., Reports on Quarrying Industry 72

Langworthy, C. F IQI

Lanzas, Senor Don Pedro Torres 114

Lapradelle, A. G. de 226

Larsen, Esper S., Publications by 94, 104

Lasby, Jennie B i74> 17"

Publication by 28, 43

Laughlin, H. H., Publications by 4i> 44

Learned, Marion D 108, 109, 117

Publication by 16

Lehmer, D. N., Publication by 16

Leith, C. K., Reports on Iron-ore Industry 71

Leland, Waldo 107, 112, 113, Ii5. "8

License Taxes of Southern States 75

Liddle, L. M., Publications by 44, 45

Lillie, Frank R 123

Linton, Edwin 127

Little, C. C, Publications by 41. 44

Livingston, B. E., On Evaporation and Soil-moisture 64

Publications by 40. 44

Lloyd, Francis E., On Irritability of the Stigma of the Monkey-flower 62

On the Water-relations of Halophytes and Sclerophylls 6t

Publication by ^ 28

Lockhart, Oliver C., Financial Development of certain Cities 75

Loew, Elias A 15, 209, 210

Publications bv 44

Lombard, R. H. . ." 222

Publications by 44. 45

London Archives. American Papers in no

Long, J. A., Publications by 16, 28

Longley, William H 123, 124

Loomis. N. E 213

Publications by 39, 44, 214

Louisiana, Banking .in 73

Loy, S. K., Publications by 39, 44, 213

Lum, Elizabeth S 78

Lundblom, Ivan C 120, 127

Lutz, Anne M 86

Lutz, Frank E 78

Publication by 28

MacDougal, D. T., Alterations in Heredity induced by Ovarial Treatment 63

On the Analysis of the Condition of Parasitism 66

On Inductive Influences of Climatic Complexes upon Organisms 53

Publications by 28, 44

Report as director of Department of Botanical Research 49-68

Water-balance of Succulents 62

MacGill, C. E 72

Mackay, G. M. J., Publication by 44

MacMillan, W. D 224

Publications by 44» 45

Madreporaria and Marine Bottom Deposits of Southern Florida 147

Magnetic Work in Africa 201

Asia 202

Australasia 202

Europe 202

INDEX. 291

Page

Magnetic Work in Polynesia 202

South America 203

Inspection of 203

Miscellaneous 203

Ocean 204

Maguire, John D 226

Manufactures, Reports upon 72

Marine Biology, Department of 22

Marine Bottom Deposits of Southern Florida 147

Mark, E. L., Publications by 16, 28

Marshall, E. K 213

Martin, Mary T 115

Mathematics, Investigations concerning 226

Mathews, J. H., Publications by 44, 45

Mawson, Douglas 203

Mayer, Alfred G., Report on Department of Marine Biology 120-156

Publications by 16, 44

McClendon, J. F 127

McCutchen, George, On the Financial History of South Carolina 76

McGhee, J. L 221

McKitrick, Reuben, Report on Land Legislation of Texas 74

McMurray, F. S 206

McVey, F. L., On Relation of the Crop Movement to the Money Market in the

West -jT)

Mears, B., Publications by 44

Mendel, Lafayette B 227

Publications by 16, 28

Meridian Astrometry 8, 23

Report of Department of 157-162

Merritt, Ernest, Publications by 16, 44, 45

Merwin, H. E., Publication by 106

Metabolism, Cage for Dogs 185

Dogs, Influence of the Ingestion of Protein on 190

in Diabetes 189

Influence of Ingestion of Food on 188

Influence of the Removal of the Hypophysis upon 189

of Normal Infants 186, 188

of Normal Women 187

Meteorology, Investigations concerning 227

Mexican Archives, Guide to Materials for United States History in 109

Mexico, Study of Federal System of 238

Meyer, B. H., Report on Transportation 72

Miller, E. T., Report on State Finances of Texas 75

Miller, H. E S3

Millis, H. A., On License Taxes of Southern States 75

Mills, D. 0 158

Mills, John 121, 122, 148

Millsaps, J. H 207

Mining Law, Report on 72

Mining, Reports on 71

Mitchell, Mason 202

Mitchell, S. Weir 4

Money and Banking, Reports on "j-^

Montague, Andrew J 4

Moore, C. J 215, 216

Morize, H 206

Morley, Frank 15

Report upon Mathematical Investigations 226

Morrison, J. T 204

Morse, H. N 15

Publications by 40, 4I, 42, 43, 44, 45, 46

Report on Measurement of the Osmotic Pressure of Solutions 218

Moulton, F. R 15

Investigations in Cosmogony and Celestial Mechanics 224

Publications by 16, 44, 45, 224, 225

292 INDEX.

Page

Mount Wilson Solar Observatory, Additional Appropriation for 3

Report upon 163-182

Miiller, W. Max, Report on Archeological Research in Egypt 210

Murlin, John R., Publications by 41, 45, 193

Murphy, F. T 190

Myers, C. N 213, 221

Publications by 44> 45

Naples Zoological Station 15

Report on 241

National Banking System, History of 73

Negro in Slavery and Freedom, Reports upon 76

Nerve Fatigue in Certain Animals 130

New York Money Market, Relation of the Treasury to T}^

Nichols, E. L 15

Publications by 16, 44, 45

Researches in Phosphorescence and Fluorescence 236

Normal Infants, Metabolism of 188

Normal Women, Metabolism of 187

Noyes, Arthur A 15

Publications by 41, 44, 45, 46

Report upon the Physical Properties of Aqueous Solutions in Relation to the

Ionic Theory 221

Nutrition, Investigations concerning 227

Nutrition Laboratory 24

Report upon 183-197

Osborne, Thomas B 15

Publications by 16, 28, 42, 44, 45, 46

Report on Comparative Study of the More Important Vegetable Proteins. . . . 227

Osgood, H. L 15

Osmotic Pressure of Solutions, Measurement of 218

Otero Basin, Geological, CHmatic, and Vegetational Features of 51

Outdoor Air, Analyses of 191

Oxygen-rich Gas Mixtures, Effects of Breathing on Men at Rest 193

Paleontology, Investigations concerning 231

Palythoa, Embryology of I47

Pancreas, Metabolism of Removal of 186

Parallax Computations 212

Parker, David W 108, 112, 118

Publication by 16, 28

Parker, E. W., Reports on Iron-ore, Copper, Quarrying Industry, and Mining

Laws 71

Paton, Stewart 123

Paullin, Charles O m, 112, 118

Paxson, Frederic L m, 112, 118

Peacock, D. L., Report on Labor and Rural Credit Policy of the Southern States. 74

Pease, F. G 166, 171, 173, I79

Peirce, G. J.. On behavior of Unicellular Organisms in Condensing Brines 50

Perlman, Selig, On Socialism and Anarchism 74

Permian Period in North America, Work upon Vertebrate Fauna of 231

Peters, A. W. iQi

Peters, W. J 199. 204, 206

Publications by 40. 45

Phelan, R. V., On the Financial History of Minnesota 76

Philbrick, Francis S II4

Phillips, J. C 240

Publications by 16, 28

Philology, Report upon Investigations concerning 232

Phosphorescence, Researches concerning 236

Photographic Investigations of Spectra of Globular Star-Clusters and Spiral

Nebulae 174

Photographic Photometry 171

Physical Laboratory at Mount Wilson 176

Physics, Investigations concerning 233-237

Physiology, Researches concerning 238

Piccott, A. W 122

inde;x, 293

Page

Pickering, E. C I57, 171

Publication by 28

Pierce, C. A., Publication of 45

Planula Cultures, 1910 148

1911 • • 155

Plehn, C. C, On Financial History of California 75

Political Science, Investigations concerning 238

Population and Immigration, Reports upon 71

Poultry, Heredity in 78

Pratt, Henry S 127

Pratt, Joseph H 186, 190

Pritchett, Henry S 4

Property Investments 18

Protozoan Parasites, Physiological Studies on 131

Psychology, Investigations concerning 239

Public Record Office (London), Guide to Manuscript Materials for History of

United States in 117

Publications, Bibliography of 39-46

Sales of 29

Quantitative Studies of Selective Elimination 83

Quarrying Industry, Report on T2

Rankin, G. A., Publications by 92, 94, 97

Rats, Experimental Feeding of 228

Rawles, W. A., On the Financial History of Indiana 76

Raymond, H 159

Receipts and Expenditures of Institution 17

Reciprocal Crosses in Relation to Sex 79

Reef Corals 124

Reichert, E. T 15

On Differentiation and Specificity of Homologous Vital Substances 238

Reid, E. Emmet, Publications by 45, 213

Reid, Whitelaw in

Reinke, E. E 123, 124

Report upon Dimorphic Spermatozoa of Marine Prosobranchs 133

Religious History in Protestant Church Archives, Unpublished Material for 108

Renner, Martha 178

Research Associates 15

Investigations of 27

Reserved Fund of Institution 3

Respiration Apparatus 184

for Dogs 185

for Infants 186

Respiration in Cacti 66

Respiration, Researches on 187

Respiratory Exchange as Affected by Body Position 192

Comparison of Methods for Studying 189

Respiratory Quotient after Active Digestion has Ceased, Influence of Preceding

Diet on 192

Revertment, List of • 16

Richards, H. M 20

On Respiration in Cacti 66

Richards, Theodore W 15

Publications by 40, 43, 44, 45

Report upon Determination of Atomic Weights, etc 222-223

Riche, J. A., Publications by 40, 41, 45, 192

Riddle, 0 241

Ritchey, G. W 25, 166, 179

Robertson, H. C 213

Roman and other Italian Archives. Guide to Materials for American History in. . 107

Root, Elihu, Elected Member of Executive Committee 4

Rose, J. N., Publication by 45

Ross, W. H., On Composition of the Water of Salton Lake 50

Rouland, Orlando 8

Rowe, A. W 223

Publication by 45

294 INDEX.

Page
Rowe, Leo S 15

Report on Study of Federal System of Mexico 238

Roy, A. J 160, 161

Ruggles, C. C, On History of the Greenback Movement in Iowa and the North-
west 7i

Rumplessness in Fowls 78

Runic Inscriptions 232

Russell, Henry Norris, Publications by 16, 28

Salton Lake, Composition of water of 50

Sanderlin, Georgia 107

Sandstrom, J. W 227

Publication by 27

Sanford, R. F 157, 160, 161

San Luis, Argentina, Observations at 23, 157

Santa Catalina Mountains, Vegetation in 56

Saposs, David J., On Knights of Labor 74

Savary, G. R 206

Schlesinger, Frank, Publication by 46

Report on Parallax Computations 212

Schultz, Erich 202

Scott, H. H 123

Scott, James Brown, Report on Classics of International Law 226

Scroggs, William O., Report on the Financial History of Alabama 75

Scyphomedusae 125

Scares, F. H. 166, 177

Self-fertilization of Corn 81

Sheldon, Mary Wanda 179

Shepherd, E. S., Publications by 92, 93, 94, 97

Shepherd, V^. T 239

Publication by 46

Short, George C 155

Shreve, Edith B., On Influence of Atmospheric and Soil Conditions on Transpira-
tion, Water-content, and Anatomical Structure of Palo Verde 64

Shreve, Forrest, On Climatic Control of Growth Activities 56

On Influence of Low Temperatures on Giant Cactus 57

On Vegetation in the Santa Catalina Mountains 56

On Vital Statistics of Desert Plants 55

Publications by 46

Shull, George H 78, 80, 81, 87

Publications by 46

Sioussat, St. George L., History of Banking in Tennessee 73

On Financial History of Tennessee 75

Skonberg, E 207

Slack, Edgar P 16, 184, 188

Publications by 28, 196

Sligh, N. H 200, 201, 202

Smith, Albert 182

Smith, Erwin F., Publication by 27

Smith, H. Monmouth 187

Smith, Ruth Emily 167, 178

Publication by 39, 46

Snowden, Yates, On The Free Negro in South Carolina 76

Social Legislation, Reports upon 74

Solar Observatory at Mount Wilson 24

Solar Research 167-169

Soma and Germ-plasm, Independence of 79

Sonden, Klas 191

Sommer, H. Oskar 15

Publication by 16, 27

Report on Researches on Arthurian Romances 227

Sosman, Robert B., Publications by 16, 28, 94, 95, 99, 104

Sowers, Don C, On the Financial History of New York 76

Spalding, E. S., Publication by 28

Spanish Archives, Materials for United States History in 113, 118

Spectra of Sun-Spots 168

INDEX. 295

Page

Spectroheliograph, Work with 167

Spectroscopic Observations of the Rotation of the Sun 169

Spevers, Clarence L 222, 223

Spoehr, H. A 68

On Chemical Effects of Radiant Energy in Plant Processes 65

Publication by 46

Spooner, L. H 186

Sprague, E. K 127

Stager, H. W 16

Stanwood, F. A 186

State Debt of Ohio 75

State Documents, Index of, Reports upon ^^

State Finances of Texas 75

Steel, Refining Temperature of 234

Steele, H. Wirt, Report on Labor Legislation of Maryland 74

Stellar Spectroscopy 173

Stewart, C. C 200, 203

Stewart, M. A., Publications by 45. 46

St. John, Charles E 166, 168, 169, 178

Publication by 46

Stock, Leo F 107, 115, 116

Stockard, Charles R 127

Stone, Alfred Holt 76

Stromsten, Frank A 127

Strong, W. W 16, 217

Publications by 28, 43. 46

Summer, Helen L., On Trade Unionism from 1825-1837 74

Sydenstricker, Edgar, On the Financial History of Virginia 75

Syrians in the United States 71

Talbot, Fritz B 186, 188

Taylor, H. C, On History of Agricultural Production 71

On Land Tenure in the United States 71

Temperature Fluctuations in Different Parts of the Human Body 196

Tennent, David H 127

Tennessee. Banking in 73

Terrestrial Magnetism, Department of 25

Report of Department of 198-207

Territories of the United States, Calendar of Papers in Washington Archives.

Relating to 108

Theory of Pure Lines 82

Thorvaldson, Thorbergur 216, 223

Publications by 40, 46

Tortugas Hurricane 121

Tower, W. L 20, 121, 125

On Evolution of the Chrysomelid Beetles of the Genus Leptinotarsa 57

Trade Unionism 74

Transportation, Reports upon 72

Treadwell, Aaron L 127

Publication by 46

Treaties, Bearing on American History, Concluded by European Powers 115

Trustees, Minutes of Ninth and Tenth Meetings of 3, 4

Tucker, R. H 157. 160, 161, 162

Memorial from the Citizens of San Luiz, Argentina 9

Turner, B. B 213

Typewriting, Increase in Metabolism Due to Work of 194

Unappropriated Funds 15

Vacuum Drying Apparatus 186

Van Deman, E. B IS

Report of Archeological Research in Rome 211

Van Hise, Charles R 88, 89

Variation and Mutation in Evening Primroses 82

Vamum, W. B 160, 161, 162

Vaughan. T. W 23, 123, 124, 127

Report on Madreporaria and Marine Bottom Deposits of Southern Florida. 147-156
Veazey, J. A 237

296 INDEX.

Page

Vightman, E. P., Publications bj^ Ait 46

Voter, P. C ;. . ; 216

Waggoner, C. W., Publication by 46

Walcott, Charles D., Elected Member of the Executive Committee 4

Walcott, Henry P 4

Waldron, C. L., Report on Anti-trust Legislation of Wisconsin, Minnesota, Iowa,

and Nebraska 74

Walradt, Henry F., Report on Financial History of Connecticut 75, 76

Walter, A 206

Ware, L 178

Water -balance of Succulents 62

Waterman, E. P 174, 178

Water-relations of Halophytes and Sclerophylls 61

Watson, John B J27

Publication by 46

Webb, E. N '..'.'..'.'.'. 200

Weeks, David F 20, 79

Publications by 41 46

Welch, William H '. . . . 4

Wells, H. G., Publications by 45, 46, 228

West, Andrew F., Report on American School of Classical Studies in Rome 209

West, A. P., Publications by 43, 46

Westlake, John 226

Wheeler, James R., Report on American School of Classical Studies at Athens. . . 209

White, Andrew D 4

White, Walter P., Publications by 94, 97. 106

Wickersham, George W 4

Widmer, A 207

Wieland, G. R 15

Publications by . 46

Willard, H. H 223

Willcox, W. F., Report on Population and Immigration 71

Williams, H. B 185

Winans, Charles S 114

Winston, L. G., Publications by 43, 46

Witte, E. E., On the American Federation of Labor 74

Woodward, Robert S 4

Report as President of the Institution 5-29

Woodward, Truman Stephen 224

Publications by 40, 46

Wright, Fred E., Publications by 16, 92, 94, 95, 97, 102, 106

Young, F. G., Report on the Financial History of Oregon 75

Zeller, C. A., Publication by 46

Zies, E. G., Publications by 44, 46

Zimmer, Meade L 157, 160, 161

Zoological Station at Naples, Report on 241

Zoology, Investigations concerning 240

Zouche, Richard, Publication . . 28

Zwierlein, Frederick J 112

JJH 1A2L /

3 3^

is:;-: ' .;..

.-^K, ;

:^Wi-